Full text of "The Gospel according to Saint Mark, in Anglo-Saxon and Northumbrian versions, synoptically arranged, with collations exhibiting all the readings of all the mss"

See other formats

}3H«4w^v^Mw'

fl i

B r

B
1 1 ■ I

BBMBmBBflH ?

BaliBilll^ilBiiliiH

HBHB^B BH

B^^HBIH

■

EH I

■c'< r-'

HHm

1 r

■I

■ 1

R WA

HBh

■9HUEB0HH

■

i,\\

;;i»
BB

f«

1-1

■

rife

■H

■ilfc

tff

* 1 1 ■ *>■

* -*,Kfc\?4*V

-30

LIBRARY

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA.

Received .. K&ff , rSSJTT

Accessions No. 2-7'J~& Shell

<Af-

•SO

With the permission of the Pitt Press Syndicate, I propose to add an Appendix
to St Matthew's Gospel, as edited by Kemble and Hardwick. The Appendix will
contain a collation of the Latin text of the Rushworth MS. with that of the
Lindisfarne MS., together with various Critical Notes and comments upon the
Anglo-Saxon and Northumbrian versions of the same Gospel.

The Appendix will be issued in a separate form, for the convenience of readers
who already possess the edition. It will be paged from p. 233 onwards.

w. w. s.

THE GOSPEL

ACCORDING TO

SAINT MARK

IN ANGLO-SAXON AND NORTHUMBRIAN VERSIONS

SYNOPTICALLY ARRANGED,

WITH COLLATIONS EXHIBITING ALL THE READINGS OF ALL THE MSS.

(Sbittis for tfje &gn&ics of tfje SRmberst'tg $ress,

BY THE

REV. WALTER W. SKEAT, M.A.

ASSISTANT TUTOR AND LATE FELLOW OP CHRIST'S COLLEGE,
AND AUTHOR OF A MCESO-GOTHIC GLOSSARY.

CAMBRIDGE:

AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

CAMBRIDGE: DEIGHTON, BELL, AND CO.
CAMBRIDGE WAREHOUSE, 17 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON.

1871.

©ambtfoge:

PRINTED BY C. J. CLAY, M.A.

AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

CONTENTS.

PAGK

Argumentum

EuANGELIUM : CAP.

I. . . . .

Cap.

Ill

, Cap.

Cap.

VI. . . _.,.... .......

Cap.

VII. .

Cap.

VIII

Cap.

XII

Cap.

XIII

102

Cap.

108

Cap.

122

Cap.

XVI

130

Appendix: Collation of the Latin texts of the Lindisfavne and Rushworth MSS.

137

Critical Notes

141

Corrk

144

PBEFACE.

The present volume forms a second portion of the exhaustive edition of the
Anglo-Saxon Gospels, as planned by Mr Kemble. The first portion was published
in 1858, with the title, "The Gospel according to St Matthew, in Anglo-Saxon
and Northumbrian Versions, synoptically arranged : with collations of the best
Manuscripts. Edited for the Syndics of the University Press. Cambridge : at the
University Press. 1858." Unfortunately Mr Kemble did not live to complete the
volume, and the task of finishing it devolved upon Mr Hardwick, whose preface
commences with the following paragraph :

"An edition of the Gospels, as transmitted to us in the leading dialects of
ancient England, was designed and partly executed several years ago by one of
our accomplished Anglo-Saxon scholars, John M. Kemble, Esq. M. A , of Trinity
College, Cambridge. The undertaking was, however, soon suspended for various
causes ; and at the time of Mr Kemble's death, in the spring of 1857, the portion
of it actually completed did not reach beyond the opening verses of the twenty-
fifth chapter of St Matthew. Under these circumstances the Syndics of the Uni-
versity Press, instead of suffering so good a project to fall entirely to the ground,
resolved to carry on the printing of the work as far at least as the conclusion
of the first Gospel."

The remainder of Mr Hardwick's very brief preface merely indicates the titles
of the MSS. on which the text and notes were founded. This is perhaps the
fitting place to add that the expression "collations of the best manuscripts" in
the title-page above quoted is calculated to mislead. Not merely the best, but all
the existing manuscripts were consulted, and all their various readings recorded.
From the omission of the marginal numbers having reference to the Eusebian
Canons in the latter part of the work, it appears that the first 192 pages were
prepared by Mr Kemble, and the last 39 by Mr Hardwick.

By the kindness of the Syndics of the University Press, I have been per-
mitted to undertake this second portion of the work ; and, as the circumstances
attending the publication of St Matthew's Gospel did not afford a favourable
opportunity for discussing the peculiarities of the MSS., or even for explaining the
general design by which their readings are synoptically exhibited, I now endeavour
to supply the necessary information.

As to the general account of our early versions of the Scriptures, and the
MSS. in which they are contained, the reader cannot do better than consult the
Preface to "The Gothic and Anglo-Saxon Gospels," &c, edited by the Rev. Joseph
Bosworth, D.D., and G. "Waring Esq., published in 1865. In the Preface also to
the Wycliffite Versions of the Holy Bible, edited by the Rev. J. Forshall and
Sir F. Madden, K.H. in 1850, there is a passage which exhibits the whole matter
so clearly and briefly that it is advisable to quote it at length, together with
the valuable footnotes appended to it.

"The poem which bears the name of Csedmon, gives several passages of Scrip-
ture with tolerable fidelity, and it might require extended notice, if the epic and
legendary character of the composition suffered it to be ranked among the versions
of holy writ1. Aldhelm, bishop of Sherborn, who died in 709, is reported to have
rendered the Psalter into his native language8, and the Anglo-Saxon version, dis-
covered in the Royal Library at Paris about the beginning of the present century,
has been supposed to be at least in part his production. The first fifty psalms
are in prose, the others in verse3.

" Bede wrote chiefly for the learned ; yet that the common people might more
easily be taught the elements of their religion, he turned the Apostles' Creed and
the Lord's Prayer into Anglo-Saxon, and frequently presented copies of these for-
mularies to such illiterate priests as came under his notice4. He died in 735,
and one of his last efforts was a translation of the Gospel of St John, which he
seems to have completed, just as death put an end to his labours'.

"Alfred, in his zeal for the improvement of his country, did not overlook
the importance of vernacular Scripture. At the head of his laws he set in Anglo-
Saxon the ten commandments, with such of the Mosaic injunctions in the three
following chapters of Exodus, as were most to his purpose. What other parts of
the Bible he translated, it is difficult to determine. A remarkable passage in his
preface to the Pastoral of Pope Gregory6, leaves no room for doubt, that if the
more necessary portions of holy writ were not made accessible to his subjects in
their own tongue, it was only because this wise and pious prince failed of the
opportunity to accomplish his wishes.

" Whatever might be the extent of Alfred's biblical labours, it is beyond
question that soon after his days the Anglo-Saxon Church had her own interpre-
tations of those parts of Scripture which were in most frequent use. The Psalter

1 "Csedmon was a monk of Whitby, in the seventh versity Press by Mr. Benjamin Thorpe, under the title,
century. The poem as it now exists has, probably, been Liber Psalmorum, versio antiqua Latina, cum Para-
materially altered by the reciters and transcribers of a phrasi Anglo-Saxonica, etc. 8vo. Oxon. 1835."

later period. It has been twice published, first by Francis 4 Bedee ep. ad Bgbertum ; see Hist. Eccl. ed. Smith,

Junius in 1655, and next by Mr. Benjamin Thorpe in 1832." Cantab. 1722, p. 306."

Also by C. W. M. Grein in 1857. 6 " Cuthberti Vita Bedse ; see Eccl. Hist. p. 793."

2 " Bale, Scriptorum illustr. catalogus, ed. 1557, p. 84." 8 " See Annates JElfredi, auct. Asserio, ed. Wise, p. 84."
' " It was edited for the delegates of the Oxford Uni-

• ••

111

ascribed to Aldhelm, if it be not the work of that prelate, certainly cannot be
later than the ninth century. To the same period may be safely attributed the
Anglo-Saxon translation of the Gospels1. Several MSS. of it are preserved; but
none of them appear to give the version in its original purity. Successive tran-
scribers adapted the language to the idioms and inflexions of their own times and
provinces. Some however of the copies are earlier and less degenerate than
others. The latest seems to be considerably subsequent to the conquest, the most
ancient may have been written more than a hundred years before it2.

"But it was not solely to this version that the unlettered Anglo-Saxon was
indebted for a knowledge of what the Evangelists record. Access was also afforded
to their narratives by means of verbal glosses made in copies of the Latin Gospels.
These glosses were written between the lines of the text, rendering it in the same
order word by word. Of the two glosses which are now exstant, one is found
in the famous book of Durham3, and was made by the priest Aldred, probably
in the tenth century ; the other of the same age is contained in a MS. of the
Bodleian Library4, and had for its authors Owun and Farman, the latter a priest
at Harewood.

" Similar glosses had been made on the Psalter. A gloss of this kind, pro-
bably of the ninth century, was published in 1640 from a MS.8 belonging to sir
Henry Spelman, by his son, afterwards sir John6. Another gloss of the same period
was published by the Surtees Society in 18437. Variations from these glosses are
found in several other MSS.8 Glosses also occur on the canticles of the church,
and the Lord's prayer ; on portions of Scripture in the ritual of Durham9, and on
the more difficult words of the book of Proverbs10.

"Towards the close of the tenth century iElfric translated, omitting some parts
and greatly abridging others, the Pentateuch, Joshua, Judges, a portion of the
books of Kings, Esther, Job, Judith, and the Maccabees11. He also drew up in

1 "Published three times; l.by abp. Parker in 1571 ; Saxon gloss Is taken from the Cotton MS. Vespasian A. 1,

2. by Dr Marshall, rector of Lincoln college, in 1665 ; and and besides the Psalter, comprises Ps. cli., nine of the

3. by Mr Benjamin Thorpe, in 1842." Also by Dr. Bos- Canticles, and hymns for matins, the evening, and the
worth, 1865. Lord's day."

8 "The MSS. still remaining are, 1. Corp. Ch. Coll. 8 "Of three MSS. partial collations are given by Spel-

Camb. S.4; 2. Brit. Mus. Cotton. Otho 0. 1 ; 3. Bodl. 441 ; man; namely, 1. Univ. Lib. Camb. 256; 2. Trin. Coll.

4. Univ. Lib. Camb. Ii. 2. 11 ; 5. Brit. Mus. Old R. Libr. Camb. 35; and 3. Brit. Mus. Arundel 60. A gloss also
1 A. 14 ; and 6. Bodl. Hatton 65. The first two are the occurs in Brit. Mus. Old R. Libr. 2 B. 5 ; Cotton. Vitellius
earliest." E. 18 and Tiberius C. 6 ; in Bodl. Junius 27 ; in the Lam-

3 "Brit Mus. Cotton. Nero D. 4." beth MS. 427, and in that of Salisbury Cathedral marked

4 "Bodl. Rushworth 3946." 141."

8 " Afterwards in the Stowe collection No. xxviii. and 9 " Edited for the Surtees Society by the Rev. J. Ste-

now in the possession of the Earl of Ashburnham." venson, 8vo. London 1840."

8 " With the title Psalterium Davidis Latino-Saxoni- w " Brit. Mus. Cotton. Vespasian D. 6."

cum Vetus. 4to. London, 1640." u "What remains of this translation was printed in

I "Anglo-Saxon and Early English Psalter, 2 vols. 1698 by Edw. Thwaites, from the Bodl. MS. Laud E. 19.

8vo. 1843, edited by the Rev. J. Stevenson. The Anglo- under the title Heptateuchus, liber Job et Evangelium

Anglo-Saxon a brief account of the books of the Old and New Testament1 ; and
lastly, by the texts and quotations used in his numerous homilies, he added greatly
to the knowledge of the sacred volume8.

" The writings which are still exstant shew that the Anglo-Saxon church must
have had in her own tongue a considerable amount of scriptural instruction. But
these cannot be the full measure of what our forefathers possessed. Much, it
cannot be doubted, perished in the troubles and confusion attending the incursions
and pillages of the Danes ; and much, subsequently, through the disfavour shewn by
the Normans to the Anglo-Saxon language and literature3."

The arrangement of matter in the present edition is exactly the same as in
Mr Kemble's, from which I see no cause to deviate. The plan of it is best under-
stood from the following scheme of the contents of any two opposite pages.

Left-hand Page.

First Column.
Text. MS. No. I. (Corpus).

Various Readings; from MS. II.
or A. (Cambridge); MS. III. or B.
(Oxford) ; and MS. IV. or C (Cot-
ton, Otho C. 1).

Second Column.
Text. MS. V. (Hatton).

Various Readings, -froTnMS.
VI. or Royal (Brit. Mus.).

Right-hand Page.

Upper Text. MS. VII. (Lindisfarne) ; Latin
with Northumbrian gloss.

Lowek Text. MS. VIII. (Rushworth) ; gloss
only.

The rubrics in the left margin of the left-hand pages are entirely from MS. A.
Some of them occur in B., but these are merely copied from A. in a late hand,
and are of no authority.

The rubrics in the right margin of the same pages are from the Hatton MS.-
but they occur also in the Royal MS. with scarcely a single variation.

The numbers in the right margin of the right-hand pages are from the
Lindisfarne MS., and will presently be explained in full.

The Latin text of the Rush worth MS., which differs but very slightly from
that of the Lindisfarne MS., is omitted to save space. But the results of a colla-
tion of these texts will be found in an Appendix at the end of the volume.

The object of this arrangement is easily perceived. The Corpus MS. represents
the text nearly in its earliest, the Hatton MS. in its latest form. These are put
side by side. The Lindisfarne and Rushworth glosses are in the Northumbrian
dialect; and therefore occupy the opposite pages, apart from the rest. Wherever
the book is opened, all the readings of all the MSS. are exhibited at once.

Nieodemi, Anglo-Saxonice. Historian Judith f ragmen-
turn, Dano-Saxonice. 4to. Oxon. 1698. Another MS. oc-
curs in the Cotton collection, Nero B. 4."

1 "Edited by Will. L'Isle, with the Title, A Saxon
Treatise concerning the Old and New Testament. 4to,
Lond. 1623."

! " His homilies, eighty in number, have been edited
for the jElfric Society, by Mr Benj. Thorpe, 2 vols. 8vo.
1843—1846."

3 " See the remarkable verses of a writer of the 12th
century, quoted in Wright's Biogr. Brit. Lit. (Anglo-Saxon
Period), p. 60."

Description of the MSS.

The following description of the MSS. is partly compiled from the accounts by
Wanley1 and by Dr Bos worth2, and partly from the results of my own observation.

I. The Corpus MS.— MS. No. cxl. (formerly S. 4) in the library of Corpus
Christi College, Cambridge; described by Wanley, p. 116*. Its contents are —
(a) The four Gospels in Anglo-Saxon.

(&) At the beginning of the MS. (but added afterwards) are certain forms
of manumissions, several of which make mention of ^Elfsige, abbot of Bath4.
These are enumerated by Wanley, who in another place (p. 149) calls attention to
the fact that a leaf has been here extracted from the MS., but is still preserved
by being placed in another MS., so as now to be found at p. 7 of MS., Miscell. G.
(now No. Ill) in the same library. The forms are printed in Madox, Formul.
Angl. p. 416 ; Dugdale's Monasticon, ii. 265 ; and Thorpe, Dipl. Angl. ^Evi Saxon.
pp. 640—642; cf. Kemble, Cod. Dipl. ^Evi Sax. iv. 270, and vi. 209. All of them
are connected with St Peter's Abbey-church at Bath. Amongst them is a docu-
ment which is printed separately (from the MS. now being described) in Thorpe's
Dipl. Angl. Mri Sax. p. 436, with the title—" The Prior and Brotherhood of Bath.
Agreement with Ssewi and Theodgyfu."

(c) At the end of the Gospel of St Mark is a piece entitled " Scriptum de
Ccelo Delapsum," which is really a homily concerning the observation of the Lord's
day. Begins — Men pa, leofestan. Her onginS pcet halie gewrit pe com frawi heofe-
nan into hierusalem. Ends — and se pe underfehS witigan on pees witigan naman
he underfelrS pses witigan mede.

(d) At the end of the Gospel of St Luke are lists of popes and of English
archbishops and bishops. The last pope mentioned is Alexander II., elected a.d.
1061 ; many of the lists end long before that date. At the end of the Gospel of
St John are two Latin documents of later date, both referring to Bath ; see
Nasmith's catalogue of the Corpus MSS. It deserves to be mentioned that the
scribe iElfric did not write the whole of the Gospels himself; for in the Gospel
of St Mark, from the word gorst-beam (xii. 26) to he (xii. 38), there is a single
page written in a different and inferior hand.

At the end of the Gospel of St^Matthew is this note — Ego ^Elfricus scripsi
hunc librum in Monasterio BaSj?onio et dedi Brihtwoldo preposito — I, ^Elfric, wrote
this book in the monastery at Bath, and gave it to Brihtwold the prior. It is

1 Antiquse Literaturae Septentrionalis liber alter, seu * The Gothic and Anglo-Saxon Gospels, pref. p. xiii.

Humphredi Wanleii Librorum Vett. Septentrionalium and p. 574.

Catalogus ; Oxonise, 1705. It forms the second volume of 3 This MS. forms the basis of Dr Bosworth's text.

Hickes's Thesaurus Antiq. Lit. Septentrionalis. * Died a.d. 1087 ; Dugdale's Monast. ii. 257.

some satisfaction to know the original locality of this MS. : it would be a still
greater satisfaction if more could be ascertained about Brithwold. If we suppose him
to be the same Brithwold who was bishop of Sherborne from a.d. 1006 to 1046 ', we
might conclude that the MS. was written before a.d. 1006. Wanley dates it a
little before the conquest; Dr Bosworth puts it about a.d. 995, or between a.d. 990
and 1030. We may very safely date it, in round numbers, about a.d. 1000.
"Wanley suggests that it was copied from one a little older. Whence he derived
the notion is not apparent, yet it is almost certain that the Corpus, Bodley, and
Cotton MSS. had all a common origin.

II. The Cambridge "MS. — MS. Ii. 2. 11 in the Cambridge University Library,
described by Wanley, p. 152 2, and in the Catalogue of Cambridge University Li-
brary MSS. Vol. in. p. 384. It is a folio volume, on vellum, containing 402 pages
of about 23 lines each. Its contents are : —

(a) The four Gospels in Anglo-Saxon, with numerous rubrics, directing when
certain portions are to be read.

(b) An Anglo-Saxon translation of the Pseudo-Gospel of Nicodemus.
Printed by Thwaites, at the end of his Heptateuchus, published in 16983. There is
another copy of this in MS. Cotton Vitellius A. XV. horn. III. (Wanley, p. 218)
which is imperfect at the beginning. Junius made a transcript of the Cambridge
copy, and collated it with the Cotton MS. The results of the collation are printed
by Thwaites, on the last page of his volume. Junius's transcript is now in the
Bodleian Library, marked Jun. 74, and is described by Wanley, p. 96. There is
also an abbreviated copy of the same story in MS. Cott. Vespasian D. XIV. horn.
XXXIII. (Wanley, p. 204). It may perhaps here be worth while to remark a
circumstance which seems to have escaped the observation of the editor, viz. that
there is a considerable hiatus in the story in the MSS. between the words " nan
o^er ne dorste" and " Da wees hym 'Sser neh sum wer standende," 1. 5, p. 6, in
Thwaites. The whole account of Christ's crucifixion is omitted. A note to this
effect has, at my suggestion, been made in the Cambridge MS. As the omission
there occurs in the middle of a page, it is very probable that the narrative was
copied from an older MS. which had lost a few leaves.

(c) The embassy of Nathan the Jew to Tiberius Csesar, together with the
legend of St Veronica ; also in Anglo-Saxon. Printed among the Publications of
the Cambridge Antiquarian Society; edited by C. W. Goodwin, MA. Cambridge,
1851 ; entitled " Anglo-Saxon legends of St Andrew and St Veronica." A frag-
ment of the same story is contained in six leaves at the end of MS. C. C. C.

i Anglo-Saxon Chronicle, ed. Thorpe, ii. 253. But this 3 Or early in 1699. The date is printed 'An. Dom.

Brihtwold is said to have been a monk of Glastonbury ; mdcxctiiL' I have a copy in which the owner's name and

Godwin, de Prsesul. Ang. Comment p. 335. the date 1698 are written on the fly-leaf. J)r. Bosworth's

2 This MS. forms the basis of the text edited by Thorpe, copy has-'Imprimatur, Joh. Meare, Vice-Can. Oxon. Dec.

whose account of the MSS. is inaccurate. 27, 1697.'

Vll

D. 5 (now No. 196) described in Wanley, p. 109 ; and the former part of it,
concerning Nathan's embassy, is also found in MS. Cott. Vesp. D. 14. horn. XXXV. ;
Wanley, p. 204.

At the back of the leaf containing the last few words of this text is the
manumission of a certain Remold, consisting of only a few lines. Wanley prints
the whole of it. See also Thorpe's Diplom. Angl. JEvi Sax. p. 622.

Various notes "in the MS. — printed by Wanley — tell us its history. It once
belonged to Bishop Leofric, and was given by him to the Church of St Peter the
Apostle in Exeter. In 1566, it was given by Gregory Dodde, dean of Exeter, with
the consent of his brethren, to Matthew Parker, archbishop of Canterbury, who
afterwards gave it to the University of Cambridge in 1574. There can hardly be
a doubt that this is the identical volume which is mentioned in the catalogue of
Leofric's gifts to St Peter's church in the terms : " I. Englisc Cristes boc ; " i. e.
one copy of the Gospels in English1. Leofric was bishop of Devonshire and
Cornwall from about 1046 to 10731 Wanley puts the date of the MS. at about
the time of the Norman conquest, but it is probably a little earlier; and we safely
assign to it the locality Exeter, and the date about a.d. 1050. It appears to be
very accurately written throughout. In the footnotes to the first column it is
denoted by the letter A.

III. The Bodley MS.— MS. Bodley NE. F. 3. 15, now Bodley 441; described
by Wanley, p. 643. It is a folio volume, on vellum, containing 194 leaves. But
it must be particularly noted that some of these must have been supplied from the
Corpus MS. by Parker's direction in imitation of the old writing, and are valueless.
I may mention in particular leaves 57 — 62, containing Mark i. 1 to iv. 37 ; leaf
90, containing the last three verses of St Luke ; and leaves 192 — 194, John xx. 9
to the end. Accordingly it will be found that the various readings marked B. in
the footnotes to the first 32 pages of this volume are mostly records of blunders.
Nothing seems to be known of its history except that it was once in all proba-
bility in the possession of Matthew Parker, archbishop of Canterbury. This is ren-
dered probable by the way in which several rubrics have been copied into it from
the Cambridge MS. But internal evidence proves its extremely close connection
with the Corpus and Cotton MSS., and renders it absolutely certain that these three
MSS. are copies from a common original. The Bodley MS. e.g. frequently uses
the same contractions as the Corpus MS. in the same places. Throughout page 112
(ch. xiv. 13 — 22) it only has one different reading, viz. pas for pa in v. 13. The
only other variations of any kind on this page are, that it has "him" for the
contracted form "hi" four times; also "sittendum" and "twelfum" for "sittendu"

1 Wanley, p. 80 ; Thorpe, Dipl. Angl. ^Evi Saxon, p. 430. s This MS. forms the basis of the text edited by Junius

2 Anglo-Saxon Chron. ed. Thorpe, ii. 287 ; Conybeare's and Marshall. Parker's edition follows it closely through-
Illustrations of Anglo-Saxon Poetry, p. 198. out

Vlll

and "twelfu", and, conversely, "su" for "sum"; also "SoJ?lice", "ge-sylj?", "cwe<5an",
"Da", for "SoSlice", "gesylS", "cwej?an", and "pa"; it accents "an" in v. 18,
and puts a stop after "braec" in v. 22.

The connection between the Bodley and Cotton MSS. is closer still, the former
being a mere duplicate of the latter ; and hence, in the various readings towards
the end of the volume, the letters B. and C. are almost always found together. It
follows that the text of the Bodley MS. is as good as that of the Cotton MS.,
and the remarks of Mr Thorpe in his short preface to his " Anglo-Saxon version
of the Holy Gospels" are made at random. He was probably misled by observing
some of the mistakes which are to be found in those pages of the Bodley MS.
which are written in a modern hand. For example, in i. 43, the word bead (bade)
is written bend in the spurious page of the Bodley MS., and is so printed in
Parker's edition. Another error, mine rnodor for min modor, occurs in iii. 34, both
in the spurious page of the MS. and in Parker's edition. But such errors must
not be allowed to depreciate overmuch the value of such pages of the MS. as are
genuine.

In the Bodley MS. the words are commonly written very closely together, and
some few words are retained which the Corpus MS. omits. Yet it does not appear
that this MS. is really older than the Corpus ; on the contrary, it is generally
regarded as of later date. The handwriting is certainly not that of .iElfric, the
scribe of the Corpus MS. In the footnotes to the first column it is denoted by
the letter B.

IV. The Cotton MS. — MS. Cotton Otho C. 1, in the British Museum; described
by Wanley, pp. 211, 212. Very little use seems to have been made of this MS. :
it was not consulted by Marshall, and Dr Bosworth gives only one or two read-
ings from it, yet it might be of service for the correction of the texts of St Luke
and St John. I quote at length Dr Bosworth's excellent description1.

"A minute description is given of it by "Wanley in 1704 [1705], when it was in a
perfect state from Mat. xxvii. 6. It was so much injured by the fire, which destroyed
many of Sir Robert Cotton's MSS. on the 23rd of Oct. 1731, that what was defec-
tive only as far as Matt, xxvii. 6 before that calamity, afterwards looked like a
charred mass. Planta, in his Catalogue of the Cotton MSS., describes it as 'once
consisting of 290 leaves, but now (1802) so much burnt and contracted as to
render the binding of it impracticable.' It was fortunately kept in a case ; and
what was found impracticable by Mr Planta, has been effected under the careful
superintendence of Sir Frederic Madden, by whose judicious arrangements many MSS.
have been restored, and made accessible to the public. The smallest part of this
burnt mass has been carefully mounted on thick folio paper, which is cut away in

1 The Gothic and Anglo-Saxon Gospels ; pref. p. xiv.

the middle to fit the injured vellum, and made fast by transparent paper, gummed
to the edges of the paper and the vellum ; the MS. can, therefore, be easily read on
both sides. It is now bound in two large folio volumes. Sir Frederic Madden tells
us that twenty-five folios are lost since Wanley described it. The first small frag-
ment of this MS. now remaining is from folio 26, which Sir F. Madden has marked
as part of St Mark vii. 22. Such a note deserves the best thanks of all who con-
sult the MS., as it saves much of their time. The fragments increase a little in
size from folio 26 to 38. St Luke is nearly complete, and occupies fol. 39 — 93.
St John fills fol. 95 — 135, and is nearly perfect, especially in the latter part. There
are not any rubrical directions, and only a few badly formed capital letters of a dingy
red colour in this MS." It is unnecessary to describe the other contents of this MS.,
as Wanley explains that they have been brought together by a bookbinder, though
written by different hands and at different times. But it may be observed that
between the Gospels of St Luke and St John is inserted a charter relating to Aid-
helm, abbot of Malmesbury in Wiltshire, who was afterwards bishop of Sherborne,
in the time of Ine of Wessex, about a.d. 705 ' This hint may serve to connect
the MS. with the locality of Malmesbury, whilst its internal evidence connects it
with the Corpus MS. written at Bath, and even still more closely with the Bodley
MS. It is supposed to be coeval with the Corpus MS. In connection with the
present work, it is obviously of great importance to explain in full how much of
St Mark is left. The following fragments of parts of verses and passages can be
read with tolerable ease.

Fol. 32 6. Fr. of C. xii. v. 10—16.

Fol. 33. Fr. of C. xiv. v. 17—25.

[All the foregoing are mere fragments, with hardly a
single complete line.]

C. xiv. v. 27 and 28 complete, but hardly legible in some
places. Two words of v. 29 : Da ssede.

Fol. 33 6. Fr. of C. xiv. *>. 30—38, whole of v. 39, part
of v. 40.

Fol. 34. Fr. of C. xiv. v. 41 — 18, whole of ft 49 and 50,
part of v. 51.

Fol. 34 6. Fr. of C. xiv. v. 53—62, whole of v. 63, part
of v. 64.

Fol. 35. Fr. of C. xiv. v. 65 — 72 (the last verse nearly
whole) ; C. xv. e. 1, nearly whole.

Fol. 35 b. Fr. of C. xv. v. 2—15.

FoL 36. Fr. of 0. xv. v. 16—25 (verse 20 is nearly
whole) ; v. 26—28 whole ; part of v. 29.

Fol. 36 6. Fr. of C. xv. v. 30—32 ; whole of v. 33 ; fr. of
v. 34 and 35 ; verses 36 — 39 nearly whole ; beginning of
v. 40.

Fol. 37. Fr. of C. xv. v. 40— xvi. 2.

Fol. 37 6. Fr. of C. xvi. v. 2—11.

Fol. 38. Fr. of C. xvi. ». 12—20.

Fol. 26.

Fragments of C. vii. ». 22—2'
. . ssa . ofer . . .
f;as yfelu . . .
e man besmita(j ;
. f>a endas tiri 1 sid6ni .
. . he nolde f hit senig .
hit benil)?an ; Sona . .
rde . J>sere dohtor hsef
o ineode 3 to his fotu
e •£ wif wses hsef>en . .

es J bsed hine -js he J>one

er adrife . Da ssede . .

FoL 26 6.

Fr. of C. vii. v. 33—37.

Fol. 27.

Fr. of C. viii. v. 6—12.

Fol. 27 b.

Fr. C. viii. v. 19—24.

Fol. 28.

Fr. of C. ix. v. 32—37.

Fol. 2S 6.

Fr. of C. ix. v. 42^-47.

Fol. 29.

Fr. of C. x. v. 2—11.

Fol. 29 6

Fr. of 0. x. v. 15—21.

Fol. 30.

Fr. of C. x. v. 25—30.

Fol. 306.

Fr. of C. x. v. 34 — 40.

Fol. 31.

Fr. of C. x. v. 44—51.

Fol. 31 6.

Fr. of C. xi. v. 2—9.

Fol. 32.

Fr. of C. xi. v. 33— C. xii. v. 7

1 Beda, Eccl. Hist. lib. v. cap. xviii.

Owing to the very fragmentary character of these passages, and its very close
agreement with the text, the various readings recorded from it in the first column
(where it is denoted by the letter C.) are very few. By an oversight, none were
recorded before the beginning of Chapter XII. Before this point the various read-
ings are only these, viz. P. 60. viii. 6 hig [for last hi]. — P. 62. viii. 20. seofan.
21. om. ge. 22. anne. — P. 72. ix. 33. smeada. — P. 76. x. 2. fandiende. 5. heardnysse.
6. wsepned 1 wimman.— P. 78. 18. hi [for hwi]. — P. 80. 27. hig. 29. us [for hus].
30. ecce. — P. 86. xi. 6. hig (twice). Compare the table of Errata at the end of this
volume.

V. The Hatton MS. — This MS., formerly marked Hatton 65, is now marked
Hatton 38; it is now in the Bodleian Library, at Oxford, and is described by Wan-
ley, p. 76. It is a neat volume, the leaves of which measure 9^ by 6 inches, containing
the four gospels, written in an exceeding uniform, upright, and clear hand, but of
rather a late date, about the time of Henry II. The Gospels are arranged in the
following order : — Mark, Luke, Matthew, and John. It is interesting as shewing
how the language began to lose strength in its inflectional forms, as is at once
apparent by comparing it with the older text here printed beside it. The rubrics
occurring in it are printed in the right-hand margin. It formerly belonged to the
Rev. John Parker, son to Archbishop Parker, whose name — Johes parker — is written
on the back of a fly-leaf. One leaf having been lost,5- the missing portion (Luke xvi.)
was "restored" by Mr Parker.

VI. The Royal MS. This MS. is now in the Royal Library at the British
Museum, where its class-mark is Bibl. Reg. 1 A. xiv. It is described by Wanley,
p. 181. It is somewhat older than the Hatton MS., and was probably written in
the time of Stephen. It contains 175 leaves, each measuring about 8^ by 5f inches.
Leaves 3 — 173 are occupied by the Gospels, and contain about 25 lines on a page.
The leaves at the beginning and end seem to have formed part of a Latin missal.

The handwriting is in singular contrast to that of the Hatton MS., being bold,
hasty, and rough. It may seem fanciful, but it gives the impression of having
been written in troublous times, when the object was rather to have a copy for
ready use than to spend time in elaborating it. The general agreement of it with
the Hatton MS. is very close, excepting that it preserves more archaic forms ; and
it contains nearly the same rubrics in the same places. It appears by collation
that the Hatton MS. was actually copied from it by a scribe who had plenty of
leisure. All doubt on the subject is removed by observing that the last seven
verses of St Mark's Gospel, omitted by the scribe of the Royal MS., are sup-
plied in it by the scribe of the Hatton MS. in his usual neat hand and with his
peculiar spelling. This interesting fact seems never to have been hitherto observed.
It proves, moreover, that the scribe of the Hatton MS. had access to some other
MS. besides the Royal. The Gospels are in the order — Mark, Matthew, Luke, and

John. Wanley says that it formerly belonged to the Abbey of St Augustine's,
Canterbury, and was afterwards in the possession of Archbishop Cranmer, whose
name — Thomas Cantuarien: — is on the first page. This would seem to connect it
with Canterbury as its locality.

VII. The Lindisfarne MS. This MS. is also known as the Durham Book ;
it is now one of the Cotton MSS. in the British Museum, its class-mark being
Nero D. 4. This fine MS., one of the chief treasures in our national collection, has
been frequently described at great length ; see Wanley' s Catalogue, p. 250, and
especially the descriptions in Professor Westwood's " Palseographia Sacra Pictoria"
and "Facsimiles of Miniatures and Ornaments of Anglo-Saxon and Irish MSS.;"
also the Prolegomena to Part IV. of the " Lindisfarne and Rushworth Gospels,"
edited for the Surtees Society by Stevenson and Waring. It consists of 258 leaves
of thick vellum, each measuring 13^ inches by 9^, and contains the four Gospels
in Latin, written ' in double columns, with an interlinear Northumbrian gloss ;
together with St Jerome's Epistle to Pope Damasus, the Eusebian Canons, two
prefaces, short notices of the four Evangelists, arguments of the sections into which
the Gospels are divided, and tables of lessons to be read on Sundays, festivals, &C1
The Latin text was written in the island of Lindisfarne by Eadfrith, who was
bishop of Lindisfarne a.d. 698 — 721 ; so that if he wrote it before his election we
must date it before 698. "We cannot be far wrong in dating it, in round numbers,
about a.d. 700. The interlinear gloss is two and a half centuries later, having been
made by Aldred, a priest, about a.d. 950, at a time when the MS. was probably
kept at Chester-le-Street, near Durham, whither it had been removed for fear of
the Danes. The stains made upon the edges of the leaves by sea-water, probably
during its transit from Lindisfarne to the mainland, are still plainly visible. The
Durham Ritual, edited for the Surtees Society by Mr Stevenson in 1840, is glossed
by the same hand". An entry at the end of St John's Gospel gives the names
of Eadfrith the writer, and Aldred the glossator, as well as of iEthilwald and
Bilfrith, who were employed upon the cover of it. ^Ethilwald succeeded Eadfrith
in the see of Lindisfarne, a.d. 721, and died about the year 737. Another and
much shorter entry occurs at the bottom of leaf 88, at the back, and is printed in
this volume, p. 1 ; see also the Critical Notes. Immediately above this note is written
" Incipiunt capitulae (sic) secundum marcum," and on the next leaf is a short life of
St Mark headed " Incipit argumentum." Next, on leaf 90, "Incipiunt capitula lec-
tionum ; " and, at the bottom of leaf 92, a very imperfect list of days when the
lessons are to be read. All this preliminary matter to St Mark's Gospel is here

1 See Kemble's edition of the Gospel of St Matthew, dum Mattheum, p. 21. The table of lessons from St Mat-

which contains — Prologus decern Canonum, p. 1 ; Canones, thew is omitted by Kemble.

p. 4 ; Praefatio ejusdem (i.e. Hieronymi), p. 7 ; Prsefatio a See Wright's Biographia Britannica (Anglo-Saxon Pe-

Busebii, p. 10 ; Argumentum Matthei, p. 12 ; Capitula Lee- riod), p. 426.
tionum secundum Mattheum, p. 13 ; and BTangelium Secun-

printed, pp. 1 — 5. The Latin text of the Gospel, with the Northern-English gloss,
occupies the upper part of the right-hand pages, beginning at p. 9.

VIII. The Rushworth MS. This MS. is in the Bodleian Library at Oxford,
and is marked Auct. D. ii. 19 l. It now consists of 169 leaves of thick vellum,
measuring 14 by 10| inches, but is incomplete. It is described by Wanley,
p. 81; by Professor Westwood in his " Palseographia Sacra Pictoria," and his
" Facsimiles of the Miniatures and Ornaments of Anglo-Saxon and Irish Manu-
scripts ;" by Mr Waring, in his Prolegomena to St John's Gospel, p. xlvii ; and
others. The Gospel of St Luke is incomplete, and there are no prefaces, argu-
ments or tables, as in the Lindisfarne MS. In other points, however, it strongly
resembles it, excepting that the Latin text is written all across the page, instead
of in double columns. The Latin was written by a scribe who gives his name,
at the end, as Macregol and Macreguil, but the date is uncertain. Wanley sup-
poses it to have once belonged to Beda, who died a.d. 735 ; whilst, on the other
hand, the Irish Annals of the year 820 record the death of a scribe named Mac
Biagoil. We may, perhaps, refer it to the eighth century. The gloss is by two
hands, those of Farman and Owun, whose names are given at the end of St John's
Gospel ; and Farman is described as a priest of Harewood, which is in the West
Riding of Yorkshire, on the river Wharfe. The portion written by the former ends
at the word hleonadun in v. 15 of the second chapter of St Mark, as the reader
may perceive by turning to p. 19, and observing that the thorn-letter (p) seldom
again occurs after that verse, except when used with a stroke through it, to denote
the word "fset*." In v. 13 it occurs in pa preat, in v. 14 in mi%\y, and cwep,
and in v. 15 in mi'&py, for the last time. The gloss may be referred to the latter
half of the tenth century. Nothing more is known of the history of the MS. till
we find it in the hands of John Rushworth, of Lincoln's Inn, barrister, and deputy-
clerk to the House of Commons during the Long Parliament ; by whom it was
presented to the Bodleian Library.

The Latin text of the Rushworth MS. differs but slightly from that of the
Lindisfarne MS., and hence it is omitted here, as in Kemble's edition of St Mat-
thew ; but I have thought it advisable to give, in the Appendix, every variation
of spelling and of readings which it presents, as compared with the text of the
Durham Book. The Northern-English (Yorkshire) gloss is given at the bottom of
the right-hand pages, beginning at p. 9. Hitherto, it hardly seems to have been
pointed out with sufficient distinctness that the Rushworth gloss is really derived from
the Lindisfarne gloss in a very direct manner. I have no doubt that Farman and
Owun actually consulted the identical Lindisfarne MS. which we now possess, to

1 The number 3946, assigned to it in note 3 on p. iv, is * A rude figure, apparently of a flying lion, is drawn

its number in the Old General Catalogue of MSS., printed in the margin of the MS. to mark where the handwriting
at Oxford in 1697. changes.

Xlll

assist them in glossing their own text, which occasionally differs, be it remembered,
from the Latin Lindisfarne text. Hence it is that even the marginal notes of the
one are reproduced in the other. In i. 6, we find a note on wudu hunig (wood-
honey), viz. -p waxes on wudu binde; this is reproduced in the Rush worth gloss in
the form — -f wcexep on wude bendum. In v. 9, legio (legion) is explained in the
Lindisfarne MS. — \jSusend]1 1 xii *&usend -p is legio [Sis]1 wees diowla legio. This
is exactly reproduced in the margin also of the Rushworth MS. One more example
may suffice. It so happens that, in the Lindisfarne gloss, wherein capital letters
are very rare indeed, the word Ne is written with a capital in xiii. 31. Precisely
the same phenomenon occurs in the Rushworth gloss, only that the Ne is shifted
into the preceding verse owing to confusion of transibit with transibunt. This
is more than coincidence ; it is proof. It is clear that Farman and Owun had the
pages of the Lindisfarne MS. open before them whilst engaged in writing their own
glosses. At the same time they exercised an independent judgment. At times
they took leave to alter, or to omit a gloss as doubtful. In the case of double
glosses they generally took the first. Thus, at p. Ill, xiv. 4, the Lindisfarne gloss
for est is woes vel is; the Rushworth gloss is wees simply. In xiv. 12, the gloss to
immolant is ascegcas vel ageafa?8 in L., but ascegas only in R. Sometimes, both
glosses are copied, in the order in which they occur. Thus, in xiv. 4, we find hia
bulgon vel unwyr*&e scegdon in the former, and hia bulgun vel unwyr*Sne scegdun in
the latter. The fact of the Rushworth gloss being, to a considerable extent, a mere
copy of the older one, does not seem hitherto to have been fully perceived; but
it is a great help towards the right understanding of the later gloss, and sometimes
even throws light upon the earlier one. It is not going far enough to say, as
Mr Waring rightly says, that " both glossists drew from a common original ; " we
can go still further, because we know what this original was.

In some cases, for example, the Rushworth gloss remains a mere riddle till the
Latin of the Lindisfarne MS. has been consulted. I would particularly draw at-
tention to such instances as the following. In iv. 36, the Rushworth MS. has ita
ut erat, i. e. as he was ; but erat is actually glossed by hice werun, i. e. they were.
This singular mistranslation is, however, at once accounted for when we observe
that the Lindisfarne MS. has erant, with the gloss hia weron. Once more, in vi. 14,
the Rushworth MS. has et propterea operantur virtutes [in] illo, where operantur is
glossed by un-woene sint, i. e. are unexpected ; the simple clue to which is that the
Lindisfarne MS. has not operantur at all, but inopinantur, by which the gloss there
given, viz. un-woen sint, was evidently suggested. The result may be briefly ex-
pressed by saying that, whereas the gloss in the Lindisfarne MS. depends upon the
Latin text of that MS. only, the gloss in the Rushworth MS. depends upon the
Latin texts in both.

1 The words %wend and Si* are supplied from conjecture ; they have been cut away by the binder of the volume.

XIV

Description of the Printed Editions.

I. The earliest edition of the Saxon Gospels is that printed by John Day in
1571, at the suggestion of Matthew Parker, Archbishop of Canterbury, with a dedi-
cation to Queen Elizabeth by John Foxe, the martyrologist, who probably had a
considerable share in the work. For the purpose of ascertaining the exact critical
value of the various editions, it will be convenient to analyse Chapter xi. of St
Mark's Gospel in them all, as it is a short one, and occurs in the middle of the
text.

Parker's edition is, no doubt, as Mr Thorpe says, closely copied from the Bodley
MS. The chief variations from the MS. are these.

(a) The editor ignores the accents. These occur, in the MS., in the words
bethania, inc1, dledon, osannd, com, dne, ete, Idreow, see, ge, agen, us.

(b) He prefers S as a final letter, printing cwce'S for eweep, ttvynaft for twynap,
and the like ; also gewut'Se for gewurpe.

(d) He puts capital letters to proper names, according to the usual custom ;
and expands all the contractions.

(e) The following seem to be misprints, viz. Asson for assan, v. 2 ; Hcelend
for hcelende, v. 7; twelfe for twelf, v. 11 ; pcere for pcera, v. 18; Fulluhte for fidluht,
v. 30.

(/) The following are corrections. He inserts ge after gelyfde in v. 31 ; he
prints hcefdon for the incorrect MS. reading cefdon in v. 32 ; and in v. 33, alters
pincg into ping. The final eg, however, occurs sufficiently often in the Bodley and
Cotton MSS., and might have been retained. The corrections shew that some other
MS. was occasionally consulted, and the fact that the rubrics are inserted throughout
tells us which, viz. the Cambridge one.

The edition may therefore be regarded as a tolerably correct print of MS.
Bodley 441, with a few corrections from the Cambridge MS. The occasional mis-
prints render it not quite trustworthy, but it often affords a probable clue to the
peculiarities of the MS. which it follows. Thus, in the last word but one in the
Gospel, we find in this edition the extraordinary form fyligendend in place of fyligen-
dum. This is the actual reading, but the page on which it occurs is spurious ; by
which I merely mean, that it is copied out in a modern hand. The edition is
printed in the (so-called) Saxon characters.

II. An edition of the Gothic and Anglo-Saxon Gospels in parallel columns
was printed by Junius and Marshall in 1665.

1 In the first two words the stroke over the i is not, however, a true accent, but only used to distinguish ni or in
from m.

This edition deserves a good deal of attention, and is executed with more
critical ability than Mr Thorpe, in the preface to his own edition, seems to imply.
It would have been still better had it been founded upon one of the MSS. them-,,
selves, but the real basis of it is Parker's edition. Marshall's Observations on the!,:
Anglo-Saxon version, pp. 487 — 565, contain, as Wanley remarks, many things
worthy of note. At p. 490, we read that Junius, taking Parker's edition in
hand, collated it with the Bodley, Cambridge, and Corpus MSS., and gave the
collations to Marshall for him to make use of as he thought fit. The Hatton MS.
and the Rushworth gloss were also consulted. By help of these materials, Marshall
corrected a large number of readings in Parker's edition, retaining those that seemed
to be sufficiently correct. Turning to Chapter xi, we find that he has eliminated all
the misprints noticed above in section (e), and gives the correct readings assan,
hcelende, twelf, pcera, sacerdas, and fulluht. In the following instances he adopts
readings from the Cambridge MS. viz. in ongean for ongen, v. 2; hig for hi, v. 4;
tempel for tempi, v. 11 ; mynetera for mynetra, v. 15 ; sacerdas for sacerdos, v. 27 ;
and in the addition of the words jfe on heofonum1 ys at the end of v. 26. In v. 33,
he restores 'Sincg as the reading of the Bodley MS., though it is really written
pincg. In v. 8, he corrects boceras to bogas, a correction suggested by the Hatton
MS. Throughout he adopted the general rule of never giving any reading which
may not be found in one or other of the MSS. ; the only drawback being that he
does not always say which of the MSS. contains the reading given. It is clear,
however, that the Cambridge MS. was the one first consulted ; then the Corpus,
Hatton, and Rushworth MSS., in this order. In other respects he follows Parker's
peculiarities, in (a) ignoring the accents ; (b) the frequent use of 8 as a final letter ;
(c) the frequent use of y for i ; (d) the use of capital letters in proper names,
and the expansion of contractions. He also introduces capitals frequently at the
beginning of verses, but these occur in the MSS. The volume contains also the
Mceso-Gothic version ; some notes on the differences between the readings of the
Anglo-Saxon and Vulgate versions, p. 495 ; some notes on the rubrics, and the
Anglo-Saxon words occurring in them, p. 508 ; some particular readings from the
Bodley, Cambridge, Corpus, and Hatton MSS., which are denoted by the letters
0., C, B. and H. respectively2, p. 538 ; and notes upon passages in which the
A. S. version seems to be corrupt or badly translated, p. 555 ; the whole displaying
a good deal of care and painstaking.

III. An edition of A. S. Gospels was printed in 12mo. at London by
Mr Thorpe in 1842, with the title — "Da halgan godspel on Englisc."

This edition is said to be based upon the Cambridge MS., with occasional read-
ings from the Corpus MS. The Bodley and Cotton MSS. were also consulted.

1 MS. A. heofenum.

2 " O. denotat codiceiu Oxoniensem ; C. Cantdbrigiensem ; B. Benedictinum ; et H. Hattonianum," p. 538.

XVI

The short preface is very misleading; the estimates there given of the editions of
Parker and Marshall cannot be allowed to be correct. Thus, of Parker's edition he
says that " it may be regarded as a faithful impression of a late manuscript (appa-
rently Bodley 441), showing the tongue in its decline, and when rapidly verging
towards that state of barbarism into which it sank about the beginning of the
twelfth century." To this it may be objected that the Bodley MS. is a duplicate
of the Cotton MS., which has some pretensions to being considered the earliest in
existence ; that some of the pages of the Bodley MS. are supplied incorrectly in
a later hand ; and that Parker's edition is not free from several bad mis-
prints. Next we read that " Marshall's edition exhibits an earlier, though, per-
haps, not a purer text, which the singularly unfortunate idea of its editor, of
supplying the omissions of the Saxon version, sometimes (and not always gram-
matically) by his own words, and at others, from the old Northumbrian glosses, has,
moreover, greatly contributed to vitiate." It may, however, be held that Marshall's
text is not an earlier, but the same text, that it is very much purer owing to the
careful way in which Junius made the collations, and that the words supplied
where the MSS. are defective are enclosed within square brackets, and create no
difficulty. But my chief reason for noticing these points is that Mr Thorpe's text
is practically much the same as Marshall's which he condemns. It was clearly
printed from a copy of Marshall's edition, in which two sets of alterations had
been made. Firstly, the spellings of many unimportant words have been capriciously
altered, so that, where Marshall prints his in Ch. xi. v. 1, Thorpe prints hys ; but
where Marshall prints hys in v. 14, Thorpe prints his. In like manner, hine hyngrode
in v. 12 is put for hyne hingrode, and many other changes of i for y and y for i are
made, which it is needless to recount1: secondly, several readings are adopted from
the Cambridge MS. which Marshall either overlooked or did not regard worthy of
attention. Examples are ; getigedne for getiggedne, v. 4 ; heora for hyra, w. 7 and
8 ; heowon for heowun, v. 8 ; streowedon for streowodon, v. 8 ; \oer for the second
par in v. 13 ; ongan for ongann, v. 15 ; cypton for ciptun, v. 15 ; ondredon, v. 18 ;
mcenigeo, v. 18 ; wyrt-ruman, v. 20 ; wyrigdest, v. 21 ; sig, v. 23 ; tweona'S, v. 23 ;
geweorfte, v. 23 ; gebiddanne, v. 25 ; heofenlica, v. 25 ; heofenum, v. 25 (though in
v. 26 Marshall's spelling heqfonum is accidentally retained); acsige, v. 29. It is only
in this sense that the edition can be considered as based upon the Cambridge MS.;
for otherwise the reader who actually compares it with the MS. will find several
unimportant differences'. The result of the examination is that Mr Thorpe's edition
is really a revised edition of Marshall's, and should have been so described. It is
a valuable and useful edition because it is free from mistakes, and because the

1 The MS. itself has hys in both places, w. 1 and 14; heofene twice; not having observed that jthe MS., in the
in v. 12, it has hyne hyngrode; in v. 4, getygedne. second instance, has 'heofenum.'

2 Thus, in xi. 30, 31, Thorpe, following Marshall, prints

xvn

readings can always be defended ; but it is uncritical in the sense that the MS.
authorities are not given.

IV. Dr Bosworth printed an edition of "The Gothic and Anglo-Saxon Gospels,
in parallel columns with the versions of "Wicliffe and Tyndale" in 8vo. ; London,
1865. In this edition, the text was, for the first time, based upon a better autho-
rity, viz. the Corpus MS., and is very valuable as giving the text of that MS. with
great exactness. The only variations throughout Chapter xi. are that, in v. 26, the
word heofonlica has been accidentally omitted ; that man is put for mann in
v. 14 ; that ongann in v. 15 has been replaced by the more usual form ongan ;
and that the evident misreading sacerdos in v. 27 has been corrected into sacer-
das. The corrections ongen in v. 2 and bogas in v. 8 are supplied between square
brackets. The only other differences are those purposely introduced by the editor,
viz. the modern system of the use of capitals and of punctuation, a uniform system
of accentuation, and a uniform use of the letters p and 8, which are used some-
what confusedly in the MS. The system adopted for the use of these letters is
carefully explained at p. xxxii. of the editor's preface, and is based upon the modern
English sounds of the words employed, p being put for the sharp sound of th in
thin, and 3 for the flat sound of th in thine. The practice of the scribe of the MS.
is nearly the contrary of this ; yet we find instances in which the letters have these
theoretical values in farap, v. 2; Da, vv. 7, 13, 18, 22; Be, v. 9; cwyp, v. 23;

forgifap, v. 25 ; and ondrcedap, v. 32.

This edition has proved of very great service to me ; indeed, it is the only one
of the four which is of value from a critical point of view, as representing a defi-
nite text. I have collated it with the MS. throughout the whole gospel, so that,
wherever my text varies from it, the variation has the authority of the MS. itself.

V. An edition of the Northumbrian glosses in the Lindisfarne MS. was
printed in 1857 with the title : — " Die Vier Evangelien in Alt-Northumbrischer
Sprache,...herausgegeben von Karl Wilhelm Bouterwek; Giitersloh, 1857." This is

a very useful book, but I believe it to be founded upon a mistake, viz. upon
confusion between a gloss and a translation. A gloss, as may be seen by a glance
at the right-hand pages of this volume, construes a text word for word, without
much regard to the grammatical arrangement of the words of the vernacular tongue
thus substituted. Its sole aim is to supply a clue to the meaning of the words
of the original separately, that the original itself may be more easily understood.
But a translation goes a great deal further ; it is conformed to the grammatical
laws of the vernacular tongue, and is intended to replace the original so completely,
that the reader may be rendered quite independent of it. Here, however, the
editor has endeavoured to treat the gloss as a translation, by transposing the
words so as to bring them into the Anglo-Saxon order, and supplying, within
square brackets, the words which are wanting to complete the sense. The result

XV111

is not quite satisfactory, because the occasional mistranslations produce passages
in which, the Latin text is indispensable, and consequently ought not to have
been dispensed with. Besides which, to a reader who wishes to compare the
gloss with the text, the transposition of the words is a source of great inconve-
nience. It would have been far better to allow the words of the gloss to stand in
the same order as in the MS. In other respects, the edition is worthy of high
praise, and is, in general, exact and careful. Whenever the editor varies from the
MS. (which his scheme sometimes compels him to do), he gives the MS. reading
in a note, that it may not be lost. In general, the MS. is very closely followed,
but the contractions are sometimes (not always) expanded, and capital letters are
given to proper names. The following variations from the MS. occur in Chapter xi.,
and are, in fact, errors. The readings of the edition are marked B.

1. bethanise is glossed Bethania ; no gloss in MS. B. more ; MS. mor. 2.
B. gie in; MS. omits. B. nsenig; MS. ne eenig. 3. B. huse ; MS. hua. 4. B.
uta (twice); MS. uta (once). 6. B. hia (both in text and note); MS. Sa Be. 9. B.
usig ; MS. wttsig (i. e. wsig, with small u above). 10. B. heahnissum ; MS. heanis-
sum. 11. B. omits allum. 12. B. gehyncerde ; MS. gewyncerde (where it is the
MS. which is wrong). 14. B. inserts an ] and -p. 15. B. bycendo ; MS. bycgendo.
17. B. awritten ; MS. auritten. B. gebeddes ; MS. gebedd1. 18. B. aldermon-
num ; MS. aldermonum. 23. B. (note) gelefes ; MS. gelefe. 26. B. iuih ^te i
gif; MS. ivkt-f gif. 27. B. seldisto ; MS. jeldesto. 28. B. doest ; MS. does. 29.
B. ondeuarde ; MS. onduearde ; (a mere printer's error). B. frsegna; MS. fregna.
B. onduerdes ; MS. ondueardas. B. doa ; MS. doam. 30. B. ondueardes ; MS. on-
dueardas. 31. B. omits cuoeS him i. B. gesmeadun ; MS. ge-smeadon. 32. B.
omits waes. 33. B. nutu; MS. neutu.

It deserves to be particularly remarked, that these and similar errors generally
occur in the case of small and unimportant words, and some are due to the difficulty
of carrying out the system of forcing a gloss into the guise of a translation.
Mistakes in the more important words are very rare. It must be added, that the
volume contains an excellent glossary, with copious references ; also a preface and
introduction, occupying 164 pages. An appendix contains the marginal notes, &c.
written in the MS. ; the preface of St Jerome, both text and gloss ; the life of St
Matthew, text and gloss ; the arguments of the sections of St Matthew, text and
gloss ; the life of St John, text and gloss. All these are from the same MS., but
do not exhaust its contents, as it also has lives of St Mark and St Luke, with
arguments, and an argument of the sections of St John. See the account of the
next edition.

1 This well illustrates the difference between a gloss and gebedd (a prayer), but B. gives the translation gebeddes (of
a translation; the Latin orationis is rightly glossed by prayer).

XIX

VI. The same editor, Herr Bouterwek, printed a volume entitled " Screadunga,"
i.e. Fragments, at Elberfeld, in 1858. This contains the lives of St Mark and St
Luke and the arguments to St Mark's, St Luke's, and St John's gospels, omitted in
his former volume. But besides this, the volume contains both the Latin text and
gloss, of St Mark's gospel only, from the Rushworth MS. The following is an
analysis of Chapter xi.

Latin text. 1. B. appropinquarent Ierosolymae et Bethaniae; MS. adpropinquarent
hierusolimae & bithaniae. 2. B. illuc; MS. illud. B. soluite; MS. solute (wrongly).
6. B. eis ; MS. illis. 7. B. imponunt ; MS. inpossuerunt. 9. B. praeibant ; MS.
praecedebant. B. Hosanna ; MS. ossanna. (So also in v. 10). 11. B. Ierosolymam;
MS. hirusolyma. B. exiit ; MS. exiuit. 12. B. a ; MS. de. 15. B. Ierosolymam ;
MS. hierusolymam. B. in templum ; MS. templum. B. eiicere ; MS. eicere.
B. numulariorum ; MS. nummulariorum. 16. B. quisque ; MS. quisquam. 17. B.
speluncam; MS. speloncam. 18. B. doctrina; MS. doctrinam. 20. B. transirent;
MS. transierent. 21. B. recordatus; MS. recordatus est. 23. B. quia (twice); MS.
quia (once). B. haesitauerit ; MS. essitauerit. B. net; MS. omits. 24. B. euenient;
MS. ueniet. 26. B. dimiseritis ; MS. demiseritis. B. dimittet ; MS. dimittat.
27. B. Ierosolymam ; MS. hierusolimam. B. in templo accedunt ; MS. in templum
accesserant. 28. B. ista ; MS. haec. 29. B. respondete ; MS. respondite. 30. B.
Baptismus Ioannis ; MS. baptismum iohannis. B. respondete ; MS. respondite.
32. B. Ioannem ; MS. iohannem. 33. B. dicunt ; MS. dixerunt. B. et respon-
dens ; MS. respondens.

Northumbrian gloss. 8. B. legdon ; MS. legdun. 17. B. wutudlice ; MS.
wutodlice. 25. B. hwoegn ; MS. hwoegu. 33. B. ne ic ic ; MS. ne ec ic.

From this and further examination of the edition it readily appears that the
Latin text and Northumbrian gloss are very differently represented in this edition ;
the former is faulty, but the latter excellent. In fact, the Latin must really
have been derived originally from some other source ; it is quite impossible that
inpossuerunt could have been copied imponunt in . v. 7, and praecedebant read as
praeibant. It will be found, in fact, that Bouterwek's text is much more free
from blunders than the careless text in the MS., and represents the text of the
Lindisfarne MS. much more closely than that of the Rushworth MS. In short,
this edition of the Latin text is not to be trusted for fidelity.

On the other hand, the Northumbrian gloss is represented with great exactitude ;
the editor preserves the curls and marks of contraction of the MS., so as to produce
almost a facsimile of it. "Whatever errors occur are but slight, and I have found it
well worth while to collate my own text with Bouterwek's throughout the entire
gospel. My own text is, in fact, the same as his, but with the few errors corrected,
and the contractions expanded.

VII. Among the publications of the Surtees Society, Nos. 28, 39, 43, and

c 2

48, a.d. 1854 — 1865, is an edition of the Lindisfarne and Kushworth Gospels,
exhibiting both the Latin texts and English glosses. The first volume was
edited by the Rev. J. Stevenson, the last three by Mr G. "Waring. This ela-
borate edition, the work of some years, was intended to shew the exact contents
of both MSS., with the exception of the short lives of the Evangelists, the
prefaces of St Jerome, and the arguments of the sections of the Gospels. It
will be sufficient to speak here of the second volume only, containing St Mark's
Gospel. The only intentional variations of the edition from the MSS. are in the
use of capitals for proper names and the first words in each verse, the use of
v for u, of j for i before vowels, of ce for ae, and in the frequent expansions
of contractions. Unfortunately, however, either on account of some faults in the
original transcript, or of some oversights in comparing the proofsheets with the
MSS. themselves, the result is hardly satisfactory. A list of the errors in chapter
xi. will shew their nature.

Latin text (Lindisfarne MS.). 1. adpropinquaret1 ; Hierosolymse ; 2. ilium
omitted. 4. inveniunt. 5. eis. 11. Hierosolyma. 12. exiret ea. 14. geternam. 24.
omnia omitted. 33. et omitted.

Northumbrian gloss (Lindisfarne MS). 1. more. 2. Se (gloss to quod) ; ongeaogn ;
gie inserted before ineodon ; Sone fola (for f fola) ; naenig ; ftene omitted. 3. huse ;
hia unbinde. 6. cuoedon. 7. Sone fola. 8. hiora ; woeg ; gebugon. 9. usig ; heah-
nissum. 11. ymbsceawde ; efrntid wees; bethania omitted; 12. bethania omitted;
gehyncerde. 13. Seem ilea (twice) ; leafa. 14: Rune for monn omitted (corrected
in Addenda) ; jJ inserted after geherdon. 16. fset. 17. awritten ; gebeddes.
18. Seem omitted. 19. wses. 20. -p omitted. 21. wses eftmyndig ; peter omitted.

23. sende ; gelefeS. 24. gie omitted. 28. to inserted ; doest. 29. frsegna ; iuh ;
doa. 30. fulwiht; monnum. 31. \ soS him i. 33. 3 omitted; neuto we.

Latin text (Rushworth MS.). The Latin text is exhibited by a collation at
the foot of the page, but the collation is vitiated by being compared with a
faulty text above. Several of the peculiarities of the Rushworth text are passed
over; this I denote by the word "missed." The following are misreadings. 1.
adpropinquaret. 2. adhuc nemo missed; ilium omitted. 4. inueniunt. 5. eis. 6.
illis for first eis missed; praeceperant given as a reading, where MS. has praeci-
perat ; dimisierunt missed. 7. impossuerunt given as a reading, where MS. has
inpossuerunt. 11. hirusolyma missed. 14. seternum ; ex te fructum missed.

24. omnia omitted. 26. dimittit given, where MS. has dimittat. 28. haec for ista
missed. 31. omission of nobis missed. 33. et omitted.

Northumbrian gloss (Rushworth MS.). The following are wrong. 2. onfindas.
4. Seem; i inserted. 8. gibedgun (printer's erratum). 9. ge (for se). 10. user;

1 I give only the forms in the Surtees Society's edition ; for the correct forms, see p. 87 in this volume.

XXI

Davides; hae-h 12. beth. 13. gimette ; ne fand. 14. nsenig. 17. J>te (printers
erratum, corrected in Addenda ; so in vv. 23, 28) ; wutudlice. 21. cweSe.
cweSo ; gibiddas. 30. \ inserted. 31. soSlice ; hise omitted. 33. wittan.

A large number of these errors are of no great moment, and several '.of
them appear to be corrections deliberately adopted. I draw attention to them
because otherwise the numerous variations between my own text and that of the
Surtees Society might appear remarkable. My own plan is to give the uncor-
rected readings of the MSS. themselves, from a conviction that in many in-
stances students not only prefer to correct them for themselves, but may be
better able to correct them than I am. It is by no means my wish to depreciate
the value and worth of the enormous labour involved in these publications
of the Surtees Society ; and the reader must be cautioned against forming
too unfavourable an estimate of them from the numerous printer's errors in
the first two or three opening chapters of this Gospel, wherein the letters ]>,
w, and p are confused, and n and u not always distinguished. In practice,
I have found Mr Waring's volume extremely useful, and have collated it through-
out with the Lindisfarne MS. For the Rushworth gloss I have preferred Bou-
terwek's edition, as being more uniformly correct. In correcting proofsheets, I
have consulted the MSS. themselves only. The present volume no doubt also
contains a few errors, but they can hardly be numerous.

VIII. The first volume of the present work, viz., the Gospel of St
Matthew edited by Mr Kemble, has been already spoken of. It may be as well
to add that it does not follow the capitals of the MSS., and that the punctua-
tion accords with the modern method. The letters v and j are used before a
vowel, where the MS. has u and i, the other usual editorial alterations of this
"character are made throughout. The larger sections are not numbered, and the
reference-numbers to the subsections in other gospels are omitted. These are, per-
haps, but small matters. It is of more importance to note that in the Canons
printed on pages 4 — 7, a few of the numbers are misprinted. Thus, in the
second column of St Luke in Canon Secundus, lines 18 and 19, the numbers
35 and 36 have been reversed by the printer into 53 and 63. In col. 1, line
26 of St Mark in the same Canon, 141 is printed 41, by the dropping out of
1 ; and in col. 4, 1. 1 of St Mark, 146 is printed 149 by the reversal of the
last figure.

XX11

Plan of the Present Volume.

The present volume begins with the heading " Incipiunt capitulae l secundum
Marcum," as in the Lindisfarne MS. ; but this heading really refers to the sec-
tions enumerated on p. 2. Next follows the note by the glossator Aldred already
alluded to at p. xi. At fol. 89 is a short life of St Mark, headed "Ineipit
Argumentum," concerning which see the note at p. 141. The Latin text being
corrupt, it can hardly be expected that the gloss should make very good sense.
The most curious circumstance here narrated is the tradition that St Mark cut
his thumb off, concerning which see a note by Mr J. S. Wood, of St John's
College, Cambridge, in the Journal of Philology, vol. ii. p. 87, and pp. vii — xi.
of the preface to Tischendorf's edition of the Codex Amiatinus. It is noteworthy
that Aldred seems entirely to have misunderstood this, as he glosses amputasse
by to tellanne vel to clcensanne (to tell or to cleanse), and pollicem by gehatne
(promised). In the latter instance, he was evidently thinking of the Latin
pollicitus. The homily numbered XVI. by Wanley (Catalogue, p. 188) in MS.
Cotton Julius E. 7, is on the Passion of St Mark, and it is followed by a
second homily on the Four Evangelists2. In the latter, the notice of St Mark
is so short that I here quote it entire, from the copy in MS. Camb. Univ.
Lib. Ii. 1. 33, p. 220. It is written in a rude sort of rhythm, with not very
well-marked alliteration.

Se o)?er godspellere Marcus, se wses mid J?am aposde petre
ge-togen on lare. and to ge-leafan ge-biged.
Petrus wses his god-fseder & hine gode ge-strynde.
& he swa lange folgode his fulluht-fseder petre.
o'S •$ he ge-sette mid sojmm ge-leafan
J?a oSre cristes boc on italia lande.
Ne ge-seah he crist on life, ac he leornode swa-J>eah
of petres bodunge. hu he Sa boc ge-sette.
& petrus hi sceawode. & sealde to rsedenne.
«
This may be translated as follows : —

The second Evangelist Mark, who was by the apostle Peter
Instructed in lore, and to belief turned;

1 So in the MS. At p. 2, it is rightly spelt capitula. (now 198), Camb. Univ. Lib. IL 1. 33, and Cotton Vitellius

a The two homilies seem to form but one in reality. D. 17.
Other copies are found in MSS. Corp. Chr. Coll. Cam. S. 8

XX111

Peter was his godfather, and begat him 4ft the Lord.
And he so long followed his baptismal father Peter,
Until he instituted with true belief
The second Christ's book (gospel) in Italian land.
He saw not Christ alive, but he learnt nevertheless
From Peter's preaching, how he should make the book ;
And Peter considered it, and delivered it for reading.

At p. 2 are printed the " Capitula Lectionum," or short summaries of the
contents of the various portions of the Gospel read at various times.

The whole gospel is divided into 46 such portions, as indicated by the
capital Roman numbers in the margins of the right-hand pages. Section XL,
for example, is said to contain the parable of the sower. Compare the capital
" XI." in the margin at the beginning of chapter iv. p. 27.

This is, perhaps, the most convenient place in which to add that the Gospel
is further divided into smaller sections, generally known as the "Ammonian
sections1," which correspond to sections in the other gospels, according to the
tables printed in Mr Kemble's edition of St Matthew, already mentioned on p. xxi.
Thus, at ch. iv. ver. 1, the 36th section of St Mark, as shown by Canon
Secundus, corresponds to the 76th section of St Luke and the 131st of St Matthew.
I have throughout taken the liberty of printing the number of each subsection in
Arabic numerals, as in Mr Kemble's book, though the MS. has Roman numerals
only.

At the bottom of p. 5 is printed the imperfect table of lessons, which is to
be read in five separate lines, as follows. I omit the gloss.

Sabbato sancto mane.

Post penticosten in ieiunium feria .iiii.

cottidiana.

Die dominica de indulgentia passio domini nostri iesu christi.

feria .ui. de albas (sic) paschae.

The lessons to which these refer are left obscure owing to the lack of pre-
fixed numbers. Probably these were to have been inserted in red letters, but
were omitted by the rubricator. The tables of lessons to the other gospels are
similarly obscure. A note in Marshall's edition (p. 513) seems to indicate a con-
nection between the first line and the rubric in Camb. MS. at Chap. vi. 45 —
Dis sceal on sseternes daeg ser halgan dsege — which would suggest that section

1 Ammonius of Alexandria, in the third century, en- the sections of the Gospels are classed accordingly as the
deavoured to form a harmony of the Gospels. Busebius fact is found in all four gospels, in three, in two, or in
improved upon it by drawing up his ten Canons, in which one only.

XXIV

19 (XVII II.) on p. 51 is the one referred to ; but this requires further in-
vestigation. The entry '• cottidiana " occurs frequently, sometimes three or four
times in succession, in the tables of lessons prefixed to the other gospels.

All this preliminary matter occurs in the Lindisfarne MS. only, and has
been printed by Bouterwek in his "Screadunga" or Fragments, printed at Elber-
feld in quarto, 1858; pp. 1 — 4\

The manner in which the various texts and the results of collation of them
with other MSS. are arranged has been already explained.

In the method of printing the texts, &c, I have been entirely guided by
the one sole object of presenting to the reader, as nearly as possible, the exact
peculiarities of the MSS. The capital letters, accents, and points are closely fol-
lowed ; and, in order to indicate the contractions clearly, I have adopted the very
convenient method employed in works issued by the Early English Text Society,
of representing their equivalents by the use of italic letters. Thus, in i. 3, col. 1,
the word pam is written pa in the Corpus MS., and in the gloss to i. 7 in
the Lindisfarne MS. the word sefter is written " seft," with an upward curl
attached to the t. It will be convenient to mention here a few peculiarities of
the MSS.

Left-hand pages, first colafnn. The contractions used in the Corpus MS. are
very few, the commonest being a stroke over a vowel to denote m, as in pam,
halgum, him, written pa, halgu, hi. We also find poh for poune. The contrac-
tions 1 for and2, ~p for pest, and cw. for cwceS have been left as in the MSS.
Similar contractions occur in MSS. A., B., and C, quoted in the Various Read-
ings. The scribe used three kinds of points or stops, but two of them are
altogether equivalent and answer nearly to the modern comma. He* expresses
this short pause either by a single dot, or by a stop resembling an inverted
semicolon (!), but with a curl to the left instead of the right. These I here
denote by an ordinary full stop. His longer pause is denoted by a kind of
semicolon, as here printed, and the reader will soon observe that it is almost
invariably followed by a capital letter. Another most curious result (one only
to be discovered when a MS. is exactly followed) is the ornamental value which
the scribe of the MS. assigns to the initials p and D. As these were, in his
eyes, precisely equivalent, he adorns the MS. by writing them boldly, and, in
many passages, alternately. Thus, in vi. 16, p. 44, we have initial D ; this is
followed by p in verse 18, D in verse 19, p in verse 21, and so on alter-
nately at the beginnings of verses 24, 26, 29, 37, and 38. So again at the begin-
nings of verses 24, 27, 28, 29, 33 in chapter vii ; verses 5, 6, 12, in chapter

1 Bouterwek's edition is very correct, but has a few a few more such slips might be pointed out
slight errors In 1. 4, p. 1, he has voce for uoce ; in the noxt 2 This contraction sometimes forms part of a word, as

line, the MS. has praedistinatum, not praedistinctum, and "Oswarode" for " awrfswarode."

XXV

viii ; verses 1, 2, 4, 5 in chapter ix ; verses 27, 29, 30, 32, 33 in ch. ix ;
vv. 2, 3, 4, 9, 11, 14, 16, 18, 20, 23, 24, 28, 29, 36, 38, 39 in ch. x;
&c. Of course there are numerous examples also of the contrary ; but, in the
last case at least, the intention is obvious, and is far more striking in the MS.
than in the print. The same alternation is sometimes found in the large capitals,
which were painted in afterwards ; see x. 46 (p. 84), xi. 1 (p. 86), xi. 15 (p.
88), xi. 27 (p. 90) ; and especially note xiii. 1 and 3 (p. 102). The supposed
necessity of alternation was regulated to some extent by the position of the
letters on the page. That our ancestors really looked upon such an alternation
as an embellishment is proved beyond a doubt by the colours of the painted
letters in the MSS. Thus, in the Cambridge MS., the large capitals are painted
alternately blue, red, green, red, blue, red, green, red, &c, throughout the whole
of the gospels. In the Hatton MS., blue and red letters alternate; in the Bodley
MS., they are red and green. When not employing capitals, the scribe has a
decided preference for J? at the beginning, and $ at the end of a word, though
we also find instances of a contrary usage.

The accents in the Corpus MS. are used sparingly, but, in general, correctly.
The following are the foreign words in which an accent is used, viz : — abiathar,
bethania, corban, decapoleos, genesar, herode (dat.), hierasenorum, iairus, iordane,
(dot.), isaaces, osanna, sidone, sidonis, tira, tirum. Of Anglo-Saxon words, we find
the following cases of substantives : adlum (dat. pi), arfata, belaf, bocerum,
bogas, dom, dune, ear, fyr, gast, gerynu, hiwum, hlaf, hlisa, hrof, hus, lafe, lar,
lareow, lie, man (wickedness), mode, mysan, non-tide (xv. 34), rice, rices, sse, said,
saedere, scyp, sicol, stan, strsete, tid, tima, tun, J?ecene, J?6rnas, wa, westene, wic,
wif, win, wingeard, wite, yst ; also the dative bee, and the plurals seep, swyn.
Also the adjectives: — an, ece, god, geunret, hal, laman, mare, manfullan, nan,
niwne, niwan, stuntan, J>eeslic, unclaene, unrot, weste, wode ; the singular word
ece in ix. 45 is written for ece. The numerals : — fif, tyne.

The pronouns : me, min, we, us, }m, J>in, j?e, ge, he, hi, se (xii. 21). The
parts of verbs: — adrifS, aris, aras, am, set, seton, bigdon, com, comon, cwiede, do
(donne, ge-don, dej?), eode, faemende, foron, on-fo, ge-fon, ga, gan (agan, gegan,
in-agan), geomrode, het, a-hof, hoh, a-hoh, eet-hrine, aat-hran, on-hran, let, for-let,
for-laetan, lseran, lgesgende, nseron, namon, nat, saedon, asende, siwaf>, be-smitan,
set-soc, stigan, forg-stop, ge-swac, swor, sy, syn (iv. 12), urnon, ge-wat, waere, ytt.

The adverbs: — agen, aer, furf»on, gyt, hwi, hwon, gelomlice, ma, na, nu, J?a
(iii. 4; generally f>a), up, ut, ute. The prepositions : — agen, agen (xiii. 8), ongen
(xiii. 8). The prefixes: — a- in a-fserede (xvi. 8), a-hangen (xv. 15), asceacaS, awri-
ten ; ut- in ut-gan, ut-gangende ; and (once only) tin- in un-Jjwogenum (vii. 2).
The accents are, however, very frequently omitted, as the readers were supposed
to be able to supply the pronunciation for themselves. In the Bodley MS., the

XXVI

accents are written much in the same places; in the Cambridge MS., they are
still scarcer.

The component parts of a word are often written a little way apart. This
I denote by a hyphen ; thus, the words be-foran, ge-fullod are be foran, ge fullod
in the MS.

The errors of the Corpus MS. are left uncorrected ; the various readings
will in general point out where they occur. We should, however, particularly
note the error boceras, i. e. scribes, for bogas, boughs, in xi. 8. The fact of its
occurrence in MSS. A. B. C. as well as in the Corpus text shews quite clearly
that all are really from the same source. In the Royal MSS. boceras was first
written, but altered to bogas, and hence the scribe of the Hatton MS. was
enabled to write boges, correctly.

In quoting the various readings, I have strictly followed Mr Kemble's plan,
of giving every variation of spelling, with the sole exception of S for J>, and y
for i, which are used interchangeably in all the MSS. It follows that all the
MSS. are, for all practical purposes, printed in extenso, and any passage in any of
the MSS. (except the imperfect Cotton MS.) can be easily reproduced, with the
exception of contractions, and the uncertainty about p or S, and y or i. Thus
in i. 3, the Cambridge MS. should have (judging from the notes) the reading —
clypigende stefn on J?am westene ge-earwiaS drihtnes weg. do$ rihte his srSas ;
whilst the Royal MS. has — clepigende stefen on j?am westene. ge-garwiaS drihtnes
weg. doS rihte his sy&s.

Left-hand pages, column 2. The text and marginal notes (written as rubrics in
the MS.) are from the Hatton MS.; the various readings from the earlier Royal
MS. The chief peculiarities of the Hatton MS. are the introduction of k for c, as in
kymd, bokeres, kydde, for the earlier cym^, boceras, cydde\ .and a frequent confusion
between the letters d and S. These latter are written exactly alike, with the excep-
tion of a slight stroke through the upper part of the latter, so that the omission of
this stroke turns it into a d. I print it as in the MS.; and hence the form seed
for sec^, i. 37. In i. 32, we find the reverse change, gewor'Sen being written for
geivorden, and ftridfte for 'Sridde. "When the double letter SS occurs, the stroke is
sometimes drawn through one letter only, generally the latter ; thus odfee is written
for oftfSe in vii. 12. The letters p and S are used indiscriminately at the beginning
of a word, but in the middle or at the end we have, almost always, S only. Only
one sort of stop, a single point, is used ; it is here denoted by a full stop. The
accents are very few, as they also are in the Royal MS. ; we may note them in

1 The letter k appears towards the end of some of the Tib. B. 4. The word karissimum occurs in the Latin text
MSS. of the A.S. Chronicle, as, e.g., in the mysterious word of the Lindisfarne MS., in Mark xii. 6.
kenepas, under the date 1056, in MSS. Cotton Tib. B. 1 and

XXVU

the foreign words iudeeisce, galilee, iudee, and in the native words ansiene, agan,
ahof, apene, see, us, ascaceS, god, ga, pa. There are a few downright blunders, such
as un for ut, iii. 23 ; witege for wite, v. 29 ; apfata and manslcege for drfata and
mcestlinga, vii. 4 j brithmen for britsenum, viii. 8 ; hyfode for lufode, x. 21 ; &c. One
change of spelling, viz. the substitution of c& for c, was probably due to Norman
influence ; examples of it are ich for ic, and eches for eces. But the most interest-
ing point about this text is the exact evidence it affords of the manner in which
the older inflexions of the language were weakened, thus leading the way to their
ultimate total or partial suppression. By comparing it with the older text beside
it, we literally see the process of this change going on before our eyes. These
weakenings were accomplished by the frequent substitution of the slight vowel e for
the more distinct a, o, and u, not only when these vowels occur at the end of a
word, but when they occur near the end. Hence we find -an, -as, -aft replaced by
-en, -es, -e'S; -od, -oda, -on by -ed, -ede, -en; and -um weakened, not merely into -em,
but into -en. Thus, the suna, lendenu of the earlier text become sune, lendene ; sprecan,
dagos, fulMS, gecostnod, gelufoda, penedon, dagum become likewise sprecen, doges,
fulled, gecostned, gelufode, peneden, dagen. We even find e for y, as in gelefe'8 for
gelyfa'S. The adoption of en for an was but the prelude to dropping this final con-
sonant altogether ; so that, whilst, in ii. 5, laman becomes lamen, two verses above
it is written lame; whilst in ii. 4 we find asende for asendan in the plural. Nothing
can be clearer than the gradual process of corruption of the infinitive moods of verbs.
In earlier MSS. we find, e. g. singan, to sing ; shortly before a.d. 1200, it is singen ;
soon after that date it became singe, a dissyllable. About a.d. 1400, the necessity
of sounding the final -e was but slight; but the word continued to be often writ-
ten singe for some time after the final -e ceased to be pronounced. In course of
time, it was generally rejected as useless, and hence our modern sing. This change
took place still earlier in the North, where the common ending of the infinitive,
even in early times, was -a rather than -an. The text of the Hatton MS. shews us
the first step towards many such changes very clearly. It may be compared with the
latter part of the A. S. Chronicle, from about a.d. 1120 onwards. The rubrics in
the Hatton MS. are nearly all found in the Royal MS. in exactly the same places
without variation of spelling. The spelling of the Royal MS. is, in general, of
an older character, though here also we sometimes find d for >6, as in siwad for
siwa?&, ii. 21.

Right-hand pages. The distinguishing feature of the texts here printed (viz. the
Lindisfarne text with its gloss above, and the Rushworth gloss without its text
below), is that the glosses are in the Northumbrian dialect, and so present a strik-
ing contrast to the West-Saxon texts opposite. The Latin text is written with but
few contractions, which are denoted by italics wherever they occur, so that apiritus,
mnctus, for example, are expansions of sps, scs. We have frequently the very

d 2

xx vm

common contraction ihs for ihesus or iesus\ and xps for christus, where the x is
the Greek X (eh) and the p the Greek P (r). There are a few bad mistakes in the
Latin, such as eum for cum in ii. 4, nubimus for nubibus in xiii. 26, terner for
£e?ier in xiii. 28, and the like ; most of these are noticed in the Appendix, and
are not to be regarded as misprints. The letter u (never v) is used through-
out ; the diphthong ce is generally written ae. A few accents occur, the words
has, die, and ne, for example, being written has, die, and ne; p. 103. There
is no punctuation in the Lindisfarne MS. The full stops merely denote the
end of a verse, and should, strictly speaking, have been omitted. The glossator
generally denotes the contraction er by an upward curl, and m by a straight stroke ;
but nearly all the contractions are alike represented by a short wavy stroke,
evidently intended to have a vague meaning. Thus the italicised letters in the
words capharncwm, mitedlice, beforan, hierusaZem, fulwihteres, are all denoted by
much the same stroke, and the italic letters are intended to denote this. In the
last case, for instance, the word is spelt fulwih, followed by a curl ; and if the
reader wishes to expand such a word in any other manner, he is of course at
liberty to do so\ Near the beginning of the book, I have left the word hse^ as
written in the MS., but I have found it better to expand it into hselend, haalende,
or hselendes, as required by grammar. This can cause no difficulty. Elsewhere I
have left the contraction i, meaning vel, as written, because it conveniently separates
the double glosses. Thus in i. 10, in ipso is interpreted to mean either in 'Seem (in
them) or on him, the latter only being correct. Sometimes i is written without
being followed by a second gloss (vii. 23). In some words, a small u is written
above the line ; this is denoted by an italic u. The contraction ") for and is used
throughout. The letter p never occurs, except when used with a stroke through k
(j5) as a contraction for pcet. In a few cases, a d is converted into S by an unne-
cessary stroke through it, as in zebe'&ies for zebsdies. Several accents occur over
long vowels ; these are all printed as in the MS. Some of the foreign names and
hard words are left unglossed; and many of the glosses are quite wrong, and exhibit
some curious errors. For examples of omissions, see vii. 4. For an example of
error, observe the word bifgedon (they trembled) as a translation of fremebant in
xiv. 5 ; the worthy glossator was clearly thinking of tremebant3. In iii. 19, James
the son of Alpheus is called 'Jacob the white' (albus). Where the Latin text
is wrong, the glossator still carefully follows it; hence the misreading eum for cum in
ii. 4 is translated by hine (him). It must be observed also that the gloss being
intended to give the sense of each word separately, rather in order that the reader

1 The latter method of expansion is the better one, for • tice is given ; neither has he always observed the capitals,
the h really stands for a Greek H («) ; I have sometimes &c. of the MS&

inadvertently printed ih«*ws, but this can hardly mislead 3 See the Lindisfarne and Rushworth Gospels (Surtees

a reader. Society), ed. G. Waring, part iv. pp. civ — cxviii, where the

2 In Mr. Kemble's edition of St. Matthew, no such no- characteristics of the MSS. are fully described.

XXIX

might understand the Latin than that he might substitute an English version for
it, the inflexions are not always adapted to the laws of syntax'. The peculiarities
of orthography and inflexion in these glosses have been described fully by Mr Waring2,
who shews what are the West-Saxon forms corresponding to the Northumbrian ones.
But it may, nevertheless, be convenient to shew here, conversely, what are the North-
umbrian forms corresponding to the West-Saxon ones. I consider only the Gospel
of St Mark, commencing with ii. 16, where Owun's gloss begins in the Kushworth
MS. The chief variations are in the vowels and diphthongs ; I omit some of rare
occurrence, and take the Lindisfarne MS. (L.) first.

Orthography. 1. The West-Saxon (Corpus MS.) a becomes a, o, ea in L.
Ex. butan, L. buta, viii. 23 ; man, L. mon, v. 2 ; gaful, L. geafel, xii. 14.

W.S. d becomes L. a, ce. Ex. gaste, L. gast, v. 2 ; hwam, L. hwcem, iv. 30.

2. W.S. ce becomes L. ce, ae, a, e, oe, oce, ece.

Ex. wees, L. wees ; reste-dceges, L. to rcest-daege, ii. 28 ; scew'S, L. saueS,

iv. 14 ; gcers, L. gers, iv. 28 ; dcege, L. doeg, vi. 2 ; cwce'S, L. cuoce'S, x. 5 ;
L. forgecef, x. 4.

W.S. ce becomes L. ce, e, ae.

Ex. cerest, L. cerist, iv. 28 ; seed, L. sed, iv. 27 ; see, L. scee, vi. 48.

3. W. S. e becomes L. e, a, ce, i. Ex. ofer, L. ofer ; welene, L. walana,
iv. 19 ; heqfenes, L. heofnees, iv. 32 ; cerest, L. cerist, iv. 28.

W.S. e becomes L. e, a, ea, oe. Ex. we; welene, L. walana (iv. 19); etan,
L. eata, vii. 2 ; seca\>, L. soeca'S, iii. 32.

4. W.S. ea becomes L. ea, a, ce, e.

Ex. geleafan, L. geleafa, iv. 40 ; sealde, L. salde, iv. 7, 8 ; jpeaAtecfo/i, L.
'Scehtung hia dedon, iii. 6 ; eagan, L. egro, viii. 23.

5. W. S. eo becomes L. eo, ea, e, io. Ex. eor'Se, L. eor'&o, iv. 28 ; L. eade
(for eo^e) v. 2 ; leoht, L. Zefa, iv. 21 ; deqfol, L. diobles, i. 39.

6. W. S. i becomes L. i, io. Ex. in; L. genioma (for niman) iii. 27.

W. S. « becomes L. % ce. Ex. ripes tid, iv. 29 ; nihtes, L. o» wafo, iv. 27.

7. W. S. o becomes L. o, u-. Ex. L. for'S-brohte, L. .scma, iv. 29 ; Li
hlafurd (for hlaford) ii. 28.

8. W. S. u becomes L. ic, e, y, oe. Also W. S. w = L. u. Ex. L. tmcwS,
iii. 10 ; gaful, L. geafel, xii. 14 ; ctsundron, L. syndrige, iv. 34 ; swustor, L.
siuoester, iii. 35. L. smce = swa.

9. W. S. 2/ becomes L. ?/, i, eo, ea, u. Wi S. y becomes L. y, io, e. Ex.
scyldig, iii. 29 ; mycel, L. miclo, iv. 39 ; *?/£/*, L. seolf, iii. 25 ; syllanne, L.
seallane, xii. 14; sy^/j L. swZ/*, iii. 26. Also L. fyr, ix. 45; ansyne, \L. ansione,
xii. 14 ; gehyrafc, L. hera*S, iv. 3.

1 See above, p. xvii.

2 Liiidisfunic and Rushworth Gospels (Surtees Society), part iv. pp. cxix — exxv.

XXX

We also frequently find in L. the double vowels aa, ee, ii, uu, &c. ; as in
ingaa'S, iii. 27 ; feer-suigo, v. 42 ; gesiist, v. 31 ; huu, iv. 13. Observe also the
curious forms innueeard, vii. 21 ; behceald, xii. 41 ; ongeaegn, xi. 2 ; necenig, xii.
34; scee, vi. 48.

As regards the consonants, we find occasionally the following changes.

1. W. S. g sometimes becomes L. c, as in 'Srounc, L. viii. 34, for W. S.
\rawung ; cf. onfence, vi. 41. Conversely, we sometimes (but rarely) find W. S. c
becoming L. g, as in licceterum, L. legerum, vii. 6. At the end of a word, we
find in L. both eg and gc, as in rowincg, vi. 48 ; gebrcegc, vi. 41.

2. W. S. c frequently becomes L. h, as in L. ah (passim) for oc. Sometimes
also we find in L. ch, as in carchem, vi. 27 ; michel, iv. 5.

3. The letters d and S are frequently interchanged in L. ; possibly from
their similarity of form, as in the Hatton MS. Ex. dcere for Seere, v. 41 ; mP6
for mid, v. 18.

4. The letters d and t are also frequently interchanged ; as in sexdig for
sextig, iv. 8 ; gemoetat for gemoetad, iv. 19. Cf. gebloedsade, vi. 41.

5. Other peculiarities of MS. L. are the prefixing of an aspirate, as in
hrceste, iv. 39 ; hlifige, v. 23 ; the frequent insertion of r, as in efern for efen,
iv. 35 ; ondreardon for ondredon, v. 15 ; the insertion of w, as in cwom for com,
iii. 20 ; the insertion of u between w and r, as in wuraf&ia, x. 41 ; the use of
wu for u at the beginning of a word, as in wurnon, vi. 55. We also often
find a consonant doubled at the end of a word, as in sibb, v, 34 ; sprmcc, iv.
34 ; blann, iv. 39 ; upp, iv. 6 ; gescett, iv. 1. But instead of gg we find eg or
gc, as in rowincg, vi. 48 ; gebrcegc, vi. 41 (above noted) ; and instead of tt we
find td, as in hwcetd for hwcett, iv. 40.

Inflexions. The noun-endings in L. are rather anomalous and inconsistent.
The most remarkable point is the frequent occurrence of final -o, especially in the
nom. and ace. pi., as in suno, iii. 17 ; wu'Suuto, iii. 22 ; ilco, iii. 23 ; fato, iii.
27 ; it also occurs in the singular, as in torce'So, iii. 21 ; eoi^6o, iv. 1. But the
fact is, that the terminating vowel must have been indistinct, so that we not
only find synno, iii. 28, but synna, iv. 12 ; just as in v. 12 we find the pres.
part. pi. ending in -endo in cwoe'Sendo, but in -ende in fcerende in the next
verse. Another point worthy of remark is that the termination -an (of Bask's
first declension) does not appear, but is replaced by -es or -ces, -e, -a, or -ol.
Ex. tunga, tungces, earo, vii. 33 — 35.

The pronouns present some remarkable forms, such as mines for min, x. 47 ;
mec and meh for me, xiv. 6, 7 ; 'Sines for *6in, v. 19 ; Sec for 'Se, v. 34 ; woe

1 Lind. and Rush. Gospels (Surtees Soc.) ; pt. iv. p. exxii.

XXXI

for we, xi. 33 ; usra as gen. pi. of the first person, xii. 7 ; usio for us ; gie for
ge; iuih, iuh for eow, ix. 19. In the third person, we find fern. nom. hiu, vi.//-'
24 ; fern. dat. hir, v. 33 ; fem. ace. hia, xiv. 6 ; hea, xiv. 5 ; pi. nom. and acci \J I
hia, gen. Mora, vi. 6 ; dat. him. The dual form is avoided ; see x. 36 and\s»v
xi. 2. Of possessive pronouns, we may specially note *&inra, x. 37 ; iwer, x. 43 ;
iuer, xi. 25 ; iueres, x. 5 ; and, as an instance of irregularity, iuerra in xi. 25,
as compared with mero in the following verse. Of demonstratives, we may note
fem. nom. ftitt, v. 32 ; fem. gen. Coerce, vi. 22, and dative dare for fteere, v. 41 ;
also fem. nom. ftws, xiii. 30 ; fem. ace. ftius, xii. 10 ; and, as an instance of
irregularity, fem. nom. das (for Sets) and ftms in the same verse (viii. 12), and
immediately afterwards the false concord of 'Sisum, dat. masc. with cneoreso, dat.
fem. Such false concords are by no means uncommon.

But it is in the verbs that the peculiarities of the dialect are most distinctly
marked. Thus, the infinitive never ends in -an, but in -a, and less frequently in
-e, as in wyrce, gedoa, iii. 4 ; cf. ofslaa, vi. 19 ; losiga, iii. 6 ; bodiga, hi. 14 ;
gereqfage (miswritten gereofa ge) iii. 27. In the present tense, the first person
commonly ends in -o or -a, as scego, v. 41 ; milsa, viii. 2 ; the second person
in -es, -as, or ces, as styres, v. 35 ; gegiuas, vi. 23 ; doces, xi. 28 ; also in -is,
as htefis, x. 21 ; the third in -es, -as, -eft or -aft, its irregularity being strikingly
pointed out in such glosses as saues1 vel saua%>, iv. 16; saue'S vel sauas, iv. 18;
slepiafo vel slepe'S 2, iv. 27 ; again, Juefe'S and hcefes occur in consecutive verses,
iii. 29, 30. The plural is commonly in -as or -es, but also in -aft or -eft ; as
in gecunnas, iv. 13 ; stondes, iii. 31 ; soecaft, iii. 32 ; aoeft, vii. 9. In the second
person, the pronoun gie is often attached to the verb, as in oncneawesgie, vii.
18 ; this is commonest in the case of arogie (ye are). The termination -e gene-
rally indicates the subjunctive mood, in all persons; as in ic see, xiv. 44; ftw hcebbe,
x. 21; he gesege, viii. 24; we byege, vi. 37; gie geonge, vi. 10; hia were, iii. 14.
In the past tense plural, the common ending is -on, sometimes -un (cwomun, iii. 13) ;
but occasionally the striking form -es or -ces appears, as in cewades vel mersades,
iii. 12 ; mcehtces, ii. 10. Sometimes the ending is cut down to -e, as in mcehte
woe, ix. 28.

In the imperative singular, verbs are reduced to their stem, as in arts, v.
41 ; in the plural, the ending is commonly -as or -es, as in sceacas, vi. 11 ;
cymes, vi. 31 ; the irregularity being well shown in the gloss byeges vel ceapas,
vi. 36 ; but observe ivunaft, vi. 10. The past part, of weak verbs ends in -ad or
-ed, which are sometimes changed into -at or -et ; as in geboetad, iii. 5 ; gecerred,
iii. 21 ; gesettet, iv. 21. "We must not omit to remark the occasional appearance
of -m at the end of the 1st p. s. pres. in geseom, viii. 24 ; doam, xi. 33 ; beom,

1 Possibly saues may be meant for the passive voice here, just as -es is so used in Danish.

2 Miswritten sleped in v. 39.

XXXU

ix. 19 ; in xi. 29 we find the gloss ic doe vel doam. This is a relic of the
old personal pronoun which appears in the Sanskrit dsmi, Greek ei/xi, Latin sum,
and English am. Of the verb to be, the commonest forms are 1 p. s. beom,
3 p. s. bi% (ix. 35), pi. bflSon (xi. 25 ; x. 8). From the infin. wosa (ix. 35), we
have 2 p. s. arft, iii. 11 ; 3 p. s. is; pi. sint or aron, both of which occur in
vii. 4; in the 2 p. pi. the pronoun is almost invariably suffixed, thus forming
arogie, v. 39. Pt. tense wees, pi. weron, woeron; subj. pres. se, sie, x. 38, 39;
see, xiv. 44. Imp. s. wees, as in the famous phrase woes hal (v. 34), the original
of our wassail.

All these examples are from the Lindisfarne gloss only. It is hardly necessary
to say more of the Rushworth gloss than that it represents the same dialect in
a slightly later form, and presents similar terminations. Yet it has some
peculiarities of its own, amongst which we must not omit to observe the very
frequent substitution of u for o (especially -un for -on), and the use of gi- as a
prefix instead of ge-. We often find -a and -o reduced to the less definite -e, as
in siofune for seofana, viii. 20 ; twelfe for twelfo, iii. 14 ; diphthongs replaced by
simple vowels, as in ge for gie; u replaced by w, as in cwafe for cuoe'S; and
the general system of terminations simplified, so that the grammar of the Rush-
worth gloss becomes much more regular than that of the other, the common
endings of the present and past tenses plural being -as and -un respectively.

In concluding the Preface, I wish to express my thanks to the Syndics of
the Pitt Press for undertaking the publication of this volume.

HEAFUD-WEARDO
•r FOflE-CUIDO
ON-GINNED -rFOflE-MERCUNGO AEFTER MARCVS

INCIPIUNT CAPITULAE SECUNDUM MARCUM.

Su lifgiende god gemyne Su eadfriS "i seSil-wald 3 billfriS 3 aldred peccatorwm Sas
feowero miS gode ymb-woeson Sas b6c

ONG1NNED
[Fol. 89.] INCIPIT AEGUMENTUM*

Marcus Se godspellere godes 3 petres in fulwiht sunu 3 in god-cund word

Marcus euangelista dei et petri ia baptismate filius atqwe in diuino sermone

discipul sacerda in israhel doend sifter lichoma leuita gecserred to geleafa cristes

discipulus sacerdotium in israhel agens secundum camera leuita conuersus ad fidewi christi

god-spell in italia awrSt aed-eawde in Son f ec cynn his rehtlic were 3 criste forSon
euangelium in italia scribsit ostendens in eo quod et generi suo deberet et christo nam

fruma Sees forueardes in stefne wit-geonges ceigendes-rclioppende settendes-rgesette ende brednise Sses leui
initium principii in uoce prophetiae exclamationis instituens ordinem leuiticae

lar-t redes aed-eaude -fte bodade fore-gessegd sunu zachariaps in stefne engles

lectionis ostendit ut praedicans praedistinatum iohannem filium zacchariae in uoce angeli

scecgende gesended ne f ane word lichoma geworden ah lichoma drihtes Serh word god-cundes
enuntiantis emissum non solum uerbum caro factum sed corpus domini per uerbum diuinse

stefn ge-saweled fruma Sa?s godspellesca bodes were aed-eawed -)5te se Se Sas redes witte he

uocis animatum initio euangelicae praedicationis ostendens ut qui haec legens sciret

to hu«m fruma lichomas in drihtne 3 hselendes to-cymende 4" hus reht were to on-cnauanne

cui initium carnis in dowu'no et ih&su aduenientis habitaculum deberet agnoscere

end in him word stefnes -fte in efnuwz s6num losad were onfunde aefter Son 3 endung-l'fylnise
atque in s6 uerbum uocis quod in consonantibws perdiderat inueniret deniqwe et perfectio

godspelles were in eode 3 miS fulwiht drihtnes bodiga god ongann-tonginnende ne wann

euangelii opus intrans et baptismo domini praedicare deum incoans non laborauit

accennise lichomais Son in serrum awoendat were cweoSa ah all in Seem forSmestum

natiuitatem carnis quam in prioribws uicerat dicere sed totum inprimis

S»t tal forletenes fsestern tales cunnung diables ^ somnung wildeora 3

expositionem deserti ieiunium numeri temtationem diaboli congregationem bestiarum et

hernise brohte engla -)5te sette usih to on-cnawanne siundrio in lytlum-Hn sceortum

ministerium protulit angelorum ut instituens nos ad intelligendum singula in breuia

gemercade ne setnessa woerces alesde 3 Sees geendedad werces Sone fyllnisse

compingens nee auctoritatem facti rei demeret et perficiendi operi plenitudinem

ne on-s6ce -r nalde on-sacca soSSa to tellanne-rto clsensanne him after lufu-tgeleafo gehatne acueSen biS
non negaret deniqwe amputasse sibi post fidem pollicem dicitur

fte miS ssecerd-had for-cySed were haefd ah -J5 ane efne geSohte to lufo fore-wurdon sette

ut sacerdotio reprobus haberetur sed tantum consentiens fidei pradistinata posuit

gecoreniso ne sua in woerc wordes were 16sad -pte serest earnade in cynn forSon

electio lit nee sic in opere uerbi perderet quod prius meruerat in genere nam

alexandrinisca; biscob wses Saes-rhis Serh ana+syndrigo woerc wiste-tto uutanne godspelles in him
alexandrije episcopus ftnt cuius per singula opus scire euangelii in s6

gecuoedna to-sceada 3 Sone Seodscip in him ses -pte on-cnewa-rwere oncnauen f> god-cund
dicta disponere et disciplinam in ae" legis agnosceret et diuinam in carnem

■pte on-cnewe Sset gecynd 8a 5e in us aerist eft gesoeca setter Son 4" soSSa gesoht-tgefregna we wallaS
intellegeret naturam quae in nos primum requiri dehinc inquisita uoluraus

oncnawa habbas-Hiaebbende meard ftestnunges i trymnises forSon seSe plontaS "i seSe wyrSes
agnosci habentes mercedem exortationis quoniam qui plantat et qui rigat

an aron se Se Sonrae geSungennise fore-gearuas god is
unum sunt qui autera incrementum prsestat dews est.

ONGINNED FOi?E-CUIDO DARA REDA
INCIPIUNT CAPITULA LECTIONUM

cySnise engel f is erenwreca biS genemned 3

[Fol. 90.] I. Esaie testimonium iohannis angelus id est nuntius appellator et

fore-bod his 5 fulwiht asaegd is crist bodade gefulwad biS Ser Sses Srinise

praedicatio eius baptismusque refertur. II. Christus praedicans baptizatur ubi trinitatis

aed-eawad biS of ceigeng petres Sara flscera

panditur sacramenton. ill. De uocatione petri andras iacobi et iohannis piscatorum.

in somnunga of menn gaast unclaene frohtende "i ondetenda for-drSf his

IIII. In synagoga de homine s^iritum immundum metuentem et confitentem expellens sua

from monnum mi* maeht hered biS from swoer petres of feber miS word 1 miS ded for-draf

ab hominibws potestate laudatur. V. A socru petri febre uefbo factuqwe depulsa

behrto alle in untrymnisse gegemde reof-tlicSrower miS word miSSy cuoeS ic willo geclaensad biS

uaria cunctos infirmitate curauit. VI. Leprosus uerbo quo ait uolo mundatur

1 miS leicnung Saen eorS-cryple mis eft-forgefnise gesald is synna seSe 3

et curatio paralytico cum remissione tribuitur peccatorwwi. VII. Leui qui et mat-

of geceigd wses 3 fore baer-synnigra gebear i fordrifnise

tbeus de teloneo uocatur et pro publicanorum conuiuio quaerella uel obiectio pharisaeorum

fihles *33s aide J wines * bytta miS ceping gessegd biS fore Sara ehera in sunnadaeg

panni ueteris et uini uel utriuvre comparatione refellitur. VIII. Pro spicarum in sabbato

miS numenne Ssem telendum geSreatnum gefylged setter Son honda dryge miS eft-boeteng f eft-boete
uulsione reprehensoribws increpatis sequitur manus aridae restitutio.

Ssentung wis hine hia doaS ge-herdo Ser scipp gehrinon him

vim. Consilium contra eum faciunt pharisaei deseruientes ibi nauicula tangentes eum

ungelicum-tmonigfaldum untrymnissum unhale gehaeled biSon tuoel _ Segnas to

diuersis intirmitatibws aegroti sanantur. X. Duodecim discipulos ad

bodanne miS word miS gebrohtum mashtum sendeS 6n beelzebub hine " msege cueSende on-s6c

praedicandum uerbo conlatis uirtutibws mittet in belzebub eum posse dicentes redarguit

werere cuoeS in gaast halig ebolsong 3 Sa moder 3 broSer hia

inremissibilem esse dicens in aipiritum sanctum blasphemiam et matrem ac fratres eos

ceigaS se Se Sees ftedores doe* willo leerde fore-sette bispell Sees sawendes 3

uocat qui patris fecerit uoluntatem. XI. Docens proponit parabolam seminantis et

his 5a ilea syndrige gessette breht aed-eawnise Segnum leht under mitto-Vfset

suis earn seorsum exponit clara manifestatione discipulis. xil. Lucernam sub modio

ne is to settenna t slepende menn his gewaexe 3 of corn senepis cueS

non ponendam uel dormiente homine sata eius crescere et de grano sinapis dicit.

■Jf un-smyltnise mi? word adrysnede 3 diowles fordraf gegeonga-rto geonganne lefde in bergum
XIII. Tempestatem uerbo compescens et demones eiciens ire concessit in porcos.

foerende $a deada gewaecca dohter iares Saet wif from blod-iorne X Modes gytt haelde
Xllll. Uadens mortuam suscitare filiam iairi mulierem a profluuio sanguinis sanans

wseccafc sona 3 ■£ maeden wundradon hia-thia wundrande f lar 3 maehto Saes wrihtes

suscitat protinus et puellam. XV. Mirantes doctrinam et uirtutes fabri

sunu-tsmiSes sunu cuoeSaS herdon from him ne were witge buta worSung nymSe in oeSel

filium dicunt audientes ab eo non esse prophetam sine honore nisi in patria

his sende twoelfe boderes mi$ bodum laereS gebroht gefea haelo i halra

sua. xvi. Mittens duodecim praedicaturos praeceptis instruit conlata gratia sanitatuw.

haldend Sone iohoranem daege his accennis ofslog 3 heafud his pteges

XVII. Herodes tenens iohannem die sui natalis occidit caputque eius saltationis

meard in disc Saer doehter salde of fif hlafum 3 tuaem flscum

proemium in disco filiae tradit. XVIII. De quinqwe panibws et duobws piscibws

fif waera Susend gefylde fciu feorSa naeht wacan cuom to Segnum

quinqwe uirorum milia saturauit. xvilli. Quarta noctis uigilia uenit ad discipulos

geongende ofer-tbufa see telaS i niSraS Segnas un-$uegnum hondum

ambulans supra mare. xx. Accusant pharisaei discipulos non lotis manibws

ettende 3 weron geSreaten from him of strionendra -T aeldra in forletnisse -f of oSrum

manducantes et increpantur ab eo de parentum inspretione uel de ceteris

mi« Sy gesette Sa Se magon gone monno widlega Sees wifes

[Fol. 91.] exponente quae possint hominem ihquinare. xxi. Mulieris syrophoenissae

docter from dioble friaS dumbe 3 deaf stefne eft-sette cuoeS untyn of

filiam a" daemonio liberat xxn. Muto surdoque uocem restituens dicit effeta. xxiii. De

seofa hlafum 3 hwon lytle fiscas feor monna Susend gefylde

septem panibws et paucis pisciculis quatuor bominum milia saturauit. xxmi. Pharisaeis

beeon-Hacon soecendum sealla on-soc 3 lar hiora geheht under Saerstes noma

signum quaerentibws dari negat et doctrinam eorum praecepit sub fermenti nomine

fore to-behaldenne Sone blindo heart-lice gemeS 3 f, naengum cuoeSa-rcuoede geheht-J-hast

praecauendam. xxv. Caecum paulatim curat et ut nemini diceret imperat.

*Eem fraignendum buecl hine hia cuede godes on-deta* 3 sona for*on

xxvi. Interrogantibws quem eum dicerent petrus christum dei confitetur et mox quia

drihtne fcrowende him cuoe*ende wi*-cuoe* sie ge*read-rbi* geSreatad seSe losas

domino passurum se" dicenti contradicit arguitur. xxvu. Qui perdit

cuoe* sawel his fore mec be-gaet hia ne hia -p gebirigdon $ gesupedon weron sume o*er

inquit animaw suam propter me inuenit * earn nee gustaturos quosdam

Seme dea* wi*-to** hia gesea hine In ric his 3 sona ofer-hiwade waes in-laeded 3 iohannis
mortem donee uideant eum in regno eius statimqwe transfiguratus inducitur et iohannem

weron *rowende he gelicra Srowende cuoe* eghuselc folc gesaeh drihten

heliae passuri ipse similia passum dicit. XXVIII. Omnis populus uidens dornmum

geriordade 3 ge-arn haelo bead 3 sunu sume un-geleaffullnise his biddende from

pauescens occurrensque salutat et filius cuiusdam incredulitatem suam iuuari praecantis a

dioble gefria* bi* sellende hine fore-ssegde 3 *a *egnas huset on wseg

daemonio liberatur. xxviiii. Tradendum s6 prsenuntians et discipulos quid in uia

ge-trahtadon fraignende laere* foruost-raldordom ne sie to soecanne mseht in his

tractassent interrogans docet primatum non esse quaerendum. xxx. Uirtutem in eius

noma doende ne gelefes forbeades 3 of ymb-cyrf liomana ondspyrendra-rondspurnendra

nomine facientes non sinit prohiberi et de abscisione membrorum scandalizantium

gastlice -r megwlitlice lsere* of wife forgefnisa soecenda moises cy*nese

figuraliter docet. xxxi. Pharisaeos de uxore dimittenda quaerentes mosi testimonio

efne gecerde 3 Sa cild from him forbeodend bloedsa* of fin-ea*alice t un-maehtiglice

conuincit et infantes & se uetari prohibens benedicit. xxxil. De difficultate

wlonga inngeonges in ric godes wundrandum *egnum cuoe* ni*riendo godra

diuitum intrandi in regnum dei mirantibws discipulis ait contemtores bonorum

woruldra hund-teantigsi*a monigfallice mi* oehtnissum eft to onfoenne ec

saecularium centuplum cum persecutionibus recepturus. xxxiii. Item

fore-cue* hine slaende sedlo giuwende *one iacob *rea*4"*reata* 3 of aldor-dom

praedicens s6 occidendum sedes petentes iacobum increpat et iohannem de prmcipatu

haedno fore-headend gelicad -r gebis hersumnise mi* bisene sed-eawed blind

gentiles prohibens imitandos humilitatis exemplo monstrato. xxxilll. Bartimaus caecus

giude + bsed inlihte* wees 3 fylgede sende to Seem *egne to asalde to *aer sittende

mendicans inluminatur et sequitur. xxxv. Mittit ad discipulum asinas cui sedens

herde from *aem menigum la hsel usic gefoerde of temple to fic-beame yfle cue*

audit a" turbis osanna. xxxvi. Egressus de templo ficulneae maledicit

3 foerde Ac-beam wundrandum cue* biddendum mi* geleafa to onfoanne *a giuendo of

regressusque ficulnea mirantibws ait orantes credendo ' accipere postulata. xxxvil. De

mseht Serh-fregnendum he of fulwuiht mi* fraignung ofercuom -r gecerde 3

potestate percontantibws iudaeos ipse de baptismo iohannis interrogando conuincit et

of win-geard 3 *sem yrrestum buendum bispell sette cunnende of gyld

de uinea colonisqwe pessimis parobolam ponit. xxxvin. Temtantes de reddendo

8bs ceeseres geselenne sefter-fylged of ofer-mercunc* t of onlicnese sceomiagaSf

caesaris tributo consequenter ex suprascribtione uel imagine confutauit. xxxvilll. Sad- /^^

of wife seofa broSra lafe cunnendum fore un-gehleaffullnisse eristes

ducaeis de muliere septem fratrum uxore temtantibws ob incredulitatem resurrectionis\\ -

for-cueS t tela* Sa boecere of bod ses fregnende twufald lufes aed-eawde 3

exprobrat. XL. Scribaa de mandato legis interroganti geminum dilectionis ostendit et

huses sie sunu crist fregnende lsereS of forueard Sbbs salmes nigoSa "i hunteantiges

cuius sit films christua [Fol. 92.] interrogans docet ex principio psalmi centensimi noni

groeteng ec hiora in spree Sone ymb-geong cySaS Sone-tSa Sorfend

salutationum quoqwe eorum in foro ambitum notat. xli. In gazophilacium pauperem

widwa tuege lytla senden allum geofa licendum fore-brohte getimbro temples

uiduam duo minuta mittentem cunctis dona iactantibws prefert. xlii. Aedificationes templi

eawendum fore-ssegde 8a gefaello 3 of ungelTcum-rbrehtuw-t'fagungum S»s hlsetmesto tides

monstrantibzw prsenuntiat ruituras et de diuersis ultimi temporis

miS cunnungum to-waerdnum on longsum to-sceade merrunga leereS fore tobehaldano Sone doege

temtationibws futuris prolixius disputans seductiones ammonet praecauendas. xliii. Diem

to cyme ane Sone faeder wiste cueSende un-witendo hia Sea wcecca heht 1 gebidda

aduentus solum patrem scire dicens nescientes earn seruus uigilare praecipit et orare.

of stsene fset smirinise •}- behleing iuSses Sees sellendes 3 miS-gearwing i foregearuung
xliiii. De alabastro ungenti uel proditione iudae traditoris ac praeparatione

eastres asaegd is ne Son tes 1 fserme his runlice i deoplice sed-eawed biS •thaligdom-1'
paschae rei'ertur nee non et cense eius mistical panditur sacramentum.

selenise 3 Srowunges his wundra asaegd biSon erest his Serh Sona

XLV. Traditionis ac passionis eius gesta narrantur. XLVi. Eesurrectionis eius perinde

sceortlice miS soSfsestnise biSon sed-eawed hiora suth un-ge-leaffullnise trumlice geSreaS biS 3 astignise
breuiter ueritate monstrata quorum-dam incredulitas clementer arguitur et ascensio

3 to suiSrum godes ges»t 4" Segnna forebodung becnum seftfr fylgendum gessegd is

adqwe ad dextris dei consessio uel discipulorum praedicatio signis sequentibws indicatur.

ASAEGD IS JEFTER MARC

EXPLICIT SECUNDUM MARCUM.

Se setemes da?g halig arlig sefter flfteig-dseg feestern wodnes doege doeghwsemlice

Sabbato sawefo mane. Post penticosten in ieiunium feria .iiii. cottidiana.

doeg drihtenlica of forgefhise Sroung drihtnes user hEe-r eristes frige doeg of Ssem hwitum
Die dominica de indulgentia passio dommi xiostri ihesu christi feria .ui. de albas

eostres
paschae \.

* MS. ufa-mercunc, corrected to ofer-mercunc in the margin. t Looks like sceosniagaS.

X On the reverse side of the leaf is a coloured picture of St. Mark writing, with the name — "0 agius marcus;" above
him is a lion, with the words — "imago leonis." One side of leaf 93 (the next leaf) is blank; on the other is a beautifully
coloured geometrical pattern, without any inscription.

THE GOSPEL

ACCORDING TO

St. MAE K.

EVANGELIUM

SECUNDUM

M A B C U M.

THE GOSPEL

ACCORDING TO

St. MAR K.

INCIPIT EUANGELIUif
SECUNDUM MAECUM.

CHAPTER I.

mitiumeuan- 1 [H]er ys godspellys angyn Haelyndes

SMSdd cristes godes suna.

uiuisicm scrip- o gwa awriten is on baes witegan bee

turn est in esaia * un™ • °

propheta. Ecce • ^ nu jc asende minne engel be-foran

mitto angelum "aaam. *»•» v, .

meumantefa. pjnre ansyne. Se ge-gearwaS pinne weg
be foran 'Se.

3 clypiende stefn on paw? westene ge-gear-
wiaS drihtnes weg. doS rihte his siSas ;

4 Iohannes waes on westene fulligende
1 bodiende daedbote fulwiht on synna for-
gyfenesse.

5 3 to hi»? ferde eall iudeisc rice, 3 ealle
hierosolima-ware. 3 waeron fram him ge-
fullode. on iordanes flode hyra synna
anddetenne ;

6 And iohannes waes gescryd mid oluen-
des haeruw?. 3 fellen gyrdel waes ymbe his
lendenu. 3 gserstapan 3 wudu hunig he aet.

7 3 he bodude 3 cwaeS. strengra cymS
aefter me. paes ne eom ic wyrSe f ic his
sceona pwanga bugende uncnytte.

8 Ic fullige eow on waetere. he eow ful-
laft on halgum gaste.

Various Readings.

Title. So in A (Camb. Univ. Lib. Ii. 2. 11) and B

(Bodley 441).

Ch. i. v. 1. A omits the whole verse. 2. A. pyne. 3. A.
clypigende; A. ge-earwia*. 4. A. bodigende dastbote ful-
luht; A. forgifennysse. 5. A. Sdetende; B. anddsettenne.
6. A. gescrydd. 7. A. bodode. 8. B. wajstere (sic).

INITIUM SANCTI EUANGELII
SECUNDUM. MAECUM

CHAPTER I.

1 " Ter ys godspelles angin haelendes Ecce mitto

I I . , angelum meum

J — L criSteS godes SUne. antefaciem

. - , tuam. qui pre-

2 swa awritan ys on pas witegen baech parabit mam
ysaiam. Nu ich asaende mirane aengel be-
foran pinre ansiene. Se ge-gaerewed pinne

weig be-foren pe.

3 clepiende stefne on pam westene. ge-
gaerewied drihtnes weig. do^ rihte his sySas.

4 Iohannes waes on waestene fulgende 3
bodiende. deadbote fulluht on senne for-
gyfenysse.

5 3 to hym ferde eal iudeeisce rice. 3
ealle ierosolima-ware. 3 waeren fram him
ge-fullode on Iordanes flode. heore synna
andettenne.

6 And Iohannes waes ge-scryd mid olfendes
haere. 3 fellen gyrdel waes embe his lendene.
1 garstapen 3 wude hunig he aet.

7 1 he bodede 3 cwaeS. strengre kymS
aefter me. pas ne aem ich wurSe ~p ic his
scone pwange bugende un-cnette.

8 Ich fullige eow on waetere. he eow
fulled on halgen gaste.

Various Readings.

Title. So in MS. Hatton 38 mid MS. Royal 1. A. 14.

Ch. i. v. 1. halendes. 2. awriten; witeganbec; ic asende;
mine; ansyne; ge-garewa5; weg beforan. 3. clepigende
stefen; ge-garwia*; weg. 4. westene; dsedbote fulwyht;
synna. 5. eall iudeisca; waeron; hyora. 6., was; oluendes;
lscndenne. 7. strengra cymfc; pees; ic; scona pwanga;
un-cnytte. 8. fulloS ; halgura.

0NGINNE8 GODSPELL METER M.NRCUM

INCIPIT EUANGELIUM SECUNDUM MARCUM.

MAECUS LEO.

CAP. I.

frfima godspelles haelendes crist sunu godes suae awritten is in esaia Sone witgo
1 *Initium euangelii ihesu christi fili dei 2 sicut scriptum est in esaia propheta. * I> J.J-1 »

lu. lxx.
heonu engel min befora onsione Sin seSe foregearuas wege Sin

ecce mitto angelum meum ante faciem tuam qui praeparabit uiam tuam.

stefn cliopendes
3 *Uox clamantis * 2. i.

lu. vii. io. x.

in woestern gearuas woeg drihtnes rehta doefc-twyrcas stiga-l'geongas his
in deserto parate uiam domini rectas facite semitas eius.

waes iohannes in
*Fuit iohannes in * 3. vi.

woestern gefulwade 3 bodade

fulwiht hreownisses

on forgefnisse

synna

deserto baptizans et praedicans baptismuin paenitentia? in remissionem peccatorum

3
et

foerende waes-tfoerde to him all iudaea 16nd 3 Sa hierusolomisco waras alle 3 weoron gefulwad
egrediebatur ad ilium omnis iudae regio et hierosolimitae uniuersi et baptizabantur

from him in Iordanenes stream ondetende synno hiora
ab illo in iordane flumine confitentes peccata sua.

3 waes iohannes gegerelad miS
6 *Et erat iohannes uestitus * *■ '•

heruni camelles 3 gyrdils fellera ymb sido his 3 lopestro 3 wudu hunig -J5 waexes on wudu binde
pilis cameli et zona pellicia circa lumbos eius et lucustas et mel siluestrae

brGcende waas-rgebrec 3 bodade cuoefcende cymes-reword strongre mec a?fter mec his-r'Sses

edebat. 7 et praedicabat dicens uenit fortior me post me cuius

lu. x. io. vi.
nit. xi.

nam ic wyrSe fore-hlutende undoa Suongas sc6e his

non sum dignus procumbens soluere corrigiam calciamentorum eius.

mi? waetre he autedlice gefulwas iwih miS gaast halig
aqua ille uero baptizabit uos spt'n'to sane to.

ic fulwade iwih
8 ego baptizaui uos

Cap. I. 1. on fruma godspelles haelendes cristes sunu godes 2. swa awriten is in esaia )>one witgu henu
ic sende engel min beforan onseone )>ine &e\>e foregearwaS weg )jinre 3. stemn cliopande in westenne gearwigaS
weig drihtnes rehte wyrcaJ>-tdoaS stige+gongas his 4. waes iohannes in westenne gefulwade 3 bodade fullwiht
hreownisse in forgefnisse synna 5. 3 faarende wses-rfoerde to him alle Iudeas londe 3 8a hierosolimisca alle
3 gefullwade from him in iordanes streame ondetende synna heora 6. 3 waes iohannes gegerelad -tgewedad miS herum
cameles 3 gyrdels fellenne ymb lendenu his 3 waldstapan i loppestra 3 wudu huniges f wa;xe|> on wude bendum 3 f>
brucende waes 7. 3 bodade cwe]>ende cyme); dom strongre mec aefter me Sees -this nam ic wyrSe fore-hlutende
undon-Hoesan );wongas gescoas his 8. ic fulwade eowic in waetre he wiotudlice gefulwaS eowic miS gaste
halgum

Et factum est
in diebus illis
uenit ihest/s a
nazareth. A.

Venit ihesua
in galileam
predicans
euangeiium.

Et preteriens
sccus mare
tallica'. A.

9 1 on *6&m dagum com se haelend fram
nazareth galilee 1 waes ge-fullod on iordane
frawa iohanne.

10 1 sona of 'Sam waetere he geseah
opene heofonas. 1 haligne gast swa culfran
astigende 1 on him wunigende.

11 3 fca waes stefn of heofenura geworden.
pu eart min ge-lufoda sunu on pe ic ge-
licode ;

12 And sona gast hiue on westen ge-
nydde.

13 1 he on westene waes feowertig daga
1 feowertig nihta. ") he waes fraw? satane
gecostnod. 1 he mid wilddeorum waes 3 him
englas penodon ;

14 QJySSan iohannes geseald waes. com
rO se haelend on galileam godes rices.

god spell bodigende

15 1 pus cweSende. witodlice tid is ge-
fylled 1 heofena rice genealaecS. doS daed-
bote 1 gelyfap pam godspelle.

16 1 pa he ferde wrS pa galileiscan see.
he geseah simone/rc 1 andreaw his broSor
hyra nett on pa sae laetende. SoSlice hi
waeron fisceras ;

17 And pa cwaeS se haelend cumaS asiter
me 1 ic do inc ~p gyt beoS sawla onfonde.

18 1 hi pa hraedlice him fyligdon. 1 for-
leton heora net.

19 3 San on hwon agan he geseah iacobura
1 zebedei 1 iohannes his broSor. 1 hi on
heora scype heora nett logodon.

20 1 he hi sona clypode. 3 hi heora
fseder zebedeo on scipe forleton. mid hyr-
linguw.

Various Readings.

9. A. has And (with illuminated initial). A. galilese.
10. A. heofenas. 11. A. gelufeda. 13. A. eostnod. A. bene-
don. 14. A. godspel; B. 3 godspell. 16. A. geseh. A.
broSer. A. heora. A. hyg [for hi]. 17. A. ge-do. 18. A.
hig [for hi]. A. nett. 19. A. banen. (A. omits 1 before
zebedei). A. hig. B. net. A. logedon. 20. A. hig (bis).

On bam dagen com se haelend fram Uenit ihesm
' .,. -.-.* nazareth

nazareth galilee

1 W32S ffe-fullod galilCe •} bap-
° tizatus est a

iohanne in
iordane.

waetere. he ge-seah

on Iordane fram Iohanne

10 1 sone of bam
opene heofenes 1 haligne gast swa culfran
astigende. 1 on hym wunede.

11 1 pa waes stefen ofheofene puscweSende
pu ert min ge-lufede sune. on Se ic ge-
licode.

12 And sone gast hine on westen ge-
nedde.

13 "i he on westene waes feortig dagen.
} feortig nihte. !! he waes fram sathanas
ge-costned. 1 he mid wilde deoren waes. 1
hym aengles beneden.

14 OlydSe iohannes ge-seald waes com Preteriens

ih<?sws sccus

se haelend on galileam godes rices, mare gaiiie<<

godspell bodiende nem 0 andre-

15 3 bus cweSende. Witodlice tyd is ge- ems mittemes
fylled. 1 heofene rice ge-neohlaecS. doSre
dead-bote ) ge-lefeS bam godspelle.

16 1 pa he ferde wiS pa galileiscae sae.
He ge-seah symonera ~i andream his broker
heore nytt on pare sae laetende. soSlice hyo
waeren fissceras.

17 1 pa cwaeS se haelend cumeS aefter me.
1 ic do gunc paet gyt beoS sawla on-fonde.

18 1 hyo pa raedlice hym felgdon 1 for-
leten heore nytt.

19 "} panen hwon agan. he ge-seah iaco-
bum zebedei 1 iohannes his broker. ") hyo on
heore scype hyre nyt logeden.

20 1 he hyo sona clepede 1 hyo heora fader
zebedeo on scype for-leten mid hyrlingen.

Various Readings.

9. dagu?». 10. sona: watera. 11. heofenum; ge-worden
[for bus cweSende]; eart. 12. sona; genydde. 13. feo-
wertig daga 3 feowertig nihta ; satanas costod ; wildeorum
was; englas benedon. 14. SySSe; halend; bodigende.
15. heofone riche ge-neahlacfc; ded-bote; ge-lyfaS. 16.
galileisca; broSor hyra; bara; lsettende; soSlic; waren
fisceras. 17. inc [for gunc]. 18. hin [so; for hyra];
fvligdun; hyra nyt. 19. banan ; brSor [*ol; heora; hyora
nytt logoden. 20. 3 he hi; for-lajtenum; hyrlingum.

II. 6. i.
xiii. io. xv.
mt. xiiii.

3 aworden wses in dagum Ssem cuom se hse-1' from nazareth Seer byrig 3 gefulwad wses

9 *Et factum est in diebws illis uenit ihesus a nazareth galilaeae et baptizatus est "uJ

in iordanen from iohanne 3 sona astag of wsetre ge-sseh unlyndo heofnas 3

in iordane ab iohanne. 10 et statim ascendens de aqua uidit apertos caelos et

gaast swelce culfre of-stigende 3 wunigende in Ssem-Ton him 3 stefn geworden

spiritum tamquam columbam descendentem et manentem in ipso 11 et uox facta

waes of heofnum Su arS sunu min leaf on Sec _ ic wel licade 3 sona Se gast draf

est de caelis tu e"s Alius nieus dilectus in te" complacui. 12 *Et statim spiritus expellit * 6- "•

1 lu. xv. mt. xv.

hine on woestern 3 wses in woestern feoertig daga 3 feortig nsehta 3 wa3s acunnad

eum in desertum. 13 et erat in deserto xl diebws et xl noctibws et temtabatur

from Ssem wiSerwearde 3 wses mi* wilde Aeorum 3 englas geherdon him sifter Son Sonne-l'Sa

a satana *Eratque cum bestiis et angeli ministrabant illi 14 tlJostquain autern * 7- vi.

■ ° ^ mt. xvu.

t 8- '▼•
ge-sald wees iohannes cuom se hse-P in galilea bodade godspell rices godes 3

traditus est iohannes uenit ihs in galilaeam *Praedicans euangelium regni dei 15 et •'g.

IO. XXVI.

mt. xviii.

vi.
mt. xx.

cuoeSende forSon gefylled is tid 3 to-geneolecde ric godes hreowigas 3 gelefes

dicens quoniam impletum est tempus et appropinquauit regnum dei paenitemini et credite

to godspell 3 fserende SBt safe galilses ge-sseh Sone simon 3 andreas broker

euangelio. 16 *Et praeteriens secus mare galilaeae uidit simonem et andream fratrem * III.

his hia sendende bnetta in sae weron forSon flsceras 3 cuoeS him se hfelend cymaS softer

eius mittentes retia in mare erant enim piscatores. 17 *Et dixit ei.s ihesus uenite post * 10. ii.

lu. xxxii.

mt. xxi.
mec 3 ic ge-do iuih i* ge sie flsceras monna 3 hreconlice miSSy forleorton-l'forletnum nettum

me et faciam uos fieri piscatores hominum. 18 et protinus relictis retibws

fylgendo weron him 3 foerde Sona lytel huon gesseh iacob zebeSies sunu 3 Sone iohannem

secuti sunt eum. 19 *Et progressus inde pusillum uidit iacobum zebedsei et iohannen * n. vi.

mt. xxii.

Sone broSer his 3 Sa ilco-thia in scip gesetton Sa netto 3 sona geceigde hia 3

fratrem ejus et ipsos in naui componentes retia. 20 et statim uocauit illos et

miSSy forleort faeder his zebedeus in scip mis Sam celmertmonnum fylgedon-rfylgende weron hine -l' him
relicto patre suo zebedaeo in naui cum mercinnariis secuti sunt eum.

'.). 3 aworden wees in dagum Seem cwom \>e hselend from nazareS Jisere byrig to galilea 3 gefulwad waes in
iordanen from iohanne 10. 3 onstyde astag of wsetre geseh ontynde heofunas 3 gastes halga swilce culfra of
dune stigende 3 wuniende in him -r in Stem 11. 3 stsefn geworden wees of heofune (>u eart sunu min leof on
Se ic wel licade 12. 3 sona Se gast draf hine on westen 13. 3 wees on westen feowertig daga 3 feowertig
ncehta 3 wees acunnad from \>mm wiSerwearda wses *miS wilde deorum 3 englas gejiegnedon 4" herdon him.
14. Defter J>on wutudlice gesald wees iohannes com se hse-1' in galilea bodade godspelles rice godes 15. 3
cwejjende for(>on gefylled is tide 3 to-genealacede rice godes hreowsia}> 3 gelefa^ in godspell 16. 3 fserende
bi see galilea gesaeh simonem -)5 is petrus 3 andreas broSer his hia sendende nett on sse werun forjjon fisceres
17. 3 cwsejj heom to se hse-t cuma)? softer me 3 gedoa eowic f ge beo]?anl'ge seon fisceres monnum 18. 3 ricenlice
miS)3y forleten nett fylgende werun him 19. 3 foerde )?onan lytel hwon geseeh iacobus zebedes sunu 3 Iohannes
broSer his 3 )>a ilea J- hia in scip gesetton f> nett 20. 3 sona-tSariht geceigde hia 3 miS);y forlet fseder his
zebedeus in scipe miS ^sem hyremonnum fylgende waerun him

Erat enint
docens eos
quasi potesta-
temhabens. A.

E\ p minus
egredientes de
sinagoga uene-
runt in domum
aymonis et an
drese. A.

21 1 ferdon to cafarnau/w 3 sona reste-
dagwn he laerde hi on gesamnunge. inganc-
gende

22 1 hi wundredon be his lare ;

Soblice he waes hi laerende swa se be
anweald haefS. naes swa boceras.

23 1 on heora gesamnunge waes sum man.
on unclaenu/w gaste 3 he hrymde

24 1 cwaeS eala nazarenisca haelend hwaet
is us 1 be. com Su us to for-spillanne. ic wat
bu eart godes halga;

25 Da cidde se haelend hivi 1 cwaeS a-
dumba. 1 ga of bisiww men.

26 1 se unclaena gast hine slitende 1 my-
celre stefne clypiende him of eode ;

27 pa wundredon hi ealle swa -p hi be-
twux him cwaedon. hwaet ys bis. hwaet is
beos niwe lar. -f he on anwealde unclaenujra
gastum bebyt. 1 hi hyrsumiaB him.

28 7 sona ferde his hllsa to galilea rice ;

29 TTraedlice of hyra gesawmunge hi
JL_L comon on simonis 1 andreas hus.

mid iacobe 1 lohanne;

30 SoSlice ba saet simonis swegr hriSi-
gende 3 hi him be hyre saedon.

313 ge-nealaecende he hi up ahof hyre
handa ge-gripenre. 1 hraedlice se fefor hi
forlet. 1 heo ben ode him ;

32 SoSlice ba hit wess sefen geworden ba
sunne to setle eode. hi brohton to him ealle
ba unhalan. 7 ba Se wode waeron.

33 1 eall seo burh-waru waes ge-gaderod to
baere duran.

gressus syna-
gogam docebat
eos.

Various Readings.

21. A. capharnaum; B. Capernaum. A. hig. A. in-
gangende. 22. A. hig (bis). 23. A. gesomnunge. 25. A.
byssum. 26. A. clypigende. 27. A. hig (bis). A. he-tweox.
A. hig. 29. A. ge-somnunge; B. gesamnuncge. A. hig.
A. symones. 30. A. symones. A. sweger; B. swegr (altered
to sweger). A. hriSiende. A. hig. 31. A. hig. A. fefer
hig. 32. A. sefen wses. A. hig. 33. A. dura.

21 3 ferden to capharnaum. 1 sone reste- ingredieme

1 \neaui caphar

dagen he laerde hyo on ge-samnunge ingan- °JJS£^"
gende.

22 1 hyo wundreden be his lare.

SoSlice he waes hyo laerende swa se be
anweald haefS. naes swa bokeres.

23 1 on heore samnunge waes sum mann
unclaenen gaste. 3 he rymde

24 1 cwseS. eala nazarenisca haelend hwaet
is us 1 be. come bu us for-spillan. Ich
wat bu ert godes halge.

25 Pa kydde se haelend hym 1 cwaeS. a-
dumbe 1 ga of bisen menn.

26 1 se unclaene gast hine slytende 1 my-
celere stefne cleopiende him of-eode.

27 Da wundreden hyo ealle. swa ~p hyo
be-twexeo heom cwaeSen. hwaet is bis. hwaet
is beos niewe lar. -f he on anwealde unclae-
nen gasten be-beott. 7 hyo hersumieS hym.

28 1 sona ferde his hlysa to galilea-riche.

29 A nd raedlice of hyora samnunge he Egredieme

l\ * _ ° lhesa de syna-

XA. com en on symonis "i andreas hus g°sa uenit in

• domum symo-

mid iacobe 1 iohanne. ni» j andreas.

30 SoSlice ba saet symones swerger hresi-
gende. 1 hyo hym be hyre saegden.

31 D ge-neahlacende he hyo up ahof hire
handa ge-gripenre. "i hraedlice se feofer hi
for-let. 1 hyo benode him.

32 SoSlice ba hit waes aefen ge-worSen ba
sunne to settle eode. hy brohten to hym
ealle ba un-haelen. 1 ba be wode waeren

33 "J eall syo burhware waes ge-gadered to
bare dure

Various Readings.

21. sona; dagum. 22. laare; lerende; anweld; boceras.
23. here; was; man on unctenum. 24. nazareniscea ; eart.
25. cedde; bisummen. 27. wundredon; be-twuxeom; nywe;
anwalde uncloenum gastum be-beot ; hersumiafc. 28. rice.
29. End hrseddlice; hyra; hi comon. 30. simonis swegr
hriSigende; soegdon. 31. ge-neahlsecende ; hyo [for hi];
heo [for hyo]. 32. afen geworden; hio [/or hy]; un-halan.
33. seo burhwara; gegaderod; dura.

3 infoerden capharnaww Sa burug 3 sona ineode-tfoerde to somnung laerde hia

21 *Et ingrediuntur capharnaum et statim sabbatis ingressus synagogawi docebat eos. " 12. yiii.

3 swigdon-tstyldon ofer lar his wees forSon laerende hia swaelce he maoht haebbende -thaefde

22 *Et stupebant super doctrina eius erat enim docens eos quasi potestatem habens * 13. ii.

r r lu. ini. xxim.

3 ne suse uSuta 3 wees in somnung hiora monn in gast Unclsene 3 of-cliopade

et non sicut scribae 23 *Et erat in synagoga eorura homo in spiritu inmundo et exclamauit * 1III. 14. viii.

In. xxv.

cuoeSjende- huaet us 3 Se Su haelend Se nazare cwome Su losige-Ho losane fisig ic wat hwaet Su arS
24 dicens quid nobis et tibi ihu nazarene uenisti perdere nos scio quis 6a

haligwer godes 3 bebead him se haelend cwoeSende suiga Su 3 gaa of Seem menn 3

sanctus del 25 et comminatus est ei ihesws dicens obmutesce et exi de homine. 26 et

bidtende-tbat bine se gast unclaenae 3 of-clioppende stefne micla-rTniS micle stefne of-eode from him
discerpens eum spiritus inmundus et exclamans uoce magna exiuit ab eo.

3 wundrande weron alle Sus -pte hia gefregndon bituih him cuoeSende huaat Saet is Sis huaelc

27 et mirati sunt omnes ita ut conquirerent inter se dicentes quidnam est hoc quae

lar Sius-tSas niua forSon-t-pte in mseht 3 gastum uncleenum hatas 3 eSmodigaS him

doctrina hsec noua quia in potestate et spiritibws inmundis imperat et oboediunt ei.

3 foerde-tgesprang mersung-tmerSu his hraSe in all 16nd galileae 3 recone

28 et processit rumor eius statim in omnem regionem galilaeae. 29 *Et protinus • V. is. ii.

r lu. xxvi.

ta t . . mt. lxvi. [i.]

foerdon of somnunge cuomon in hus symones 3 andresB miS lacob 3

egredientes de synagoga uenerunt in domum simonis et audreae cum iacobo et iohanne.

gelegen wses 8a swer symones febrende wees 3 sona cuoeSaS-l'cuedon him of Saer^of Saem

30 decumbebat autem socrus simonis i'ebricitans et statim dicunt ei de ilia.

3 cwom-tgeneolecde ahof Sa ilea 3 miSSy ge-grippen waBS hond his 3 reconlice forleort hia

31 et accedens eleuauit earn et praehensa manu eius et continuo dimisit earn

hSl from februm 3 ge-emb-ehtade him efern Sonne-tuuted/Jce-tSa gewarS miSSy to sett eade sunna

febris et ministrabat eis. 32 uespere autem lacto cum occidisset sol

geferedon-tgebrohton to him alle yfle haebbende 3 diowbla haebbende 3 waes

afferebant ad eum omnes male habentes et demonia habentes. 33 et erat

all ceastre-talle burgwaras gesomnad to duru-Ho gait
omnis ciuitas congregata ad ianuam.

21. 3 infoerdun caphamaurfKbBere byrg 3 sona reste-dagas infoerde i ineode to somnu[n]gum gelaerde hia

22. 3 swigadun -r stylton ofer laere^iijs wees for(ion laerende hia swilce-tswa haemaehte haefde 3 no swa uSwutu

23. 3 waes in somnungum heora monn in gaste unclaenum 3 oft cleopade 24. cwaefiende hwaet us 3 Se \>v
haelend Sob nazarenisca come )>u to losane -r lorene usic ic wat hwaet |>u \)U eart halig god 25. 3 bebeod-1'
beboden is him se hsa-f cwaBSende swiga Jju 3 gaa of Seem menn gast unclaene 26. 3 bitende -r bat bine gast
Se unclaene 3 of-cliopande staefne micelre i miccle 3 ofeode from him 27. 3 wundrende wserun alle )>us fte hie
frugno-rascadun betwihe heom cwe}>ende hwaet f is J?is hwile lar t>ios-tSas niowa is for(>on in machte 3 gastum
unclamum hata(> 3 edmodaS him 28. 3 sprang -t foerde mersung -r merSo his sona i instyde -r raefie in eallum hvem
londe galilaeae 29. 3 recene foerde of somnunga comon in hus . . . f is petrus 3 andreas mis iacob 3 iohannes
30. gelegen waes wutudlice swaegre . . . $ is petrus fefer drifende 3 ied\>e cweduh to him of J^aem-tof f>8Bre 31. >
com geneolacede ahof Sa ilea 3 miS^y gegripen waes hond his 3 ricenlice forlet hio hal from ridesolite+gedrif 3
ge()aBignade heom 32. aefen wutudlice )?a gewarS miS)>y to sete eode sunne gefoerdun i brohtun to him alle £a
ytte haebbende 3 deoful hoebende 33. 3 waes alle caestre -r burg gesomnad to dore-tgeat.

34 "] he manega gehaelde pe missenlicum
adlum gedrehte waeron. } manega deofol-
seocnyssa he ut adraf. 3 hi sprecan ne let.
forpara hi wiston -p he crist was;

35 And swiBe £er arisende he ferde. on
weste stowe 1 hine par gebaed

36 3 him fyligde simon. 1 pa Be mid
him waeron.

37 1 pa. hi hine gemetton hi saedon hi///,
eall Jus folc Be secB ;

38 pa cwaeB he fare we on ge-hende tunas
1 ceastra. -p ic Bar bodige. witodlice to 'Sam
ic corn.

39 1 he waas hodigende on heora ge-sam-
nungum 1 ealre galilea. 1 deofol-seocnessa
ut adrifende •,

Dys sceai 40 A nd to hi/// com sum hreofla hine

on wodnes-dfEg / » #

on pare fifteo- xl biddende. !! gebigedww cneo-

Sanwucanofer ••»• i. 1*

pem*Mc<«n vfum him to cwaep ; Drihten. gil pu wylt ou
Et uenit ad nriht ee-claensian me ;

eum leprosus D i -» i i <• -it

deprecans eum 41 SoBlice se haelend him ge-miltsode. J

et genu flexo - , 5, , , ,

Mxii domine si his hand apenode 1 nine aet-hnnende J pus
mundare. a. cwaeB; Ic wylle. beo Bu geclaensod.

42 1 pa he Bus cwaeB sona seo hreofnys
him Warn ge-wat. 1 he wees geclaensod.

43 3 sona he bead him

44 1 cwaeB. warna -p Bu hit nanum men
ne secge. ac ga 3 aet-yw Be para sacerda
ealdre. } bring forBinre claensunga-p moyses
bebead him on ge-witnesse.

45 1 he pa ut-gangende ongan bodian 1
widmaersian pa spraece; Swa -p he ne mihte
openlice on pa ceastre gan. ac beon ute
on westu/w stowu/w 1 hi aeghwanon to him
com on.

Various Readings.

34. A. mislicum. A. deofel-seocnyssa. A. hig (bis).
37. A. hig (bis). 38. B. witolice. 39. A. gesomnungum.

A. ealle. A. deofel-seocnessa. 40. In the rubric, B has
pentecosten. B. biddend. B. cweowum (altered to cneowum).
41. A. apenede. A. om. 1 before j>us. 42. A. hreofnes. 43.

B. bend [for bead]. 44. A. ge-wytnysse. 45. A. agan
[for ongan]. A. hig [for hi].

34 1 he manega ge-haelde ; pe mistlicen
adle ge-drehte waeren. 1 manege deofol-
seocnysse he ut a-draf. 3 hyo sprecen ne
leten for pan pe hyo wisten paet he crist wses.

35 And swiBe aer sunne arisende he ferde
on weste stowe. 1 hine paer ge-baed.

36 1 hym fylgede symon 1 pa pe mid hym
waeren.

37 7 pa pe hine ge-metten hyo saigden
hym. eall pis folc pe seed.

38 pa cwaeB he fare we on gehende tunas
"} ceastres -p ic paer bodige. Witodlice to pam
ic com.

39 1 he waes bodiende on heore samnenge
1 ealre galileas. 1 deofel-seocnyssa ut-adri-
fende.

40 |jlnd to hym com sum reofela hine Uenit ad iesum

,.,, , , , • i i leprosus depre-

biddende J beigden cneowen hym cans eum -y
Drihten gyf pu wilt pu miht ge- dixit, nomine

si uis potes me

to cwaeB
claensien me.

41 SoBIice se haelend hine ge-miltsede 1
his hand a-penode 1 hine aet-hrinede 1 pus
cwaeB. Ic wille. byo pu ge-claensed.

42 1 pa he pus cwaeB ; sona syo reoflyss
him fram ge-wat. 1 he waes ge-claensed.

43 1 sone he baed hym

44 7 cwaeB. warne paet pu hit nanen menn
ne segge. ] ga ] atewe pe pare sacerda
ealdre. 7 bring for pinre claensunge -p moyses
be-bead on ge-witnysse.

45 1 he pa ut-gangende on-gan bodien 1
wiB-maersian pa spraece. swa -p he ne mihte
openlice on pa ceastre gan. ac bye ute on
westeu stowen. 3 hyo aighwanen to hym
comen.

Various Headings.

34. mislicura adlum; wajron; manega deofol-seocnyssa ;
let; wiston. 35. sunne omitted. 36. fylygde; wseron.
37. 1 )ja hyo ; gemetton ; ssegden ; seefc. 38. ceastras. 39.
hyra samnuwge 1 ealra; deofol-seocnyssa. 40. reofola;
gebigdum cneowum. 41. him ge-miltsode; apenede; set-
hrinende; ge-claensod. 42 reofnyss; ge-claensod. 43. sona;
bead or beod. 44. warna pset pa [sic]; nanum men; secge;
ac ga 3 setyw ; ealdra ; (jinra clsensunga. 45. bodian ; beon
ute; westum stowuw; aeghwanon; comon.

3 lecnade -i gemde raonigo SaSe geswoenced woere-tweron gesuoencde missenlicum adlum 3

34 et curauit rnultos qui uexabantur uariis languoribus et

dioblas menigo he fordraf ut-tafirde 3 nalde leta spreca biatne lefde hia to spreccanne forSon wiston hine
demonia multa eiciebat *Et non sinebat loqui ea quoniam sciebant eum * 16. viii.

lu. xxvii.
3 on sering suiSe aras foerde -tfaerend Sona eode on woestigum stouo-l'styd 3 Ser gebsed 3

35 *Et diluculo ualde surgens egressus abiit in desertum locum ibique orabat. 36 et * 17. viii.

lu. xxviii.

fylgend wses him simon 3 SaSe miS hine woeron 3 miSSy on-fundon hine cuedon him

secutus est eum simon et qui cum illo erant. 37 et cum inuenissent eum dixerunt ei

forSon-t fte alle soecaS See 3 cuoeS to him gse we-twutuwj geonga in Sa neesto 16nd 3

quia omnes quaerunt t& 38 et ait illis eamus in proximos uicos et

8a ceastre f ec 8er ic hodiga 3 to Sis forSon ic cwom 3 wees bodande in somnungum

ciuitates ut et ibi praedicem et hoc enim ueni. 39 et erat prsedicans in sinagogys

hiora 3 alle galilese 3 diobles fordraf-tworpend 3 cwom to him licSrower

]

int. lxiii.

eorum et omni galilaea et daemonia eiciens. 40 *Et uenit ad eum leprosus * VI- 18- »•

lu. xxxiii.

baad hine-tgiornede hine 3 miS cnew-beging cuoeS gif Su wilt Su moeht meh geclsensiga se hse-t

deprsecans eum et genu flexo dixit si uis potes me mundare. 41 ihesws

8a waas milsande his ge-rahte hond his 3 gehran-thrinande him cueS to him ie willo geclsensiga
autem miseratus eiu3 extendit manum suam et taugens eum ait illi uolo mundare.

3 mi88y gecueS s6na foerde frowj him Siu riofol 3 geclaansad webs 3 behead

42 et cum dixisset statim discessit ab eo lepra et mundatus est. 43 et comminatus

him sona draf hine 3 cuoeS him to gesih 8u f> naanigum menn 8u coe8e ah gaa sed-eaw

ei statim eicit ilium. 44 et dicit ei uide nemini dixeris sed uade ostende

Sec Ssem aldor sacerda 3 gef fore clsensunge Sin 8a Se heht moises in cySnisse him

t6 principi sacerdotum et offer pro emundatione tua quae praecipit moses in .testimonium illis.

soS he foerde ongann bodiga 3 mersiga -J5 word Sus fte uutedlice ne maehte ewunga
45 •Et ille egressus coepit praedicare et diffamare sermonem ita ut iam non posset manifeste * 19. x.

in 8a ceastra iregeonga-tirccuma ah uta in woestiguw stowm wses -js were 3 gesomnadon-r'efne-gecwomon to
in ciuitatem introire sed foris in desertis locis esse et conueniebant ad

him eghuona-rfrom halfe gehuelc
eum undique.

34. 3 lecnade monige }>a \pe werun geswsencte missenlicum adlum 3 deofles monige he fordraf i afirde 3 ne let
him sprecan forjion he wisten hine 35. 3 on scringe swiSe aras 3 foerde Z faarende eode in westige stowe i steyde
3 Sser gebaed 36. 3 fylgende waas him simon 3 JjaSe miS him wserun 37. 3 mi)>Sy onfundun hine cwaedun
to him forjion alle soecaji Be 38. 3 cwse)> to heom se hse-l" ga we-twutu gangan in \>a, nehsto lond 3 )>a csestre
fte 3 ec Saar ic bodige 3 to Sisse for)>on ic com 39. 3 wses bodande in somnungum heora 3 alle galile 3
deoflas fordraf -t forwarp 40. 3 com to him licjjrowere bed i bidende him 3 mid cneu begende 4" beginge cwae)> gif
Su wilt Jm maah me geclensige 41. se hselend witudlice (;a waas miltsende him gerahte honda his 3 hran him
cwse)> to him ic wille geclaansie 42. 3 miSf>y cwsej? hrse[>e foerde from him ]?e hriofal 3 geclensad waas.
43. 3 beboden wses him hrsefie 3 draf hine 44. 3 cwaa); to him gesih Sn nsenegum menn ssecge -h cwe(ie ah gaa
aateaw ]>e Ssom aldor sacerd 3 agef for clsensunge J;ine )>a)je heht moyses in cyjmisse Ssem 45. soS he foerde
ongan bodige 3 msarsige word jius f wutudlice ne msehte eawunga in 8a ceastre ingangan-Hneode ah but an
in westigum stowum wsere 3 gesomnadun -t efne-comon to him seghwonan from seghwilcu?ra halfe

CHAPTER II.

1 3 eft setter dagum he eode into cafar-
nauwa. 3 hit waes ge-hyred -p he waes on huse

2 "i manega togaedere comon. "3 he to
heom sprasc.

3 I hi comon anne laman to him herende.
pone feower men baeron.

4 3 pa hi ne mihton hine inbringan for
baere maenigu. hi openodon pone hrof bar
se haelend waes. 3 hi pa in-asendan. ~p bed
be se lama on laeg;

5 SoSlice Sa se haelend geseah heora
geleafan. he cwaeS to bam laman; Sunu be
synt pine synna for-gyfene.

6 par waeron sume of Sam bocerum sit-
tende. 1 on heora heortum bencende

7 hwi spycS pes pus. he dysegaS. hwa
maeg synna for-gyfan buton god ana ;

8 Da se haelend -p on his gaste oncneow.
•p hi swa betwux him pohton. he cwaeS to
him. hwi Sence ge pas Sing on eowrum
heortan.

9 hwaeSer is eSre to secgenne to pam
laman. pe synd Sine synna forgyfene.
hwaeSer pe cweSan aris nim Sin bed 1 ga.

10 ~p ge soSlice witon -p mannes sunu
haefS anweald on eorSan ; synna to for-
gyfanne; He cwaeS to pam laman

11 pe ic secge aris. nim pin bed. 1 ga
to pinum huse

12 1 he sona aras. 1 be-foran him eallum
eode; Swa ~p ealle wundredon "i bus cwaedon.
na?fre we aer byllic ne ge-sawon.

Various Readings.

Ch. ii. v. 1. A. capharnaum; B. Capernaum. 2. A.hym.
3. A. hig. A. serine. 4. A. hig ne; B. hine [for hi ne]. A.
msenigeo; B. maenigum. A. hig [for hi; bis]. A. ope-
nedon. B. }:are [for Jjar]. A. in-asendon. 5. A. synd.
B. forgifen. 6. A. heortan. 7. A. hwig sprycfc. 8. A.
hig. A. betweox. A. hwig. A. heortum. 9. A. ge8re [for
efcre]. A. secganne. A. inserts 0 before nim. A. bedd.
1 1. A. bedd. 12. A. heom [for him].

CHAPTER II.

1 1 eft aefter dagen he eode in-to caphar-
naum ] hyt waes ge-hyred. ■p he waes on huse

2 1 manege to-gadere comen "i he to hem
spraec.

3 1 hyo comen aenne lame man to him
berende. f>ane feower men baeren.

4 1 pa hyo ne mihten hine in-bringen for
J?are manige hyo openedon pane rof paer se
haelend waes D hyo j?a in-asende f bed be se
lame on laig.

5 SoSlice pa se haelend ge-seah heore
ge-leafen he cwaeS. to pam lamen. Sune pe
synde pine senne for-gefene.

6 baer waeren sume of bam bokeren sit-
tende 3 on heore heortan bencende

7 hwi specS J>es pus. he desigeS. hwa
maig senne for-gefen buton god ane.

8 Da se haelend paet on his gaste on-cneow.
•p hyo swa be-tweoxe heom f>ohten. he cwaeS
to heom hwi pence ge pas j?ing on eowre
heorten.

9 hwaeSer is eSre to seggene to pam
lamen. Se synde bine synne for-gefene.
hwaeSer to cwaeSen aris nem bin bed 1 ga.

10 baet ge soSlice witen ■p mannes sune
haefS anweald on eorban synnen to for-
gefene. He cwaeS to pam lamen.

11 pe ic segge aris. nym pin bed 1 ga ;
to pinen huse.

12 1 he sone aras. } be-foren heom eallen
eode. swa ■p ealle wundreden 1 pus cwaeSen
naefre we aer pellic bing ne ge-saegen.

Various Readings.

Ch. ii. v. 1. dagum. 2. manega; comon; heom. 3.
comon ; )xinne ; bseron. 4. mihton ; meniga ; Jionne ; f>ar ;
halend ; in-asenden ; lama ; lseg. 5. halend ; heora gelea-
fan; laman; synt; sinne for-gyfene. 6. J>are waron; bo-
ceran; heora heorta. 7. desygafc; mseg synna for-gyfen.
8. halend; betwux; Jjohton; eowran heortan. 9. hweger
his; segganne; laman; sind; synna for-gyfene; hweSer Se
cwefcen ; nim. 10. hafS ; synnan ; forgyfena ; laman.
11. fiinum. 12. sona; beforan; eallum; wundredon; cwse-
Son; Jjillic ; ]>ing omitted; ge-sawen.

17
CAP. II.

3 efWsona infoerde capharraaum Sa burg aefter dagum 3 gehered wees fte in hu
1 *Et iterum intrauit capharnaum post dies et auditum est quod in domo efset. * 2,^vii

3 efne cuomon monigo Sus fte ne maehte foa-J-moma ne to _ duru
2 et conuenerunt multi ita ut non caperet neqwe ad ianuam et loquebatur

, , . . • io. xxxvm.

sprecend waes him-rsprCBC mt iXXi

him word 3 cuomon feredon-tbrengende to him Sone eorS-crypel se Se from feowrum wees geboren

eis uerbum. 3 et uenerunt ferentes ad eum paraliticum qui a quatuor portabatur.

3 hine ne msBhtun gebrenga hine him fore menigo ge-nacedon-runSehton f hus Ser wees 3
4 et eum non possent offerre' eum illi prae turba nudauerunt tectum ubi erat et

ge-opnadon adune sendon f ber on «£em se eorS-cryppel laeg-tlicgende was miSSy gesaeh Sonne

patefacientes summiserunt grauatum in quo paraliticus iacebat. 5 cum uidisset autem

se hao-r geleafo hiora-rSara cuoeS Saem eorS-crypple suna forgefen bi«on *e synno weron xmiedlice Ser

ihesua fidem illorum ait paralitico fill dimittuntur tibi peccata. 6 erant autem illic

sume of uSuutum sittende 3 Sencendo-tsmeande in heartum hiora hwaet Ses swae -t «us spreces

quidam de scribis sedentes et cogitantes in cordibus suis. 7 quid hie sic loquitur

of<Son sona ongsett-rmiSfcy f oncneow

ebolsas hua maeg forgeafa-tforleta synna nymSe an god
blasphemat quis potest dimittere peccata nisi solus dews.

quo statim

cognito

se haelend gast his -pte suae smeadon-rSohton bituih him cueS to him huaet 8as gie smeaS in
ihesws spmfti suo quia sic cogitarent inter se dicit illis quid ista cogitatis in

hearto hiurum
cordibws uestris.

Hwaet is eaSur to coeSanne Saem eor$-eryple forgefen biSon Se synno -r
9 quid est facilius dicere paralitico dimittantur tibi peccata an

cuoeSa arls 3 nim-tber bere Sin 3 gaa

dicere surge et tolle grauatum tuum et ambula.

fte v/utedlice wutaS gie Saette he maeht
10 ut autem sciatis quia potestatem

haefeS sunu monnes on eoriSo forgefnise synno cwoeS Saem eorS-erypple
liabet filius hominis in terra dimittendi peccata ait paralitico.

Se ic cueSo aris nim
11 tibi dico surge tolle

ber Sin 3 gaa in hus Sin

grauatum tuum et uade in domum tuam.

3 sona he aras under-leat f ber eode
12 et statim ille surrexit sublato grauato abiit

before allum suae fte of-wundredon alle 3 hia worSedun god cuoeSende fte naefra

coram omnibws ita ut ammirarentur omnes et honoriticarent dewm dicentes quia numquawi

Sus-tsua we gesegon
sic uidimus.

Cap. II. 1. 3 aefter sona-thraeSe infoerde -rineode capharnaum \>e byrig aefter dagum 3 gehered waes fte in huse
waere 2. 3 efne comon monige [jus fte ne maehte foan-tnioman ne to dore-rto geaete 3 sprecende waes heoml'

him word 3. 3 comon toferende-rbringende to him )>one eorS-crypel seSe from feowrum waes geboren

4. 3 mi<5);y hi ne maehtun gebringan hine him for mengo genacadun-runwreogon f hus-f^a bere Jjaer he waes 3
openedon 4" opnende dydon adune sendun k settun \>a. bere in Saere )?e eorS-crypel laeg-Hicgende waes 5 miSl>v
gesaeh (>onne se haelend geleafa heora cwae}> to j>aem eorS-crypele sunu forgefen beof>an Se synne f;ine 6. weron

wutudlice (jser sume of u);wutum sittende 3 Sencende-rsmeande in heortum heortum 7. hwaat fies Sus-rswa
spreca|> heo folsa)> hwa maeg forgeofanl'forletan synne nym[;e ane god 8. of )>on sona onget se haelend gast his fte
swa fiohton-rsmeadon betwih heom cwaef; to heom hwaet (>as ge );enca}> in heortum eowrum 9. hwaet is ejare-r
eaSur to cwe[>anne )>aem eorS-cryple forgefen beofmn \>e synne )>ine o})Se cwe[>an aris 3 nim -r ber bere )>ine 3 gaa

10. )>aet wutudfrce witajj ge fte he maehte haefe5 sunu monnes on eor(;a forgefnisse synne cwae); to (ssem eort5-cryple

11. $e ic saegce aris 3 nim bere (;ine 3 gaa to huse )>inum 12. 3 instyde he aras 3 under-leat bere eode beforan
allum swa fte ofwundradun alle 3 ]>a. wor^adun god cwejiende fte hia naefre Jius-rswilc ne gesegun.

13 eft he ut eode to Saere see. 3 eall seo
menigeo him to com 3 he hi laerde.

14 3 pa he forS eode he ge-seah leuin
alphei. sittende aet his cep-setle. 3 he cwaeS
to him folga me. pa aras he 3 folgode him.

15 3 hit gewearS pa he saet on his huse
■f manega manfulle. saeton mid pam haelende
3 his leorning-cnihtum; SoSlice manega pa
'Se him fyligdon wa?ron

16 boceras 3 farisei. 3 cwsedon. witodlice
he ytt mid manfullu/w 3 synfullum. 3 hi
cwaedon to his leorning-cnihtu/w. hwi ytt
eower lareow 3 drincS. mid manfullum 3
synfullum ;

17 pa se haelend pis ge-hyrde he sasde
him. ne bepurfon na Sa halan laeces. ac 8a
pe untrume synt; Ne com ic na -p ic clypode
riht-wise ac synfulle.

18 3 pa waeron lohannes leorning-cnihtas
3 pharisei faestende. 3 pa coraon hi 3 saedon
him\ Hwi fsestaS iohannes leorning-cnihtas
3 phariseoruTra. 3 pine ne faestaS;

19 Da .cw. se haelend. cweSe ge sceolan
paes brydguman cnihtas faestan swa lange
swa se brydguma mid him is. ne magon hi
faestan swa lange tide swa hi Sone brydgu-
man mid him habbaS;

20 SoSlice fa dagas cumaS ponne se
brydguma him biS fram acyrred. 3 ponne
hi faestaS; On pam dagum

21 nan man ne siwap niwne scyp to
ealdum reafe elles he afyrS pone niwan scyp.
of pam ealdan reafe. 3 bip mare slite.

Various Readings.

13. A. msenigeo ; B. minigeo. A. hig [for hi]. 14. A.

ge-seh. A. lefin. 16. pharisei. A. hig. A. hwyg [for

hwi]. 17. A. Uecas. A. synd. 18. A. hig. A. hwig.

19. A. sculon. A omits from swa se to lange before tide,
r

A. hig. 20. A. hig. 21. A. seep [for second scyp].

13 And eft he ut-eode to bare sae. 3 eall ,Vi4u \h«™ .»

• leum alpnej

syo manege hym to com 3 he hyo laerde. sedentem ad

J ° » » theloneum.

14 3 pa he forS-eode he ge-seah leuin
alphei. sittende aet his cep-setle. 3 he cwaeS
to hym folge me. pa aras he 3 felgede hym.

15 3 hit ge-warS pa he saet on his huse "p-
manege manfulle saeten mid pam haelende
3 his leorning-cnihten. SoSlice manege pa
pe him felgden waren

16 bokeres 3 pharisei. 3 cwaeften witod-
lice he ett mid manfullen 3 synfullen. 3 hy
cwaeSen to his leorning-cnihten. hwi aet
eower lareow 3 drincd mid mannfullen 3 sen-
fullen.

17 pa se haelend pis ge-hyrde he saede
heom. Ne be-purfen na pa halen laeces. ac
pa pe untrume synden. Ne com ic na paet
ich cleopede riht-wise ac synfulle.

18 3 pa waeren iohannes leorningcnihtes 3
farisej faestende. 3 pa comen hyo 3 segden him.

wi faested Iohannes leorning-cnihtes 3 Accessenmt ad

• . , . i> ss ihesum disci -

phanseorum 3 pine ne faesteo. p«i» iohannis

dicsntcs

1 9 £>a cwaeS se haelend cweBe ge. sculen Quare nos p
pas bredgumen cnihtes faesten swa lange swa namus

, , -li . i frequenter.

se bredgume mid heom is ; ne magen hyo
faesten swa lange tide swa hyo pane bredgu-
men mid heom haebbeS.

20 SoSlice pa dages cumeS pane se bred-
gume heom beoft fram acyrred 3 pawne hyo
faesteS. On pan dagen

2 1 nanman ne seweS ny we seep to ealden
reafe. elles he afyrS pane neowan seep of
pam ealden reafe 3 byS mare slite

Various Readings.

13. End (with coloured initial); seo menga. 14. folga;
folgede. 15. ge-wearts ; manega manful la saeton ; halende;
cnihtum; manega; fyligdon. 16. hoceras 3 farisei; cwsb-
$on; ytt; manfullum; synfullum; hyocwaeSon; cnihtum ;
ytt ; drincS ; manfullum ; synfullum. 17. be-purfon ;
halan; synt; ic. 18. waron; cnihtas; pharisei; comon;
sajgden heom; Wwi (so, with coloured W for H) ; cnihtas.

19. halend; cwede; sculon; hridguman cnihtas fastan ;
bridguma ; magon ; faston ; porane hridguman; him habbais.

20. dagas; ponne ; brydguma hem byS ; ponrfe; fsestaS.
On (>am dagum. 21. siwad; ealdum; pone niwan scyp;
ealdon.

3 faerende wees efter sona 3 sae'tec t6 sae 3 all Sreat cymende wees to him 3 laerde hia

13 *Et egressus est rursus et mare omnis quae turba ueniebat ad eum et docebat eos. * VII. 21. ii.

lu. xxxviii.
mt. lxxi.
3 miSSy Sona foerde gesseh sittende to 3 cuoeS to him s6ec mec-rTylg me

14 et cum praeteriret uidit leuin alphei sedentem ad teloneuwi et ait illi sequere me

3 aras fylgende webs hine

et surgens secutus est eum.

3 geworden waes miSSy gelionede in hus Saes monigo
15 *Et factum est cum accumberet in domo illius multi • 22. ii.

lu. xxxviiii.

clxxxvi.
baersunigo 3 synnfullo aetgeadre geraeston-tlinigiendo weron mis Sone hae-r 3 Segnum his weron forSon mt. Ixxii.
publicani et peccatores simul discumbebant cum ihesu et discipulis eius erant enim

menigo SaSe 3 fylgdon+fylgendo weron him i hine 3 wuSuto 3 *a seldo gesegon forSon i '£te he set-tett

multi qui et sequebantur eum. 16 et scribse et pharisaei uidentes quia manducaret

miS synnfullum 3 bsersynnigum hia cuedon Segnum his forhuon miS baersynnigum 3 synfullum

cum peccatoribws et publicanis dicebant discipulis eius quare cum puplicanis et peccatoribws

ettes 3 drincaS laruu iuer

manducat et bibit magister uester.

miSSy geherde Sis se hae-l- cueS to him ne ned-Sarf habbaS
17 *Hoc audito iliesws ait illis non necesse habent • 23. ii.

lu. xl.
mt. lxxiii.
halo to lece ah Sa Se yfle habbaS ne forSon cwom ic to ceigenne soSfaesto, ah synfullo 3

sani medicum sed qui male habent non enim ueni uocare iustos sed peccatores. 18 et

weron Segnas iohanrai* 3 fsestendo 3 cwomon 3 cwedon him forhwon Segnas

erant discipuli iohannes et pharisaei ieiunantes et ueniunt et dicunt illi quare discipuli

iohannis 3 hia faestaS Sine uutedlice Segnas ne _ fsestaS

iohannis et pharisaeorum ieiunant tui autem discipuli non ieiunant.

3 cuoeS to him
19 et ait illis

se hse-r ah ne magon suno Sa huile Se brydguma miS him is fsesta sua longe tid-thuile

iliesws num quid possunt filii nubtiarum quam diu sponsus cum illis est ieiunare quanto tempore

habbaS miS brydgum ne magon fsesta
habent secum sponsum non possunt ieiunare.

cymeS Sonne dagas miSSy genumen biS from
20 uenient autem dies cum auferetur ab

him Se brydguma 3 Sa hia faestas in Saem doege naenig niwes flyhtes siuieS

eis sponsus et tunc ieiunabunt in ilia die. 21 nemo assumentum panni rudis assuit

gegerelo aldum oSer Sing from nimmeS fyllnise niwe of aide 3 mara toslitnessa biS

uestimento ueteri alio quin auferet supplementum nouum ai, ueteri et maior scissura fit.

13. 3 fserende wees sefter sona ec to saa eall );a {>reat cymende to him 3 laerde hia 14. 3 miS|>y [>onan
foerde gesaeh . . . sittende to geafol-monunge 3 cwe^> to him folgam-tfylge me 3 aras fylgende waes him 15. 3
geworden waes mi5(iy gehlionade in huse Saes monige openlice synnige-thehsunne 3 synnfulle aetgaedre gereston-t
hleonadun miS Sone hae^r 3 Segnum his weron forSon monigu SaSe 3 fyligdun-l- fylgende werun him 16. 3
uSwutu 3 Sa aldu gisegun forSon Sset he ett+etende waes miS Saem synfullum 3 baer-synnigum hiae cwedun
Segnum his for hwon miS baer-sunnigum 3 synfullum etest (sic) 3 drinces larow iower 17. miSSy giherde Sis Se
hae-t cwaaS to him ne ned-Sserfe habbas haelo to lece ah SaSe yfel habbas ne forSon com ic to ceganne soS-
faeste ah synfylle 18. 3 werun Segnas iohannes 3 Sa aldu faestende 3 comun 3 cwedun him forhwon Segnas
iohannes 3 Sa aldu faestende Sine wutudh'ce Segnas ne faestas 19. 3 cwaeS to him Se hae-r ahne ne magun sunu
. . . Se hwile Se brydguma miS him is faestende swa longe tide habbas miS Sone brydguma ne magun fsesta
20. cumaS Sonne dagas miSSy ginumen biS from him Se brydguma 3 Sa hia faestas in Saem dagum 21. naenig
forSon . . . niowes flyhtes siowes giwedo-tgigerelu aldu oSeru Sing from-nimeS fylnisse niowe from aldun 3 mara
to-slitnesse biS

22 3 nan man ne deS niwe win on ealde
bytta. elles f win tobrycS pa bytta. "1 j>
win bi<5 agoten. 3 pa bytta forwurSap; Ac
niwe win sceal beon gedon on niwe bytta.
ponne beoS butu gehealden;

23 lilft waes geworden pa he reste-dagum
-L^ purh aeceras eode. his leorning-

cnihtas ongunnon pa ear pluccigean.

24 pa cwaedon pharisei to hi»i. loca nn
hwaet tine leorning-cnihtas doS. ^ him
alyfed naes. on reste-dagum;

25 pa saede he him ne raedde ge naefre.
hwaet dyde dauid pa hine hingrode. 1 pa Se
mid him wseron.

26 hu he in godes huse eode. under abia-
thar para sacerda ealdre. 1 he set pa ofrung-
hlafas. pe him ne alyfede nseron to etanne.
buton sacerdon anum. ") he sealde pam Se
mid him waeron.

27 3 he saede him. reste-daeg waes ge-
worht for pa men. nass se man for 'Sam
reste-daege;

28 Witodlice drihten is mannes sunu eac
swylce reste-daeges ;

CHAPTER III.

1 A nd eft he eode on ge-samnunge 1 par
XA. waes an man for scruncene haud

haebbende

2 1 hi gymdon hwseper he on reste-dagum
gehaelde. -f hi hine gewregdon ;

3 Da cwaeS he to 'Sam men pe for-scrun-
cene hand haefde. aris gemang him.

Various Readings.

22. A. for-weorbaS. 23. A. pluccian ba ear. 25. A.
hingrede ; B. hungrode. 26. A. into [for in]. A. of-
frung-hlafas. A. naeron alyfede (omitting ne) ; B. ne alyfed
nsoron. B. setanne. A. butan. A. sacerdujn. 27. A. bam.
men ; B. ba men (as in the text).

Ch. iii. v. 1. A. omits And ; with a large initial to Eft.
A. ge somuunge. 2. A. tug. A. wregdon.

22 "i nawman ne doS nywe win on ealde
betta. elles f win to-brecS pa bytte. "i paet
win beoS agoten 1 pa bytta for-wurSeS. Ac
neowe win scell beon ge-don on neowe bytta
panne beoS ba twa ge-healden.

23 TT^ft waes ge-worSen ba he reste- Ib»' ihes"J

dagen purh aeceres eode.

sabbato per
Jjjg sata. discipuli
eius esurientes

leorninff-cnihtes on-gunnen ba ear pluccin. ceperum euei-

P OJ.ii lere spicas.

24 pa cwaeSen pa pharisej to him. Loce
nu hwaet pine leorning-cnihtes doS. ~f heom
alefeS naes on reste-dagen.

25 Da saide he heom. ne raedde ge naefre
hwaet dyde dauid. pa hym hingrede. 1 pa
pe mid hym waeren.

26 hu he inne godes huse eode under
abiathar pare sacerde ealdre. 1 he aett of pa
ofFrunge-hlafes. be hym ne alyfde neren to
aetenne. buten sacerden ane. 1 he sealde
bam pe mid hym waeren.

27 "i he saigde heom. reste-daig waes ge-
worht for pam men. nes se man for pam
reste-daige.

28 Witodlice drihten is mannes sune eac
swilce reste-dages.

1 Tjlnd

CHAPTER III.

nd eft he eode on ge-samnunge.
paer waes an man for-scruncen
handde haebbende

2 "i hyo gem den h wader he on reste-dagen
ge-haelde ~p hyo hine ge-wreiden.

3 pa cwaeS he to pam men pe for-scru[«]-
ccne hand haefde. aris ge-mang heom.

Various Readings.

22. nan man; deS; bytta (bis); by*; for-wurSaS; nywe;
sceal; niwe; bonne; buto [for ba twa]. 23. Eft (with
coloured initial) ; ge-worden ; dagum ; aceras ; cnihtas on-
gunnon. 24. second ba omitted; Loca; cnihtas; alyfd;
dagurn. 25. ssegde; eom [so; for heom]; nafre hwat; ba
hine. 26. in ; bara sacerda ealdra ; set ; of omitted ; offrung-
hlafas; naeron; ettanne butan sacerdum anuwi; wseron.
27. saegde. 28. deeges.

Ch. iii. v. 1. hand. 2. gymden hwaSer; reste-dagum.
3. for-scruncene (for-scrucene in Hatton MS.).

3 nsenig monn sendeS win niwe in byttum aldum mara woen to-slitteS $ win Sa bytto

22 et nemo mittit uinum nouellum in utres ueteres alio quin disrumpet uinum utres

3 -p win biS agotten 3 Sa bytto losaS ah f win niwe in byttum niwum senda is rehtlic

et uinum effunditur et utres peribunt sed uinum nouum in utres nouos mitti debet.

3 gewearS-rgeworden wees eft sona miSSy sunnedagum eode Serh 3 Segnas his ongunnun

23 *Et factum est iterum cum sabbatis ambularet per sata et discipuli eius coeperunt * VIII. 24. ii.

lu. xli.
mt. cxiiii.

forS-geonga 3 Sonne cuoedon bim heonu hueet doaS gie

praegredi et uellere spicas. 24 pharisaei autem dicebant ei ecce quid faciunt sabbatis

•p nis alefed
quod now licet.

3 cueS to him ne leornade ge huaet dyde Sa ned

25 et ait illis num quam legistis quid fecerit dauid quando necessitatem

hsefde 3 hyngerde he 3 SaSe miS hinie weron
habuit et esuriit ipse et qui cum eo erant.

huu inn-eode hus godes under
26 quomodo introiit domum dei sub ahiathar

aldor sacerda 3 hlafo fore-gegearwad4"temised gebrec Sa nere lefed to eattanna nymSe

principe sacerdotuwi et panes propositionis manducauit quos non licet manducare nisi

sacerdum 3 salde Ssem SaSe miS hine weron
sacerdotibws et dedit eis qui cum eo erant.

geworden waes 3 nses monn fore rsBstdsege
factum est et non homo propter sabbatum.

3 cuseS to him rest-dsBg fore menn

27 *Et dicebat eis sabbatum p[r]opter hominem * 25. ii.

forSon hlafurd is sunu monnes ec
28 itaque dominus est filius hominis etiam

lu. xlii.
mt. cxvi.

to raestdaege
sabbati.

CAP. III.

3 ' ineode eft sona on 8a somnung 1 wses Ser monn hsefde hond drygi 3

1 et introiit iterum synagogam et erat ibi homo habens manum aridam. 2 et

behealdon hine gif>rhueSer onhaligdagum gegemde -pte hia geteldon-rnifcria hine
obseruabant eum si sabbatis curaret ut accusarent ilium.

3 cue$ Ssem menn
3 et ait homini

hoebbende hond drygi aris in middum
habenti manum aridam surge in medium.

22. 3 nsenig mon sendeS win niowe in byttum aldum mara woen tosliteS Sat winn 8a bytte 3 f win agoten
bi« 3 Sio bytte losed ah Saet win niowe in byttum niowe sendes is rehtlie 23. 3 giworden weds efter sona

miSSy sunna-dsege eode Se hae-r Serh . . . 3 Segnas his ongunnun forSgonga 3 . . . 24. Sa aldu wutudh'ce

cwedun him heono hwast doaS ge on sunna-daege Saette nis alefed 25. 3 cwaeS to him naefre ne liornades-rne
liornadun hwret dyde dauid Sa hned-bihoefe haefde 3 hyerende he 3 SaSe miS hine werun 26. hwa in-eode
in hus godes under abiathar aldor sacerda 3 hlafas fore-gigeorwadse gibrec Sa neron alefed to eotanne nym|>e
anum sacerdum 3 salde Ssem Se miS hine werun 27. 3 cwaeS to him dseg for monum giworden waes 3 nses
mon fore rseste-dseg 28. forSon hlafard is sunu monnes ec to rseste-daege.

Cap. III. 1. 3 in-eode efter sona in somnunga 3 wees Ser mon hsefde honda dryge. 2. 3 biheoldun hine gif
he halges dseges gigemde f hi® teldun-hniSradun hine 3. 3 cwaeS to Seem menn haebbende honda dryge aris
in middum.

4 pa cwaeS he alyfS reste-dagum wel to
donne hweper Se yfele. sawla ge-haelan.
hweper Se for-spillan. 1 hi suwodon.

5 1 hi besceawiende mid yrre ofer hyra
heortan blindnesse ge-unret cwseS to \am
men; Apene pine hand. 3 he apenede hi.
pa wearS his hand ge-haeled sona;

6 pa pharisei mid herodianiscuzw utgan-
gende peahtedon ongen hine. hu hi hine
fordon mihton.

7 1 fa ferde se haelend to paere see. mid
his leorning-cnihton. 3 mycel menigeo him
fyligde fravw galilea. 1 iudea.

8 1 hierusalew. 1 fram iudea } be-geon-
dan iordane 1 to hira com mycel menegeo
ymbe tirum J sidone gehyrende pa Sing pe
he worhte.

9 3 he cwaeS to his cnihtuw -p hi him on
scipe penodon. for paere menigu -p hi hine
ne ofprungon;

10 Soplice manega he ge-hselde; Swa ~p hi
aet-hrinon his. 3 swa fela swa untrumnessa

11 "i unclaene gastas haefdon; pa hi hine
gesawon. hi to-foran him astrehton. 1 pus
cweSende clypedon. pu eart godes sunu.

12 1 he him swySe forbead. -p hi hine
ne ge-swutelodon.

13 U on anne munt he ferde 3 to him
ge-clypode pa Se he wolde 1 hi to him
comon

14 1 he dyde ~p hi twelfe mid him waeron.
3 he hi asende godspell to bodigenne.

Various Readings.

4. B. well. A. hwse)>er (bis). A. hig swigedon. 5. A. hig
be-sceawigende. A. heora. A. blyndnysse. A. hig [for
hi]. 6. A. erodianiscum. A. ongean. A. hig. 7. A.
cnyhtum. A. mseniu [for menigeo]. 8. A. B. iudea (as
in the text). A. be-eondan. A. msenigeo. 9. A. hig.
A. Jienedon. A. maenigeo ; B. meniguw. A. hig. 10. A.
hig. B. is (altered to his). 11. A. hig (bis). B. cwaefcende.
12. A. hig. A. ge-swuteledon. 13. A. senne. A. hig.
14. A. hig (bit). A. godspel.

4 Da cwaeS he alyfS reste-dagen wel to
donne hwaeSer Se yfele sawle ge-haelen
hwaSer to for-spillen. } hyo swigedon.

5 3 hyo be-sceawiende mid eorre ofer hire
heorte blindnisse. he un-rot cwaeS to pam
men. a-pene pine hand. 1 he a-penede hyo.
pa warS his hand ge-haeled sone.

6 Da farisei mid herodianiscen ut-gan-
gende peohtendon on-gean hine. hu hyo
hine for-don mihton.

7 3 pa ferde se haelend to pare sae. mid
his leorning-cnihten ") mycel menigeo him
felgede fram galilea. 1 iudea.

8 1 ierusalem. 1 {ram idumea. 1 be-geonden
iordane. "i to him com mycel menige ymbe
tyrum 1 sydonem ge-herende pa ping pe he
worhte.

9 3 he cwaeS to his cnihten j> hyo hym on
scype penedon for pare manigeo paet hyo
hine ne of-prungen.

10 SoSlice manege he haelde. swa -p hyo
aet-rinen his. 1 swa fele swa untrumnysse

11 1 unclaene gastes hasfden. Dahyo hyne
ge-seagen hyo to-foran hym astrehten. pus
cweSende clepeden. pu ert godes sune.

12 1 he hym swiSe for-bead. -p hyo hine
ne ge-swuteledon.

13 D on aenne munt he ferde 3 to hym ge-
clypede pa pe he wolde "S hyo to hym
co men

1 4 1 he dyde ■p hyo twelf mid him waeren
1 he hyo asende godspell to bodienne.

Various Readings.

4. dagum ; done hwefcer ; hwefcer )je for-spillan ; swuwo-
don. 5. hi ; yrre ; hyra heortan ; ge-unret ; wearS ; sona.
6 pharisei ; herodianiscum ; fieahtendon. 7. halend ; cnih-

tnn • fvlitrrlo' omIiIi'Ti ft mAnpcrort • nrp.liv

don

i ijur «yuj; wi-uriuuu s; untruTnnyssa.
11. gastas haefdon; gesawum; astrehton; 3 Jius; clypedon;
eart. 12. ge-swutelodon. 13. comon. 14. hy; bodiende.

3 cue« to him is alefed hraestdagum wel wyrce k yfle Sa sawele hal gedoa k

4 et dicit eis licet sabbatis bene facere an male animam saluam facere an

losiga soS hia suigdon
perdere at illi tacebant.

3 ymb-sceawde hia miS wraeSSo unr6tsade ofer ungleownise
5 et circum-spiciens eos cum ira contristatus super caecitatem

heartaes hiora cue* to Saem menn aSen hond Sin 3 aSenede 3 eft geboetad waes hond him

cordis eorum dicit he-mini extende manum tuam et extendit et restituta est manus illi.

Sa eodon Sonne sona miS heroSes Segnum Saehtung hia dedon wis him

6 *£xeuntes autem statira pharisaei cum herodianis consilium faciebant aduersus eum * Villi.

huu hine losiga maehton
quomodo eum perderent.

26. ii[ii].
io. xciii. xcv.

3 Se haelend miS Segnum his foerde to see 3 menigo mt- cxvu-

7 et ihesws cum discipuli3 suis secessit ad mare. *Et multa*27. i.

Bread of 3 fylgende waes hine from hierusaZem 3 from 3 ofer

turba a galilaea et iudaea secuta est eum. 8 ab hierosolimis et ab idumaea et trans iorda-

3 Sa Se ymb tyre 3 sidone menigo miclo herdon-Hierend weron Sa Se he wyrcende waes

nen et qui circa tyrum et sidonem multitudo magna audientes quae faciebat

lu. xxxiiii. xlv.
io. xlvi.
mt. xxiii.

cwomon to him
uenerunt ad eum.

3 cueS Segnum his fte scip him gebrohton-t'geherdon fore

9 et dixit discipulis sui3 ut nauicula sibi deseruiret propter

Ssem menigo -pte hia ne fortredon hine
turbam ne compremerent eum.

monigo forSon he gehaelde Sus fte hia raesdon on
10 multos enim sanabat ita ut inruerent in

him -pte hine hie gehrindon-Hirina msehtaes sua feolo4"sua oft Sonne hia haefdon uncuS aSlo
eum ut ilium tangerent quotquot autem habebant plagas.

11 et

gasto unclseno miSSy hine gesegonJ'gesea maehton gefeollon-Hiluton him 3 hia weron clioppende-tcliopadon
spiritus inmundi cum ilium uidebant procidebant ei *Et clamabant * 28. viii.

cweSendo Su arS sunu godes
dicentes tu ds fizYu3 dei.

lu. xxvii.

3 swiSe bebead him -pte hia ne aewades-t'mersades

12 et uehementer cominabatur eis ne manifestarent

hine 3 astag on mor ceigde to him Sailco walde he 3 cwomun to him

ilium. 13 *Et ascendens in montewa uocauit ad s6 quos uoluit ipse et uenerunt ad eum. • X. 29. ii

lu. lxxxvi.
mt. Ixxviiii.

3 dyde fte hia were twelfo miS him 3 -tec -jHe sende hia bodiga godspell

14 et fecit ut essent duodecim cum illo et ut mitteret eos praedicare euangelium.

4. 3 cwaeS to him gif is alefed on raeste-dagum wel wyrca + yfle Sa sawle hale gidoa k loesiga soS hia swigadun
5. 3 ymbsceowadun hine miSSy unrotsade ofer ungleownisse heorta hiora cwteS to Seem menn aSene honda Sine
3 aSenede 3 eft gibasted waes honda him 6. 3 Sa eodun Sona wutudlt'ce sona Sa pharisei miS herodes Segnum
Saehtunge hiae dedun wiS him hu hine loesiga maehtun 7. 3 Se haelenrf miS Segnum his foerde to sae 3

monige Sreatas of galilea 3 of iudeum fylgende waerun him 8. 3 from hierusalem 3 from idumeum 3 ofer

iordanes 3 SaSe ymb tyri 3 sindone mengu micle herende werun k giherdun SaSe he wyrcende waes comun to
him 9. 3 cwaeS to Segnum his -jSte scip him gibrohtun k herdun for Sacm mengum Saet hiae ne for-tredun

hine 10. monige forSon he gihaelde Sus -fte hiae raesdun on hine -p hiae him gihrionun swa feolu Sonne haefde
[un]cuS aiSulo 11. 3 gasta unclaenra miSSy hine gisegun gifeollun-rlutun to him 3 cliopadun cweSende Su
arS sunu godes 12. 3 swiSe bibead him -Ji hiae ne eowde him 13. 3 astag on mor cegde to him Sa ileu

walde he 3 comon to him 14. 3 dyde -fste hiae were twelfe miS him ec' 3 -pte sende hiae to bodanne.

15 3 he h\m an weald sealde untruwinessa
to haelanne. 3 deofol-seocnessa tit to adrifanne.

16 3 he nemde simon petrwra

17 3 iacobu/ra zebedei. 3 iohannew his
broBor 3 him naman ousette. boaneries ■p is
Sunres beam.

18 3 andream. 3 philippu/w. 3 bartholo-
meum 3 thomam. 3 iacobum alphei. 3 tad-
deum. 3 simonem chananeuw.

19 7 iudaw scarioth. se hine sealde.

20 3 eft him to com. swa micel menigu.
•p hi naefdon hlaf to etanne

21 3 pa hi hine gehyrdon hi ferdon -p hi
hine namon 3 pus cwaedon; SoSlice he is on
hat-heortnesse gewend.

22 3 pa boceras pe wendon fram hierusa-
lem cwaedon;

Soplice he haefS beelzebub 3 on deofla
ealdre he deoful-seocnessa ut adrifS.

23 3 he hi togaedere geclypode. 3 on big-
spellum him to cwaeS; Hu maeg satanas
satanan ut adrifan.

24 3 gif his rice on hi»* sylfum biS to-
daeled hu maeg hit standan

25 3 gif p hus ofer hit sylf ys to-daeled.
hu maeg hit standan.

26 3 gif satanas winS ongen hine sylfne
he biS to-daeled 3 he standan ne maeg ac
haefS ende;

27 Ne mseg man pone strangan his aehta
3 his fatu be-reafian 3 on his hus gan, buton
man pone strangan aerest gebinde. 3 povme
his hus reafige;

Various Readings.

15. A. beam. B. anwealde seald. A. ge-haelanne. A.
deofel. 17. B. 3 zebedei. A. heom. A. boanerges. A.
has 1 matheum after bartholomeum, but it is added above
in a later hand. A. alfei. 19. A. iudas. 20. A. maenigeo.
A. big. B. a;tanne. 21. A. big (three times), 22. A. belze-
bub. A. deofolseocnyssa. 23. A. big. A. elypode. 25. A.
omits this verse. B. sylfe. 26. For ongen A. has wy<5,
glossed by \ ongean. A. omits sylfne. 27. A. fata. A. butan.

15 3 he heom anweald sealde untrumnysse
to haelenne. 3 deofel-seocnysse ut to adrifenne.

1 6 3 he nemde symon petrum

17 3 jacobum zebedej. 3 iohannem his
broder 3 him naman on-sette boaneries -p is
punres beam.

18 3 andrea/w 3 philippum. 3 bartholomeum
3 thomaw?. 3 iacobum alphej. 3 taddeum 3
symonem chananeum.

19 3 iuda scarioth. se hine sealde.

20 3 eft him to com swa mycel manigeo -p
hyo naefden hlaf to aetenne.

21 3 pa hyo hine ge-hyrden hyo ferden
paet hyo hine namen 3 pus cwaeSen. SoSlice
he is on hatheortnysse ge-wend.

22 3 pa bokeres pe wenden fram ierusalem
cwaeSen.

SoSlice he hafS belzebub 3 on deofle eal-
dre he deofel-seocnisse ut-adrifS.

23 3 he hyo to-gadere ge-cleopede. 3 on
bispellen heom to cwae<5. hu maig sathanas
sathana un adrifen (sic)

24 3 gif his rice on him sylfen byoS to-
daeled hu maig hit standen.

25 3 gyf -p hus ofer hit sylfen biS to-
daeled hu maig hit standen.

26 iEnd gif sathanas winS an-gen hine
sylfne he beoS to-daeled 3 he standen ne
maig ac hafft ende.

27 Ne maig man pane strangen his ehte 3
his fate be-reafian 3 on his hus gan butan
man panne strangen aerest ge-binde panne
his hus reafige.

Various Headings.

15. eom andweald; halenne. end deofol-seocnyssa. 17.
brofcor. 20. menigeo ; etene. 21. ge-hyrdon ; ferdon ; hi
[for third hyo] ; cwaadon. 22. boceras ; wendon ; hierusa-
lem; cwaedon; deofla ealdrae; deoful-seocnyssa. 23. ge-
clypode; bigspellujn; meeg satanas satanan ut adrifan.
24. sylfum biS ; mseg ; standan. 25. hit sylf y to-daeled
(sic) ; mceg ; standan. 26. Z gif satanas ; byfc ; mag.
27. Jjone strangan ; ehta ; fatu ; )>one strangan ; 3 Jjo/me.

3 salde him meant gemnisses to untrymnissum 3 to-wyrpnise diowla 3

15 et dedit illis potestatem curandi infirmitates et eiciendi daemonia. 16 *Et * 30-,.ii.-.

nit. lxxx.
gesette to symone noma petre 3 iacob yebeSies sunu 3 iohrmnem broSer iacobes 3

iraposuit simoni nomen petrus. 17 et iacobum zebedaai et iohannem fratrem iacobi et

ge-sette him f is suno Sunres 3 andreas 3 philippum 3

imposuit eis nom[i]na boanerges quod est filii tonitrui. 18 et andream et philipum et bar-

3 3 3 iacob Se hwita 3 3 simon Se channanesca

tholomaeum et mattheum et thomawi et iacobum alphei et taddaeum et simonem cananaeww.

3 seSe ec salde hine 3 cumaS t cwomon to huse 3 efne cwom

19 et iudam scariot qui et tradidit ilium *Et ueniunt ad domu»i 20 et conuenit * 3I- x-

efter sona Siu menigo Sus fte ne maehton ne hlaf brfica 3 miSSy geherdon his

iteram turba ita ut non possent neqwe panem manducare. 21 et cum audissent sui

eodon to haldanne hine cuoedon forSon fte on wraeSo geoerred wses 3 wuSuuto

exierunt tenere eum dicebant enim quoniam in furorem uersus est. 22 *Et scribae * 32. ii.

* lu. cxxvii.

mt. cxxi.
SaSe from hierusa/em of-stigon i Sona cuomon hia cuoedon fte-tforSon haefeS 3 forSon on

qui ab hierosolymis descenderant dicebant quoniam beelzebub liabet et quia in

aldor diowla drifeS diowlas 3 efne geceigdo Sa ilco-1'miSSy geceigd weron Sa ilco in bispellum

principe demonum eicit demoni'a. 23 *Et conuocatis eis in parabolis • 33. it.

lu. cxxviiii.
nit. cxxii.
cuoeS he So Saem-tto him huu maege Se wiSerword Bone wiSerwearda fordrifa -Hiuu maeg Se diowl Sone diowl

dicebat illis quomodo potest satanas satanan

fordrifa 3 gif -)5 ric in him to-daeled biS-tsie ne maege stonde rie Saes 3

eicere. 24 et si regnum in Be- diuidatur non potesi stare regnum illius. 25 et

gif hus ofer hia seolfa sie tostrogden ne mteg hus Sa ilea stonde 3 gif-tSeah

si domus super semet ipsam dispertiatur non poterit domus ilia stare. 26 et si

se wiSerwearda efne ansa on hine sulfne toworpen wses-tbiS 3 ne maeg gestonde ah ende haefeS
satanas consurrexit in semet ipsum dispertitus est et non poterit stare sed finem habet.

naBnig monn maeg fato stronges ingaaS-Hngeonga in hus to niommanne k genioma -t gereofa ge (sic)
27 nemo potest uasa i'ortis ingressus in domum diripere

nymSe aerist Sone stronga gebinde 3 Sonne hus his reafaS
nisi prius fortem alliget et tunc domum eius diripiet.

15. 3 salde him moehte gemnisse to untrymnissum 3 to-worpnisse diowla 16. 3 gisette to simoni noma petres

1 7. 3 iacoAu* Zebedes svno 3 iohannes broker iacobes 3 gisette him noma . . . Saet is suno Svnres 18. 3 andreas
3 philippu* 3 bathalomcus 3 mathew* 3 thomas 3 iacobu? . . . 3 lhadeus 3 ...Bone cananisca 19. 3 iudam Sone
scariothisca seSe salde hine 20. 3 cumaS to huse 3 efne-comvn eft sona Sio mengv Sus f> hia? ne maehtvn ne
hlaf brucca 21. 3 miSSy giherde his eodun to haldanne hine cwedun forSon Saette on wraeSSo giweerred (sic)
wees 22. 3 uS-wutu SaSe from hierusalem astigun + Sona comun hiae cwedun -pte i forSon be\zebub haefes 3
forSon on aldor diowla gidrifes diowlo 23. 3 efne gicegde Sa ilev in bispellum cwaeS to Saem-thim huv maeg
he Se wiSerworda diowul Sone diowul fordrifa •J'afaella 24. 3 gif Saet rice in him todseled biS ne maag stonda
rice Sset 25. 3 gif hus ofer hiae solfe to-strogden biS ne maeg hus SaBt ilee stonda 26. 3 gif Se wiSerworda
efne arises in hine solfne to-worpen waes-tbiS 3 ne maeg gi-stonda ah ende haefeS 27. naenig mon maBg+maehte
fato stronge inga-Hngonga in hus to niomanne k ginioma t gireofiga nymSe aorist gibinde Sone strongv 3 Sonne
hus his reoflge

28 SoSlice ic eow secge ~p ealle synna
synd manna bearnuw? forgyfene. 1 bysmo-
runga paw Se hi bysmeriaS;

29 Soplice ic eow secge se be Sone halgan
gast bysmeraS. se naefS on ecnysse forgy-
fenesse; Ac biS eces gyltes scyldig. .

30 forpam be hi cwaedon he haefS un-
claenne gast.

31 :f\a com to him his modor 1 his
X gebroftra. 7 bar-ute stodon 3 to

him sendon. 3 to h\m clypedon.

32 3 mycel menigu ymb hine sset and to
him cwaedon. her is bin modor 3 bine ge-
broSra ute 3 secab be ;

33 He ba him awrfswarode 3 cweeS. hwylc
is min modor 3 mine gebrobru.

34 3 he cwaep Sa behealdende be him
abuton saeton. her is min modor 3 mine
gebroSru ;

35 SoSlice se "Se deb godes willan se is
min modor 3 min broSor 3 swustor.

CHAPTER IV.

1 3 eft he ongan hi aet paere s& laeran.
3 him waes mycel menegu togegaderod ; Swa
■p he on scip eode. 3 on baere see waes. 3 eall
seo menegu ymbe ba [see] waeron on lande.

2 3 he hi fela on bigspellum laerde. 3
him to cwaeS on his lare.

3 gehyraS ;

*Ut eode se saedere his ssed to saweune.
4 1 pa he sew sum feoll wiS bone weg. 3

Dis sceal on
baere wucan
after bam be
man be-lycS

alleluia. fugelas comon 3 hit iraeton ;

Various Readings.

28. A. bysmerunga. A. hig. 29. B. om. be. 30. A. hig.
B. unclsene. 31. A. moder. 32. A. msenigeo. A. ymbe.
A. moder. 33. A. Jswarede; B. answarode. A. moder.
A. gebroSra. 34. A. abutan. B. mine [for min, wrongly].
A. moder. A. gebroSra. 35. A. moder. A. broker. A.
swuster.

Cli. iv. 1. B. And {with large initial). A. hig. A.
msenigeo. A. maenio, A. inserts see, which the text and
B omit. A. waes [for waeron]. 2. A. hig fsBla. 3. Rubric
in AB. 4. A. seow.

28 Soplice ic eow segge ealle synne sende
manne bearne for-gefene 3 bismerunge pa/»
be hye bysmeriged.

29 SoSlice ic eow segge se be panne hal-
gan gast bysmerieS se naefS on ecnysse for-
gyfenysse. ac beoS eches geltes sceldyg.

30 for bam be hyo cwaeSen. he hafS un-
claene gast.

31 ^IVa comen to him his moder 3 his
Jl ge-broSre 3 baer-ute stoden 3 to

him senten. 3 to hym clepeden.

32 3 mycel maniga ymbe hine saet. 3 to
him cwaeSen. Her is pin moSer 3 bine
broSre ute 3 seceS pe.

33 He pa heom andswerede 3 cwaeS.
hwilc is min moder 3 mine ge-broSre.

34 3 he cw. Da be-healdende pe him
abuten saeten. her is min moder 3 mine ge-
bro^re.

35 SoSlice se pe deS godes willen se is
min moder 3 min broker 3 mine swustren.

CHAPTER IV.

1 3 eft he on-gan hyo aet pare sae. laeren
3 hym waes micel manige to ge-gadered.
Swa ~f he on scyp eode. 3 on pare sae waes.
3 sye manige embe pa sae. waes on lande

2 3 he hy on fele byspellen laerden. 3 he
heom to cw. on his lare

3 ge-hereB.

t eode se saedere his saed to sawene. ExHtquise-

p 1 •*> minat heminare

4 3 pa he seow sum feol wiS panne semen »uum.

weig 3 fugelas comen 3 hit fraeten.

Various Readings.

28. MS. Reg. inserts 3 before ealle; synna synd manna
bearna f'or-gyfene 3 bysmerunga; hi bysmariaS. 29. bonne;
bismeriafc ; eccnysse forfynysse (sic !) ; bi* eces gyltes
scyldig. 30. ewafcen; un-claenne. 31. Da comon (with
large initial) ; modor ; ge-broJ5ra ; stodon ; sendon ; cly-
pedon. 32. meniga; cwaefcon; modor; brofcra; seca*.
33. him Jswarode; ge-broSra. 34. abutora. 35. modor;
brofcor ; min swustor.

Ch. iv. 1. maenega; ge-gaderud; eall seo manega (where
the Hatton MS. omits eall). 2. fela byspellon laerdon;
laere. 3. ge-hyraS. Rubric in both MSS. 4. feoll ;
bonne; comon; fraaton.

sog ic cuego iowh -fte alle forgefen bigo 4" forleten bigon sunum monno synno 3

28 *Amen dico uobis qoniam omnia dimittentur filiis hominum peccata et J^JJ^

mt. cxxiii.
sege gonrce k uutedlice ebolsas on haligne gast ne

29 qui autem blasphemauerit in sptWlum sanctum non

ebolsungas of gaem hia ebolsadon
blasphemia? quibws blasphemauerint.

haefeg eft forgefnisse in ecnisse ah synnig-l-scyldig big
habet remisionewi in aeternum sed reus erit

gaes ece scyld
aeterni delicti.

forgon hia cuoedon
30 quoniam dicebant

gone gast unclaene haefes

spiritum inmunduwi habet.

to bim ceigendo-tceigdon hine

ad eum uocantes eum.

3 cuomon moder his 3 brogero 3 fita stondes sendon
31 *Et ueniunt mater eius et fratres et foris stantes miserunt * 3^"- .

lu. lxxxii.
mt. cxxx.

3 gesaett ymb hine great 3 cuoedon him heonu moder
32 et sedebat circa eum turba et dicunt ei ecce mater

gin 3 brogro gin uta soecag gee
tua et fratres tui foris quaerunt te\

3 onsuarade him cwoeg huaet giu is -l" huaet ga sint
33 et respondens eis ait quae est

moder min 3 brodro min
mater mea et fratres mei.

3 ymb-locade4'sceaude hia-tga gage utan ymb his hia setton cueg
34 et circum-spiciens eos qui in circuitu eius sedebant ait

heonu moder min 3 brogero min
ecce mater mea et fratres mei.

sege forgon doeg willo godes gis broger min 3

35 qui enim fecerit uoluntatem dei hie frater meus et

swoester min 3 moder is
soror mea et mater est

CAP. IV.

3 eftersona ongann laera to sse 3 gesomnad wees to him great menigo sua f te in
1 *Et iterum coepit docere ad mare et congregata est ad eum turba multa ita ut in * XI. ^36. It

scipp astag gesaett on sse 3 all great . ymb sae ofer eorgo wso[s] 3 laerde

nauem ascendens sederet in mari et omnis turba circa mare super terram erat. 2 et docebat

lu. lxxvi.
mt. exxxi.

■£**

hia in bispellum menigo 3 cuoeg to him on lar his herag heono eode ge sawende-rsedere

illos in parabolis multa et dicebat illis in doctrina sua. 3 audite ecce exiit seminans

to sawenne
ad seminandum.

3 miggy geseaw oger-fsum feoll ymb ga stret 3 cwomon flegendo 3
4 et dum seminat aliud cecidit circa uiam et uenerunt uolucres et

fretton -r eton gaet
comederunt illud.

28. sog ic cwego iow gaette alle forgefen biogvn sunum monna -r forleten synne 3 hie eofolsadun of gaem hie
eofulsadun 29. sege gonne eofolsas on halge gastes ne haafes forgefnisse in ecnisse ah synnig-rscyldig big gsere
ecan scyld 30. forgon hiae cwedun gon gast unclaene hoefeg 31. 3 comun moder his 3 brogro 3 ute stondas
sendun to him cegende i cegdun to him 32. 3 giseet -r setun ymb hine ge greatt 3 cwedun him heono moder
gin 3 brogro ute soecas gee 33. 3 ond-sworade him cwseg hwaet is moder min 3 brogro mine 34. 3 ymb
locade i sceowade hiaa-tga gage vtan ymb heop his setun cwaeg heono moder min 3 brogro mine 35. sege forgon
doeg willu godes ges broger min 3 swester min 3 moder is

Cap. IV. 1. 3 efter sona ongan laera 3 to sob 3 gisomnad waes to him mengu greatas swa -jHe in scip astag
gisette on sae 3 all ge great ymb sao ofer eorgo waes 2. 3 laerde hiaB in bispellum monigum 3 laerde hiaB in lare
his 3. giherde heonu eode ge sedere i sawend to sawend {sic) 4. 3 miggy giseow oger-tsum gifeol ymb ga
strete 3 comun negende 3 fretun -r etun gaet

5 Sum feoll ofer stan-scyligean par hit
nsefde mycele eorSan. 3 sona up eode. 3 for-
pa»« hit naefde eorpan piccnesse.

6 pa hit up-eode. Seo sunne hit for-
swselde. 3 hit forscranc. forpaw/ hit wyrt-
ruman naefde.

7 3 sum feoll on pornas. pa stigon Sa
pornas 1 forSrysmodon •$. 3 hit waestm ne
bser.

8 3 sum feoll on god laud 3 hit sealde
upp-stigende 3 wexende waestm; 3 an brohte
pritig-fealdne ; Su»» syxtig-fealdne ; Sum
hund-fealdne ;

9 And he cwaeS. gehyre se Se earan
haebbe to gehyranne.

10 3 pa he ana waes hine axodon •p' big-
spell pa twelfe pe mid hiw waeron.

11 1 he saede him. eow is geseald to
witanne godes rices gerynu ; pam pe ute
synt ealle ping on bigspelluiw gewurpaS.

12 ■$ higeseonde geseon 3 na ne ge-seon 3
gehyrende gehyren 3 ne ongyten pe laes hi
hwasnne syn gescyrede. 3 him sin hyra
synna forgyfene ;

13 Ea saede he hi»«. ge nyton pis big-
spell. 3 hu mage ge ealle bigspell witan ;

14 Se pe saewS. wordhesaewS;

15 SoSlice pa synt wiS pone weg par
■p word is gesawen. 3 ponne hi hit gehyraS;
Sona cymS satanas 3 afyrS •f word pe on
heora heortan asawen ys.

16 3 pa synt gelice pe synt ofer pa stan-
scylian gesawen ; Sona paenne hi ~p word
gehyraS. 3 ~p mid blisse onfoS.

Various Readings.
5. A. stan-scylian. B. mycel. A. Jjycnysse. 6. A. wyrt-
ruma. 7. A. stigan. A. forjjrysmedon. 8. A. up-stygende:
B. upstigende. A. Jjryttyg-fealdnc wa3stm. 9. A. gearan.
10. A. acsedon. 11. A. heom. A. synd. A. ge-weorSa<5.
12. A. hig. A. gehyron. A. ongiton. A. hig. A. ge-
cyrrede. A. heora. 13. B. nihton. A. magon. 15. A.
synd. A. hig. A. om. heora. 16. A. synd (bis). A.
\>oane hig.

5 sum feoll ofer stanscylygean. paer hit
naefde mycele eorSan. 3 sone up-eode. 3
for pan hit naefde eorSe picdnysse.

6 pa hit up-eode syo sunne hit for-swaelde.
3 hit for-scranc. for pam hit writtrume (sic)
naefde.

7 sum feoll on ponies, pa stigen pa pomes
3 hy for-prismeden •f. 3 hit waestme ne
baer.

8 3 sum feoll on god land. 3 hit sealde
up-stigende 3 wexende waestme. 3 an brohte
prittig-fealdne. sum sixtig-fealdne. sum
hundredfealdne.

9 JEnd he cw. ge-here se pe earen haeb-
be to ge-herenne.

10 3 pa he ane waes. hyo hine axoden.
j5 by-spelle pa twelfe pe mid hym waeren.

11 3 he saide heom. eow is ge-seald to
witene godes rices ge-rinen. pam pe ute
synd ealle ping on byspellen ge-wur3aS.

12 -p hyo seoude ge-seon. 3 nane ge-seon
3 ge-hyred ge-heren 3 ne geoten pe laes hyo
hwanne syo ge-cyrde. 3 heom seon heore
synne for-gefeue.

13 Da saigde he heom. ge nyten pis
byspell. 3 hu magen ge ealle byspell witen.

14 Se pe sawS. word he sawS.

15 SoSlice pa synde wiS panne weig.
paer j> word is ge sawen. 3 panne hyo hit
ge-hered. sone cymS sathanas. 3 aferreS
paet word, pe on heora heortan a-sawen is.

1 6 ./End pa synd ge-lice pe synde ofer pa
stan-scyligen ge-sawen. Sona pan hy -f
word ge-hyraS. 3 -p mid blisse on-foS

Various Readings.

5. stan-scylygean ; (>iscnysse (sic). 6. for fian; wyrt-
trume. 7. )?ornas (bis); stigan; om. hy; for-^rusemedon.
8. (irittid-fealdne ; hund-fealdne. 9. ge-hyre; eara habbe
to ge-hyrenne. 10. big-spella; wajron. 11. ssegde; wit-
anne; gerynu; synt; [MS. Hatton has eall ealle, by mis-
take; MS. Reg. has ealle only]; byg-spelluwj. 12. geonde
[for seonde]; nsene [for nane = na ne]; ge-hyrend ge-
hyren; ongeoton; hwaenne syn; heora; for-gyfene. 13.
saegde; mage; byg-spel witan. 15. synd; weg; ponne;
ge-heara<5; satanas; afyrrts. 16. 3 )>a synt; ^e synd; stan-
scyligan ge-seewen; Sone. %

sum ec feoll ofer stsenes Ser ne hsefde eorSu michel k menig 3 hrseSe

5 aliud uero cecidit super petrosa ubi non habuit terram multam et statim

upp-iornendewses-t'ariseen wees forSon nsefde .heanisse eorSes 3 iSa arisen wses-tSa upp-eode

exortum est quoniam non habebat altitudinem terrae. 6 et quando exortus est

sunna ge-drugade 4" forbernde forSon neefde wyrtruma gedrugade 3 sum feoll in Sornum

s61 exaestuauit eo quod non haberet radicem exaruit. 7 et aliud cecidit in spinis

3 astigon-l'upp-eodun Somas 3 under-dulfon f 3 wsBstm ne salde 3 oSer feoll on

et ascenderunt spina? et suffocauerunt illud et fructum non dedit. 8 et aliud cecidit in

eorSu goduw 3 salde waestm stigende 3 wa3xende 3 to-brohte enne-ran Srittig 3

terram bonam et dabat fructum ascendentem et crescentem et adferebat unum trigenta et

~fo rd

an sexdig 3 an hundraS

unum sexagenta et unum centum.

3 he cuoeS se Se haefeS earo to heranne geheraS 3

9 et dicebat qui habet aures audiendi audiat. 10 et

miSSy wses syndrigon gefrsegndon hine Sa SaSe miS him weoron miS • tuelf bispell

cum esset singularis interrogauerunt eum hi qui cum eo erant cum duodecim parabolas.

3 cue* to him iouh gesald is f ge wita hernise rices godes Seem uuiedlice SaSe uta sint

11 et dicebat eis uobis datum est scire misterium regni dei *lllis autem qui foris sunt • 37. 1

lu. lxxvii.

in bispellum alle biSon -(He gesegon geseaS 3 ne geseaS 3 Sa herend geheraS 3 mi. cxxxiii.

in parabolis omnia fiunt. 12 ut uidentes uideant et non uideant et audientes audiant et

ne oncnaweS Sylaes biSon gehwerfed-rgecerred 3 biS forgefen him synna

non intellegant nequando conuertantur et dimittantur eis peccata.

3 cueS to him
13 et ait illis

ne cunnige bispell Sas 3 huu alle bispello_ gie ge-cunnas-rgie-cunna gie magon seSe

nescitis parabolam hanc et quomodo omnes parabolas cognoscetis. . 14 *Qui • 38. a iu.

ixxvin. nit.

saueS word saueS

seminat uerbum seminat.

Sas mitedlice aron seSe ymb woeg Ser biS gesauen word 3 miSSy
15 hi autem sunt qui circa uiam ubi seminatur uerbum et cum

geherdon sona cuom-rcymeS Se wiSerworda 3 geniomaS word -pte gesawen wees in hearta hiora

audirent confestim uenit satanas et aufert uerbum quod seminatum est in corda eorum.

3 Sas sint gelic SaSe ofer staenero saues-tsauaS SaSe miSSy geherdon 4" geheraS word sona

16 et hi sunt similiter qui super petrosa semiuantur qui cum audierint uerbum statim

miS glasdnise onfoeS -p

cum gaudio accipiunt illud.

5. oSer k sum soSlice gifeol ofer staenere Ser ne harfde eorSo .... 3 hraeSe up-iornende waes forSon ne hsefde
heonisse eorSo 6. 3 Sa aras k up-arnende waes sunne 3 drygde k forbernde 3 forSon ne hrefde wyrtruma adrugade
7. 3 oSer gifeol in Somas 3 astigun-rup-eadun Somas 3 under-dulfun Saet 3 western ne salde 8. 3 oSro

gifeol on eorSo gode 3 salde w»stem stigende 3 wexende 3 to-brohte an-renne Sritig 3 an sextig 3 an hundreS
9. 3 he cwaeS seSe hsefeS earu to giheranne gihere 10. 3 miSSy waes syndrigum gifrugnun hine Saet SaSe
miS hine werun miS twelf bispellum 11. 3 cwaeS to him iow gisald is Sa3t giwite . . . rice godes Saem Sonne

SaSe ute werun in bispellum alle bioSon 12. f gisegun giscead 3 ne giseas 3 Sa giherend giheras 3 ne
on-cnawaS Sy laes gihwerfed k gicerred bioSon 3 biS for-gefen him synne 13. 3 cwaeS to him.ne cunno ge bispell
Sas 3 hvv alle bispell gicunniga k magvn gicunniga 14 seSe saweS word saweS 15. Sas wutudlf'ce arun seSe
ymb woeg Ser gisawen biS word 3 miSSy giherdun sona com-tcymeS Se wiSer-worda 3 giniomaS word Saette
gisawen waes in heorta iowrum 16. 3 Sa sint gilice SaSe ofer staenere sawen k sawende biS SaSe miSSy giherdon
word sona miS glaednisse on-foas SaBt

17 T? hi nabbaS wyrtruman on him.
ac beoB unstaSolfaeste. 1 sybban upcymS
deofles costnung 3 his ehtnys for bam
worde;

18 Hi synd on bornum gesawen. ■p synd
ba Se -p word gehyraS.

19 7 of-yrmSe 1 swicdome worold-welene.
1 oSra gewilnunga ~p word of-brysmaS. 3
synt buton waestme gewordene.

20 3 ba Se gesawen e synt ofer •p gode
land, ba synd be p word gehyraft !! onfoS.
1 waestm bringaS. Sum J?ritig-fealdne. sum
syxtig-fealdne. 1 sum hund-fealdne;

21 TTe saede him cwyst bu cymS •p'
-I~L leoht-faet -p hit beo under by-
dene asett. oSSe under bedde. witegere ~p
hit sy ofer candel-staef asett;

22 SoSlice nis nan Sing behydd pe ne
sy geswutelod; ne nis digle geworden. ac ■p
hit openlice cume;

23 Gehyre gif hwa earan haebbe to ge-
hyranne.

24 1 he cwaeS to him warniaS hwaet ge
gehyran. 1 on pam gemete. be ge metaS
eow biS gemeten 3 eow biS ge-ict.

25 bam biS geseald be haefS 1 bam Se
naefS. eac f he haefS him biS aet-broden.

26 1 he cw. godes rice ys swylce man
wurpe god saed on his land

27 J sawe 1 arise daeges 3 nihtes. 3 ;J>
saed. growe 1 wexe bonrae he nat ;

28 SoSlice sylf-willes seo eorSe waestm
beraS aerest gaers sySSan ear. sybban Mine
hwaete on bam eare;

Various Readings.

17. A. hig. A. 7 k ac [for ac]. A. costung; B. cost-
nunge. 18. A. hig. 19. A. world-welena ; B. worolde-
welene. A. of(;rysmiaS. A. synd butan. 20. A. synd. 21.
A. And he {with large initial A). A. aset. A. wite-geare.
A. sig. 22. A. sig. 23. A. gearan. 24. A. cwyS. A.
gehyron. A. yht [for ge-ict]. 26. A. worpe. 28. A. bereS.
A. fulne.

17 1 hyo naebbe'S wertrumen on heom.
ac beoS un-staSelfaeste. ") sedSan up kymd
deofles costnunge ") his ehtnyss for bam
worde.

18 Hyo synden on bornen ge-sawen. ■p
synden ba be -p word ge-hereS.

1 9 3 of-erm^e 3 swicedome weorld-welene
1 oSre wilnunge f word of-bresmed 3 synden
buten waestme ge-worSene.

20 J ba be ge-sawene sinde ofer baet gode
land, ba sinde ba be -p word ge-hered D on-
foS !! waestme bringeS. sum brittig-fealdne.
sum sixti-fealdne. 1 sum hundfealdne.

21 TT^nd he saigde heom cwaeSst pu
■i— ' cem$ -p leoht-fet -p hit beo under

bydene asett odSe under bedde. witegere
"p hit syo ofer candel-stef asett.

22 SoSlice nis nan ping be-hyd be ne syo
ge-swutelod. ne nis digle ge-worden ac ■p
hit openlice cume.

23 Ge-hyre gyf hwa earen habbe to ge-
heranne.

24 3 he cw. to heom. warniaS hwaet ge
ge-heren 1 on bam ge-mette be ge meteS
eow beoS ge-meten. 1 eow byS ge-eht.

25 bam beoS ge-seald be haefS. 1 ban be
naefS. eac -p he haefS him beoS aet-broden.

26 T he cwaeS. Godes rice is swilce man
be worpe god saed on his land.

27 3 sawe 1 arise daiges 1 nihtes. 1 p saed
growe 1 wexe panne he nat.

28 SoSlice selfwilles syo eorSe waestme
byreS. aerest gaers. 1 sedSan ear. sydSan
Mine hwaete on bam eare.

Various Readings.

17. wyrtruman; unstadelfeste ; sySSam up cymfc; cost-
nung; ys ehtnys. 18. synd; fiorne; synt; om. \>e; ge-
hyraS. 19. yrm8e; swicdome; of-SrysmaS; synt butan;
ge-wordene. 20. synt (bis); om. jja; ge-hyraS; bringaiS ;
sixtig. 21. ssegde; cweSst; cymS; faet; aset; oSSe; staef.
22. be-hydd. 23. Ge-hyora; earan hasbbe. 24, ge-hyren ;
ge-meton ; ge-ect. 25. (>am ; bis sekbrogden. 26. weorpe.
27. weoxe \>orme. 28. sylf-willes; bera« arest; om. 3;
sySSan (bis) ; waste.

3 nabbaS wyrtryma sofca-r'sefterSon

17 et non habent radicem in s6 sed temporale8 sunt deinde

oehtnisse fore word sona k hraeSe ge-ondspurnad biS

persecutione propter uerbum confestim scandalizantur.

hia sauefc-rsauas Sas sint $a<$e word geherafc
seminantur hi sunt qui uerbum audiunt.

3 oSero
18 et alii

telnisse woruldes 3

sint $a«e on Sornum
sunt qui in spinfft"

16swist walana-tweala

19 et aerumnas sseculi et deceptio diuitiarum

3 ymb oefterra-l'oSero-l'hlaf lust-giornisses in-eoden under-delfad word 3 buta wsestm bi$ gemoetat

et circa reliqua concupiscentiae introeuntes suffocant uerbum et sine fructu efficitur.

3 fca sint SaSe ofer eortSo god gesauen sint 4a Se heraS word 3 onfoaS 3

20 et hi sunt qui super terram bonam seminati sunt qui audiunt uerbuwi et suscipiunt et

wsestmia* an Srittig 3 an sextig 3 an hundraS

fructificant unum triginta et unum sexaginta et unum centum.

3 he cuoeS to him
21 *Et dicebat illis

ahne-HweSer cuom leht-fset-tSaeccilla fte under rnitta^faett gesetted bi$ k under bed ahne fte ofer
numquid uenit lucerna ut sub modio ponatur aut sub lecto nonne ut super

leht-isern k biS gesettet
candelabrum ponatur.

nis forSon sBnig King ge-degled fte ne biS sed-eauad ne

22 *Non euim est aliquid absconditum quod non manifestetur nee

aworden waes degle ah £te in eauung cyme? gif hua hsefeS earo hernisses geheraS 3

tactum est occultum sed ut in palam ueniat. 23 siquis habet aures audiendi audiat. 24 *Et

cuoeS he to him gesea? huset gie heras on sua huaelc gewsege gewoegen gie biSon eft gewoegen biS iowh

dicebat illis uidete quid audiatis in qua mensura mensi iueritis remetietur uobis

• XII. 39. ii.
lu. exxxiii.
lxxviiii.
mt. xxxii.

• 40. ii.
lu. lxxx.
mt. xcii.

* 41. ii.

lu. lvi.mt. 1.

3 gesald bi5-rgeeced biS iowh
et adicietur uobis.

haefefc genumen bifc from him
habet auferetur ab illo.

seSe forSon haefed gesald biS him 3 se8e nsofeS uutedlice fte
25 *Qui enim habet dabitur illi et qui non habet etiam quod • 42. ii.

lu. cexxx.

3 he cuoeS ins is ric godes huu suae gif monn

26 *Et dicebat sic est regnum dei quemammodum si homo ■ 43. x.

worpaS fcone sawende-rsedere on eorfco
iaceat sementem in terram.

3 slepiafc-l'slepefc 3 arisaS on nseht 3 on daeg 3 sed
27 et dormiat et exsurgat nocte ac die et semen

waexaS-l'wyrtrumiaS 3 inwsexaS fca huile ne wat Se
germinet et increscat dum nescit ille.

lustum forfcon eorSo woestmiaS aerist gers
28 ultro enim terra fructificat primum herbam

sefferSon Sone fcorn soSSa full hwsete in eher

deinde spinam deinde plenum frumentum in spica.

17. 3 ne habbaS wyrtruma in him ah tide wexende werun sona miSSy aras costung 3 oehtnisse fore worde
sona-rhraeSe gi-ond-spurnad biS 18. 3 08 re sindun $a$e in fcornum sawas 8a sint Safce word giheraS 19. 3
telnisse weorlde 3 lose-west willana 3 ymb aefter k ofcero lust + giornisse in-eodun under-delfas word 3 buta wsestme
gimoetid bl!5 20. 3 Sa sint Sa*e ofer eorSo gode gisawene sindun 8a sindun Sa$e giheras word 3 on-foaS 3
waestmas an Sritig 3 an sextig 3 an hundred 21. 3 he cwreS to him ahne-Hrwer cyme? lehtfaet-tSaecela fte
under mitta k faete biS giseted Saette vnder bedde ahne fte ofer leht-iserne giseted biS 22. ne forSon is aenig
gi-degled fcaette ne aet-eowed ne biS ne giworden waes degle ah fte in eowunga cymeS 23. gif hwelc haefeS
eara hernisse giheras 24 3 cwaeS to him giseaS hwset ge giheras in swa hwelce giwege giwegen gi biofcon eft
giweger. bi$ iow 3 gisald k gieced biS iow 25. seSe forSon haefeS gisald bi$ him 3 sefce ne haefe* wutudh'ce
fcaBtte haefefc ginumen bifc from him 26. 3 he cwaefc Sus is rice godes huv swa gif mon worpes Sone sawende
on eorSo 27. 3 slepiafc 3 arisas on naeht 3 on dsege 3 sed weceS-twyrtrymafc 3 wexeS Sa hwile ne watt *e
28. lustum forSon eorSo waestmas serest gers aefter Son Sone Sorn soSfca full hwsete in sehher

29 And ponwe se waestm hine forS-
bringS. sona he sent his sicol forpaw ■p rip
let is.

80 1 eft he cwaeS. for hwaw? geanlicie
we heofena rice. oSSe hwylcu/n bigspelle
wiS-mete we hit;

31 Swa swa senepes saed. ponwe hit biS
on eorSan gesawen. hit is ealra saeda laest
pe on eorSan synt.

32 3 ponne hit asawen biS hit astihp. 3
biS ealra wyrta maest 1 haefS swa mycele
bogas ■p heofenes fugelas eardian magon
under his sceade.

33 1 manegum swylcu/w bigspellum he
spraec to him paet hi raihton gehyran ;

34 Ne spaec he na butan bigspelle. eall
he his leorning-cnihtuw? asundron rehte.

35 1 saede hiw ponne aefen biS uton
faran agen;

36 And pas menigu forlsetan; hi on-
fengon hine swa he on scipe waes. 1 opre
scipu waeron mid him.

37 1 pa waas mycel yst windes geworden.
"} ypa he awearp on -p scyp -p hit gefylled
waes

38 1 he waes on scipe ofer bolster sla-
pende. ") hi awehton hine !! cwaedon. ne
be-limpS to pe ~p we forwurpaS.

39 1 he aras !! para winde bebead. 3
cwaeS to Saere sae; Suwa 3 gestille. 1 se
wind geswac pa. "J wearS mycel smyltnes.

40 "i he saede hi?» hwi synt ge forhte.
gyt ge nabbaS geleafan.

Various Readings.

29. A. forS-bryncS. 31. A. synd. 33. A.hig. 34. A. sprsec.
35. A. on-gean. 36. A. 3 f>a msenigeo for-lsetende hig.
37. A. B. wses gefylled. 38. A. hig. A. for-weorjjaS.
39. A. gestyl. 40. A. hwig synd.

29 3 panne se waestme hine forS-bringS.
sone he sent his sicel for pan -p rip set
is.

30 And eft he cw. for hwan an-lichie we
heofene rice odSe hwilcan bispellen wiS-
mete we hit.

31 Swa swa senepes saed panne hit beoS
on eorSan ge-sawen. hit is aire saede laest
pe on eorSan synt.

32 "i panne hit asawen byS hit astihS 1
byS aire wirte maest. 1 haefS swa micele
boges. •p heofenes fugeles eardian magen
under his scaede.

33 3 manigen swilcen byspellen he spaec
to heom "p hyo mihten ge-heran.

34 Ne spaec he na buton byspellen ealle
he his leorning-cnihten asundren rehte.

35 D saide heom panne aefen beoS uten
faren agen

36 "1 pa manige for-laetende. hyo on-
fengen hine swa he on scype waes 1 oSre
scype waeren mid hym.

37 3 pa waes micel yst windes ge-worSen.
send ypa he awarp on ■p scyp -p hit waes ge-
felld

38 1 he waes on scype ofer bolster slae-
pende. 1 hyo awehten hine 3 cwaeSen. ne
be-lympS to pe -p we for-wurSeS.

39 3 he aras 1 paw? winde be-bead 3
cw. to pare sai. Swug 1 ge-stille. 3 se
wind ge-swac pa. 7 warS mycel smoltnes.

40 1 he saigde heom hwi synde ge forhte.
gyt ge naebbeS ge-leafen.

Various Headings.

29. );onne ; brine* ; sicol. 30. hwam anlicie ; ofcfce hwill-
cum bi-spellum. 31. }>onne ; biS ; ealre. 32. {>one; ealra
wirta ; bogas ; fugelas ; scade. 33. manegum swylcum
bigspellum ; mehton ge-hyran. 34. butan big-spelle ;
cnihtan ; asundran. 35. ssegde ; ]>ojme afen by* ute faeren.
36. menega ; hy on-fengon ; wseron. 37. ge-Vorden 5 yf>a ;
ge-fylled. 38. awyhten ; cwaSen ; for-wurto8. 39. Swuga;
wears ; smyltnes. 40. seegde ; synt ; nsebbais ge-leafan.

3 miSSy hine forS-brohte weestm sona sende rip-isern forSon cwom ripes tld » #

29 et cum s£ produxerit fructus statim mittit falcem quoniam adest niessis. 30 *-Et lu. ^lxvi

Vll.

nit. cxxxvii.

cuoeS to hweem we gelic-leta welle ric godes * to hueem Sa bispello mi«5y we gegearuagafc Seet
dicebat cui adsimilabimus regnum dei aut cui parabolae cumparabimus illud.

sua) corn sinapis f miSSy gesawen wees on earfcu leesest is allum seSum SaSe

31. sicut granum sinapis quod cum seminatum fuerit in terra minus est omnibus seminibws quae

aron on eorfcu 3 mi«*y gesauen wees astag 3 biS mara allum wyrtum * greesum 3

sunt in terra. 32 et cum seminatum fuerit ascendit et fit maius omnibus holeribws et

doae«-rwyrcaS telgo-rtwiggo miclo Sus-rsueB fte hia magon under scua his fuglas heofnees bya-rwunia
facit ramos magnos ita ut possint sub umbra eius aues caeli habitare.

3 mi* fcullucum monigum bispellum he gespreec to him word suaa suifce hia maehton gehera buta

33 *Et talibws multis parabolis loquebatur eis uerbum prout poterant audire. 34 sine • 45. vi.

mt.cxxxviii[i].

biseno-r bispello uutedlice ne wajs spreeccend * ne spreecc to him syndrige \xutedlice Segnum his tosceadade -r

parabola autem non loquebatur eis *seorsum autem discipulis suis disse- »46. x.

trahtade-Hie stegde alle 3 cwoopS] to him on Seem deege miSSy efern-tsmyltnis were awordsen

rebat omnia. 35 *Et ait illis ilia die cum sero esset factum ^lJJim' "'

mt. lxviiii.
fsereweeofer togeegnas 3 forleorton Sone here i forletende Sreat togenomon hine suaB -)St[e] hia weron in

transeamus contra. 36 et dimittentes turbam adsumunt eum ita ut erant in

scip 3 oSero scipo weron mi* him 3 geworden waes wind-rees-ryrte michelo windes 3 y^S

naui .et aliae naues erant cum illo. 37 et facta est procella magna uenti et fluctus

sende-rwBBS feerende in f> scipp sua -)Ste gefylled waes Seet scip 3 wees Se+he in scipp on-roferufa

mittebat in nauem ita ut impleretur nauis. 38 et erat ipse in puppi supra

bolstare slepende 3 aweehton hine 3 cuoedon to him laruu ne to fce byreJS forSon-l-^ we sie dead-tne
ceruical dormiens et excitant eum et dicunt ei magister non ad te pertinet

reces Su -)5 we deado aie 3 aras stiorend wees to winde 3 cue* to Seem sae swiga « «_<» _,

quia perimws. 39 et exsurgens comminatus est uento et dixit mari tace

wes dum 3 blann -r hreeste -p wind 3 geworden wsbs smyltnisse miclo -r michelo 3 cue* to him hweetd

ommutesce et cessauit uentus et facta est tranquillitas magna." 40 et ait illis quid

frohto -r forhto arogie-tgebiSon-tgesint ne get habba* ge *one geleafa
timidi estis necdum habetis fidem.

29. 3 mi**y hine for*-brohte weestem sona sende rip-isern for*on com ripes tide 30. 3 cwee* to hwsem we
gilic-letan welle rice godes i to hwsem 8a bispel mi«*y we gi-georwigas Sect 31. swa is -pte corn senepes Seet
mifcfcy gisawen wees on eorSu lytel is allum sawendum SaSe sind on eoriSu 32. 3 mtfSSy gisawen . . . astige* 3
bifc mara allum grasum 3 wyrceS i doe* telgo i twigo micle 8us f hiee magun under scua his fuglas heofnes bya-l-
wu[n]ige 33. 3 mi$ Suslicuw monigum bispellum hise spreocaS to him word swa swiSe hia3 meehtum (sic) gihera
34. buta bisine wutudlice ne wees sprecende to him syndrige wutudlice Seghum his he seegde alle 35. 3 cwaeS
to him on 8eem deege miSSy efern wees giworden feere we ofer togsegnes 36. 3 forleortun Sone here to-ginomun
...swa fte hise werun in scipe 3 oSro sciopu werun mi8 him 37. 3 giworden wees wind-ryst micelo windes
3 yfc faerende -r sendende in Saet scip sende -pte gifylled was Seet scip 38. 3 waes he-tSe in scipe on -r ofer bolstre
slepende 3 awehtun hine 3 cwedun to him larow ne to Se gibyreS forSon Sset we deade-rne reces Su Sah we
deade sie 39. 3 arisende Se stiorend wees windes 3 cwseS to Seem see swiga wes dumba 3 blan-rreste Se wind
3 giworden wees smyltnisse micelo 40 3 cwaeS to him hweet forhte aron ge ne gett habbas ge gileofu.

Dis sceal on
frige-dag on
(>sere seofegan
wucan ofer
pentecosten.
Venit ihesMs
in regionem
gerasenorum
& exeunte ei
de naui statim
occurrit ei de
monumentis.

41 3 hi micclu/w ege hi»i ondredon. 3
cwaedon aelc to oSruwi hwaet wenst jm hwaet
is $es •$ him [wyndas J] see hyrsumiaS ;

CHAPTER V.

1 T^a comon hi ofer paere sses muSan
■JLr on -p rice, hierasenorum

2 3 him of scipe gangendum him sona
agen arn an man of pam byrgenuwz on un-
claenuw gaste ;

3 Se haefde on byrgenum scraef 3 hine nan
man mid racenteagum ne mihte gebindan.

4 forpaw he oft mid fot-coppsum 3 ra-
centeagum gebunden. toslat pa raceteaga 3
pa fot-coppsas tobraec. 3 hine nan man ge-
wyldan ne mihte.

5 3 symle daeges 3 nihtes he waes on
byrgenum and on muntuw. hrymende 3 hine
sylfne mid stanum ceorfende;

6 SoSlice Sa he pone haelend feorran
geseah. he am 3 hine gebaed.

7 3 mycelre stemne hrymende 3 pus cw.
eala maera haelend godes sunu hwaet is me 3
pe. Ic halsige pe Surh god ~f Su me ne
preage ;

8 pa cwaeS se haelend. eala unclaena
gast. ga of 'Sysum men ;

9 Da ahsode he hine hwaet is pin nama.
pa cwaeS he min nama is legio. forpam we
manega synt.

10 3 he hine swyfte baed •$ he hine of
pam rice ne dyde.

11 par waes embe pone munt mycel
swyna heord laesgende.

Various Readings.

41. A. hig. A. mycelum; B. mycluw. A. B. insert
wyndas 3, which the text omits.

Cap. v. 1. Rubric from A; B. has the same, omitting
the Latin, but the scribe has added probatio penne. A.
hig. A. gerasenorum. 2. A. ongean. 3. A. raceteagum.

4. A. B. fot-copsum. A. raceteagujra. A. B. fot-copsas.

5. A. symble. 7. A. stefne. 8. B. has [>u inserted after
eala, above the line. A. jiyssum. 9. A. acsode. A. leio.
A. synd. 10. A. nydde [for dyde]; B. dydde. II. A.
)>a. A. ynibe. A. laeswigende ; B. lseswende.

41 3 hyo mychelen eige heom on-draedden.
3 cwae^en aelc to oSren. hwaet wenst pu
hwaet is pes pe him windes 3 sae hersumiaS.

CHAPTER V.

1 T*a comen hyo ofer pare saes muSan
X on ~p rice jerasenorum.

2 3 him of scipe gangenden him sona
agen arn an man of pam byregenen on un-
claenen gaste.

3 Se haefde on byregene scref 3 hine nan
man mid racetegen ne mihte ge-binden.

4 for pan he oft mid fot-copsen 3 race-
tegen ge-bunden to-slat pa raketegen. 3
pa fot-copses to-braec. 3 hine nan man ge-
welden ne myhte.

5 3 symle daiges 3 nihtes he waes on
byrigenne. 3 on munten remende. 3 hine
sylfne mid stanen ceorfende.

6 SoSlice pa he pane haelend feorren ge-
seah. he arn 3 hine ge-baed.

7 3 mycelere stefne remde. 3 pus cwaeS.
Bale maere haelend godes sune. hwaet is me
3 pe. ic haelsige pe purh god -p pu me ne
Sreage.

8 Da cwaeS se haelend. eala pu un-claene
gast ga of pisen men.

9 Da axsede he hine hwaet is pin name.
Da cwseS he min name is legio. for pan
we manege synde.

10 3 he hine swrSe bae$ f he hine of
pam riche ne dyde.

11 paer waes ymb panne munt mycel swin-
heord. laesiende.

Various Readings.

41. by myclujre ; on-drsedon; cwaedon; oSriwz; -}S [/or
J>e]; windas; hyrsumiafc.

Cap. v. 1. comon; hierasenorum. 2. gangendum; on
[for an]; byregnum; uncleenum. 3. byrgenum scraef;
raeetegan. 4. fot-copsum; racentegan; racetegan; fot-
copsas ; ge-wylden. 5. byrigennum ; muntum hrymende ;
stanum. 6. jiene. 7. mycele stemne hrymde ; eala; ha-
lend. 8. Jiisura. 9. axsode ; nama ; ):am ; manega synt.
10. bced; rice. 11. (jonne ; lseswende.

3 ondreardon miS micelo fyrhto 3 hia cuedon him bitwien hua woenes Su is Ses forSon k -pte
41 et timuerunt magno timore et dicebant ad alterutrum quis putas est iste quia

ec wind 3 sS heraS-tedmodaS him-HiersumiaS
et uentus et mare oboediunt ei.

CAP. V.

3 cuomon ofer swira-l'ofer luh Ssesses on lond gerasenorwm

1 et uenerunt trans fretum maris in regionem gerasenorum.

3 miSSy eade him
2 et exeunti ei

of scip recone togsegnes am him of byrgennum t of bendum mon in gast uncloene seSe

de naui statim occurrit ei de monumentis homo in spiritu inmundo. 3 qui

hfis-Hytelo by hsofde in byrgennum 3 ne hraccentegum huil k vmtedlice senig monn hine meehte
domicilium habebat in monumentis et neqwe catenis iam quisquam eura poterat

gebinda forSon oftust-l'synile miS feotrwm 3 miS hracentegum gebunden woes toslat Sa hracengo

ligare. 4 quoniam sepe compedibws et catenis uinctus disrupisset catenas

3 Sa ftittro forbraec -r toscesende 3 nsenig monn msehte hine temma-Hialda 3 symle nseht 3

et compedes comminuisset et nemo poterat eum domare. 5 et semper nocte ac

dsege in byrgennum k in fsestnungum 3 morum wees 3 cliopende 3 falletande-tSserscende hine to stanum

die in monumentis et in montibws erat et damans et concidens se^ lapidibus.

gesaeh 8a gone hselend fearre to gearn 3 worSade hine

6 uidens autem iheswm a" longe cucurrit et adorauit eum.

3 clioppende stefne miclo
7 et clamans uoce magna

cuoeS hwset me 3 Se Su hselend sunu godes Sses heista ic halsigo Sec Serh god ne mec f Su mec ne
dicit quid mihi et tibi ihesu fili dei summi adiuro t^ per deum ne me

wursecce cuoeS forSon to him gaa Su gaast unclsene from Seem menn 3 gefregn hine

torqueas. 8 dicebat enim illi exi spirite inmunde ab liomine. 9 et interrogabat eum

husetd Se to noma is 3 cuoeS to him here to noma me _ is forSon monig we sindon 3

quod tibi nomen est et dicit ei legiof nomen mihi est quia multi sumus. 10 et 1 4" xij.

Suserad -JS is
leffio fSisl
biddende wscs-rbsed hine suiSe 16nga fte hine ne fordrife bnta Sset lond wses uutedlice Ser ymb Wffls diowla

depraecabatur eum multum ne* &6 expelleret extra regionem. 11 erat autem ibi circa legio.

Sone mor worn berga+swina michil foedende
montem grex porcorum magnus pascens.

"^^

41. 3 ontlreordun miS micelre fyrhto 3 cwedun bitwion him hwa woenestu is Ses forSon 3 wind 3 sa3 heraS
•reSmodaS him.

Cap. V. 1. 3 comun ofer swira-l'ofer luh sses in lond gerassenorum 2. 3 miSSy eode to him of scipe togseg-
nes arn him of byrgennum i of bendum monn in gaste vnclsenum. 3. seSe hus-Tbyinge lytle hsefde in byrgennum
3 ne racantegum hwile senig mon hine msehte gibinda 4. forSon oftust miS feoturvm 3 miS racontegum gibun-
den wses to-slat Sa racontege 3 Sa feoturo forbrsec k toscsende 3 nsenig msehte hine temma k gihalda 5. 3 symle
on naeht 3 on dsege in byrgennum 3 on morum wses cliopende 3 falletende hine on stanum 6. gisseh wutudh'ce
Sone hselend fearra to-giarn. 3 to worSanne hine 7. 3 cliopade stefne micelre cwseS hwse[t] me 3 Se Su hselend
sunu godes Sses hesta ic halsigo Sec Serh god ne mec ne wrecce 8. cwseS forSon to him gaa gast uncloene
from Ssem menn 9. 3 gifrsegn hine hwset Se noma is 3 cwaeS to him here noma me is forSon monige we
sindun (£ is Susend + xii Susend f is legio Sis wses diowla legio. [margin]) 10. 3 biddende wses hine longe Ssete
(sic) he hine fordrife butta Sset lond 11. wses wutudlice Ser ymb Sone mor worn berga k swina micelra foedende

12 1 pa uncleenan gastas hine baedon 1
cwaedon ; Send us on pas swyn -p we [on] hi
gegan.

13 1 pa lyfde se haelend sona. 3 Sa eo-
don pa unclaenan gastas on pa swyn. 1 on
myclura hryre seo heord wearS on see besceo-
fen. twa pusendo "\ wurdon adruncene. on
Saere sae;

14 ' Soplice pa Se hi heoldon flugon 1
cyddon on paere ceastre 1 on lande 5 hi ut
eodon -p hi ge-sawon hwaet par gedon waere.

15 1 hi comon to paws haelende 1 hi ge-
sawon pone Se mid deofle gedreht waes. ge-
scrydne sittan. p] hales modes. D hi hi/w
ondredon.

16 3 hi rehton hiwi pa Se hit gesawon
hu hit gedon waes. be \am Se deofol-
seocnesse haefde 1 be \am swynuw.

17 "i hi baedon -p he of hyra ge-maerum
fore;

18 pa he on scip eode hine ongan bid-
dan se Se <er mid deofle gedreht waes. -p he
mid hi m waere;

19 Him pa se haelend ne getiSode. ac
he saede him ga to pinum huse to pmum
hiwuwa 1 cyS him hu mycel drihten gedyde
1 he ge-miltsode pe;

20 And he Sa ferde 3 ongan bodigean
on decapolira hu fela se haelend him dyde.
1 hig ealle paes wundredon ;

21 A nd pa se haelend eft on scype
-^*- ferde ofer pone mupan him

com to myeel menigu 1 waes ymbe pa see.

Various Readings.

12. A. inserts on, which the text and B. omit. A. hig.
gan ; B. hig gan. 13. A. mycelum. A. B. bescofen. A.
adruncen. 14. A. B. hig. B. fiugun. A. cyfcdon. A. B.
hig. B. eodun. A. B. hig. 15. A. B. hig (bis). A. B.
insert 1 which the text omits. A. B. hig. B. ondredun.
.16. A. B. hig. B. rehtun. A. deofel-seocnysse; B. deofol-
seocnessce. 17. A. B. hig. A. bsedon hyne. A. heora.
A. ferde .[for fore]. 19. A. heom [for second him].
20. A. ongann bodian. A. fcela. A. B. omit )>aes. B.
wundrodon. 21. A. nm. And, and has Da with a large
initial. A. maenio; B. menigeo.

12 1 pa unclaene gastes hine baeden 1
cwaeSen. Send us on pas swin -p we hyo on
gan.

13 pa lefde se haelend sone. "i pa eoden
pa un-claene gastes on pa swin. !! on mycelen
rere se heord warS on sae be-scofen twa
pusende. 7 wurSan adruncen on pare sae.

14 SoSlice pa pe hyo hielden flugen 3
cyddan on pare ceastre 1 on lande } hyo ut
eoden -p hyo ge-seagen hwaet paer ge-worSan
waere.

15 "i hyo comen to pam haelende 1 hyo
ge-seagen pane pe mid deofle ge-dreht waes.
ge-scridne sitten "3 hales modes, "i hyo him
on-dretten.

16 1 hyo rehten heom pa pe hit ge-seagen.
hu hit ge-don waes be pam pe pa deofel-
seocnysse haefde. "i be pam swinen.

17 3 hyo baeden -p he of hire maeren
fore.

18 pa he on scyp eode hine on-gan byd-
dan se pe aer mid deofle ge-dreht waes. -p he
mid him waere.

19 Him pa se haelend ne ge-teipede. ac
he saigde him. ga on pinen huse to pinen
heowen !) kyS heom hu mycel drihten ge-
dyde 1 he ge-miltsede pe.

20 1 he pa ferde 1 on-gan bodigen on
decapolim hu fele se haelend hym dyde.
"i hyo ealle wundredon.

21 l/md pa se haelend eft on scype ferde
J—^ ofer pane muSen him com to

mycel menigeo. 1 waes embe pa sae.

Various Readings.
12. cwaedon. Saend; om. on before gan. 13. halend
sona ; mycelum ryre seo ; wears ; be-scofon ; wurSen
adruncenne. 14. heoldon; cydden; ge-sawon; ge-don
waere. 15. halende; ge-sawen (>onne; ge-drecht; sittan;
on-dretton. 16. rehtum (sic); ge-sawon; deofol-secnysse ;
swinum. 17. bsedon; hyora ge-mseron. 19. ge-ti);ode ;
ssegde; |>inum (.bis); heowum ; cyS ; ge-miltsode 20.
bodigan ; wundrodon. 21. (jone mu<5an ; menegea.

3 bedon hine Sa gaastas cwoeSendo send usic in Saem bergum -j5te in him-tin Seem

12 et depraecabantur eum spiritus dicente8 mitte nos in porcos ut in eos

we ingeonga-t'gae 3 gelefde him -1" Saem recone se haelend 3 miSSy fserende weron 4a gastas unclaeno

introeamus. 13 et concessit eis statim ihesws et exeuntes spiritus inmundi

in-eodon in Saem bergum 3 mi* miclo hraes-t ongeong worn todrifen waes in seb to twsem Susendum
introierunt in porcos et magno impetu grex praecipitatus est in mare ad duo milia

3 under-drencdo waeron in sae seSe-t'SaSe uuted/ice foeddon hia geflugon 3 saegdon in

et suffocati sunt in mare. 14 qui autem pascebant eos fugerunt et nuntiauerunt in

Sa ceastre 3 in londum 3 fserende woeron to geseanne huaet were Saes wercaes 3 cwomon to Saem

ciuitatem et in agros et egressi sunt uidere quid esset facti. 15 et ueniunt ad

haelend 3 gesegon hine-tSene seSe from diowle gebered waes sittende gecladed-tgegerelad 3 hales Sohtes
ihesum et uident ilium qui a dasmonio uexabatur sedentem uestitum et sane mentis

1 ondreardon 3 ssegdon Saem SaSe gesegon hulic geworden were him seSe diowl

et timuerunt. 16 et narrauerunt illis qui uiderant qualiter factum esset ei qui dsemonium

haefde 3 of bergum 3 bidda hine ongunnun fte afirrade from gemserum hiora

habuerat et de porcis. 17 et rogare eum coeperunt ut discederet & nnibus eorum.

3 miSSy astigon Sset scip ongann hine gebidda seSe from diowle auaeled-l' gebered wses -JSte

18 *Cumqwe ascenderunt nauem coepit ilium deprascari qui dasmonio uexatus fuerat ut [u481'x^'i'i

were miS him
esset cum illo.

3 ne forleort hine ah cuaeS to him gaa in hus Sin to Sinum 3

19 et non admisit eum sed ait illi uade in domum tuam ad tuos et

to-saeg him huu micla Se drihten dyde 3 milsande sie Sines 3 eode 3 ongann

adannuutia illis quanta tibi &omimt3 fecerit et misertus sit tui. 20 et abiit et coepit

bodiga in Saer byrig huu micla him dyde se haelend 3 alle gewundradon 3 miSSy

prsedicare in decapoli quanta sibi fecisset ihesws et omnes mirabautur. 21 *Et cum JrlsjixJ*'

int. lxxiiii.

oferstag se haelend in scip eft ofer Saet luh efne-cwom Sread menigo to him 3 wa3s

transcendisset ihesws in naui rursus trans fretum conuenit turba multa ad ilium et erat

ymb sae
circa mare.

12. 3 bedun hine gastas cweSende send usih in Sa bergas -pte we in hia ingonge-r ingaB 13. 3 gilefde him
sona Se haelend 3 miSSy fserende werun gastas unclaene in-eodun in 8a bergas 3 micle raese t ongonge worn todrifen
waes on sae to twsem Susendum 3 adrencte wseren on sse 14. seSe wutudhce foedde hiae giflugun 3 saegdun in
Saer caestre 3 on londum 3 faerende werun to seanne hwset were Sees werches 15. 3 comun to Saem haelend 3
gisegun hine-tSene seSe from diowlum gibered wses sittende giclaensad 3 hales giSohtes 3 on-dreordun 16. 3
saegdun Ssem SaSe gisegvn hwelc giworden were 3 seSe diowol hsefde 3 of bergum 17. 3 bidda hine on-gunnan
■jSte he afirde from gimaBrum hiora 18. 3 miSSy astigun in -p scip ongan hine gibidda seSe from diowle awaeled
waes -)5te were miS him 19. 3 ne for-leorte hine ah cwaeS to him gaa in hus Sin to Sinum 3 to saecganne
him hu micel Se drihten dyde 3 milsende sie Sin 20. 3 eade 3 on-gan bodiga in Sser byrig hu micel him
dyde Se haelend 3 alle giwundradun 21. 3 miSSy ofer-stag Se haelend in scip eft ofer f>a luh efhe-comun

Sreatas monige to him 3 waes ymb Sone sae.

22 3 Sa com sum of heah-gesamnungum
iairus hatte ; 1 ba he hine geseah he astrehte
hine to his fotum

23 ] hine swySe baed. 3 he cwaeS; Min
dohtor is on ytemestum si$e. cum 1 sete
bine hand ofer hi -p heo hal sy } lybbe;

24 Da ferde he mid him 1 him fyligde
mycel menigeo 1 brungon hine;

25 1 ba -p wif Se on blodryne twelf
winter waes.

26 1 fram manegum laecum fela binga
bolode. 1 dselde eall -p heo ahte. !) hit naht
ne fremode. ac waes be wyrse ;

27 pa heo be Sam haelende gehyrde heo
com wi'S-aeftan ba menigu 1 his reaf aet-hran ;

28 SoSlice heo cwaeS gif ic furbon his
reafes aet-hrine ic beo hal;

29 And ba sona wearS hyre blodes ryne
adruwod. 1 heo on hire gefredde "p heo of
bam wite gehaeled waes;

30 And ba se haelend on-cneow on him
sylfum -p him msegen of eode. he cwaeS be-
wend to baere menigu; Hwa aethran mines
reafes.

31 ba cwaedon his leorning-cnihtas bu
ge-syxst bas menigu be Sringende. 3 bu
cwyst hwa aet-hran me ;

32 And ba beseah he hine -p he ge-sawe
baene Se ~p dyde;

33 Dat wif ba ondraedende 3 forhtigende
com 1 astrehte hi be-foran him 3 saede him
eall ■p riht;

Various Readings.

22. B. gesamnuncguOT. 23. A. dohter. A. ytemestan.
A. B. big [for hi]. A. sig. 24. A. msenio; B. menigu.
25. A. B. blodes ryne. 2fi. A. faela. B. );incga. A. fremede.
27. A. msenegeo. 28. A. forjjan. 30. A. msenigeo. A.
myne reaf; B. mine reaf. 31. B. leornincg. A. gesyhst.
A. mrenegeo. 32. A. beseh. A. B. om. he before hine.
A. [>one. 33. A. B. big.

22 1 ba com sum of heah-ge-samnengen
Iairus hatte. 1 ba he hine ge-seah he astrehte
hine to his foten.

23 ] hine swiSe ge-baeS. ] he cwaeS. Min
dohter is on ytemesten siSe. cum 1 sete
bine hand ofer hyo -p hye hal sige !l libbe.

24 pa, ferde he mid hym 3 hym felgede
micel menige 1 brungen hine.

25 iEnd ba -p wif be on blodes rine twelf
wintre waes.

26 "i fram manigen kecen feole binge
bolede. 1 daslde aeall ■p hyo ahte. 1 hit
naht ne fremede ac waes be wyrse.

27 Da hi be bam haelende ge-hyrde hy
com wiS efte ba menigeo. "i his reaf aet-ran.

28 SoSlice hyo cwaeS gyf ic furSer his
reaf aet-rine ic by hal.

29 3 ba sone warS hire blodes rine a-
druwede. 1 hyo on hire fredde psst hyo of
bam witege ge-haeled waes.

30 And [ba] se haelend on-cneow on hym
selfen baet hym magen of eode. he cwaeS
be-wend to bare maenige. Hwa aet-ran mine
reaf.

31 Da cwaeSen his leorning-cnihtes. J?u
ge-seohst bas menigeo be brungen be. 1 bu
cwedst hwa aet-ran me.

32 1 ba be-seah hine -p he ge-seahge bane
be -p dyde.

33 -p wif ba on-draedende 3 forhtigende
com U astrehte hyo be-foren him 1 saigde
him eall -p riht.

Various Readings.

22. gesatnnungum ; htette; fotum. 23. bead; dohtor;
ytemestuw ; heo hal syo. 24. heom ; fyligde ; menigeo ;
Jjruwgon. 25. And; winter. 26. manegum lcecun; };inga;
eall; heo. 27. heo [for both hi and hy]; seften; menegeo.
28. heo; furSor; beo. 29. sona wearS ; adruwod; heo;
ge-fredde ; wite [where MS. Hatton wrongly has witege].
30. )>a is supplied from MS. Reg. ; sylfum ; msegen ; mene-
geo; set-hran. 31. cwseSon ; cnihtas ; meniga5, J;ryngande
[for )>rungen |>e] ; cwySst. 32. ge-sawe. 33. astrihte ; be-
foran; stegde.

3 cuora sum monn of behsomnungum genemned waes Iarus 3 gesseh hine feoll k hleat to
22 et uenit quidam de arche-synagogis nomine iairua et uidens eum procidit ad

fotum his 3 biBd hine longa cuoeSende forSon k #te dohter mm in utmestura is

pedes eius. 23 et depraecabatur eum multura dicens quoniam filia mea in extrimis est

cym on-sett hond ofer hia -)5te hia hSl sie 3 hia hlifige 3 eode miS him 3 fylgede

ueni inpone manus super earn ut salua sit et uiuat. 24 et abiit cum illo et sequebatur

hine Srealo menigo 3 geSringdon hine-rSene Ikec f wif Sy wees in utiorninsc Modes

eum turba multa et comprimebant ilium. 25 et mulier quae erat in proflu[u]io sanguinis

wintrum twoelfum 3 vises menigo k feolo Srowungo-rSrouenda-tgeSolade from swiSe monigum lecum

annis duodecim 20 et fuerat multa perpesa a compluribus medicis

3 miSSy gesald webs alle hire Singo ne seniht (sic) gehalp ah swiSor wyrse hsefde miSSy

et erogauerat omnia sua nee quicquam prof'ecerat sed magis deterius habebat 27 cum

geherde from hselend cwom in Sreat bi-hianda 3 gehran woede his gecuoeS forSon

audisset de ihasu uenit in turba retro et tetigit uestimentum eius. 28 dicebat enim

forSon gif k gegerelo his ic hrino ic hal beom k gehaeled ic biom 3 hrecone k sona gedrugad

quia si uel uestimentum eius tetigero salua ero. 29 et cont'estim siccatus

waes espryngc blodes hire 3 gefoelde miS lichoma fte gehceled were from adle 3 sona

est tons sanguinis eius et sensit corpore quod sanata esset a plaga. 30 et statim

Se hoelend ongeat on hine seolfne -js mseht seSe eode from him efne-gecerde to Sarni folce he gecwoeS
ihasits cognoscens in semetipso uirtutew quae exierat de eo conuersus ad turbain aiebat

hwa gehran gewedo mino 3 cvvoedon to him Segnas his Su gesiist Sset Sreat Sringende

quis tetigit uestimenta mea. 31 et dicebant ei discipuli swi uides turbam comprimentem

See 3 Su cuoeSes hua me gehran 3 ymb-sceawade to geseanne hia-tSailco Siu Sis dyde

te- et dicls quis me tetigit. 32 et circumspiciebat uidere earn quae hoc fecerat.

-p wif uatedlice ondreard 3 forhtade wiste -pte geworden were on hir cuom 3 gefeall befora
33 mulier autem tirnens et tremens sciens quod factum esset in se uenit et procidit ante

hine 3 cuoeS to him all f soSest

eum et dixit ei omnem ueritatem.

22. 3 com sum mon of heh-somnunge ginemned webs iarus 3 giseeh hine gifeal-fieott to fotum his 23. 3 bsed
hine longe cweSende forSon k Saatte dohter min in ytmestum is . . . sete on honda ofer hia3 fte hal sie 3 hio lifge
24. 3 eode miS him 3 fylgende him Sreotas monige 3 on-Srungvn hine 25. 3 wif seSe waes in utt-iornende
blodes wintru twelfe 26. 3 wees monigu Srowunga from swiSe monigum lecum 3 miSSy gisald waes alle hire
Sine ne aeniht gihalp ah swiSor wyrse haefde 27. miSSy giherde from Saem hxlend com in Sreott miS hond
3 gihran wedum his 28. gicwaeS forSon forSon gif k giwedum his ic gihrino ic biom hal 29. 3 recone k sona
gidrugad wass esprynge blodes hire 3 gifoelde miS lichoma Seette giheeled were from adle 30. 3 stod Se haelewci
ongaatt on hine solfne Sa maahte seSe eode from him efne-gicerde to Ssem folche he gicwaaS hwelc hran giwedum
minum 31. cwedun him Segnas his k Sees Su gisis Sone Sreot Sringende on Sec 3 Su cweSes hwa mec gihran
32. 3 ymb-sceowade to giseane hia k 5a ilee Se Sis dyde 33. -js wif wutudhce ondreord 3 forhtade wiste fto
giworden were in hir com 3 gifeol bifora him 3 cwoeS him allum Saette soSoste

34 pa cwaeS se haelend. dohtor pin ge-
leafa p e hale gedyde. ga pe on sibbe 5 beo
of Sisum hal;

35 TTim pa gyt sprecenduira hi comon
J— L frawi pa?M heah-gesamnutigu»w

1 cwaedon ; Din dohtor is dead, hwi drecst
pu leng pone lareow ;

36 pa he ge-hyrde f word pa cwaeS se
haelend ne ondraed pu Se gelyf for an ;

37 And he ne let him aenigne fyligean.
buton petrura. 3 iacobum. 3 iohannem. Ia-
cobes broSor

38 3 hi comon on paes heah-ealdres hus.
3 he ge-seah mycel gehlyd wepende 3 geomri-
ende;

39 And pa he ineode he cw. hwi synd
ge gedrefede 3 wepaS. nis pis maeden na
dead ac heo slaepS;

40 Da taeldon hi hine; He pa eallum
ut adrifenuOT. nam petru>» 3 paes maedenes
modor. 3 pa Se mid hi*» waeron. 3 inn-eodon
suwiende par -f maeden waes.

41 3 hire hand nam 3 cwaeS. thalim-tha
cumi. -p is on ure gepeode gereht. maeden
pe ic secge aris;

42 3 heo sona aras 3 eode; SoSlice heo
waes twelf wintre. 3 ealle hi wundredon my-
celre wundrunge.

43 3 he hira pearle behead -p hi hyt
nanu»» men ne sgedon 3 he het hire etan
syllan ;

Various Readings.

34. A. dohter. A. )>yssum. 35. A. B. hig. B. gesam-
nuncgum. A. hwig. B. drectu, altered to drecst )>u. B.
lencg. 37. A. nsenigne. B. fylgean. A. brofcer. 38. A. B.
hig. A. om. heah. A. geseh. A. geomrigende. 39. A.
hwig. A. B. om. na. 40. A. hig. A. moder. A. in-eodon
swigende. 41. A. thalym. thacui (with thabi tha. cumi
above); B. thalim thacumi. 42. A. B. hig. B. wundre-
dun. 43. A. hig. .

34 Da cwaeS se haelend. dohter pin ge-
leafe pe haele ge-dyde. ga pe on sibbe 3 beo
of pisen hal.

35 XX ym pa gyt spraecenden hio comen
J-J- fram pam heah-samnungen 3

cwaeSen. Din dohter ys dead hwi drecst
pu leng pane lareow.

36 Da he ge-herde f word, pa cwaeS se
haelend ne on-draed pu pe ge-lef for an.

37 iEnd he ne let hym anigene felgian.
buton petrum 3 Iacobum 3 Iohannem Ia-
cobes bro'Ser.

38 3 hyo comen on pas heah-ealdres hus
3 he ge-seah mycel ge-hled wepende 3 gemeri-
ende.

39 3 pa he in-eode he cwaeS. Hwi sende
ge gedrefede 3 wepeS nis pis maeden dead,
ac hyo slepS.

40 Da tealden hyo hym. He pa ealle
ut-adrifene. nam petruwa 3 pas maidenes
moder 3 pa pe mid heom waeren 3 in-eode
swigende paer paet maiden waes.

41 3 hire hand nam 3 cwaeS. thalim-tha-
cumi. "f is on ure peode ge-reht. maide pe
ic segge aris.

42 3 hyo sona aras 3 eode. SoSlice hyo
waes twelf wintre 3 ealle hyo wundredon.
mycelere wundrunge.

43 3 he heom pearle be-bead -f hyo hit
nanen men ne saiden. 3 he het hire syllen
aeten.

Various Readings.

34. dohtor; hale; (pisum. 35. sprecendom; comon;
sammmgvTO; cwsefcon; dohtor his; |>one. 36. ge-hyrde;
gelyf. 37. aenigne fylgan; broSor. 38. comon; geseh;
ge-hlyd wependre 3 geomriende. 39. synd; wepaS; slepts.
40. hine [for hym]; eallum ut-adrifenum ; modor; him
weron 3 in-eoden swugiende; mffgden. 41. thalim thacumi
in both MSS.; msden. 42. wundroden. 43. nanum; ssg-
don ; syllan etan.

he uutedlice* Sonne cwoeS to hir la dohter geleafa Sin *ec hal dyde gaa in sibb 3 waes hal
34 ille autem dixit ei filia fides tua te* saluam fecit uade in pace et esto sana

from adle Sine Sa geone hine-the sprecende cuomon from Saem folces aldormenn cuoSende forSon dohter

£ plaga tua. 35 adhuc eo loquente ueniunt ab arclie-synagogo dicentes quia filia

Sin dead is huaetd lengc k forSor styres Su Sone laruu se haelend vmtedlice word -)Ste

tua mortua est quid ultra uexas magistrum. 36 ihesua autem uerbo quod

gecuoeden wees geherde cuoeS to Saem aldormenn nelle Su ondrede ah Saet ana nu gelef 3 ne

dicebatur audito ait arche-synagogo noli timere tantummodo crede. 37 et non

leort aenigne monno to fylgenne hine buta petre 3 iacob 3 iohan broSer iacobes 3

admisit quemquam sequi s6 nisi petrum et iacobum et iohannem fratrem iacobi. 38 et

cuomon in hus Saes aldormonnes gesaeh f wanung 3 woepende 3 maeniende suiSe

ueniunt in domum arche-synagogi et uidet tumultum et flentes et heiulantes multum.

3 in-eode cuoeS to him huaetd -tforhuon arogie gestyred 3 gie hremas ■)> maeden ne is dead
39 et ingressus ait eis quid turbamini et ploratis puella non est mortua

ah sleped 3 in-hlogan hine he hueSre miSSy fordrifenum allum-l'miSSy alle ute fordraf genom

sed dormit. 40 et inridebant eum ipse uero eiectis omnibws adsumit

Sone fader 3 moder Saera maedne 3 SaSe miS him weron 3 infoerde Ser waes Saet maeden licende
patrem et matrem puellae et qui secum erant et ingreditur ubi erat puella iacens.

3 geheald hond daere msegdne cuoeS to hir Sis is ebrise word $ is getrahtad in latin
41 et tenens manum puellae ait ill! talitha cumi quod est interpraetatum

la dohter -Ha maegden Se ic saego aris 3 sona aras f> maegden 3 ge-eode-l-geongeride waes

puella tibi dico surge. 42 et confestim surrexit puella et ambulabat

waBS uutedliee wintra tuoelfo 3 fore-styldton feer-suigo mis Saer maaste 3 bebead Saem

erat autem annorum duo-decim et ob-stupuerunt stupore maximo. 43 et praecepit illis

suiSe -)Ste naenig monn f> wiste 3 cuoeS sealla hir eatta

uehementer ut nemo id sciret et dixit dari illi manducare.

34. he wutudltce cwaeS him dohter gileofa Sin Sec hale gidyde gong in sibbe 3 wes hal from adle Sinum
35. Sa geona he sprecende comon from Sees folches somnungum cweSende forSon dohter Sin deod is hwaet
leng-tforSur styrestu Sone larow 36. Se haelewd wutudltce word Saette gicweden waes giherde cwaeS to Saem
heh-aldurmenn nelle Su Se on-dreda ah Saet ana nu gilefes 37. 3 ne ge-leort aBnigne monno to fylganne -t fylge
him buta petre 3 iacobe 3 iohanne broSer ia~cobes 38. 3 comun to husum Sbbs aldormonnes 3 gisaBh Sa wanunga
3 woepende 3 maanende swiSe 39 3 in-eode cwaeS to him hwaet arun ge onstyred 3 hremas Saet maegden ne
is deod ah slepeS 40. 3 in-hlogun hine he hweSre miS fordrifnum allum ginom Sone feeder 3 moder Saes maegdnes
3 Sa Se miS him werun 3 in-foerde Ser waes Saet maagden licgende 41. 3 giheold honda Saes maegdnes cwaeS
to hir Sis is ebrise word Saet is gitrahtad on lseden la dohter Se ic saege aris 42. 3 sona aras Saet maegden
3 eode k gongende waes. waes wutudltce wintra twelfe 3 for-styltun swigunge micelre 43. 3 hibeod Saem swiSe f>
naenig mon wiste 3 cwaeS sellas hir eata

CHAPTER VI.

1 And pa he Sanon eode he ferde on
his eSel. 3 him folgodon his leorning-
cnihtas ;

2 3 gewordenum reste-daege he ongann on
gesamnunge laeran 3 manege gehyrdon 3 wun-
drodon on his lare 3 cwaedon; Hwanon synd
pyssuw ealle pas Sincg and hwaet is se
wisdom pe him ge-seald is. 3 svvylce raihta
pe Surh his handa gewordene synd;

3 Hu nys [pys] se smiS marian sunu.
iacobes broSor. 3 Iosepes. 3 iude [5] simonis.
hu ne synt his swustra her mid us. 3 pa
wurdon hi gedrefede.

4 pa cwaeft se haelend; SoSlice nis nan'
witega buton wurSscipe. buton on his eSele
3 on his maegSe. 3 on his huse ;

5 And he ne mihte par aenig maegen
wyrcan. buton feawa untrume on-asettuwz
his handum he ge-haelde.

6 3 he wundrode for heora ungeleafan ;

He Sa laer[en]de pa castel be-ferde.
7 3 him twelfe togeclypode. 3 agan
hi send an twam 3 twa»f. 3 him an weald
sealde unclsenra gasta.

8 3 him bebead ~p hi naht on wege ne
namon. buton g>rde ane. ne codd ne hlaf.
ne feoh on heora gyrdlum ;

9 Ac ge-sceode mid calcum 3 -f hi mid
twam tunecuw gescrydde naeron ;

10 And he cwaeS to hi;»; Swa hwylc
bus swa ge ingaS. wuniaft par oS ^ ge
ut-gan.

Various Readings.

Cap. vi. 1. A. )>anen ; B. Jianun. A. folgedon. B.
leornincg. 2. A. ongan; B. angann. A. ge-somnunge;
B. ge-samnuncge. A. msenige; B. menege. A. wun-
dredon. A. hwanen. A. |>yng. 3. A. inserts (jys, which
the text and B. omit. A. broSer. A. B. insert 3 be-
fore simonis. A. synd. A. B. hig. 4. A. B. butan.
A. weorfc-scype. 6. A. laerende; B. leerde (as in Corpus
MS.). 7. A. B. hig. B. anwald. 8. A. B. hig. A.
naman; B. namun. B. hyra. 9. A. B. hig. B. naerun.
10. B. wunigaS.

CHAPTER VI.

1 And pa he panen eode he ferde on
his ae^el. 3 him folgeden his leorning-
cnihtas.

2 3 ge-worSene reste-daige he ongan on
samnunge laeren. 3 manege ge-hyrden 3
wundreden on his lare 3 cwaeSen. hwanen
synden pisen ealle pas ping 3 hwaet is se
wisdom pe him ge-seald is. 3 swilce mihte
pe purh his handa ge-worSen synde.

3 hu nis pis se smiS maria sune. jacobes
broker 3 iosepes. 3 iude 3 symones. hu ne
synde his swustre her mid us. 3 pa wurSen
hyo ge-drefede.

4 pa cwaeS se haelend. SoSlice nis nan
witege buten wurdscipe. buton on his aeSele.
3 on his maegSe 3 on his huse.

5 3 he ne mihte paer anig maegen wercen.
buton fewan untrume on-asetten his handan
he ge-haelde.

6 3 he wundrede for heore un-ge-leafen.

He pa laerende panne castell be-ferde.
7 3 him twelfe to ge-cleopede. 3 an-
gan hyo saenden twam 3 twam. 3 heom an-
weald sealde un-claenre gaste.

8 3 heom be-bead j> hyo naht on weige ne
namen buton gyrdel ane. ne cod. ne hlaf.
ne feoh. on eowre gyrdlen.

9 Ac ge-scode mid calken. 3 -p hyo twam
tunecan ge-scridde nseren.

10 And he cw. to heom. Swa hwilc
hus swa ge ingaS. wunieS paer o&Saet ge
ut-gan.

Various Readings.

Cap. vi. 1. JEnd; (janon ; folgodon. 2. ge-wordenum;
dsege ; angann ; menege ge-hyrdon 3 wundrodon ; cwasdon
hwanon synd j>yssum ; mihta ; geworden synd. 3. hwu ;
om. Jjis ; smid marian sunu; brofcor ; simonis; swustra;
wurdon. 4. halend; witega buton wurSscipe. 5. aniig;
wyrcan; fewa untruwma on-asettum handum. 6. heora
un-geleafan; terde (sic); (ia castel. 7. ge-cleopode; agan
(sic); ssendon; uncl»nra. 8. wege ne namon* gyrde (sic);
codd; hyo (sic) gyrdlum. 9. ge-sceode; calcum; tune-
cum ; nseron. 10. cw»8 ; wuniaS.

43
CAP. VI. /0^^-

i IT" ' '

3 foerde Sona eode in oeSel his 3 fylgedon hine Segnas his 3

1 *Et egressus inde abiit in patriam suam et sequebantur ilium discipuli sui. 2 V Sd^L*?" i:

^io.lyiiii.
gewarS haligdoeg X sunnadoeg ongann in somnung -tin spree laere 3 monigo geherdon gewundrade woeror. mt- cxli-
facto sabbato coepi< in synagoga docere et multi audientes admirabantur

in lar his cuoeSende hwona fcisum 8as alle 3 hwsBlc is snytru fciu gesald is him

in doctrina eius dicentes unde huic haec omnia et quae est sapientia quae data est illi

3 maehto Sullico SaSe Serh honda his biSon ge-doen ah-ne Sis is smi$ t wyrihte sunu

et uirtutes tales quae per manus eius ernciuntur. 3 nonne iste est faber filius

maries broSer iacobes 3 iosephes 3 3 ahne 3 suoestro his her miS usic sint-t'biSon

mariae frater iacobi et Joseph et iudae et simonis nonne et sorores eius hie nobiscum sunt

3 ge-ondspyrned weron in him 3 cuoeS to him se heclend forSon ne is witge buta

et scandalizabantur in illo. 4 *Et dicebat eis ihesws quia non est propheta sine * W. i.

lu. xxi.
io. xxxv.

worSung t worSnis buta -tab. on oe<5el his 3 in cySSo his 3 in hus his 3 ne mt. cxlii.

honore nisi in patria sua et in cognatione sua et in domo sua. 5 et non

maehte 8er maeht cenige gewyrce buta hwon un-trymigo mi* on-setnum hondum ge-gemde-l'gehaBlde
poterat ibi uirtutem ullam faceie nisi paucos infirmos inpositis manibws curauit.

3 gewundrad waes fore un-geleaffulnise hiora 3 ymb-eode $a portas utan-ymb gelaerde

6 et mirabatur propter incredulitatem illorum *Et circumibat castella in circuitu docens. f 52-,"\.. .

*■ * lu. clxvnn.

mt. lxxvi.
3 efne-geceigde tuoelfo 3 ongann hia sende tuoge 3 gesalde him-tfcsem maeht gasta

7 *Et conuocauit duodeciw et coepit eos mittere binos et dabat illis potestatem spiritum • xvi. 53. ii.

lu. lxxxvii.
mt. lxxxii.
un-claenra 3 behead him-HSsem ne ceniht hia gelaedde-tgenomo on woeg buta gerd an

inmundorum. 8 et praecepit eis ne quid tollerent in uia nisi uirgam tantum

ne poha-tposa ne hlaf ne on gyrdils maeslen ah gescoed mttS Suongum 3 ne ge-gearuad were

non peram non panem neqw€ in zona aes. 9 sed calciatos sandalis et ne induerentur

mi8 tuaem tunucum 4* tuaBm cyrtlum 3 ge-cuoeS to him sua hwider -r suahuaclc gie gaas in hus

duabas tunicis. 10 *Et dicebat eis quocumqwe introieritis in domum ■ 54. ii.

lv. lxxxviifi].
mt. lxxxiii.
Ser wunafc wiS-?o<5* Saet gie geonge fcona

illic manete donee exeatis inde.

Cap. VI. 1. 3 foerde Sona eade in oefcel his 3 fyligdun him fcegnas his 2. 3 giwar* halig-dseg on-gan in
somnunga-tin sprece laera 3 monige giherdun giwundrade werun in larum his cwefcende hwona ... fcas -r Sissum
alle . . . fcas is snytru -t hwelc gisald waes him 3 maehte 8a ileu. fcafce $erh honda his gidoen biofcon 3. ah
ne Sis is smiSes sunu 3 maria broSer iacobes 3 iosepe* 3 iudas 3 simonis ah ne swester her usih miS
sindun 3 onspyrnade werun in him 4. 3 cwseS to him $e hsAetid fortSon ne is witga buta worSunge buta on
oedle his 3 on cyfcfco his 3 in huse his 5. 3 ne maehte Ser oenig . . . giwyrcan buta hwon untrymige mi8
onsetnum honda gongende -f gihaelde 6. 3 giwundrad wbbs fore ungileoffulnisse hiora 3 ymb-eode 8a portas ntan
ymb gilaerde 7. 3 efne gicegde twelfe 3 ongan hiaa senda twoege 3 gisalde him maehte gasta unclaenra
8. 3 bibeod him Saet nsoniht hiae gilsedde on woeg butan gerde ane ne pohha-tposa ne hlaf ne on gyrdelse
maeslen 9. ah giscoed miS Swongum 3 ne gi-georwad were mifc twsem tunucum 10. 3 gi-cwaefc to him swa
hwider swa ge gaas in hus Ser wunaS wiS-tfcaet ge gae 8ona

11 3 swa hwylce swa eow lie ge-hyraft.
ponne ge banon ut gaS asceacaS jj dust of
eowrum fotum. him on ge-witnesse ;

12 And ut-gangende hi bodedon -f hi
daedbote dydon

13 ? hi manega deofol-seocnessa ut-adri-
fon. 3 manega untrume mid ele smyredon
3 gehaeldon ;

14 And ba gehyrde herodes se cyng baet;
Soblice his nama waes swutol geworden 3
he cwaeS; Witodlice Iohannes se fullnhtere
of deaSe aras. 3 on hi»? synd forbaw maegenu
geworht ;

15 Sume cwaedon he is elias. sume
cwaedon he is witega swylce an of pam
witegu?w ;

16 Da herodes -p ge-hyrde he cwaeS; Se
iohannes be ic be-heafdode se aras of deaSe ;

Dysgodspei 17 Olc-Slice herodes sende 3 het io-

sceal innan i^^

hasrefeste to KJ hannew gebindan on cwerterne.

see iohannes ° _,

msssan. Misit for basre herodiadiscan his brocbar lafe phi-

herodes & ten- ■ * ■ *

uit iohannem. hppus. for bawi Se he nam hi ;

18 pa ssede Johannes herode. nys be aly-
fed to haebbenne bines broker wif ;

19 Da syrwde herodias ymbe hine 3 wolde
hine of-slean 3 heo ne mihte;

20 SoSlice herodes on-dred Iohannem 3
wiste "p he waes rihtwis. !1 halig. 3 he
heold hine on cwerterne. 3 he ge-hyrde -f
he fela wundra worhte 3 he luflice him
hyrde ;

21 pa se daeg com herodes gebrydtide he
ge-gearwode mycele feorme his ealdor-man-
num. 3 pam fyrmestu/w on gal ilea.

A. B.

Various Readings. ,

11. B. banun. 12. A. B. hig. B. bodedun. A. B. hig.
13. A. B. hig. A. deofel-seocnyssa. B. smyrydon. 14.
A. cyning. A. nama swutel geworden wa?s. 15. B.
cwaedun (2nd time). A. helias. 17. Rubric; B. adds —
et uinxit eum in careerem propter herodiadem. A.
cwearterne. A. herodianiscan. A. brofcer ; B. broSor.

A. B. big. 18. A. habbenne. 20. A. cwearterne. A.
lufelice. B. gehyrde. 21. A. gebyrd-tyde; B. gebyrdtide.

B. mycle. B. ealdor-mannon.

11 3 swa hwilce swa eow ne hereS banne
ge banen ut-ga& ascaceS -f dust of eowren
foten hem on ge-witnysse.

12 3 ut-gangende hyo bodedan -p hyo
deadbote dyden.

13 3 hyo manege deofel-seocnysse ut-
adrifen. 3 manege untrume mid ele smere-
den 3 ge-haelden.

14 iEnd ba ge-hyrde herodes se kyng j> .
SoSlice his name waes swutel ge-wofSen. 3
he cwaeS. Witodlice Johannes se fulluhtere
of deaSe aras. 3 on him synd for ban
manege ge-worht

15 sume cwaeSen he is helias. sume
cwaeSen he is witege. swile an of pam

witegen.

16 )?a herodes -p ge-herde he cw. Se
Johowwes pe ic be-heafdede se aras of deafte.

17 OJoSlice herodes sende 3 het

jo- Misit herodes
et tenuit io-

lianne ge-binden on cwarterne. hannem et

dem.

uinxit eum in

for herodiadiscan his bro<5er lafe phihppus carcerem prop-
ter herodia-

for ban be he nam hyo.

18 Da saigde iohannes herode. nis be
alyfeS to haebbe bines broker wif.

19 Da swerde herodias ymbe hine 3 wolde
hine of-slean 3 hyo ne mihte.

20 SoSlice herodes on-draedde iohanne 3
wiste j5 he waes riht-wis. 3 halig. 3 he
heold hine on cwarterne. 3 he ge-hyrde j>
he fela wundre worhte 3 he lufeljce him ge-
hyrde.

21 Da se daig com herodes ge-berde-tide.
he ge-garwede micele feorme his ealdor-
mannen. 3 bam fermestan on galilee.

Various Readings.

11. hiraS bonne; panurc; a-scaca* ; eowrum fotuOT
him. 12. bodedon; deedbote dydon. 13. manega deo-
fol-seocnyssa ut adrifon ; manega ; smyredon ; ge-hsel-
don. 14. cyning; swutol geworden; pam meenega. 15.
cwaefcon he his; cwaedon; witega. swylce; wiiegum. 16.
ge-hyrde; Iohannes; beheatdode. 17. Iohanne ge-bindam
(sic); cweerternum; broSor ; for paw. 18. saegde ; alyfed
to hsebbenne. 19. serwde (where MS. Hattori i» wrong).

20. on-dred iohanne; cwserterne; feola wundra; lufelice.

21. ge-byrd-tide ; gegarewode; mannon; fyrmestum; ga-
lilea.

3 sua-huelc seSe ne onfoeS iuh ne ge-hereS iuh miSSy gie gaas Sona sceacas-tdrygas

11 *Et quicumqwe non receperit uos Dec audierint uos exeuntes inde excutite

■(5 asca of fotura iurum in cySnisse him

puluerem de pedibas uestris in testimonium illis.

miSSy geeado forebodadon J* fore-ssegdon $
12 *Exeuntes praedicabant ut

hreawnise dedon

paenitentiam agerent.

3 diowlas menigo fordrifon 3 smiredon miS ole menigo untrymigo
13 et daemonia multa eiciebant et ungebaut oleo multos aegrotos

• 55. ii.
lv. cxiiii.
lxxxviii.
nit, lxxxv.

* 58. ii.
lv. xc.
mt. cxiiii.

3 gehseldon 3 geherde herodes cynig eawunge forSon geworden waes noma his 3

et sanabant. 14 *Et audiuit herodes rex manii'estum enim factum est nomen eius et

cuoeS forSon iohannes Se fullwihtere eft aras from deadum 3 forSon un-woen sint moeht

dicebat quia iohan[n]es baptista resurrexit a mortuis et propterea inopinantur uirtutes

•XVII. 57. ii.
lv. xc.

mt. cxiiii.

in him-Hn Sami oSero untedlice cuoedon forSon helias is oSero ec cuoedon witgo is swelce

in illo. 15 alii autem dicebant quia helias est alii uero dicebant propheta est quasi

an from witgom
unus ex prophetis.

deadum eft aras
mortuis resurrexit.

miSSy ■£ geherde herodes cuoeS Sone ic gecearf iohannen Sis from

16 *Quo audito herodes ait quern ego decollaui iohannen hie a

se forSon herodes sende 3 geheald iohannen 3 geband hine in carcern
17 *Ipse enim herodes misit &a tenuit iohannen et uinxit eum in carcere

58. x.

fore herodiades hlaf philipes broSer his forSon laedde hine

propter herodiadam uxorem philippi fratris sui quia duxerat eum (sic).

cuoeS forSon
18 *Dicebat enim

* 59. ii.
lu. xii.
mt. cxliiii.

• 60. vi.

mt. cxlv.

iohannes herode ne is gelefed Se to habbanne hlaf broSres Sines
iohannes herodi non licet tibi habere uxorem fratris tui.

herodia uutedlice gesetnade
19 herodias autem insidiabatur

him 3 walde ofslaa hine ne msehte

illi et uolebat occidere eum nee poterat.

herodes forSon ondreard iohannen wiste hine
20 herodes enim metuebat iohannen sciens eum

wer soSfsest 3 halig 3 geheald hine 3 miSSy geherde hine menigo he gedyde 3 lustlice

uirum iustum et sawctam et custodiebat eum et audito eo multa faciebat et libenter

hine geherde 3 miSSy dag maccalic gecuom •r geneolecde herode* cennise his farma 4" symbel

eum audiebat. 21 et cum dies oportunus accidisset herodes natalis sui cenam

dyde -f worhte Saem aldormonnum 3 holdum 3 forwostum galileaes
fecit principibws et tribunisf et prim is galilaeae.

f ofer Srfm
hundradum
tribunus biS
forwont.

11. 3 swa hwelc swa ne onfoeS iow ne gi-heres iow miS Sy gegas Sona scaecas-l'drygas 8a asca 4' Sat dvst of
fotum iowrum in cySnisse him 12. 3 miSSy gieodun to him forbodadun fte hreonisse dedun 13. 3 diowlas

monige fordrifen 3 smiredun miS oele menigo untrymige 3 gihsBlde 14. 3 giherde herodes cynig eowunga

forSon giworden wks noma his 3 cwseS forSon iohannes <5e fulwihtere eft aras from deaSe 3 forSon hia un-woene

sint msehte in him 15. oSro wutudh'ce oSro soSlice cwedun witga is swelce an from witgum

16. miSSy giherde herodes cwseS Sone ic ofceorf iohannen Ses from ... eft aras 17. seSe forSon herodes

sende 3 giheold iohannen 3 giband hine in cere-erne fore herodiades lafe phil/ppes broSer his forSon laidde hine
18. cwseS forSon iohannes herodiade ne is gilefed Se to habbanne lafe broSer Sines 19. herodiade wutudh'ce

gisoettnade him 3 walde of-sla hine ne maehte 20. herodes wutudlj'ce ondreord iohannes wiste hine wer

soS-faest 3 Soet halig 3 giheold hine 3 giherde hine menigo he gidyde 3 lust-lice hine giherdun (sic) 21. 3
miSSy dsege macalice gicom -r gineolicade herodes cennisse his fearme dyde Seem aldur-monnum 3 holdum 3 for-
westum galiles

22 1 pa Sa paere herodiadiscan dohtor inn-
eode 1 tumbode. hit licode herode. 1 eal-
lum pam Se h'wi mid saeton ; Se cing cwaeS
pa to 'Sam msedene. bide me swa hwaet swa
pu wylle ] ic pe sylle ;

23 And he swor hire. soSes ic pe sylle
swa hwaet swa pu me bitst. peah pu wylle
healf min rice ;

24 Da heo ut eode heo cwaeS to hyre
meder ; Hwaes bidde ic ; pa cwaep heo.
iohannes heafod j?aes fulluhteres ;

25 Sonata heo mid ofste inn toparacinincge
eode. heo baed 1 pus cwaeS; Ic wylle ~f Su me
hraedlice on anuw disce sylle iohannes heafod;

26 pa wearS se cinincg geunret for pam
aSe. ] for pam Se hira mid saeton ; Nolde
peah hi ge-unretan.

27 ac sende aenne cwellere ") bebead ~p
man his heafod on anum disce brohte ; And
he hine pa on cwerterne beheafdode.

28 3 his heafod on disce brohte "} hit
sealde pam maedene. 3 ^ maeden hit sealde
hire meder ;

29 Da his cnihtas •p ge-hyrdon hi comon
1 his lie namon. 1 hine on byrgene
ledon ;

30 £n| oSlice pa Sa apostolas toga?dere
JO comon. hi cyddon pam haelende

eall -p hi dydon 1 hi laerdon.

31 3 he saede him; CumaS 1 uton gan
onsundron on weste stowe. 1 us hwon
restan ; SoSlice manega waeron pe comon
1 agen-hwyrfdon 1 fyrst naefdon -f hi aeton.

32 1 on scyp stigende. hi foron onsun-
dran on weste stowe.

Various Readings.

22. A. dohter in-eode 5 tumbade. A. cyning ; B. cincg.
A. masdenne. 23. A. byddest. 25. A. ofeste. A. into.

A. cyninge. A. sylle on anum disce. 26. A. cyning. A.
£eh hig. ; B. }>eah hig. 27. A. asende [for ac sende].

B. anne. A. cwelere. A. cwearterne. B. beheafdude.
28. A. inserts anum before disce. B. medyr. 29. A. hig.
A. lychaman ; B. lie (altered to lichamon). A. byrginne.
30. A. hig. A. B. hig. A. hig. 31. B. asundran. B.
stowae. A. agean-hwyrfdon. A. B. hig. 32. A. B. hig.
A. on-sundron. B. stowse.

22 3 pa pa pare herodiadiscen dohter in-
eode "i tumbede. hit licode herode. 1 eallen
pam pe him mid saeten. Se kyng cwaeS pa
to pam meigdene. bide me swa hwaet swa pu
wille. ") ich pe sylle.

23 iEnd he swor hire. SoSes ich pe
sylle swa hwaet swa pu me bydst. pah pu
wille half mine rice.

24 pa hye ut eode. hyo cwaeS to hire
moder. Hwaes bidde ich. pa cwaeS hye.
Iohannes heafed pas fulluhteres.

25 Sona pa hye mid efste in to pam kynge
geode. hyo baed "3 pus cwaeS. Ic wille -f pu me
raedlice on anen dissce selle Johannes heafed.

26 Da warS se kyng ge-unrot for pan
aSe. 3 for patn pe mid him saeteu. Nolde
pah hyo unrotan

27 ac sente aenne cwellere 3 be-bead -p
man his heafed on anen dissce brohte. jEnd
he hine pa on cwarterne be-heafdede.

28 3 his heafed on disce brohte. 3 hit
sealde pam maigdene. 3 -p maigden hit
sealde hire moder.

29 Da his cnihtes paet ge-herden. hyo
comen 3 his lichame namen 3 hine on be-
rigene leigdon.

30 QJoSlice pa pa apostles to-gaedere
rO comen. hyo kydden pam haelende

eall -p hyo dyden. 3 hyo laerden.

31 3 he saigde heom. CumeS 3 uten gan
asundran on weste stowe. 3 us hwon resten.
SoSlice manege waeren pe comen 3 agen
hwaerfden 3 ferst naefden p hyo acten

32 3 on scyp stigende hyo foren onsun-
dren on weste stowe.

Various Readings.
22. hediadiscan (sic) dohtor ; ealle ; saeton ; cyning ;
msegdene ; ic. 23. End ; ic ; bitst ; deaS [for )>ah] ; healf.
24. heo; ic; heo [for second hye]; heafod. 25. hyo;
cynge eode heo ; anum disce sylle ; heafod. 26. wearS ;
cyning; (jam [for )>an] ; saeton ; (jeah. 27. sende anne;
heafod; anum disce; cwaerterne beheafdude. 28. heafod;
maedene; maegden. 29. cnihtas; ge-hyrdon; lie namon;
byrigene. 30. apostlas togadere comon; cydden ; halende;
dydon ; laerdon. 31. saede ; CumaS ; uton ; restan; manega
waeron ; comon ; hwaerfdon ; fyrst naefdon. 32. foron on-
sundron.

3 miSSy in-eode dohter SaersB herodiades 3 plaegede 3 gelicade-H miSSy gelicade herode
22 cumqwe introisset filia ipsius herodiadis et salt asset et placuisset herodi

ec miS-r3 aedgeadre Saem hlingendum cynig cuoeS Saem maegdne giuig-twilnig from me fte Su willt-twselle 3
simulque recumbentibws rex ait puellae pete a me quod ufs et

ic sello Se . 3 swor hir forSon t -JSte suaB hwaet Su gegiuas ic sello Se Sah se a half rices

dabo tibi. 23 et iurauit illi quia quidquid petieris dabo tibi licet demedium regni

mines Siu miSSy from eode cuoeS moeder hire huaet ic giuge waelle 3 hiu cuoeS heafud iohannis

mei. 24 quae cum exisset dixit matri suae quid petam et ilia dixit capud iohannis

fulwihteres miSSy inn-eode sona mi$ oefeste to cynige wilnade cuoeS ic willo fte

baptistae. 25 cumqwe introisset statim cum festinatione ad regem petiuit dicens nolo ut

reconlice Su selle me in disc heofud iohannis fulwihteres 3 un-rodsade se cyning fore

protinus des mini in disco capud iohannis baptistae. 26 et contristatus rex propter

aS gesuoerenum 3 fore ec mis restende walde hia unrotsige ah sende ne walde

iusiurandum et propter simul recumbentes uoluitf earn contristare. 27 sed misso f * noluit.

sceware ge-heht to gebrenga heafud his in disc 3 gecearf hine in carchern 3

speculatore praecepit ad-ferri capud eius in disco et decollauit eum in carcere. 28 et

to-brohte heafud his in disc 3 salde f> Soar maegdne 3 $ meegden cuoeS moder his miSSy

attulit capud eius in disco et dedit illud puellae et puella dicit matri suae. 29 quo

geherdon Segnas his cuomon 3 laedon lichoma his 3 gesetton -f in byrgenne

audito discipuli eius uenerunt et tulerunt corpus eius et posuerunt illud in monumento.

3 efne-cwomon Sa apostolas to Seem haelende eft-gesaegdon him alle SaSe dydon 3
30 *Et con-uenientes apostoli ad iheswm renuntiauerunt illi omnia qua? egerant et •XVIII.

lu. xci.
laerdon 3 cuoeS to him cymes sundrig in woestig styd 3 restas huon

docuerant. 31 *Et ait illis uenite seorsum in desertum locum et requiescite pusillum • 62. x.

woeron forSon SaSe cuomon 3 eft-cuomon 4* menigo ne etes first haefdon 3

erant enim qui ueniebant et rediebant multi nee manducandi spatium habebant. 32 *Et ■ 63. vi.

mt. lxxvii.

astigedon in scip foerdon in woestig styd sundur
ascendentes in naui abierunt in desertum locum seorsum.

22 miSSy in-eode dohter Saere herodiades 3 plaagede 3 gilicade herode sec miS Saem hlionendum cynig cwaaS Saem
maegdne giowa from me Saette Su wylt 3 ic selo Se 23. 3 swor hir forSon forSon (sic) Saete swa hwaet swa
Su giowas ic selo Se ah Se all half rice min. 24. Sio miSSy from eade. cwaeS to moeder hire hwaet giowigo
ih welle 3 hio cwaeS heofud iohannes Saes fulwihteres 25. miS Sy in-eode sona miS oefeste to Saem cynige

wilnade cwseS ic wyllo Saette recunlice Su selle me on disce heofvd iohannes Saes fulwihteres. 26. 3 unrotsade
wbbs Se cynig fore aSum giswornum 3 for eo (sic) miS restendum nalde hia unrotsiga 27. ah sende sceawere-r
sceawende waBS heht to gibrenga-tto-brolite heofud his on disce 3 giceorf hine in care-erne 28. 3 to-brohte

heofud his on disce 3 salde Saet Saem maegdne 3 Saet maegden salde moeder hire 29. miS-Sy giherdun Segnas
his comon 3 lseddun lic-homa his 3 settun Saet in byrgenne 30. 3 efne comun Sa apostolas to Saem haelenrfe
eft saegdun him alle Sa Se dydon 3 lserdun 31. 3 cwaeS to him cumaS ge syndrige in woestige stowe 3
rasste him (sic) werun forSon Sa Se comun 3 eft comun monige 3 ne etes firste haefde 32. 3 astaBgdun on scip
foerdun in woestig styd -r stowe sundrige

33 "i gesawon hi farende. 1 hi ge-cneowon
manega; And gangende of paw burguwi
pyder urnon. 1 him beforan comon ;

34 And pa se haelend ftanon eode. he
geseah mycele menegu. 1 he ge-miltsode
hi?w for pam pe hi weeron swa swa seep pe
nanne hyrde nabbaS ; And he ongan hi fela
lseran.

35 3 pa hit mycel ylding waes. his leorn-
ing-cnihtas him to comon "i cwaedon. peos
stow is weste 1 tima is forS agan.

36 forlaet pas menegu. ~f hi faran on
ge hende tunas. 1 him mete bicgan. f hi

eton;

37 pa cwaeS he sylle ge him etan; Da
cwssdon hi uton gan. ") mid twaw hundred
penegon hlafas bicgan. 1 we hi»? etan
syllaS ;

38 Da cwseS he hu fela hlafa haebbe ge.
ga?> "i lociaS. ") pa hi wiston hi cwaedon. fif
hlafas 1 twegen fixas.

39 J pa be-bead se haelend -f Saet folc
saete ofer j5 grene hig.

40 "} hi pa saeton hundredon 3 fiftigon.

41 1 fif hlahim. 1 twam fixum onfan-
geniiJW he on heofon locode 3 hi bletsode.
1 pa hlafas braec. !l sealde his leorning-cnih-
tuwi. •$ hi toforan Mm asetton. 1 twegen
fixas him eallon daelde

42 1 hi seton pa ealle 1 gefyllede wurdon ;

43 And hi namon para hlafa. 1 fixa lafe.
twelf wilian fulle ;

44 SoSlice fif pusend manna para etendra
waeron ;

Various Readings.

33. A. B. hig. (twice). B. gecneowun. B. burhgum.
34. A. );anen. A. maBnigeo. A. B. hig. A. sceap. A.
A. naenne. A.B. hig. A. fa;la. 35. B. leornincg-cnihtas.
36. A. maenegeo. A. hig. A. faron ; B. farun. A.
byegon. A.B. hig. 37. A.B. hig. A. penegum. 38.
A. ftela. A. hyg. A.B. hig. 40. A.B. hig. A. hundredum.
A. fyftegum; B. fiftigum. 41. A. heofen. A.B. hig. A.
bletsade. A.B. hig. A. eallum. 42. A. hig. 43. A.B.
hig. A. Jjsera. A. B. lafa. 44. A. f>sera.

33 D ge-seagen hyo farende 3 hyo ge-
cneowen manege. iEnd gangende of pam
burgen pider urnen. "i him be-foren comen.

34 1 pa se haelend pan en eode. he ge-
seah mycele menigeo. ") he ge-miltsede
heom. for pam pe hyo vvaeren swa swa seep
pe naenne herde naebbed. 1 he on gan hyo
feola laeren.

35 "i pa hit mycel ylding waes his leorn-
ing-cnihtes him to comen 1 cwae<Sen. peos
stowe is weste 1 time is forS agan.

36 for-leet pas manigeo •$ hyo faren on
ge-hende tunes 1 heom mete beggen •$ hyo
etan.

37 pa cwaeS he selle ge heom etan. Da
cwaeSen hyo utan gan. 1 mid twam hun-
dred panegen hlafes byggen "i we heom
aeten syllen.

38 Da cwaeS he hu fela hlafe haebbe
ge gaS 7 lokiaS. "i pa hyo wiston hyo
cwa^Sen. fif hlafes 1 twegen fisces.

39 1 pa be-bead se haelend paet ~f folc
saete ofer f grene haig.

40 3 hyo pa saeten hundredon 1 fiftigen.

41 1 fif hlafen. 1 twam fiscen on-fan-
genew he on heofon lokede. 1 hyo bletsode.
1 pa hlafes braec. 1 sealde his leorning-cnih-
ten "p' hyo to-foren heom asetten. 1 twegen
fixsces heom eallen daelde.

42 1 hyo aeten pa ealle 3 ge fylde wurSen.

43 And hyo name[n] pare hlafe 1 fixsce
lafe twelf wilien fulle.

44 SoSlice fif pusend manna pare aetendre
waeren.

Various Readings.

33. ge-sawen ; fserende ; manega ; buhrgum ; urnon ; be-
foran comon. 34. (janora ; menegeo ; ge-miltsode; warorc ;
sceap; hyrde nabbaS; lseron. 35. cnihtas ; cwseJSon; tima.
36. menega; tunas; byggan; eton. 37. sylle ; cwafcon ;
vton; penegon hlafas byegan; etan syllafc. 38. hwu fele
hlafa habbe ; lociafc ; cwseiion ; hlafas ; twege fiscas. 39.
heig. 40. sseton; fiftigum. 41. hlafum; fyxum; on-fan-
genum ; locode; hlafas ; cnihtas; to-foran ; asetton ; fixas ;
dseldon. 42. eten ; wurdon. 43. namon Jiara; fisca;
wylian. 44. >ara etendre wseron.

3 gesegon hia geongende 3 on-geton monigo 3 foeSemenn 3 of allum ceastrum

33 et uiderunt eo3 abeuntes et cognouerunt multi et pedestre8 et de omnibus ciuitatibos

efne-ge-uurnun 8ider 3 before gecuomon hia . 3 eode gesaeh micelo 8reat se hsslend 3

concurrerunt illuc et praeuenerunt eos. 34 et exiens uidit multara turbam ihenua et

milsan8e waes ofer hia for8on weron suelce scip ne hsefdon hiorde 3 ongann laera hia

misertus est super eos quia erant sicut oues non habentes pastorem et coepit docere illos

feolo-rmonigo 3 mi88y soSlice stando t monigo wses geneolecdon 8egnas _ his cuoe8ende unbyed

multa 35 et cum iam mora multa fieret accesserunt discipuli eius dicentes disertus

is styd Sis ec so8 tid is fore-ge-ead k tid eade ferlet hia -t 8a fte hia geonga in 8a nesta

est locus hie *Et iam hora praeteriuit 36 dimitte illos ut euntes in proximas * M- \ .

r IV. XC111.

io. xluiiii.
gemsero 3 londo bycges-l'ceapas him metto 8a ettes 3 geonduaearde cue8 to 8aem selles '-nt- txluii.

uillas et uicos emant sibi cibos quos manducent. 37 et respondens ait illis date

him eatta 3 cuoedon him mi88y ge-eadon byege we miS penningum tusem hundum hlafo 3 selle we

eis manducare et dixeru[n]t ei euntes emamus denariis ducentis panes et dabimus

him to ettanne-rto brucanne 3 cuoe8 to him hu monig hlafo habba8 gie gaa8 3 gesea8 3 mi88y

eis manducare. 38 et dicit eis quot panes habetis ite et uidete et cum

oncneawn k ongeton cuoedon flf 3 tuoege fiscas 3 heht him fte gesni8a gedydon

cognouissent dicunt quinque et duos pisces. 39 et praecipit illis ut accumbere iacerent

alle aefter ofer groene gers 3 to-daeldon in dalum 8erh hundra8

omnes secundum contubernia super uiride faenum. 40 et discubuerunt in partes per centenos

3 8erh fiftigum 3 mi88y weron onfence flf hlafo 3 tue fiscas locade in

et per quinquagenos. 41 et acceptis quinque panibws et duobws piscibws intuens in

heofne gebloedsade 3 gebrasgc 8a hlafo 3 salde 8egnum his -fte hia gesetta before hia 3 tuoege
caelum benedixit et fregit panes et dedit discipulis suis ut ponerent ante eos et duos

fisces dajlde allum 3 eton alle 3 gefylled-l'gefylde weron 3 genomon

pisces diuisit omnibws. 42 et manducauerunt omnes et saturati sunt. 43 et sustulerunt

8a hlafo 8ara screadunga tuoelf ceaulas fulle 3 of fiscum woeron uutedlice 8a 8e

reliquias fragmentorum duodecim cophinos plenos et de piscibus. 44 erant autem qui

brecon-reton fif 8usendo wsero-l'wa>rana

manducauerunt quinqjte milia uirorww*.

33. 3 gisegun hia3 gongende 3 ongetun t comun monige 3 foe8e men of allum ccestrum efne-giurnun 8ider
3 bifora comon hise 34. 3 eode gisseh micle 8reatas 8e \r.n\end 3 milsende ■wasa ofer hite 8a 8e werun swelce
scip ne heefdun hiorde 3 on-gan Itera hia? feolu-1' monige 35. 3 miS8y soSlice stondas monige werun to-gineoli-
cadun 8egnas his cwe8end him unbyed -rwestig is stow 8is ec so8 tide is fore-giead 36. forlet hia 1 8a f hie
gongeain 8a nestu gimreru 3 lond byccas'-l'ceopias him mett Sa 8e eotas 37. 3 ondsworade cwseS to him 8e

hte\end sellas 8sem iow mi8 to eotanne 3 cwedun him mi88y eadun goncge we-tga we mi8 peningum hmn
hundreSum hlafa 3 selle we him to eotanne 38. 3 cw»8 to him hwoet hlafa habbas ge ga8 3 gisea8 3 miSSy
oncneowun cwedun to him fife 3 twoege fiscas 39. 3 bibead him •£ hiffl gisnide . . . alle aefter . . . ofer groenum
hegge k grese 40.3 gi-dseldun hisB in . . . hundreS 3 8erh fiftigum 41. 3 mi8-8y werun on efenne fif hlafum
3 . . . locade on heofnas gibletsade 3 brcec 8a hlafas 3 salde 8egnum his -fte hise gisette bifora hiee 3 twoege
fiscas daelde allum 42. 3 etun 3 alle 3 gifylde werun 43. 3 ginomun 8a lafe 8ara scradunga twelf ceowlas
fulle 3 of fisce 44. werun wutudlice 8a 8e etun fif 8usend weorona

Dis sceal on
SEDternes-deeg
an- halgan
di£ge. A. B.

45 TP\a sona he nydde his leorning-
-L' cnihtas on scyp stigan. "p hi

him beforan foron ofer f asne muf an to beth-
saida. of he j? folc for-lete ;

46 And fa he hi for-let he ferde on f one
munt D hine ana far gebaed;

47 And fa aefen wses f scyp waes on
middre sie. !1 he ana waes on lande

48 1 he ge-seah hi on rewette swincende.
him waes wiSer-weard wind ; And on niht
embe fa feorfan waeccan he com to him
ofer pa. sa: gangende. "i wolde hi for-bu-
gan;

49 pa hi hine gesawon ofer pa see gan-
gende hi wendon -p hit unfaele gast wasre.
1 hi clypedon ;

50 Hi ealle hine gesawon. ^ wurdon
gedrefede 3 sona he spraec to him 1 cwae'S ;
Gelyfaf ic hit eom. ne furfon ge eow on-
draedan.

51 1 he on scyp to him eode. 7 se wind
geswac 1 hi faes pe ma betwux him wun-
dredon.

52 ne ongeton hi be pam hlafon ; SoSlice
heora heorte waes ablend ;

53 And fa hi ofer-segledon. hi comon
to genesar. 1 far wicedon.

54 "i fa hi of scipe eodon. sona hi hine
gecneowon ;

55 And eall •$ rice befarende hi on
saeccinguw baeron fa untruman. far hi hine
gehyrdon ;

Various Readings.

(Rubric — B. dseg). 45. B. leornincg. A. B. hig. B.
forun. A. )>one. A. betsaida. 46. A. B. hig. 47. B.
midre. 48. B. ge-seh. A. B. hig. A. ymbe. A. B. hig.

49. A. B. hig (twice). A. unctene [for unfsele]. A. B. hig.

50. A. B. Hig. A. hyne ealle. B. gesawun 3 wundor (sic).
A. nellan; B. nellen [/or ne [jurfon]. B. adrsedan. 51.
A B. hig. A. betweox. 52. A. on-geaton. A. B. hig.
A. hlafu?ra ; B. hlafun. B. hyra. 53. A. B. hig. A. hig.
54. A. hig. A B. hig. B. gecneowun. 55. A. hig
(twice).

45 T^ A sona he nydde his leorning-
j cnihtes on scyp stigon ~p hyo
him be-foren foran ofer fanne mu!San to
bethsaida. oS he ~f folc for-lete.

46 1 fa he hyo for-let. he ferde on p anne
munt. "} hine ane p aer ge-baed.

47 And pa aefen waes f scyp waes on
midre sae. 1 he ane waes on lande.

48 ] he ge-seah hyo on reowette swin-
cende. heom waes wiSerward wind. iEnd
on nyht ymbe pa feorfan weccan he com
to heom ofer fa sae gangende. 1 wolde hyo
for-bugen.

49 Da hyo hine ge-seagen ofer fa sae
gangende. hyo wenden -p hyt un-fele gast
waere. 1 hyo clypedon.

50 Hyo ealle hine ge-seagen 3 wurden
ge-drefede. "i sone he spraec to heom. 1
cw. Ge-lefeS ich hit em. nellen ge eow
andreden.

51 1 he on scyp to heom eode. "i se wind
ge-swaec. 1 hyo fas f e ma be-tweoxe heom
wundredon.

52 ne on-geaten hyo be f am hlafan. SoS-
lice heore heorte waes ablend.

53 And fa hyo ofer-seigledon. hyo comen
to genesar. "3 faer wicoden.

54 1 fa hyo of scype eoden. sone hyo
hine ge-cneowen.

55 Mr\& eall ■f rice be-farende. hyo on
saeccinge baeren fa untrumen faer hyo hine
ge-hyrden.

Various Headings.

45. cnihtas; stigan; be-foran; \>onne. 46. Jionne; ana;
ge-bseS. 47. ^End ; efen. 48. ge-seh; rewette; for);an
wseccan ; eom ; ]>a.m ; for-bugan. 49. ge-sawon ; sa ; un-
fale; ware; clypodon. 50. ge-sawan; wurfcon; sona he
sprecfc ; Ge-lyfaS ic hit eom; andrsedon. 51. him;
geswac; )>ses; betweox. 52. on-geaton; heora. 53. hi
ofer-sigledon; (>ar wicedon. 54. ge-cnewan. 55. eal ;
saeccingum baron J>a untruman ; hin ge-hyrdon.

3 sona ge-Sreate Segnas his astige Saet scip -fte hia fore-eode hine ofer luh

45 *Et statim coegit discipulos suos ascendere nauem ut praecederent earn trans fretum * 65. ui.

° L mt. cxluiii.

to Saer byrig Sa hwile he forleorte Saet folc 3 miSSy forleorte hia ge-eode on m6r

ad bethsaidam dum ipse dimitteret populum. 46 *Et cum dimisisset eos abiit in montem * x.Ymi-

lu. xliii. xxxu.
gebidda 3 miSSy ef[e]rn-i*smolt woere waes scip in middum saees 3 he ana on eorSu

orare. 47 *Et cum sero esset erat nauis in medio mari et ipse solus in terra. " 67. UH.

io. li. mt. cl.

3 gesaeh hia wynnennde in rowincg waes forSon wind wiSer-word him 3 ymb Sa fearSa
48 et uidens eos laborantes in remigando erat enim uentus contrarius eis et circa quartam

wacan nsehtes cuora to him geongende ofer ssee 3 walde hi-cerre hia soS hia -f

uigiliam noctis uenit ad eos ambulans super mare et uolebat prasterire eos. 49 at illi ut

gesegon hine geongende ofer sae hia woendon yfel wiht were 3 ceigdon k clioppadon

uiderunt eum ambulantem super mare putauerunt phantasma esse et exclamauerunt.

alle forSon hine gesegon 3 un-rodsad-rgestyred weron 3 sona gesprecend waes miS him 3 cwoeS
50 omnes enim eum uiderunt et conturbati sunt et statim locutus est cum eis et dixit

to him gelefes ic am nallaS gie ondrede 3 astag to him in scip 3 geblann f wind

illis contidite ego sum nolite timere. 51 *Et ascendit ad illos in nauem et cessauit uentus • 68. ui.

mt. clii.

3 forSor suiSe bituih him stylton-tsuigdon ne forSon _ oncneaun of hlafum wees forSon

et plus magis intra sd stupebant. 52 non enim intellexerant de panibws erat enim

hearta hiora fore-geblind-f-fore-geSistrat 3 miSSy ofer-foerdon Serh cuomon on earSo

c6r illorum obcecatum. 53 *Et cum trans-fretassent peruenerunt in terram • 69. ii.

lv. xxxui.
mt. cliii.
Saes folces genatzear 3 3 miSSy faerende waeron of scip sona ongeton hine

gennesaretb. et applicuerunt. 54 cumqwe egressi essent de naui continuo cognouerunt eum.

3 Serh wurnon all lond Sa ilea ongunnun in berum hia Sa Se yfle haefdon

55 et percurrentes uniuersam regionem illa?» coeperunt in grabatis eos qui se male habebant

ymb beara Ser geherdon hine sed he were
circumferre ubi audiebant eum esse.

45. 3 sona giSreatade Segnas his to stiganne in scip -JS hie fore-eode hine ofer luh to Saer byrig Sa while
he forleorte Saet folc 46. 3 miS-Sy forleort hiaB eade on mor gibidda 47. 3 miS-Sy efern 3 smolt waes scip
on middum sae 3 he ana on eorSo 48. 3 gisaeh hiae winnende in rowinge waes forSon wind wiSerword him J
ymb Sa fearSa wacune nsehtes com to him Se haelenrf gongende ofer see 3 walde bicerra hiaa 49. soS hiaa f

gisegun hine gongende ofer sae hiae woendun yfel wiht were 3 cliopadun k cegdun 50. alle Sage hine gisegun
3 gidroefde-l'unrotsade werun 3 sona he sprecende waes mi* him 3 cweeS to him gilefas ic hitt am nallon ge
ondreda 51. 3 astag to him in scip 3 giblan k sette Se wind 3 forSor swiSe bitwih him styltun k swigadun 3
Sreadun 52. ne forSon oncneowun of hlafum waes forSon heorta hiora for-blindad 53. 3 miS-Sy foerdun Serh
comun on eorSu Saes folches genesares 3 a to plica 54. 3 miS-Sy faerende werun of scipe sona on-getun hine
55. 3 Serh urnun all lond-tSeade Sa ileu on-gunnun on berum hiae Sa Se yfel haefduu ymb beara Ser hise giherdun
hine f he were \

56 And swa hwar swa he on wic oppe
on tunas eode. on straeton hi J?a untruman
ledon. 3 hine baedon ■p hi huru his refes
fnaed aet-hrinon. 1 swa fela swa hine set-
hrinon hi wurdon hale.

CHAPTER VII.

Dy»Kceaion j ~|^a comon to him pharisei 3 sume

wodnes-diEgon if *

jiare ^yddan y boceras cumende fra/w hierusalew.

lencteu wucan.

■*• b. 2 3 ba hi se-sawon sume of his leorning-

Accesseruntad T a o

ihe*«m. a. cnihton besmitenura handu?» -p is un-
Jnvogenum handuw etan. hi taeldon hi 1
cwaedon ;

3 Pharisei 1 ealle iudeas ne etaS buton
hi hyra handa gelomlice j?wean. healdende
hyra yldrena gesetnessa.

4 3 on strsete hi ne etaS buton hi ge-
bwegene beon. 1 manega o]?re synd pe
him gesette synt. ~p is calicea frymSa. 3
ceaca. 3 arfata. 3 maestlinga ;

5 And pa axodon hine pharisei 1 pa
boceras. hwi ne gaS Jnne leorning-cnihtas
sefter ure yldrena gesetnysse. ac besmitenum
handujw hyra hlaf jricgaS ;

6 Da andswarode he hi;w ; Wei witegod
isaias be eow licceteruw swa hit awriten is ;
pis folc me mid welermw wur^aS. soSlice
hyra heorte is feor frawz me.

7 on idel hi me wurSiaS. 1 manna bare
1 bebodu lteraS ;

8 Soflice ge forlsetaS godes bebod. 1
healdaS manna laga. j?weala ceaca 1 calica.
1 manega obre J>ylce Sing ge doS ;

Various Readings.

56. A. hig (twice). A. reafes; B. riefes. A. fnsedes
sethrynan moston. A. fsela. A. hig.

Cap. vii. 1. A. farisei. 2. A. hig. A. cnyhtum. A.

un-j>wagenum. A. B. hig {twice). 3. A. B. farisei. A.

hig heora. A. heora. A. gesetnyssa. 4. A. B. hig. A.
hyg. A. synd [for synt]. A. B. fyrniSa. 5. A. acsotlon.

A. B. farisei. B. gesetednyssa. 6. A. B. witegode. A.
lyceterum; B. liceterum. A. weor)>aS. A. heora. 7. A.

B. hig. A. weorSiaS. B. lara. 8. A. [>wealu. A. fnllice.

56 Mt\& swa hwaer swa he on-wicnede
on tunas eoden. on straeten hyo J>a untru-
men leigdon. 1 hine baeden -p hyo hwore
his reafes fined aet-rinen. 1 swa fele swa
hine aet-rinen hyo wurSen hale.

CHAPTER VII.

1 T^VA comen to hym farisej ") sume
-L' bokeres cumende fram ierusalem.

2 1 fa hyo ge-seagen sume of his leorn-
ing-cnihten be-smitene handen p is un-
j?wogenen handen aeten. hyo telden hyo
1 cwaeSen.

3 Farisej 1 ealle iudeas ne aeteS buton
hyo heore hande ge-lomlice Jwean healden-
de heora yldre ge-setnysse.

4 1 on stiffite hi ne astaS. buton hyo ge-
bwegen beon. 1 manege oSre synde pe
heom ge-sette synde. -p is calice frymj?a 3
ceaca. 1 apfata 1 manslage. (sic).

5 Ac J?a axode hine farisej 1 pa boceres
hwi ne gad )>ine leorning-cnihtes aefter ure
yldrena ge-setnysse. ac be-smitenen handen
heora hlaf JnggieS.

6 Da andswerede he heom. Wei wite-
gede ysaias be eow liceteren swa hit awriten
is. Dis folc me mid weleren wurSed. soS-
lice heore heorten his feor fram me.

7 on ydel hyo me wurSiaS. 3 manna
lare 1 bebode tared.

8 SoSlice ge for-laeteS godes bebod. 3
healded manna lage. Jweala ceaca J calica.
"J manege oSre fellice j?ing ge doS.

Various Readings.

56. on wic o$Se [for on-wicnede]; straaton hi \>a untru-
man legdon; huru [for hwore]; refes fned set rinon ;
wurdon.

Cap. vii. 1. farisei; boceras. 2. ge-sawen; cnihtum be-
smitenvm handum; un-Jjwogenura handura etan; tasldon;
ewaefcon. 3. Farisei; etaS ; heora handa; hiora yldera
ge-setnyssa. 4. eta<S ; maneca ; synt [for 2nd synde] ;
calycea fryrm|>a (sic); apfata (sic) 3 maasthnga. 5. ^End;
axsodon ; boceras ; gaS ; cnihtas ; ge-settednysse ; be-smite-
nwn handan; (;icga8. 6. andswarede; witegode; licete-
rum ; weleruwj wurSa* ; heorte is [where Hatlon MS. has
heortenhis indistinctly). 7. lara 3 bebodu laereS. 8. for-
lcetafc ; healdaS ; laga ; manega ; |;yllice.

3 swa huider infoerde in londum i in marum k in ceastrura in phBcum geseton
56 et quocumqwe introibat in uicos uel in uilla8 aut in ciuitates in plateis ponebant

8a un-trymigo 3 ge-bedon hine fte 4" fasne gewoede _ his gehrinon 3 sua oftor gehri-

infirmos et depraecabantur eum ut uel fimbriam uestimenti eius tangerent et quot-quot tange-

non hine hale gewurdon
bant eum salui fiebant.

CAP. VII.

-3 cwompn toi him 3 sume o8er of u8u«tum cymende from hierusolim

1 *Et conueniunt ad eum pharisaei et quidam de scribis uenientes ab hierusolimis. *xx. 70. x.

3 mi88y gesegon sume o8ero from 8egnum his gemeenelicum mi8 hondum f is un-8uegenuni
2 et cum uidissent quosdam ex discipulis eius communibws manibws id est non lotis

eata hlafo forcuoedon fordon 3 alle iudei buta oftor geSuogon

manducare panes uitu-perauerunt. 3 pharisaei enim et omnes iudaei nisi crebro lauerent

hondo ne etton gehealdon setnesse-l'selenisse aeldra 3 from Sing-stow sie gefulwuad ne

manus non manducant tenentes traditionem seniorum. 4 et a i'orp nisi baptizentur non

etton hia 3 o8ero menigo sint 8a 8e gesald aron 8aBm-rhim to haldanne fuulwihta calica i disca 3
comedunt et alia rnulta sunt qua? tradita sunt illis seruare baptismata calicum et

3 3 3 gefrugnun hine 3 u8-uuto forhuon

urceorum et eramentorum et lectorum. 5 *Et interrogant eum pharisaei et scribae quare • 71. ui.

int. cliiii.
Segnas 8ine ne geongas sefter gesetnisse-t'geselenise seldra ah un-clamum hondum eatas

discipuli tui non ambulant iuxta traditionem seniorum sed conimunibtts manibws manducant

hlaf soS he onduearde cuoeaS to him wel gewitgade of iuih legerum suae

panem. 6 at ille respondens dixit eis bene prophetauit esaias de uobis hypocritis sicut

awritten is folc 8is mi8 mu8um mec wor8ias hearta uutetfee hiora long is from me in

scriptum est populus hie labiis me honorat cor autem eorum longe est £ me. 7 in

idilnisse uutedlice mec wor8ia8 geloerende laruo boda monna eft forleorton forion

uanuw autem me colunt docentes doctrinas praecepta hominum. 8 relinquentes enim

beboda godes gie haldas setnesse monna fulwihta ombora 3 calica 3 o8ero gelico

mandata dei tenetis traditionem hominum baptismata urceorum et calicum et alia similia

8isum wundrum monigo
his facitis multa.

56. 3 swa hwider in-foerde in lond-rin gimasru-Hn c»stre in planum settun 8a untrymigu 3 gibedun hine
■pte -r fajse giwedum his gihrionon 3 swa oftor gihrionun him hale giwurdun

Cap. VII. 1. 3 mi8-8y comon to him 8a aldu 3 sume oSre of u8-wutum cymende from hierusalem 2. 3
mi8-8y gisegun sume o8re of 8egnum his gimetelicum miS hon8um 8aat is un-8waagnum eotas hlafas for-cwedun
hiaj 3. aldv 3 alle iudeas buta oftor gi8wogun honda ne etun giheoldon settnesse-tselnesse aeldra 4. 3 from
8ing-stowe se gi-fulwad ne etun 3 o8re monigu sindun 8a Se gisald arun him to haldanne ful-wiht calice 3
on-bora hiora 3 . . . 5. 3 gifraogn hine aldor-men 3 u8-wutu cweSende forhwon 8egnas 8ine ne gongas ajfter
gisetnisse aeldra ah un-claenum hondum eotaS hlafas 6. soS he 3worde cw®8 him forSon wel gewitgade esaias
of iow legerum swa awriten is folche 8is mi8 mu8e mec weor8as heorte wutudl/ce hiora long from me 7. in
idelnisse wutudWce mec worSas gi-lserde larwas 3 bibodu monna 8. eft for-leortun hine bibodu godes gi-haldas
setnisse monna fulwiht on-bora hiora 3 calicas 3 o8re gilice 8issum wundrum monig

9 Da saede he him. wel ge on idel dydon
godes bebod ■p ge eower laga healdon ;

10 Moyses cwaeS. wurSa }?inne faeder 3
bine modor. 3 se Se wyrigb his faeder 3 his
modor. sweke se deabe ;

11 SoSlice ge cwebaS. gif hwa segS his
faeder 3 meder corban -p is on ure geSeode
gyfu. gif hwylc is of me pe fremaS.

12 3 ofer p ge ne laetaS hine aenig ting
don his faeder oSSe meder

13 tcslitende godes bebod. for eower
stuntan lage be ge gesetton. 3 manega obre
bing Sysura gelice ge doS ;

14 And eft pa menegu he him toclypode
3 cwaeS ; Ge-hyrab me ealle 3 ongytaS ;

15 Nis nan bing of pam men on hine
gangende -p hine besmitan maege; Ac ]?a
Sing pe of Saw men forS-gaS. J?a hine
besmitaS.

16 gif hwa earan haebbe gehlyste me ;

17 ANd ba se baelend frafra baere menegu
.Xjl eode his leorning-cnihtas hine an

big-spell ahsodon;

18 pa cwaeS he. 3 synt ge bus un-
gleawe ne on-gyte ge. ~p eall baet utan cymS
on bone man gangende. ne maeg hine be-
smitan.

19 forbara hit ne gaeS on his heortan.
ac on hisinnoS. Ton forS-gang gewiteS
ealle mettas claensigende ;

20 Da saede he hiw* ■p Sa bing Se of pam
men gaS. ba hine besmitaS ;

Various Readings.

9. A. B. lage. 10. A. weorSa. A. moder. A. B. wyrgS.
A. moder. 13. A. (jvssuot. 14. A. maenegeo. 16.

A. gearan. A. B. hsefg. 17. A. maenigeo. A. acsedon.
18. A. synd. 19. B. claensiende.

9 pa saede he heom. wel ge on ydel dyden
godes be-bod. ■p ge eower lage healden.

10 Moyses cwaeS wurSe binne faeder 3
bine moder. 3 se be wergeS his fader 3 his
moder swelte se deaSe.

1 1 SoSlice ge cweSad. gyf hwa saegd his
fader 3 his moder corban. baet is on ure
beode gyfu. gyf hwilc is of me be fremeS.

12 3 ofer baet ge ne laeteS hine anig bing.
banne his faeder odSe his moder

13 to-slitende godes be-bod for eower
stunten lage. be ge ge-saetten. 3 manege
oSre bing bise gelice ge doS.

14 And eft ba manige he him to-clepede
3 cwaeS. Ge-heraS me ealle 3 ongetaS.

15 Nis nan bing of bam menn on hine
gangende "p hine be-smiten mage. Ac ba
bing be of bam men forS gaeS. ba hine
be-smiteS.

16 gyf hwa earan haefS hleste me.

17 IjTnd ba se haelend fram bare mani-
-L« geo eode his leorning-cnihtes

hine on bispellen axoden.

18 Da cwaeS he. 3 sende ge swa un-
gleawe ne on-geate ge. -p eall -p utan cymS
on bane mann gangende. ne maig hine
be-smiten.

19 for ban hit ne gaeS on his heorten.
ac on his innoS. 3 on forSgang ge-witeS
ealle metas claensiende.

20 Da saigde he heom. ■p ba bing be
of bam men gaS. ba hine besmiteS.

Various Readings.

9. him ; dydon ; healdon. 10. wurfca ; wyrgfc ; faeder.
11. cweaSaS; segS; fader. 12. aenig; don [for )>anne,
but over an erasure]; o<58e. 13. ge-setton; manega.
14. iEnd; menega ; to-cleopode; ge-hyrafc ; ongytaS. 15.
men; be-smitaS. 16. ge-hlyste. 17. halend ; menegu;
cnihtas; an bigspel axsoden. 18. synt; f>tfs [/or swa];
unglaewe; );owne man; maeg; be-smitan. 19. heortan;
for$-gan ge-witafc. 20. saegde; besmitaS.

3 cuoeS to him woel bismerlice gie doeS bebod godes f selenise iuer gie haldas

9 et dicebat illis bene irritum facitis praeceptum dei ut traditionem uestram seruetis.

moses forSon cuoeS worSig fseder Sin 3 moder Sin 3 seSe mis-cuoeSas feder ■ir moder
10 moses enim dixit bonora patrem tuum et matrem tuam et qui maledixerit patri aut matri

miS deaSe ge-deSed se gie nntedlice cuoeSas gif he cuoeSas monn feder k moeder geafa f

morte moriatur. 11 uos autem dicitis si dixerit bomo patri aut matri corban quod

is geafa f sua huaet from me Se gewsexe 3 lustume ne forgefes gie hine aenig

est donum quod-cumqwe ex me tibi pro-fuerit. 12 et ultro non dimittitis eu»« quicquam

gewyrca+gedoa feder his i moeder eft gie toslitas word godes Serh setnesa iuera

facere patri suo aut matri. 13 rescindentes uerbum dei per traditionem uestraw

Sone gie saldon 3 biseno Suslico monigo gie doas-l-wyrcas 3 to-ge-ceigde eft f folc

quam tradidistis et similia huius-modi multa facitis. 14 et aduocans iterum turbam

cuoeS to him heres gie mec alle 3 on-cnauasgie noht is buta monna iim-gaas in hine

dicebat illis audite me omnes et intellegite. 15 nibil est extra hominum introiens in eum

■p maehge hine gewidlige ah Sa Se of menn fore-cymeS Sa sint SaSe gewidlas

quod- possit eum coinquinare sed quae de homine precedunt ilia sunt quae communicant

Sone gif hua haefe3 earo to heranne gehera 3 miSSy inge-eode in hus from

bominem. 16 siquis babet aures audiendi audiat. 17 *Et cum introisset in domum & "72.ui.

-1 mt. eluii.

Sreate gefrugnun hine Segnas his bissen 3 cuoeS to him sua ec gie un-hogo

turba interrogabant eum discipuli eius parabolam. 18 et ait illis sic et uos inprudentes

arogie ne on-cneawesgie forSon alle uta inn-eode-tinngaas in Sone monno ne msege hine

estis non intellegitis quia omne extrinsecus introiens in hominem non potest eum

gewidlige forSon ne inn-gaaS in hearta his ah in womb 3 in utgeong-Hn feltun ut-gaas

communicare. 19 quia non introit in cor eius sed in uentrem et in secessum exit

clsensas alle meto cuoeS mxtedlice forSon Sa Se of menn utgaaS Sa ge-widlegas

purgans omnes escas. 20 dicebat autem quoniam quae de bomine exeunt ilia communicant

Sone monno
hominem.

9. 3 cwaeS to him wel bismerlice gidoas bibod godes -pte selenisse iower gihaldas 10. moyses forSon cwseS
worSa feeder Sinne 3 moder Sine 3 seSe mis-cweSes feder -t moeder miS deaSe gideSed biS 11. ge wutudlice

cweoSas gif hiae cweoSas mon feder his -r moeder his . . . gefe fte swa hwset is of me Se giwexe 12. 3 lustum
ne for-geofas him senig gi-wyrce -r gidoe feder his -T moeder 13. eft ge toslitas word godes Serh setnisse iower

Sone gisaldun 3 bisine Suslicu swiSe monigu gidoas 14. 3 to-gicegde eft Soet fole cwsjS to him giheras ge

mec alle 3 on-geotas 15. noht is buta monnum in-gas in hine Scet msege hine gi-wid-liga ah Sa Se of menn

for-cumas Sa sindun Sa Se gi-wid-ligas menn + Sone monn 16. gif hwelc4"hwa hasfeS earu to giheranne gihere

17. 3 miS-Sy ineode in hus from Sreote gifrugnun Segnas his bispellum 18. 3 cwseS to him swa ec 3 ge

un-hogu aron ge ne miSSy oncnawas ge forSon alle ute in-eode in Sone monno ne ma;ge hine giwidliga
19. forSon ne ingaS in heorte his ah in womba 3 innun utgongum ut-gaas claensias alle metas 20. cwseS

wutudlice forSon Sa Se of men utgas Sa gi-widligas So monno

f)is godspel
sceal on pasre
brytteofcan
wucan cfer
pentecosten.
A. B.

Exiens ihesus
de tinibus tyri
ucnit per sido
nem ad mare
galilex. A.

21 Innan of manna heortan. yfele ge-
pancas cumaS. unriht-haemedu. 1 forligeru.
manslihtas.

22 [stala.] gytsung. man. facnu. sceam-
least. yfel gesihS. dysinessa. ofer-modignes'sa.
stuntscipe.

23 J ealle f»as yfelu of pam innoSe cumaS
1 pone man besmitaS;

24 T"\a ferde he panon on pa endas tiri 1
-M-J sidonis. 1 he in-agan on -f hus.

he nolde -p hit aenig wiste. 1 he ne mihte
hit be-miSan ;

25 Sona pa an wif be hiff? ge-hyrde. paere
dohtor haefde unclaene gast. heo ineode. 3
to his fotu/w hi astrehte ;

26 SoSlice ■f wif waes hae<Sen. sirofenisces
cynnes. 1 baed hine j> he Sone deofol of
hyre dehter adrife ;

27 pa saede he hire ; Laet aerust pa beam
beon gefylled. nis na god j) man nime para
bearna hlaf. 1 hundu/w worpe ;

28 Da Iswarode heo 1 cp; Drihten f is
soft ; Witodlice pa hwelpas etaS under paere
mysan. of Sara cilda cruman ;

29 pa saede he hyre for peere spraece ; Ga
nu. se deofol of Shire dehter gewit;

30 And pa heo on hyre hus eode heo
gemette j> maeden on hyre bedde licgende.
3 J>one deofol ut-gan ;

31 And eft he eode of tira gemaeruw 3
com purh sidonew* to paere galileiscan sae
betwux midde endas decapoleos.

Various Readings.

22. A. B. stala (which Corp. MS. omits). A. dysignyssa.
A B. ofer-modignes. 23. A. B. omit 3. B. pan. "24.
A. panen. 25. A. dohter. A. unclsenne. A. B. hig.

26. A. deofel. 27. A. serest. A. psera. A. weorpe. 28.
A. Jsworode ; B. andswarode. A. bam mysum. A. psera.
30. A. deofel ut-agan. 31. A. betweox.

21 in-nen of manne heorten yfele ge-
pances cumaeS. unriht-hameSe. 3 forleigre.
manslihte.

22 stale, gytsunge. man facnu. scamelest.
yfel ge-sihSe. desynysse. ofer-modignessa.
stunt-scipe.

23 ealle pas yfele of J>an innoSe cumeS.
"} pane man be-smiteS.

24 T}A ferde he panen on pa sendes
j tyri 1 sidonis. 1 he in-agan on

past hus. he nolde f hit anig wiste. "i
he ne mihte hit be-miSan.

25 Sona pa an wif be him ge-hirde.
pare dohter haefde un-claene gast. hyo in
eode 1 to his foten hyo astrehte.

26 SoSlice "f wif waes haeSene sye-rofe-
niscas cynnes. 1 baed hine. paet he pane
deofel of hire dohter adrife.

27 £>a saigde he hire. Laet aerest pa
beam beo ge-fylled. Nis na god -f man
neme bare bearne hlaf. 7 hunden weorpe.

28 pa andswerede hyo. 3 cw. Drihten
•p is soS. Witodlice Sa hwelpes aeted un-
der pare mysan ; of J>are cyldrene crumen.

29 pa saide he hire for J?are spaece. Ga.
nu se deofel of pinre dohter ge-wit.

30 And pa hyo on hire us eode. hyo
ge-mette •$ maigden on hire bedde liggende.
1 pane deofel ut-agan.

31 ..End eft he eode of tyrum ge-maeren
3 com |mrh sydonem to pare galileiscan sae.
be-tweox mid aendes decapoleos.

Various Headings.

21. Innan; manna heortan ; ge-bancas cuma* ; hjemede;
forligere. manslihtas. 22. stala. gitsung; ge-sih8. dysi-
nessa. ofer-modignes. 23. cuma8 ; bonne ; besmita*. 24.
panon; endas; [MS. Hatton has in-agan gan, by mistake];
tenig. 25. dohtor hafde; fotum. 26. htefcen ; syro-
feniscas; bonne deofol ; dohtor. 27. sagde; seresta; bsem
beon; nyme para bearna; hundum. 28. welpes eta«;
cyldra cruman. 29. ssede; deofol; dohtor/ 30. iEnd;
heora; maiden; ponne deofol ut-gan. 31. gemserum;
para; betwux; eendes.

from innueeard forSon of heorta monno smeaungas yfie of-cymeS un-rehtwisnise esuicnis

21 ab intus enim dc corde hominum cogitationes male procedunt nequitiae dolus

un-sceomfulnise derne legero unreht-haemedo morSor-slago Siofunto gitsungas ego yfel efolsong

inpudicitia adulteria fornicaliones homicidia. 22 i'urta auaritiae oculus malus blasphemia

oferhygd unwisdom all Sas yfelo of innweard fore-cymeS 3 wiSlaS i Sone monno

superbia stultitia. 23 omnia haec mala ab intus procedunt et communicant hominem.

3 Sona aras foerde in gemserum tyres 3 sidonis 3 in-eode hus naenig monn walde

24 *Et inde surgens abiit in fines tyri et sidonis et ingressus domum neminem uoluit'XXl.

wutta 3 ne maehte gehsela -jS wif forSon sona 4>te geherde from him hire-l'Saere hsefde dohter

scire et non potuit latere. 25 mulier enim statim ut audiuit de eo cuius habebat filia

gaast unelsene in-foerde 3 fore-feoll to fotum his woes xraUdlice f wif haeSen Sees

spiritum inmundum intrauit et procidit ad pedes eius. 26 erat autem mulier gentilis syro-

cynnes is nemned syro-phoenisa 3 hedon hine -pte gone diowl he forwurpe-tfordrife of •? from dohter hire

phoenissa genere *Et rogabat eum ut demoniuOT eiceret de filia eius. * 73. oL

r ° mt. cluiiii.

he cuoeS to Sawn let + blinn serist f> Su gefoeda 8a suno ne is forSon god to onfoanne hlaf
27 qui dixit illis sine prius saturari filios non est enim bonum sumere panem

Sara suno 3 senda hundum soS hiu onduearde 3 cuoeS him uutedlice la drihten forSon ec

filioruwi et mittere canibus. 28 at ilia respondit et dicit ei utiqwe do/nine nam et

hwoelpes under bead hia eattas of screadungum Ssera ensehta 3 cuaeS to hir fore Sis

catelli sub mensa commedunt de micis puerorum. 29 et ait illi propter hunc

word gaa eode $e diowl of dohter Sinra 3 miSSy gefoerde-l'geeode to hus hire

sermonewi uade exiit dsemonium de filia tua. 30 et cum abisset domum suam

gemitte t infand f maegden liccende ofer-ron bedd 3 Se diowl ofeade 3 eftwsona Sona foerde

inuenit puellam iaceutem supra lectum et daemonium exisse. 31 *Et iterum exiens •XXII.

74. x.

of gemaerum tyres cuom Serh sidon to sae galilses bituih medo gemaero of decapolj*
de finibws tyri uenit per sidonem ad mare galilaeae inter medios fines decapoleos.

21. from ionnawordum forSon of heorte monna sweaunga yfel oft cumaS derne giligero un-reht-haemed morSur-
slagu 22. Siofento gitsunge un-rehtwisnisse eswicnisse unscomfulnisse esio yrle eofulsongas ofer-hygd un-wisdom
23. alle Sas yfel from ionawordum fore cumaS 3 wid-las Sone monno 24. 3 Sa aras foerde in gimaerum tyiis 3
sidonis 3 iu-eode hus naenig mon walde wuta 3 ne maehte gihaela 25. -J5 wif forSon sona f te giherde of him
hire-l'Saere haefde dohter gast uncleonne infoerde 3 for-feol to fotum his 26. 3 wa;s wutudh'ee wif Sset haeSen
Saes sirophinisca cynnes 3 gi-bedun hine -fte Sone diowul forwurpe of doehter his 27. he cwaeS to Saem lett-t
blin serist Saet Su gifoede Sa suno ne is forSon good to on-ibanne hlaf Sara sununa 3 sende hundvm 23. soS
hio ond-sworade 3 cwaeS him wutudWce la drihten forSon ec 3 hwelpas under beadum of screadungum hiaa eatas
Sara cnsehta 29. cwaeS to hir fore Sissum word? gaa 3 eode Se diowul of doehter hire 30. 3 miS-Sy

gifoerde i eade to huse . . . gimitte t fand 4> maBgden licgende ofer bedde-traeste 3 Saet diowul of eade 31 3 efter
sona foerde of gimaeruni tyres com Serh sidon to sse galikes bitwih middum gimserum of decapolem

Dis god-spel
ge-byraS on
peere ehtoSan
wucan ofer
pentecosten.
A. B.

32 ") hi laeddon him aenne deafne 1 dumb-
ne. 1 hine bsedon -p he his hand hi»« on
sette ;

33 Da nam he hine onsundran of pasre
menigu. 1 his fingras on his earan dyde 1
spaetende his tungan onhran ;

34 1 on pone heofon behealdende geom-
rode 1 cwaeS; Effeta. j> is on ure gepeode
sy pu ontyned ;

35 And sona wurdon his earan geopen-
ode. 1 his tungan bend wearS unslyped 1
he rihte sprsec ;

36 And he bead hi»2 -p hi hit nanuw?
men ne saedon ; Soplice swa he him swipor
bebead. swa hi swiSor bodedon.

37 3 J>aes pe ma wundredon ") cwaedon ;
Ealle ping he wel dyde. 3 he dyde p deafe
gehyrdon. 1 dumbe spraecon;

CHAPTER VIII.

1 Ijlft on paw? dagum him wass mid
-L^ micel menigu 1 naefdon hwaet hi

seton ; pa cwaep he to-somne geclypedww his
leorning-cnihtura ;

2 Ic ge-miltsige pysse menegu. fbrpam
hi pry dagas me ge-anbidiaS !l nabbaS hwast
hi eton ;

3 Gif ic hi faestende to hyra husu?» laete.
be wege hi ge-teorigeaS ; Sume hi comon
feorran.

4 3 pa 3swarodan hi»» his leorning-cnih-
tas; Hwanon maeg aenig man pas mid
hlafuTra on pisuw? westene gefyllan ;

Various Readings.

32. A. B. hig. A. inserts man offer dumbne. A. baedon
hyne. A. B. asette. 33. A. on-sundron. A. msenigeo.

A. gearan. 34. A. heofen. A. sig. 35. A. gearan.
36. A. hig. A. heom. A. hig.

Cap. viii. 1. A. msenigeo. A. B. hig. 2. A. msenigeo ;

B. menigu. A. B. hig (twice). A. etan. 3. A. B. hig
(A. thrice; B. twice). A. heora. A. ge-teoriafc. 4. A. B.
omit 3. A. Jswaredon ; B. Jswarode. B. bissum.

32 "J hyo laedden him aenne deafne !I
dumbne. 1 hine baeden. p he his hand
on him asette. •

33 Da nam he hine asundre of pare
manige. 3 his fingre on his earen dyde.
!! spaettende his tunge on-hran.

34 1 on panne heofen be-healdende. ge-
morede. "i cwaaS. Effeta. ~p is on ure ge-
peode syo pu untyned.

35 JEnd sone wurSan his earen ge-ope-
nede. J his tunge bend war<5 un-slyped J he
rihte spaec.

36 1 he be-bead heom ~p hyo hit nanen
menn ne saigden. SoSlice swa he heom
swidre be-bead. swa hyo swidere bodeden.

37 3 pas pe ma wundredon. 1 cwaeSen.
ealle ping he wel dyde. "3 he dyde -p deafe
ge-hyrden. 3 dumbe spraecan.

™

CHAPTER VIII.

on bam dagen him waes mide Cum <urba

. rl . multa esset

mycel manigeo. 3 naefden hwaet cum ieau.
hyo aeten. Da cwaeS he to-somne ge-clepe-
den his leorning-cnihten.

2 Ic ge-miltsie pisse manigeo. for pan
hy pri dages me ambidiaS. 1 naebbed hwaet
hyo aeten.

3 Gyf ich hyo faestende to hyre huse
laete be weige hyo ge-teorieS. sume hyo
com en feorran.

4 pa andswerede bim hys leorning-cnih-
tes. Hwanen maig anig man pas mid
hlafen on pissen westen ge-fellen.

Various Readings.

32. laeddon; enne; dumbene; bsedon. 33. menega;
fingra; earan; spatende. 34. tonne heofon be-heldende
geomorede; sy. 35. sona wurfcon; earan; tungen; wearS;
sproec. 36. vEnd; naman men (sic); ssegdon; swtfSor;
swydor bodedon. 37. bses ; wundrodon; cwseSon; ge-
hyrdon ; spraecon.

Cap. viii. 1. dagum: menega; neefdon ; ge-clypedum ;
cnihtum. 2. menega; bam hyo bry dagas ; ge-anbidiaS ;
nsebbaS ; etan. 3. ic ; hyora husum ; wege hig ge-teori-
ga8; comon. 4. andswarode; cnihtas. Hwanon maeg
aenig ; hlafum ; bissum westum ge-fyllan.

3 to-laeddon him deaf 3 dumb 3 gebedon hine fte on-sette him hond

32 et adducunt ei surdum et mutum et deprsecantur eum ut inponat illi manum.

1 to-gegrap k gelahte hine of fcaem folce sundurlice sende fingeras his in earliprico 3 gebleuu

33 et adpraehendens eum de turba seorsum misit digitos suos in auriculas et expuens

gehran tunga his
tetigit linguam eius.

3 on-feng in heofnum , 3 cuoeS him f is

34 et suscipiens in caelum ingemuit et ait illi effetha quod est

to un-tyn 3 sona untyndo woeron earo his 3 un-bunden waes gebend tungaes his 3

adaperire. 35 et statim apertae suut aures eius et solutum est uinculum linguae eius et

spreccend waes rehtlice
loqwebatur recte.

3 bebead Saem ilcowi fte ne aenigum men hia g[e]caoede k ne geseegde sua suiSe
36 et praecipit illis ne" cui dicerent *Quanto • 75. uiii.

nutedlice him fore-bead swa swa suifcor mara forSor hi bodadon
autem eis praecipiebat tanto magis plus praedicabant.

lu. c

3 hine k of Son forSor to-gewun-
37 et eo amplius admi-

dradun hia Bus cuoeSende wel alle dyde 3 deofo dyde -)5te hia geheras 3 dumbo -pte hia gesprecas
rabantur dicentes *Bene omnia fecit et surdos fecit audire et mutos loqui.

• 76. ui.
mt. clx.

CAP. VIII.

in fcaem dagum eftersona miSSy Sreat monigo waes ne haefdon -pte hia eton k msBhton eata
1 *IN illis diebws iterum cum turba multa esset nee haberent quod manducarent ■ XXIII.

efnegeceigdum Segnum cuoefc to him
conuocatis discipulis ait illis.

ic milsa ofer Xreat forfcon heno gee-tsoMice Brio dogor
2 misereor super turba quia ecce iam triduo

ge-tabidas mec ne habbas hia fte hia geette
sustinent me nee habent quod manducent.

3 gif ic forleto hia fastende in hus hiora
3 et si dimisero eos ieiunos in domum suam

hia gelosaS on woeg suwime menn forSon of fcaem fearre cuomon
deficient in uia quidam enim ex eis de longe uenerunt

3 geondueardon him fcegnas
4 et responderunt ei discipuli

his huona fcas maege hua-thwelc her gefylle miS hlafum on woestern
sui unde istos poterit quis bic saturare panibws in solitudine.

32. 3 to-laeddum {sic) him deofe 3 dumbe 3 gi-bedun hine -jSte he onsette hine honda 33. 3 to-gi-grap hine of
Saem Sreate synderlice sende flngras his in ear-liprica his 3 gibleow gihran tunga 34. 3 onfeng on heofnum
3 ... 3 cwse* to him . . . iaet is to untyn 35. . . . sona ontynde werun earu his 3 un-bunden wses gibend tunga

his 3 spreceude was rehtlice 36. 3 bibead Ssem ilea fceet he aenigum men gi-saegde swa swiS wutudh'ce him
forbead swa swifcor mara foriSor hiae bodadun 37. 3 hine of Son forfcor to-gi-wundradun Sus cweSende wel alle
dyde 3 deofe dyde Saette hia giheras 3 dumbee sprecun.

Cap. VIII. 1. in Sara dagum efter sona mi8*y Sreote monigra werun ne hcefdun SaBt -f hia? etun 4" eotan
maehtun efne gicedun 8a fcegnas cwaefc ... 2. ic milsa ofer Sreott forSon heonu ge fcrio dogor ge-biddas mec
ne habbas hiae fcaette liioa ete 3. 3 gif ic forleto hiae faestende in hus hiora hie giloesigas on woege sume

men forSon of fcaem feorra comun 4. 3 gi-ond-wordun him £egnas his hwona fcas maeg hwelc-thwa her gifylle
mi8 hlafum on woesterne.

II 2

5 pa axode he hi hu fela hlafa haebbe
ge. hi cwaedon seofan ;

6 Da het he sittan ba menegu ofer ba
eorban ; And nam ba seofon hlafas 1 gode
bancode. 3 hi braec 3 sealde his leorning-
cnihtuw? ■p hi toforan him asetton. 3 hi
swa dydon ;

7 And hi naefdon bnton feawa fixa 3 he
ba bletsode. 3 het beforan hiw? settan.

8 3 hi aeton 3 wurdon gefyllede 3 hi na-
mon ■p of pam brytsenum belaf. seofon
wilian fulle;

9 SoSlice ba Se bar seton. waeron fif
busend 3 he hi ba for-let ;

10 f" A ~|nd sona he on scyp mid his
L-^J^-J leorning-cnihtum astah. 3 com

on ba daelas dalmanuSa ;

11 And ba ferdon $a pharisei. 3 ongun-
non mid him smeagean 3 tacen of heofone
sohton 3 his fandedon ;

12 pa cw. he geomriende on his gaste.
hwi sec?) beos cneoris tacen ; Soblice ic eow
secge ne br8 bisse cneorisse tacen geseald.

13 3 hi ba forlaatende eft on scyp astah.
3 ferde ofer bone muSan.

14 3 hi ofergeton ■p hi hlafas ne namon.
3 hi nsefdon on scype mid him buton aenne
hlaf.

15 3 he him bead 3 cwaeS ; LociaS 3 war-
ma?) fraw pharisea 3 herodes haefe ;

Various Headings.

5. A. acsode. A. B. hig. A. faala. A. habbe. A. hig.
A. seofen. 6. A. msenigeo. A. seofen ; B. seofan. A B.
hig (thrice). 7. A. hig. 8. A. hig. A. B. hig. A.
seofen; B. seofan. 9. A. big. 10. A. places astah after
scyp. 11. A. farysei. A. heofene. 1 2. A. geomrigende.
A. hwig. B. cneores. A. tacn (1st time). 13. A. hig.
14. A. hig (thrice); B. hig (twice). A. ofer-geaton. B.
aune. 15. B. warnigeaS. A. B. farisea.

5 pa axode he hyo hu fele hlafe hzebbe
ge. hyo cweeSen seofen.

6 Pa het he sitten ba manige ofer ba
eorSan. 3 nam ba seofe hlafes 3 gode
bancede. 3 hyo braec 3 sealde his leorning-
cnihten. -p hyo to-foran heom asetten. 3
byo &wa dydon.

7 3 hyo naefden buten feawe fisxe. 3 he
ba bletsede. 3 het be-foren heom asetten.
3 hyo swa dyden.

8 3 hyo aeten 3 wur^en fylde. 3 hy na-
men past of bam brithmen (sic) be-laf seofen
wilien fulle.

9 SoSlice ba be bser aeten. waeren feower
busendae. 3 he hyo for-let.

10 Ijlnd sone he on scyp mid his leorn-
J— * ing-cnihten astah. 3 com on ba

daeles dalmanu-Sa.

11 3 ba ferden ba farisei 3 on-gunnen mid
hym smeagen. 3 tacne of hefene sohten 3
his fandeden.

12 pa cwae?> he reowsiende on his gaste.
hwi seed beos cneorys taken. SoSlice ic
eow segge ne beoS bisse cneorisse tacen
geseald.

13 3 hyo ba for-laetende eft on scyp astah.
3 ferde ofer banne muSan.

14 3 hyo ofer-geaten ■p hyo hlafes ne
namen. 3 hyo naefden on scype mid heom
buten aenne hlaf.

15 3 he heom. baed 3 cwaeS. LokiaS 3
warniaS fram farisea 3 herodes haefe.

Various Readings.

5. axsode; fela; habbe; hy cwaedon seofon. 6. sittan
f>a menga; eor<5am (sic); seofan; (>ancode; cnihtas ; a-
setton. 7. naefdon buton feawa fixa; blettsode; beforan
a-setton; dydon. 8. seton; wurdon ge-fyllede ; namon f:
bretsunum ; seofarc wiligan. 9. waeron for (msend. 10.
sona; cnihtan; dalas. 11. ^End; ferdon; pharisei; on-
gunnon ; smeagean; heofone sohton ; fandedon. 12. ge-
omriende [for reowsiende] ; seocS ; seegge ; by* ; cneresse.
13. Jjonne. 14. ofer-geaton; hlafas; neefdon; buton. 15.
eom; Lociafc; warnigeafc.

3 gefraign-t<reascade hia huu feolo lafo habbaS gie SaSe cuoedon seofo
5 et interrogauit eos quot pane8 habetis qui dixerunt septem.

3 bebead fcaem folce
6 et praecipit turbae

to-daela on-ufa^ofer eoriSo 3 on-feng *a seofo blafas Soncungo dyde gebraecc 3 he gesalde Segnu
discumbere supra terram et accipiens septem paues gratias agens fregit et dabat discipul

his -pte hia to-gesette 3 to-geseton hia $aem Sreate
suis ut adponerent et adposuerunt turbae.

3 hia haefdon lyttelra fisca huonf 3 fca ilco + meg.
7 et habebunt (sic) pisciculos paucos et ipsos

gebloedsade 3 heht to-sette
benedixit et iusit adponi.

3 eton 3 gefylde woeron 3 genomon -pte

8 et manducauerunt et saturati sunt et sustulerunt quod

ofer-gelaefed waes of Saem screadungum seofa cewlas-t'mondo
superauerat de tragmentis septum sportas.

woeron soMice Safce eton suelce

9 eraut autem qui manducauerunt quasi

feower Susendo 3 forleort hia
quattuor milia et dimisit eos.

3 hreconne astag £ scip mix fcegnum his cuom on

10 et statim ascendens nauem cum discipulis suis uenit in

dalum-ton londum Saere megSa
partes dalmanutha.

3 foerdon Sa ae-laruas 3 ongunnun efne-gesoeca mix hine
11 *Et exierunt pharisaei et coeperunt conquirere cum eo •XXim.

io. xxiii. liii.
rot. clxi
f hia sohton i soecende from him becon of heofne costendo hine 3 seofade-tgemaende miS gaste cuoeS

quaerentes ab illo signum dae cado temtantes eum. 12 et ingemescens spiritu ait

huaet cneoureso das-thuaetd Sius fceod soecaS
*Quid geueratio ista

becon soSlice ic soego iuh ne biS said cneoreso Sisum
quaerit signum amen dico uobis si dabitur generationi isti • 78. ui.

mt. clxiii.

becon
signum.

3 forleort hia astag eftersona gefoerde ofer -p luh
13 et dimittens eos ascendens iterum abiit trans fretum.

3 forgetne woeron
14 et obliti sunt

onfengo-tto onfoane hlafas 3 buta anum hlafe ne haefdon mifc in scip
sumere panes et nisi unum panem non habebant secum in naui.

3 bebead

15 *Et praecipiebat • 79. ii.

lu. cxliiii.
mt. clxiiii.

Saam-Hiim cuoefcende geseafc behaldas from daersto fcaera ae-laruas 3 from daersto heroSis
eis dicens uidete cauete a fermento pharisaeorum et fermento erodis.

5. 3 gifraBgn 4" ascade hiae hwaet hlafa habbas ge hiae cwedun siofune 6. 3 bibeod Saem Sreote to daelanne

ofer eorSo 3 onfeng 8a siofunae hlafas Soncunge dyde gibraec 3 salde Segnum his fte to-gisette 3 to-gisetun
hiae ... 7. 3 hiae haefdun lytelra fisca hwon 3 Sa ilco gibletsade 3 giheht to-gi-sitta 8. 3 etun 3 gifylde

werun 3 ginomun Saet gilaefed waes-l'-JS to lafe waes of Saem screadungum siofu ceowlas fulle 9. werun sofclice
*aSe etun swelce siufu Susend 3 forleort hiae 10. 3 recone astag $ scip mi8 Segnum his comun in dael-ton

lond Saere megSe 11. 3 foerdun 8a larwas 3 on-gunnun efne-gisoecan miS him Saette hie sohtun from him

becun of heofne costende hine 12. 3 seafade i maende mis gaste cwaeS hwaet cneorisse Sios soecaS becun

soSlice ic saego iow ne bis said cneorisse Sisser becun 13. 3 forleort hiae astag efter sona . . . gifoerde ofer luh
14. 3 for-getne werun fcegnas his on-fenge hlafe 3 buta anum hlafe ne haefdun miS him in scipe 15. 3 bibeod
Saeui-Hmu cweSende giseaS 3 bihaldas from daerstum Sara se-larwa 3 from daerstum herodes.

16 pa pohton hi betwux hiwi 3 cwsedon;
Naebbe we nane hlafas.

17 J?a se haelend -p wiste. he cwaeS. Hwaet
J?ence ge forpam ge hlafas nabbaB. gyt ge
ne oncnawaS ne ne ongytaS. gyt ge habbaS
eowre heortan geblende ;

18 Eagan ge habbaS 1 ne ge-seoS. 1
earan. 1 ne gehyraS. ne ge ne peucaj}

19 hwaenne ic braec fif hlafas "i twegen
fixas 3 hu fela wyligena ge namon fulle ; Hi
cwsedon J>a twelfe ;

20 And hwaenne seofon hlafas feower
Jmsendujra. "i hu fela wyligena. brytsyna ge
namon. hi saedon seofon;

21 Da saede he Yarn- hwi ne ongyte ge

22 And hi comon \a to bedzaida ^ hi
brohton him pa aenne blindne 3 hine baedon
•p he hine aethrine.

23 J J?a aethran he pass blindan hand 1
laedde hine butan pa wic. !l spaette on his
eagan. 1 his hand onasette 1 hine axode
hwaeper he aht gesawe ;

24 Da cwaeS he pa Sa he hine beseah. ic
ge-seo men swylce treow gangende ;

25 Eft he asette his handa ofer his eagan
1 he geseah f>a. "i wearS ge-edniwod. swa ■p
he beorhtlice eall geseah ;

26 Da sende he hine to his huse. 3 cwaeS
ga to pinum huse. "i Seah pu on tun ga
naenegum pu hit ne sege ;

Various Readings.

16. A. hig betweox. 19. A. foela. A. B. wylegena.
A. B. hig. A. \>a. cwrodon. 20. A. fcela wylegena, A.
hig. A. seofen ; B. seofan. 21. A. hwig. A. B. omit ge.
22. A. hig {twice). 23. A. acsode.

16 pa pohten hyo be-tweoxe heom. 1
cwaeSen. naebbe we nane hlafes.

17 J?a se haelend -p wiste. he cwaeS.
hwaet J>ence ge for pan ge hlaefes naebbeS.
gyt ge ne on-cnaweS ne on-gyteS. gyet ge
haebbeS eowre heorte ge-blende.

18 Eagen ge haebbeS 3 ne ge-seoS. 3
earen 1 ge ne hereS. ne ge ne )?enceS

19 hwanne ic braec fif hlafes 1 twegen
fixas. 1 hu fela wiligenne ge naman fulle.
Hy cwaeSon pa twelfe.

20 .End hwanne seofan hlafas feower Jm-
sende. 1 hu fele wiligene britsena ge namen
fulle. hy saiden seofen.

21 Da saigde he heom. hwi ne ongyte
ge hyt.

22 3 hyo comen pa to bethsaida. "} hyo
brohten hym pa. aenne blindne. 1 hine
baeden -p he hine aet rine.

23 1 pa aet-ran he J>as blinden hand end
laedde hine buton pa wic. 1 spaette on his
eagen. 1 his hand on asette ") hine axode.
hwaeder he aht ge-seage.

24 Da cw. he. pa J?ae he hine be-seag. ic
ge-seo men swilce treow gangende.

25 Eft he asette his hand ofer his eagen.
"i he ge-seah J?a. 1 warS ge-eodneowed. swa
p he brihtlice eall ge-seah.

26 Da sende he hine to his huse. 1
cwaed. ga to Jrinen huse. 1 peah pu on
tun ga nanen p\x hit ne segge.

Various Readings.

16. f>ohton; betwux; cwsBfcon; hlafas. 17. for \wm;
on-cnawaS ; on-gytaS ; gyt ; heortan. 18. Eagan ge
habbaS; earan; ge-hyraS; JjencaS. 19. hwsenne; hlafas;
wylegena ; Hyo. 20. hwcenne ; hwu ; wyligena brysena
(sic) ge naman; om. fulle; ssegdon seofon. 21. sagde;
eom ; hit. 22. comon ; blinde. 23. at-hran ; f>aes blin-
dan ; 3 lsedde ; eagan ; hwefcer ; haht ge-ssewe. 24. Jia
|>a; be-seah. 25. hande ; eagan; wearS ge-edniwod;
brehtlice. 26. jnnum; nsenegum; sege.

3 hia geSohton him bituen Sus cuoeSende }Ste-r forSon hlafo ne habbas we ofSon ongaet

16 *Et cogitabant ad alterutrum dicentes quia panes non habemus. 17 quo cognito " 80- ui-

se haa\end cuoeS Saem-fhim huaetd smeas gie forSon hlafo nabbas gie ne get oncnauasgie 3 ne gie
iesus ait illis quid cogitatis quia panes non habetis nondum cognoscitis neqwe intel-

cunnon Sageon-tget Siostrig-r' blind is gie habbaS hearta iuer ego habbaS gie k hsebbende ne

legitis athuc caecatum habetis c6r uestrum. 18 oculos habentes non

geseaS gie 3 earo gie habbaS ne geheraS gie ne eft Sohtogie-1-Sencesgie huonne-rhuu fif hlafas

uidetis et aures habentes non auditis nee recordamini. 19 quando quinque panes

ic braecc on fif Susendo 3 huu monig mondo Sara screadunga fulle gie genomon-r'geberon cuoedon

fregi in quinque milia et quot cophinos fragmentorum plenos sustulistis dicunt

him tuoelfo huoenne-tSa 3 seofo hlafas on feuer Susendo huu monig ceolas Sasra screa-

ei duodecim. 20 quando et septem panes in quattuor milia quot sportas fragmento-

dunga gie nomon 3 cuoedon to him seofana 3 he gecuoeS to him huu ne Sageon-rget gie oncnauas

rum tulistis et dicunt ei septem. 21 et dicebat eis quomodo nondum intellegitis.

3 cuomon to bethsaiSa Seer byrig 3 to-laeddon him blindne monno 3 gebedon hine -pte hine-l-Sone
22 *Et ueniunt bethsaida et adducunt ei caecum et rogabant eum ut ilium *xxv-

81. x.

gehrinde 3 to-gelahte hond Sees blindaes ofgeleede Sene-thine buta Saem londe 3 speaft on

tangeret. 23 et ad-praehendens manum caeci eduxit eum extra uicum et expuens in

ego his onsetnum hondum his gefraegn hine-r'Sene gif-thuoeSer huoelc huoego gesege 3

oculos eius inpositis manibws suis interrogauit eum si aliquid uideret. 24 et

upplocade i ymbsceuade cuoeS ic geseom menn suoelce tre?/o geongende aefterSon eftersona

aspiciens ait uideo homines uelut arbores ambulantes. 25 deinde iterum

onsette hondo ofer ego Sees -r his 3 ongann gesea 3 eft-niuad waas sua-tSus -)5te gesege gleoulice
inposuit manus super oculos eius et coepit uidere et restitutus est ita ut uideret clare

alle 3 sende Sene-Hiine in hus his Sus cuoeSende gaa in hus Sin 3 gif on

omnia. 26 et misit ilium in domum suam dicens uade in domum tuam et si in

lond Su gegaas k geongas naenigum menn Su gecuoeSe Sis + gessege
nicum introieris nemini dixeris.

16. 3 hia giSohtun him bitwion Sus cweSende forSon hlafas ne habbas we 17. of Son ongset Se httAend

cwaeS to Saem hwret smeogas ge forSon hlafas ne habbas ge ne gett on-cnawas ge ne cunnan Sa geona-tSiostur
•tblinde habbas ge heorta iowre 18. ego habbas ge ne gi-seas ge earu habbas ge ne gi-heras ne eft Sohtun ge
19. hwenne-thu fif hlafas ic breec in fif Susend 3 hu monig monde Sara screadunga fulle ge ginomun cwedun
him twelfe 20. hwenne 3 siofune hlafas in feower Susendo hu monig ceowul Sara screadunga genomun 3

cwedun him siofune 21. 3 he cwebS to him hu monige Sa geona ge on-cnawas 22. 3 comun to beza 3 to-
gi-laaddun him blinde menn 3 bedun hine -JSte him gehrine 23. 3 to-lahte honda Sees blinda Isedde hine buta
Saet lond 3 speoft in egu his on-setnum hondum his gifrsegn hine gif hwelc hwoegnu gisege 24. 3 up-loccade
cweeS ic gisiom menn -r -)S treo gongende 25. eefter Son sette honda ofer egu his 3 on-gan gisea 3 eft-niowad

wses swa f te gisege gleowlice alle 26. 3 sende hine in hus his Sus cweSende gaa in hus Sin 3 gif in lond
Su ge-gonges nanum men Su cySe Sis.

Dys god-spel
sceal on see
petres majsse-
dffge. A. B.

27 T"\a eode he 3 his leorning-ctiihtas
-L' on •$ castel cesarese philippi. 3

he on wege his leorning-cnihtas ahsode.
Hwaet secgaS men •$ ic sy ;

28 pa andswarodon hi. sume Iohannera
pone fulluhtere. sume heliam sume sumne
of paw witegura;

29 Da cwaeS he hwaet secge ge -p ic sy;
pa andswarude petrus hiw 3 cv/arS ; Du eart
crist.

30 3 Sa bead he hlra. "p" hi namegura be
hi;w ne saedon ;

31 Da ongan he hi laeran "p mannes sunu
gebyreS fela binga Jwlian 3 beon aworpen
tram ealdormannu?«. 3 heahsacerdu/ra 3 bo-
cerum 3 beoa ofslegen. 3 aefter Jmm dagum
arisan.

32 3 spraec pa openlice. 3 J?a nam petrus
hine 3 ongan hine preagean

33 pa be-wende he hine 3 cidde petre 3
cwaeS ; Ga on-baec satanas forparw pu nast
pa Sing J?e synd godes. ac pa Sing pe synd
manna ;

34 pa cwaeS he togaedere geclypedre
menegu mid his leorning cnihtu/M ; Gif hwa
wyle me fyligean wiS-sace hine sylfne 3 nime
his cwylminge 3 folgige me ;

35 Se Se wyle his sawle hale gedon se hi
for-spilS ; Se Se for-spilS his sawle for me.
3 for pam godspelle se hi ge-haslS ;

36 Hwaet fremaS men Seah he eallne
middan-eard gestryne. 3 do his sawle for-
wyrd.

Various Readings.

27. A. hpylippi (sic). A. acsode. A. sig. 28. A.
3swaredon hig. 29. A. sig. A. Jswarede. 30. A. hig.
31. A. hig. A. fsela. B. ealdor-mannon. 32. B. spaec.
B. }>reagan. 34. A. togaedre geclypodre msenigeo. B.
cwylmincge. A. folgie. 35. A. B. hig (twice). 36. A.
ealne middan-geard.

27 T^A eode he 3 his leorning-cnihtes
j on -p castell ceastre philippi. 3

he on weige his leorning-cnihtes axode.
hwaet seggeS men ■p ic syo.

28 Da andswereden hyo. sume Johan-
nem panne fulluhtere. sume heliam. sume
sumne of pam witegen.

29 Da cwasS he. hwaet segge ge ■p ic syo.
pa andswerede petrus hym. 3 cw. pu ert
crist.

30 3 pa bead he hym -p" hyo nanen be him
ne saigden.

31 Da on-gan he hyo laeren ~p mannes
sune ge-bered feole binge polien. 3 beo
aworpen fram ealdor-mannen. 3 heah-sacer-
den. 3 bokeren. 3 beon of-slagen. 3 aefter
preom dagen arisan.

32 3 spaecen pa openlice. 3 pa nam petrus
hine. 3 gan hine freatigen.

33 pa be-wende he hine 3 kydde petre.
3 cw. Ga on baecc sathanas for J?an pu nast
)>a Jring pe synde godes. Ac p>a ping pe
synde manne.

34 Da cwaeS he to-gsedere ge-clepede
manega mid his leorning-cnihten. Gyf hwa
wile me felgien wiS-sace hine sylfne. 3 nime
his cwelmenge 3 folgie me.

35 Se pe wile his sawle haele ge-don. se
hyo for-spilS. Se pe for-spild his sawle for
me. 3 for pam godspelle se hyo ge-ha?lS.

36 Hwaet fremed men J?eah he ealne mid-
den-eard ge-streonig. 3 do his sawle for-
wurSe.

Various Headings.

27. cnihtas ; castel ceastre ; weyge ; cnihtas axsode. 28.
andswarodon ; ponne ; witejivm. 29. seo ; earl. 30. hi
naeneguTre; sasgdurc. 3). lseron; ge-byreS feola; );olian;
beon ; ealdor-mannon. heah-sacerdum 3 boceium ; of-
slegan ; dagum. 32. speceii ; Jireatigan. 33. cydde ;
ba;c; synt; synd manna. 34. to-gadere getlypedre me-
nega ; cnihtum ; fyligean; cwilminge. 35. for-spylS;
for-spilS. 36. fremeS; myddan-eard gestreny; for-wyrS.

3 gofoerde k fuerende wees se hes\end 3 Segnas his in ceastra philipes 3 on woeg

27 *Et egressus est iesua et discipuli eius in castello caesareae philipi et in uia • XXVI.

lv. xciiii.
gefraegn Segnas his cuoeS to him huoelcne mec cuoeSas £ ic sie Sas menn Sa Se io. lxxiiii.

interrogabat discipulos suos dicens eis quem me dicunt esse homines. 28 qui mt- clxui-

ondueardon him cuoeSende iohannes se fuluihtere oSero he-H oSero fee suoelce enne of witgum
responderunt illi dicentes iohannes baptistam 41ii heliam alii uero quasi unum de prophetis.

Sa cuoeS to him gie see huoelc mec gie cuoeSas $ ic sie ge-onduearde petrus cuoeS him Su arS
29 tunc dicit illis uos uero quern me dicitis esse. *E.espondens petrus ait ei tu ^s * 83 "•

mt. clxuiii.
crist 3 forbead-l' stiorde 4" stiorend webs him ne cenigum gecuedon hia of him 3

ckristus. 30 et comminatus est eis ne* cui dicerent de illo. 31 et

ongann lsera hia forSon is reht-lic sunu monnes feolo geSoliga 3 forcuma from aeldum 3
coepit docere illos quoniam oportet filium hominis multa pati et reprobari A senioribws et

from heh-sacerdum 3 from uuS-uutum 3 ofslaa 3 softer Sriim dagu eft ansa 3 eaunga

a summis sacerdotibws et scribis et occidi et post tres dies resurgere. 32 et palam

word he waes sprsBcend + he gespraecc 3 gelahte hine petrws ongann geSreadtaige hine

uerbum loqwebatur *Et apprehendens eum petrus coepit increpare eum. 33. * 84. ui- ...

seSe gecerde ymh 3 gesseh Segnas his stiorde 4- forbeadend webs petre cuoeSende geong on baBcc4"mec

qui conuersus et uidens discipulos suos comminatus est petro dicens uade retro

behianda Su wiSerworda forSon ne on-cnauas Su SaSe4"Sa Sing godes, sint ah Sa Se sint monno
me satana quoniam non sapis quae dei sunt sed quae sunt hominum.

3 geceiged 4" gecliopad waes -J5 folc miS Segnum his cuoeS to him gif hua waellae softer mech fylga
34 *Et conuocata turba cum discipulis suis dixit eis si quis uult post me sequi * xxvil.

85. ii.
lu. xcui.
onssecce hine seolfne t him seolfum 3 lsedae Srounc his 3 fylge ♦ soece meh seSe forSon wselle mt. clxx.

deneget s&psum et tollat crucem suam et sequatur me. 35 qui enim uoluerit

saul his hal gedoe losiaS hia her on life seSe vutedlice losas saul his fore mec

animam suam saluam tacere perdet earn qui autem perdiderit animam suam propter me

3 godspell hal hia ge-doe huaet forSon fore-stondes menn gif4"Saeh gestriona middangeord

et euangelium saluam earn faciet. 36 quid enim proderit homini si lucretur mundum

aline 3 losuist gedoe saules his ,

totum et detrimentum faciat animae suae.

27. 3 fserende wses Se hselenoJ 3 Segnas his in caestre cessares philipes 3 on woege gifraegn Segna his cwaeS
to him hwelc mec cweoSas were ic mon Ses 28. SaSe 3sworadun him cweSende iohannem Se fulwihtere

oSer helias oSer sec swelce enne of witgum 29. Sa cwaeS to him ge sec soSlice hwelc me cweSes -(5 ic sie

gi-3sworade petru* cwaeS him Su arS crist 30. 3 for-beod i stiorde him ne sengum gicwede of him 31. 3

on-gan lsera hise forSon is reht-lic sunu monnes feolu giSoelge 3 for-cuma from aeldum 3 from heh-sacerdum 3
uS-wutum 3 of-sla 3 aefter Srim dagum eft arisan 32. 3 eowunga word sprecende wses 3 to-gilahte hine petrus
ongan giSreatiga hine 33. seSe gicerde ymb 3 gisoeh Segnas his stiorende 4" forbeodende wses petre cweSende

gong on ba?clinc-rbihionda mec Su wiSerworda forSon ne on-cnawestu SaSe godes sindun ah SaSe sindun
monna 34. 3 cegende waes Sset folc miS Segnum his cwaeS to him gif hwelc welle aefter me fylga onsaece

hine solfne .... 3 fylge mec 35. seSe forSon welle sawle his hale gidoa loesigaS hiae seSe wutudlice losas

sawla his fore mec 3 god-spell hale hia gidoeS 36. hwaet . . . forstondes menn Seh gistrione aline middengeard
3 lose-west gidoe sawle his

Dis sceal on
sastern-dseg on
pEere form an
fasten wucan.
A. B.

37 oppe hwylc gewryxl sylS se man for
his sawle ;

38 SoSlice se pe me for-syhS 1 mine word
on pisre unriht-haemedan D synfulran cneo-
risse. Sone mannes sunu for-syhp ; Donne
he cym<5 on his fasder wuldre mid halgww
englum ;

CHAPTER IX.

1 pa saede he hi»» soSlice ic secge eow.
■p sume synt her wuniende. pe deaS ne
onbyrigeaS. a3r hi ge-seon godes rice on
maegne cuman ;

2 T*\a aefter syx dagiuw nam se haelend
-L' petrum 1 iacobura 7 iohannewa 1

lsedde hi sylfe onsundran on sumne heahne
munt 1 wearft beforan hi?» ofer-hiwud.

3 1 his reaf wurdon glitiniende swa hwite
swa snaw. swa nan fullere ofer eorSan ne
maeg swa hwite gedon ;

4 pa aet-ywde him helias mid moyse 1 to
him spraecon ;

5 Da andswarode petrus him ") cwaeS.
lareow god is •p we her beon 1 uton wyrcan
her preo eardung-stowa. pe ane. 1 moyse
ane. "} helie ane ;

6 SoSlice he nyste hwaet he cwae'S. he
waes afaered mid ege ;

7 And seo lyft hi ofer-sceadewude. 3
stefn cowi of paere lyfte 3 cwaeS. pes is min
leofesta sunu gehyraS hine ;

Various Readings.

38. A. pyssere. A. ryce [for wuldre].

Cap. ix. 1. A. synd. A. wunigende. A. on-byrgaS. A.
big. B. msegene. 2. B. (rubric) sasterne. A. hig. B.
sylue. A. B. onsundron. A. ofer-hywod. 3. A. gliteni-
gende. 4. A. elias. B. spaecon. 5. A. 3swa«ede. 7.
A. B. hig. A. ofer-sceadewode. A. stefen.

37 odSe hwilc ge-wrixl syld se man for
his sawle.

38 SoSlice se be me for-sih<5 1 mine word
on pisre unriht-hameBen 3 synfullen cneo-
rysse. pane mannes sune for-sihS. panne
he cemS on his fader wulder mid his halgen
am glen.

CHAPTER IX.

1 Da saede he heom. soSlice ic segge eow
•p sume synd her wuniende. pe deaS ne
on-berie<S aer hyo ge-seon godes rice on
maegene cuman.

2 "1^ a aefter six dagen nam se haelend Assumpsit

lesas petrum

petru?w "1 lacobum "i Iohannem 1 ? iacobum :
leedde hyo selfe on-sundren on swwme heah- seorsum in

_, . montem ex-

ile munt j waro be-toren heom oter-eawed. ceisun). et

, . „ „ ....-, , . transfiguratus

3 7 his real wuroen ghtmiende swa hwite est ante uin.

H R

swa snaw. swa nan fullere ofer eorSen ne
maig swa hwite don.

4 Da atewde heom helias mid moyse 1
to hym spsecen.

5 pa andswerede petrus hym. 7 cwseS.
Lareow god is -p we her beon. 3 uten wer-
cen her preo eardung-stowe. pe ane. 1
moyse ane. "i helie ane.

6 SoSlice he nyste hwaet he cwaeS. he
waes afered mid eige.

7 1 syo lift hyo ofer-scadewede. 3 stefen
com of pare lifte. 1 cwaeS. pes is min
leofeste sune ge-hereS hine.

Various Readings.

37. sylS. 38. synfullran cneornysse ; porcne [for pane] ;
ponne [for panne] ; cymS ; wuldre ; halguw englum.

Cap. ix. 1. eom; synt; on-beoriaS ; ge-sean. 2. daguwi;
sylue ; wear* beforan eom ofer-eowed. 3. wurdon ; eorSan ;
mag ; wite. 4. cetywde ; spacen. 5. uton wyrcan ; enr-
dung-stowa. 7. seo; ofer-sceadewode; leofesta sunu ge-
hyraS.

4" huaet seleS monn huoerf k huoelc fore sauel his seSe forSon mec ondetenta

37 aut quid dabit liomo commutationem pro anima sua. 38 *Qui enim me confusus *86. ii.

lv. xcuii.
► rat. xciiii.

bis 3 mino word in cneoreso Sas Serne-leger 3 arg 3 sunu monnes ondeteS hine

fuerit et mea uerba in generatione ista adultera et peccatrice et filius hominis confidetur eum

miSSy cyme* on wuldre fadores his miS engluwi halgum
cum uenerit in gloria patris sui cum angelis Sanctis.

CAP. IX.

3 he cuoeS fc> him soSlice ic cuoeSo iuh forSon sint sume of her Seem stondendum Sa Se ne

mt. clxxii.

1 *Et dicebat illis amen dico uobis quia sunt quidam de hie stantibus qui non * 87. "■

lv. xcuiii.

ge-birgeS Sone deaS oSSaet geseaS ric goddes eymende in mseghte-r'on maegne 3 aefter dagum

gustabunt mortem donee uideant regnum dei ueniens in uirtute. 2 et post dies

sex to genom se hselend petrwm 3 iacob 3 iohannem 3 laodde hia on mor heh

sex adsumit iesus petrum et iacobum et iohannem et ducit illos in montem excelsum

suindrige him ane 3 oferhiued wees fore Saeml'him 3 woedo his awordne sint

seorsum solus et trans-figuratus est coram ipsis. 3 et uestimenta eius facta sunt

scinendo huit^lixendo suiSe suelce snaua sua ofer eorSo ne mage huito gedoe

splendentia Candida nimis uelut nix qualia fullo super terram non potest Candida facere.

3 sed-eauade Seem miS moise 3 woeron sprecende miS Sami htBlende 3 onduearde petrw*

4 et apparuit illis helias cum mose et erant loquentes cum iesu. 5 et respondens petrus

cuoeS to Seem haslen la larua god is her us to wossanne 3 wyrca we Srea husa Se an 3

ait iesu rabbi bonum est hie nos esse et faciamus tria tabernacula tibi unum et

mosi an 3 heliee an ne forSon wiste hua>t he gecuoeS woeron forSon mi? fyrhto

mosi unum et heliae unum. 6 non enim sciebat quid diceret erant enim timore

gefyrhtad 3 aworden wses wolcen -rofer fore-brsede hia 3 cuom stefn of Saem wolcne cuoeSende Sis

exterriti. 7 et facta est nubis obumbrans eos et uenit uox de nube dicens hie

is sunu min leaf-tleofuste geheraS hine4'5ene
est filius meus carissimus audite ilium.

37. -r hwaet+huu seSleS (sic) mon hwerfes fore sawle his 38. se Se forSon mec ondettende bis 3 mine word
in cneoreswum Sassum derne-giligru 3 arog-nisse 3 sunu monnes ondeteS hine miS 8y cymeS in wuldor fa;dur liis
miS englum halgum

Cap. IX. 1. 3 he cwseS to Ssem soS ic cweSo iow forSon sindun sume of her Saem stondendum SaSe ne
gi-birgeS Sone deoS oSSaot hia? giseaS rice godes eymende in meohte 2. 3 softer dagum sexum to gi-nom

Se haelenrf petram 3 iacobam 3 iohannem 3 lsedde hia on mor hehne syndrigne him ana 3 ofer-hiowad wees
bifora Ssem-thim 3. 3 giwedo his giwordne werun scinende lixende swiSe swelce snaw swa afu-t (sic)

ofer eorSu ne maog is hwitu gidoa %. 3 set-eowde Saem helias miS moysen 3 werun sprecende miS Sone

hss\end 5. 3 ondsworade petru* cwaeS to Saem hsilende la larwti god is her us to wosanne 3 wyrce we Sria

hus Se an 3 moyse an 3 heliae an 6. ne forSon wiste hwaet he cwaeS weron forSon mis fyrhto gifyrhted

7. 3 aworden wees wolcen ofer-brsedde hioe 3 com stefn of wolcne cweSende Sis is sunu min lcof'l'leofusta
giheraS hine

8 And sona Sa hi besawon hi nanne hi
mid hi»? ne gesawon buton pone haelend
sylfne mid him ;

9 And pa hi of pam munte astigon he
bead him -p hi nanum ne saedon pa Sing pe
hi ge-sawon buton ponne mannes sunu of
deaSe arise;

10 TTi pa Beet word geheoldon betwux
-L_L hi/n 1 smeadon hwaet "p waere

pomie he of deaSe arise ;

11 And hi hine ahsodon pa. hwaet secgaS
pharisei 1 pa boceras. "p gebyraS aerest he-
lias cume ;

12 Da saedehe hi»? andswariende; Helias
ealle ping ge-edniwaft ponne he cymS. swa
be mannes suna awriten is •p he fela Solige
1 si ofer-hogod ;

13 Ac ic secge eow "p helias com "J hi
dydon him swa hwaet swa hi woldon swa be
hi?w awriten is ;

14 And pa he com to his leorning-cnihtum
he ge-seah mycele menegu abutan hi 1 bo-
ceras mid hiw sprecende.

15 !) sona eall folc paene haelend geseonde
wearS afaeryd 1 forht. 1 hine gretende him
to urn on ;

16 pa ahsode he hi. hwaet smeage ge
betwux eow ;

Dissceaito 17 Him 3swarode an of paere menigu;

bam ymbrene ^ t #J ^

innanhsre- Lareow. ic brohte minne sunu dumbne

feste on wodnes ' •

daeg. gast haebbende

Kespondens
unus de turba
Aixit. magis-

ter attuli

filium raeum
ad te. A.

Various Readings.

8. A. B. insert ba after And. A. hig {thrice). A. naenne.
B. paene. 9. A. hig (thrice); B. hig (last time). 10. A.
Hig. A. betweox. 11. A. hig. A. acsedon. A. farysei;
B. farisei. B. seryst. A. inserts •£ after aerest. 12. A.
Jswarigende. A. faela bolie. A. sig. 13. A. hig (twice).
14 A. maenigeo; B. raenego. A. hig. 15. B. werS.
A. afaered. 16. A. axode. A. hig. A. B. betweox. 17.
First part of rubric scribbled in B. A. 3swarede. A.
meenegu. A. gast.

8 And sone pa hyo ge-seagen hine. naen-
ne hyo mid hym ne ge-seagen buten panne
haelend selfne mid heom.

9 3 pa hyo of pam munte astigen he beed
heom paet hyo nanen ne saigden pa ping pe
hyo ge-seagen. buten panne mannes sune
of deaSe arise.

10 TT yo pa ■p word ge-heolden be-
■ I twuxe heom. 1 smeagden hwaet

■p waere panne he of deaSe arise.

11 And hyo hine axoden pa; hwaet seg-
ged farisei 3 pa bokeres paet ge-byraS aerest
helias cume.

12 Da saigde he heom andsweriende.
Helias ealle ping edniwieS panne he cym$.
Swa beo mannes sune awriten is. ■p he feole
polie ") sie ofer-huged.

13 Ac ic segge eow •p helias com 3 hyo
dyden hym swa hwaet swa hyo wolden. swa
by hym awriten is.

14 3 pa he com to his leorning-cnihten.
he ge-seah mycele menigeo abuton hyo 1
boceres mid hem spraecende.

15 1 sone eall folc pane haelend seonde
warS aferd 1 forht. 1 hine gretende him to
urn en.

16 Da axode he hyo. hwaet smeage ge
be-tweox eow.

17 Hym andswerede an of pare manigeo.
Lareow ich brohte minne sune dumbne gast
baebbende

Various Readings.

8. sona; be-saewon; hyo [for hine]; ssawen buton bsene
halend sylfne. 9. astigon ; bead ; naenon ; saegden ; ge-
saewon buton ponne. 10. heoldon be-twux ; smeahdon ; ware
ponne. 11. ^nd hi; seggeS pharisei; boceras; arest.
12. 88Bgde; fdniwaS ponne; be; bolige; ofer-hogod. 13.
dydon; be. 14. leorning-cnihtum; menegeo; boceras;
him sprecende. 15. bone halend; wear? ; urnon 16.
betwux. 17. andswarede; menigu; ic; sunu; hab-
bende.

3 sona ymb-locadon naenig monn leng-tforJior gesegon buta 8aem hsalende ana mi8

8 et statim circum-spicientes neminem ampliu8 uiderunt nisi iesum tantum secum.

3 of-stigendura Basm-thim of 8aem mor geheht.-t.bebead 8aem -fte ne senigum 8aSe gesegon. i. 8a sihSo
9 et descendentibws illis de monte praecepit illis ne cui quae uidissent

gesaegdon buta mi88y sunu monnes from deadura eft arisa _ 3 f word gehealdon mi8

narrarent nisi cum iilius hominis a mortuis resurrexerit. 10 *Et uerbum continuerunt apud ■ 88. x.

him efne-gcfrugnon huaed hit were mi8 Sy from deadum eft arise 3 gefnignon hine

se conquirentes quid esset cum a mortuis resurrexerit. 11 *Et interrogabant eum • 89. ui.

mt. clxxiii.

Sus cuoefcende huaed for8on cuoe8a8 aelaruas 3 uu8uuto forfcon risnelic were ♦ geras -J5te he gecuome

dicentes quid ergo dicunt pharisaei et scribae quia heliam oporteat uenire

aerist se8e onduearde cuoe8 to him mi88y cymes eerest eftgeboetaS alle 3 huu

primum. 12 qui respondens ait illis helias cum uenerit primo restituet omnia et quomodo

auritten is on sunu monnes -fte feolo geSolas ♦ scile 8oliga 3 gehened-tgeniSrad-tgeteled ah

scribtum est in filium hominis ut multa patiatur et contempnatur. 13 sed

ic ssego iuh for8on 4" -fte sec helias cymeS 3 dydon him sua buret waldon sua auritten is

dico uobis quia et helias uenit et fecerunt illi quaecumqwe uoluerunt sicut scribtum est

of him 3 cuom to 8egnum his gesaeh 8reat micelo ymb hia 3 Sa uu8-uuto

de eo. 14 *Et ueniens ad discipulos suos uidit turbam magnam circa eos et scribas • XXVIII.

gefrugnon t gesohton miS him 3 sona eghuelc -t all folc gesaeh hine gestylte

conquirentes cum illis. 15 et confestim omnis populus uidens eum stupe-factus est

ondreardon 3 geuurnon groeton hine 3 gefraign hia buret bituih iuh gefruignasj-

expauerunt et accurrentes salutabant eum. 16 et interrogauit eos quid inter uos conqui-

frasias 3 onduearde an of Sewn 8reate la laruua to gebrohte sunu min to 8e

ritis. 17 *Et respondens unus de turba dixit magister attulit filium meum ad te " 91. U.

lv. xcuiiii.
mt. clxxiiii.
hsebbende gaast dumb
habentem spiritum mutum.

8. 3 sona ymb-loccadun naenig mon leng 4* forSor gisegun butan 8aem h&Xende ana miS 9. 3 of-stigendum

8aem of <5a.'m more bibeod Seem-thini 8aette naenig 8a8e gisegun 8a gisih8e gisaegdun buta mi88y sunu
monnes from dea8e eft arise8 10. 3 8aet word giheoldun miS him efne giffrugnun hwaet hit were miS8y

from deoSe aras 11. 3 gifrugnun hine cwe8ende hwaet for8on cweo8as aelarwas 3 u8-wutu for8on helias

risen-lic to cumanne aerist 12. se 8e ondsworade cwaeS to him helias miS 8y cyme8 83rest eft giboete« alle 3
huu + swa awriten is in sunu monnes -fte feolu giSolas 3 gihened t gini8rad bi8 13. ah ic saego iow for8on

helias cyme8 3 dydon him swa hwaet swa hice waldun swa awriten is of him 14. 3 com to 8egnum his

gisaeh 8reotas micle ymb hia? 3 u8-wutu gifrugnun mi8 him 15. 3 sona eghwelc t alle f folc gisaeh hine

gi-sty!ted wees 3 ondreordun 3 ornun groetun hine 16. 3 gifrcegn hiae hwaet bitwih iow gi-fregnas 17. 3

ond-worde an of 8aem 8reote cwbbS la larwa to gi-brohte sunu min to 8e haebbende gast unclaenne

18 se swa hwaer swa he hine gelaecS for-
gnit hine. 1 toftum gristbitaS 1 for-scrincp.
1 ic saede binum leorning-cnihtuwi ~p hi hine
ut adrifon 3 hi ne mihton ;

19 Da !)swarode he him: eala unge-
leafFulle cneorys swa lange swa ic mid eow
beo. swa lange ic eow bolige ; BringaS
hine to me.

20 ba brohton hi hine. 1 fa he hine
geseah sona se gast hine gedrefde 3 on
eorSau for-gnyden fsemende he tearflode ;

21 And ba ahsode he his faeder. hu lang
tid is sySSan him bis gebyrede; pa cwaeS
he of cildhade.

22 he hine gelowdice on fyr 1 on waeter
sende -f he hine for-spilde ; Ac gif bu hwset
miht gefylst us ure gemiltsud ;

23 Da cwaeS se haelend. gif bu gelyfan
miht ealle bing synd gelyfeduw mihtlice ;

24 Da sona hrymde paes cildes faeder. 1
wepende cwaeB ; Drihten ic gelyfe. gefylst
minre ungeleaftulnysse ;

25 And pa se haelend geseah pa to-yrnend-
an menegu. he bebead pam unclaenan
gaste pus cweSende ; Eala deafa D dumba
gast. ic beode be ga of hi»» 1 ne ga pu
leng on hine ;

26 He Sa hrymende } hine swybe slitende
eode of him. 1 he waes swylce he dead
waere ; Swa -p manega cwaedon soSlice he is
dead;

Various Readings.

18. A. hig (twice). 19. A. Jswarede. 20. A. hig.
B. geseh. 21. A. acsode. 22. B. Aagif [for Ac gif]. A.
ge-myltsod. 23. A. wyk, with 4' myht above [for miht].
A. myhtelice. 25. A. nisenigeo; B. raenigu.

18 se swa hwaer he hine laced forgnit hine.
1 toSen grist-byteS. !) for-scrincS. 1 ic segge
binen leorning-cnihten -f hyo hine ut adri-
fen. "i hyo ne mihten.

19 Da andswerede he him. eale un-ge-
leaffulle cneorrysse swa lange swa ich mid
eow beo. swa lange ich eow bolige. bringed
hine to me.

20 Sa brohten hyo hine. 1 ba he hine
ge-seah sone se gast hyne ge-drefde 7 on
eorSen for-gniden faemende he terflede.

21 And ba axode he his faeder hu lange
tide is sydSan hym bis ge-byrede. Da
cwaeS he of child-hade

22 he hine ge-lomlice on fere 1 on waetere.
sente -p he hine for-spilde. Aagyf -p hwa^t
miht ge-fylst us ure ge-miltsed.

23 Da cwaVS se haelend. gyf bu ge-lyfen
miht ealle bing sende ge-lyfenden mihtilice.

24 Da sone remde baes childes feder 3
wepende cwaeS. Drihten ich ge-lyfe ge-
fylst minre ungeleaffulnysse.

25 And se haelend ge-seah pa to-eornend-
en manigeo. He be-bead bam unclaenan
gaste bus cwe^ende. Eale deafe and dumbe
gast ic beode be ga of him 3 ne ga pu leng
on hine.

26 He ba remende 1 hine swiSe slitende
eode of him. !! he waes swilce he dead
waere. Swa "p manege cwaeSen so^lice he
is dead.

' Various Readings.

18. MS. Reg. inserts swa after hwser; lacS; tof>uw8 grist-
bitaS ; saegde \>mi\m leoming-cnihtvm ; adrifon ; mihton.
19. eala; cneorrysse (sic); ic (twice); BringaS. 20. seah
sona ; eor<San ; teorflode. 21. axsode; fader; tid; cild-haede.
22. fiere; watere; Aagif (sic) (>u; ge-miltsud. 23. halend;
ge-lyfan ; synd gelyfendum. 24. sona hrymde ; cyldes
faeder; ic; un-ge-leafullnysse. 25. MS. Reg. inserts );a
after And ; to-yrnenden menigv ; Eala. 26. hrymende ;
manega cwseSon.

seSe sua-huer hine gegripeg gebites X toslites hine 3 fsemeS 3 gristbitteS mi* toSum 3

18 qui ubicumqwe eum adpraehenderit adlidit eum et spumat et stridet dentibws et

scrinceS 3 cuoeS Segnun Sinum f te hia fordrifen hine 3 ne msehton seSe onduearde

arescit et dixit discipulis tuis ut eicerent ilium et non potuerunt. 19 qui respondens

him cuoeS la cnewreso ungeleaffull 5a huile miS iuh ic beora Sa huile iuih ic Sola brencgas hine to
eis dixit 6 generatio incredula quamdiu apud uos ero quamdiu uos patiar adferte ilium ad

me 3 ge-brohten hine 3 miSSy gesseh hine recone 4" sona gaast gestyrede t gedroefde hine

me. 20 et attullerunt eum et cum uidisset ilium statim spiritus conturbauit eum

3 miSSy wees gebered on eorSo he gefealde hine fsemende 3 gefrsegn feeder his huu miceles

et elisus in terrain uolutabatur spumans. 21 et interrogauit patrem eius quan-

-i'longes tides -r huu long firstes is of Son Sis him gelamp soS he cuoeS from cildhad 3

turn temporis est ex quo hoc ei accidit at ille ait ab infantia. 22 et

symble hine 3 in _ fyr 3 on wsetro sende fte hine losade-rfordyde ah gif bused Su msege gehelp
frequenter eum et in ignew et in aquas misit ut eum perderet sed siquid potes adiuua

usic wses milsende user-rusra se ha$\end uutedlice cuoeS him gif Su msege gelefe alle msebtiga

nos misertus nostri. 23 iesus autem ait illi si potes credere omnia possibilia

Seem gelefes 3 sona gecliopade faeder Sees ensehtes miS teherum he gecuseS ic gelefo help

credenti. 24 et continuo exclamans pater pueri cum lacrimis aiebat credo adiuua

un-geleaffulnise minne 3 miS Sy gesseh se haslend }>one iornende Sreat gestiorande wses

incredulitatem meam. 25 et cum uideret iesus concurrentem turbam comminatus est

Ssem gaaste un-clsene cuoeSende Ssem Su la deafe 3 Su la dumbe gaast ic Se bebeade geong from him
spiritui inmundo dicens illi surde et mute spiritus ego tibi praecipio exi ab eo

3 forSor fte Su ne inngae in hine 3 cliopade suiSe getearende hine ge-eode of hi»i

et amplius ne introeas in eum. 26 et exclamans multum discerpens eum exiit ab eo

3 aworden is-l'wses suelce were dead suse fte monige cuoedon -pte dead were -t wses
et factus est sicut mortuus ita ut multi dicerent quia mortuus est.

-18. se Se swa hwer hine ge-gripes he bites 3 slites hine 3 fsemeS 3 grist-bites miS toSum 3 screpes 3 cwaeS
Segnum Sinum f hise for-drife hine 3 ne msehtun 19. seSe ond-worde him cwseS la cneorisse ungi-leofful Sa
hwyle miS iow ic biom Sa hwile iow ic Solo brengas hine to me 20. 3 gibrohtun hine 3 miS Sy gisegun

hine sona Se gast gidroefde hine 3 miS Sy wses gibered on eorSu he gifeald hine fscmende 21. 3 gi-frse»n

feeder his hu longe tide is of Son Sis him gilamp soS be cwabS from cildhada 22. 3 symle hine 3 in fyre

3 on wsettre sende f hine losade ah gif hwset Su msege gihelp user wes milsende user 23. Se haAend wutudh'cp
cwaeS to him gif Su msege gilefa alle almsehtga Ssem gilefas 24. 3 sona gicliopade -t cegende wses feder Sses

ensehtes miS teorum he gi-cwaeS ic gilefo to-helpe ungileoffulnisse mine 25 3 miSSy gisseh Se htelend

Sone iornende Sreott gi-stiorende wses Ssem gaste unclaenum cweSende Su la deofa 3 dumba gast ic Se bibeodu
gaa from him 3 forSor Saot Su ne in-gse in hine 26. 3 cliopade swiSe 3 monige teorende hine gieode from

him 3 giworden wses swelce deod were swa -pte monige cwedun Ssette deod is 4' were

27 pa nam se haelend his hand 3 hine up
ahof "} he aras pa ;

28 And pa he into pam huse eode his
leorning-cnihtas hine digollice ahsodon. hwi
ne mihton we hine ut adrifan ;

29 Da saede he pis cynn ne maeg of
nanum men ut gan buton purh gebedu 1
on fasten e ;

30 pa hi panon ferdon hi forbugon gali-
leaw?. he nolde j5 hit aenig man wiste ;

31 SoSlice he laerde his leorning-cnihtas
1 saede ; Soplice mannes sunu biS geseald on
synfulra handa j5 hi hine ofslean. 3 ofslagen
paw Sriddan daege he arist;

32 Da nyston hi -p word. 3 hi adredon
hine ahsiende ;

33 pa comon hi to capharnaum "i pa hi
aet ham waeron he ahsode hi hwaet smeade ge
be wege.

34 "i hi suwodon ; Witodlice hi on wege
smeadon hwylc hyra yldost waere ;

35 pa he saet he clypode hi twelfe
"i saede him. gif eower hwylc wyle beon
fyrmest. beo se eaSmodust 3 eower ealra
pen;

36 T^a nam he anne cnapan} ge-sette on
J hyra middele. pa he hine beclypte

he saede hi»» ;

37 Swa hwylc swa anne of pus geraduw?
cnapum on minuw? naman onfehS. se on-
fehp me ; And se pe me onfehS he ne on-
fehp me. ac pone pe me sende ;

Various Readings.

28. A. dygelice acsedon ; B. diglice axodon. A. hwig.
29. A. B. cyn. 30. A. hig f>anen. A. B. hig. 31. A. hig.
32. A. hig (twice). A. ondredon. A. acsigende. 33. A. hig
(thrice). A. acsode. B. smeada. 34. A. hig (twice). A.
heora. 35. A. hig. A. heom. A. eadmodost. 36. A.
heora mydlene. 37. onfehS me [/or me onfehfc].

27 Da nam se haelend his hand 1 hine up
ahof!! he aras pa.

28 3 pa he in-to pam huse eode. his
leorning cnihtes hine digelice axoden. hwi
ne mihte we hine ut adrifen.

29 Da saede he pis cyn ne maig of namen
men ut-gan buton purh bede 1 on faestene.

30 Da hyo panen ferden hyo for-bngen
galilee he nolde paet hit anig man wiste.

31 SoSlice he laerde his leorning-cnihtes
1 saide. SoSlice mannes sune be&S ge-seald
on synfullre manne hande. "p hyo hine of-
slean. 3 of-slagen pan pridden daige he
arist.

32 Da nysten hyo -p word. 1 hyo an-
dredden hine axiende.

33 Da comen hyo to capharnaum. 1 pa
hyo aet ham waeren. he axode hyo. hwaet
smaegde ge be weige.

34 "} hyo swigeden. Witodlice hyo on
weige smaigden hwilc heore yldest were.

35 Da he saet he cleopede hyo twelfe 1
saide heom. gyf eower hwilc wile beon
formest byo se eadmodest ") eower ealre
peign.

36 T*a nam he aenne cnape ge-sette on
J heora middele. pa he hine be-
clypte he saigde heom.

37 Swa hwilc swa aenne of pus geraden
cnapen on mine namen on-fehS. se on-
feg$ me. 1 se pe me on-fehS. he ne on-
fehd me ac pane pe me sende.

Various Readings.

27. halend. 28. leorning-cnihtas; digellice. 29. maeg;
naenum ; faestene. 30. (janon ferdon ; for-bugan galileam ;
renig. 31. leorning-cnihtas; saede; sunu; synfullra

manna handa ; hyno (sic) ; )>am Sriddan daege. 32. nyst-
on ; adrendon (sic). 33. comon ; wairon ; axsode ; smeg-
ade. 34. swuwodon ; smeagdon ; hyora ; wtere. 35.
clypode; saede; fyrmest; admodest; eulra }>egn. 36.
cnapa; ssegde. 37. ge-radum cnapum ; minum namvn;
on-fehS [/'or on-fegS] ; on-fehJS [for on-fehd] ; )>one.

se hselend uutedlice geheald hond his ahof hine 3 aras 3 miSSy ineode in

27 iesws autem tenens manum eius eleuauit ilium et surrexit. 28 *Et cum introisset in " 92. x.

hus Segnas his deglice gefrugnon hine forhuon uoe ne msehte woe fordrifa hine

domum discipuli eius secreto interrogabant eum quare nos non potuimus eicere eum.

3 cuneS to him Sis cynn on naenig msehtig ol'geonga huta on gebeadum 3 ftestern -t 3 miS ftestern

29 et dixit illis hoc genus in nullo potens exire nisi in oratione et ieiunio.

3 Sona foerdon bi-eodon galileam ne walde aenig gewuta he gelaerde

30 *Et inde prof'ecti praetergrediebantur galileam nee uolebat quemquam scire. 31 docebat " X?VI111-

lu. ci.
uutedlice Segnas his 3 cua?S to him f te sunu monnes gesald biS on hond monna 3 mt* c xxul-

autem discipulos suos et dicebat illis quoniam filius hominis tradetur in manus hominum et

of-slaeS hine 3 miSSy of-slaegen biS Se Sirda daeg eft arisaS

Occident eum et occisus

tertia die resurget.

soS hia ne cuSon f word 3
32 at illi ignorabant uerbum et

ondreardon hine -J5 hia gefrugno 3 cuomon to Sser byrig SaSe miSSy set huse woeron gefrugnon

timebant eum interrogare. 33 *Et uenerunt capharnauw qui cum domi essent interrogabant * Si. x.

hia husetd on woeg gie getrahtade soS hia suigdon gif hua bituih him on woeg ge-teledon i

eos quid in uia tractabatis. 34 *At illi tacebant siquidem inter se in uia disputa- " 95-.!'

ccxuin.
mt. clxxuin.

gefiioton-t hua-thuelc woere hiora mara -i" maast 3 eft saet geceigde tuoelfo 3 cuoa)S Seem gif

uerant quis esset illorum maior. 35 et residens uocauit duodecim et ait illis si

hua wadle forSmest wosa biS-J'sie allra hlsetmaist 3 allra embeht-monn 3 on-feng

quis uult primus esse erit omnium nouissimus et omnium minister. 36 et accipiens

f enseht gesette hine in middum hiora Sone -fte clioppende + friende waes cuoeS to him sua huselc

puerum statuit eum in medio eoruwi quern ut complexus esset . ait illis. 37 quisquis

an of Suslicum cnaehtum onfoaS on noma minum mec onfoaS 3 sua hua mec onfoaS
unum ex huiusmodi pueris receperit in nomine meo me recipit *Et quicumqwe me susciperit * 96. i.

lv. exui.

ne mec onfoaS ah Sene seSe mec sende
non me suscipit sed eum qui me misit.

10. cxx.
mt. xcuiii.

27. Se haelenrf soSlice giheold honda his 7 ahof hine 3 aras 28. 3 miSSy ineode 3 in hus Segnas his

degol-lice gifroegn hine forhwon we ne majhtun for-drifan hine 29. 3 cwseS to him Sis cynn naenige maehte

ofgonga buta on gibeodum 3 on ftesterne 30. 3 Sona feordun bieodun galilea? nsenig walde swa swa giwuta

31. he gila?rde wuturthce Segnas his 3 cwseS to him fte sunu monnes gisald biS in hond monna 3 ofslas hine
3 miSSy ofslaegen big Se Sirda dsege eft arises 32. soS hia? ne cuSun .... hine -p hie gifrugnun 33. 3

comun to Sa?r byrig See Se miSSy set huse werun gifraegn hia? hwaet hia? on woege gitrachtade 34. soS hia1
swigedun gif hwa bitwion him on woege giteldun gif hwelc were Sara mara i mast 35. 3 eft sset giceg twelfe
3 cwaeS to him gif hwa welle foermest bis alra lartemest 3 allra embihtmon 36. 3 on-feng Sone enseht gisetto
hine in middum hiora Sonne f to cliopende were cwaaS to him 37. swa hwelc an of Suslicurci ensehtes onfoeS
on noma minum mec onfoeS 3 swa hwa swa mec onfoeS ne mec onfoeS ah Sene seSe mec sende

Dis sceal on
wodnes d<eg
on fiaere nygo-
San wucan
ofer pente-
costen. Dixit
iohannes ad
iesum. MagiS'
ter uidimus
ijuendam in
nomine tuo
cicientem de-
monia. A.

38 Da Iswarode iohannes 1 cwaeS; La-
reow sumne we ge-sawon on pinuw? naman
deofol-seocnessa ut adrifende. se ne fyligS
us. 3 we him forbudon ;

39 pa cwseS he ne for-beode ge him nis
nan pe on minu/w naman maegen W)rce 1
maege raSe be me yfele specan ;

40 Se pe nis agen eow se is for eow ;

41 SoSlice se Se sylS drinc eow calic
fulne waeteres on minmw naman forpa»« ge
cristes synt. ic eow sop secge. ne forlyst he
his mede ;

42 And swa hwa swa ge-drefS senne of
pyssu/ra lytlmgutn on me gelyfendura. betere
him wsere -p an cweorn-stan waere to his
swuran gecnyt 3 waere on sae beworpen ;

43 And gif pin hand pe swicaS ceorf
hi of; Betere pe is f pu wanhal to life
ga. ponne pu twa handa heebbe 1 fare on
helle. "i on unacwencedlic fyr

44 par hyra wyrm ne swylt 3 fyr ne biS
acwenced ;

45 And gif Sin fot swicaS pe ceorf hine
of. betere pe is •p Jm healt ga. on ece
lif ponne pu haebbe twegen fet ") si aworpen
on helle un-acwencedlices fyres.

46 J?ar hyra wyrm ne swylt ne fyr ne biS
adwaesced ;

47 Gif pin eage pe swicaS weorp hit ut.
betere pe is mid anum eagan gan on godes
rice ponne twa eagan haebbende sy aworpen
on helle fyr.

Various Readings.
38. B. Larew. A. deofel-seocnyssa. 39. A. yfele be me
sprecan. 40. A. ongen. 41. A. syndon. 42. B. anne. A.
(jysum. A. sweoran. 43. A. hig. A. om. 2nd on. 44.
A. heora. 45. A. syg. 46. A. heora. 47. A. 3 sig.

38 pa andswerede iohannes 1 cwaeS.
Lareow sume we ge-seagen on Junen namen
deofol-seocnysse ut adrifende. se ne fylged
us. 3 we him for-buden.

39 Da cw. he ne for-beode ge hym nis
nan pe on minen namen magen werce 5 mage
raSe be me yfele spraecera.

40 Se pe nis agen eow se is for eow.

41 SoSlice se pe sylS drenc eow calix
fulne waeteres on minen namen for pan ge
cristes synde. ic eow soft segge ne forleost
he his mede.

42 And swa hwa swa ge-drefd aenne of
Jnsen litlingen on me ge-lefenden. betere
hi;w waere ~p an cweorn-stan waere to his
sweoren ge-cnyt. 1 waere on sae ge-worpen.

43 And gyf J?in hand pe swiced ceorf hyo
of. Betere pe is past pu wan-haelSe leofie.
panne pu twa hande haebbe 3 fare to helle.
"} on un-cwaencedlic fyr.

44 paer hire wyrm ne swellt 1 fer ne beoS
acwenced.

45 iEnd gyf pin fot swiceS pe cerf hine
of. Betere pe is peet pu halt ga on eche lyf.
panne Jm haebbe twege fet. 1 syo aworpen
on helle un-acwencedlices fyres

46 paer heora wyrm ne swelt ne fyr ne
beoS adwesced.

47 Gyf pin eage pe swiceS wyrp hit ut.
betere pe is mid anen eage gan on godes
riche Jeanne twa eagen haebbende syo aworp-
en on helle fyr

Various Readings.

38. tlswarode; Larew; ge-sawon; >inum naman; deofol-
secnysse; fyligfc ; for-budon. 39. minum namon; wyrce;
sprecan. 41. drync; calic; wateres; minvm naman; (jam;
synt; for-lyst. 42. ge-drefS; \>isum lytlingum; ge-lyfen-
dum; ware (2nd time); swuran; sa. 43. swica*; heo;
wan-hal to lyfe ga ^onne; un-acwencedlic. 44. hyre;
swylt; fyr; by*. 45. And; swicaS; ceorf; healt; ecce;
jionne; habbe. 46. hyora; bis adwasced. 47. eaga;
swicafc ; anum eagan ; rice f>onne ; eagan habbende.

geonduearde him iohannes cuoeSende la larua we gesegon sum oSer on Soma Sinum forworpen
38 *Respondit illi iohannes dicens magister uidimus quendam in nomine tuo eicientem ■ XXX.

lu. ciii.
miS dioblum seSe ne fylges us 3 forbudun him se hxAend uutedlice cuoeS nallas gie

daemonia qui non sequitur no3 et prohibuimus euw. 39 iesua autem ait nolite

forbeada hine naenig monn is forSon seSe wyrcas maeht on noma minum 3 maege recone yfle
prohibere eum nemo est enim qui faciat uirtutem in nomine meo et possit cito male

spreca of mec seSe forSon ne is wis iuih fore iuih is

loqui de me. 40 qui enim non est aduerswra uos pro uobis est.

sua hua forSon
41 *Quis-quis enim * 98. ui.

drinca geseleS iuh calic + copp waetres on noma minum forSon cristes arogie soSlice ic saego iuh ne
potum dederit uobis calicem aquae in nomine meo quia christi estis amen dico uobis non

losaS mearde his

perdet mercedem suam.

3 sua hua geondspurnas an of Sisum laesestum gelefendum

42 *Et quisquis scandalizauerit unum ex his pusillis credentibws • 99. ii.

on mec god-rbetra is him suiSor gif-tSaeh sie ymbunden k ymbsald coern asales byrSen to suiro his 3 on
in me bonum est ei magis si circumdaretur mola dsinaria collo eius et in

lu. cxcuii.
int. clxxuiiii.

sae gesended woere
mare mitteretur.

3 Saeh k gif ondspurnas Seh hond Sin ofcearf Sa ilea betra -t god is

43 *Et si scandalizauerit te manus tua abscide illaw bonum est * 100. ui.

mt. clxxx.

Son tuoege hondo _ haebbe gegeonge in
tibi debilem introire

Se un-hal

ingaa in lif son tuoege nonuo iucuuc
in uitam quam duas manus habentem

tintergo fyres una-drys-
ire in gehenne7/i ignem inextin-

endlic «er wyrm hiora ne bis dead 3 f fyr ne bis gedrysned

guibilem. 4>i *Ubi uermis eorum non moritur et ignis non extinguitur.

3 gif f6t
45 et si pes • 101. x.

Sin Sec ondspurnaS cearf hine-tSene god is Se halt ingeonga in lif aece Son

tuus td scandalizat amputa ilium bonum est tibi claudum introirae in uitam aeternam quam

tuoege foet haebbe sende in tintergo fyres un-adrysnendlic

duos pedes habentem mitti in gehennam ignis inextinguibilis.

Ser wyrm hiora ne
46 ubi uermis eorum non

biS dead 3 f fyr ne biS adrysned
moritur et ignis non extinguitur.

Saeh gif ego Sin geondspurnaS Sec geworp hine god
47 quod si oculus tuus scandalizat t^ eice eum bonum

is Se anege ingeonga in ric godes Son tuoego ego haebbe gesende on tintergo fyres

est tibi luscum introirae in regnum dei quam duos oculos habentem mitti in gehennem ignis.

38. gi3sworade him iohannes cweSende la larwa we gisegun sume oSre on noma Sinum forworpen miS diowlum
seSe ne fylges us 3 for-budun him 39. Se haelenrf wutudlice cwaeS nallas ge for-beada him naengum is forSon
seSe doeS maehte on noma minun 3 maege recone yfle spreoca of me 40. seSe forSon ne is wis iow fore iowih
is 41. swa hwa forSon drinca giseleS iow of caelee-tcoppe waetres on noma minum forSon cristes arun soSlice
ic saego iow forSon ne losaS mearde his 42 3 swa hwa giond-spyrnas anum of Sissum lsesestum gilefendum

in mec god is him swiSor gif Se sie unbunden t unsaeled biS cwearne byrSenne to swira his 3 on s® gisended
were 43. 3 gif on-spyrnas Sec honda Sin aceorf Sa ileu god is Se un-hal inga in lif Sonne twa honda haebbe
gonge in tintergu fyres inunadrysendlic 44. Ser wyrmas hiora ne biaS deode 3 f> fyr ne biS gidrysnad

45. 3 gif foett Sine Sec onspurnaS ceorf hine-1'Sa god is Se halt to gonganne in lif ece Sonne twoge foet haebbe
sende in tintergu fyres un-adrysendlic 46. Ser wyrmas hiora ne biaS deode 3 Saet fyr nfe biS drysned 47.
•pte gif egu Kin gi-ond-spyrneS Sec giworp hiae god is Se blind to gonganne in rice godes Sonne tuu egu haebbe
gisende in tintergu fyres

48 par hyra wyrm ne swylt. ne fyr ne biS
acwenced ;

49 SoSlice aelc man biS mid fyre ge-sylt
3 aelc ofFrung biS mid sealte gesylt;

50 God is sealt gif f sealt utisealt bip on
\>am pe ge hit syltaS; HabbaS sealt on
eow. 3 habbaS sibbe betwux eow ;

CHAPTER X.

1 And panon he com on iudeisce endas of
iordane ; pa comon eft menigu to hi?w 3 swa
swa he ge-wunode he hi laerde eft sona ;

2 Da ge-nealaehton him pharisei 3 hine
axodon. h Waaler alyfS aenegum men his
wif forlaetan. his bus fandigende;

3 pa 3swarode he hiw. hwaet bead moyses
eow.

4 hi saedon ; Moyses lyfde ■f man write
hiw-gedales hoc. 3 hi for-lete ;

5 Da cwse'S se haelend. for eower heortan
heardnesse he eow wrat pis bebod ;

6 Fram fruman gesceafte god hi ge-worhte
waepned-man 3 wimman

7 3 cwaeS. for pa.m se mann forleet his
feder 3 modor 3 hine his wife gepeot.

8 3 beoS twegen on anum flaasce. witod-
lice ne synt na twegen ac an flaesc;

9 paet god ge-saranode ne syndrige -p nan
man ;

10 And eft innan huse his leorning-
cnihtas hine be paw? ylcan ahsodon ;

Various Readings.

48. A. heora. 49. A. ofrung. 50. A. beteox; B. betweox.

Cap. x. v. 1. A. )janen. A. nuenigu. B. gewunude. A. hyg.
2. A. B. farisei. A. acsedon. B. fandiende. 3. A. Iswarede
4. A. hig. A. B. hig. 5. A. heardnysse. A. omits eow.
G. A. B. hig. A. wsepman 3 wyfman; B. wsepned 3 wim-
man. 7. A. man. A. moder. 8. A. synd. 9. A. ge-
somnode. B. mann. 10. A. acsedon.

48 peer heora wyrm ne swelt. ne fer ne
beoS acwenced.

49 SoSlice aelc man byS mid fyre ge-
sylt. 3 aelc ofFrung beoS mid sealte ge-
sylt.

50 God is salt 3 gyf paet salt un-selt byS
on pam pe hit selteS. HaebbeS salt on
eow 3 haebbed sibbe be-tweoxe eow.

CHAPTER X.

1 3 panen he com on iudeisce endas of
iordane. Da comen eft manegeo to him. 3
swa swa he ge-wunede he hyo laerde eft sona.

2 Da ge-neahlacten hym farisej. 3 him
axsoden hwae^er alyfS anigen men his wif
to laeten. his pus fandiende.

3 Da andswerede he heom. hwaet bead
moyses eow.

4 hyo saigden. Moyses lyfde -f man write
hiw-ge-daeles boc. 3 hyo for-leten.

5 Da cwaeS se haelend. for eower heort-
en haerdnysse he eow wrat pis be-bod.

6 fram frumen ge-scefte god hyo ge-
worhte waepmara 3 wimman.

7 3 cwaeS. for pan se man for-laet his faeder
and his moder. 3 hine his wife ge-peot.

8 3 beoS twegen on anen flaesce. witodlice
ne synden na twegen. ac an flaesc.

9 -p god ge-samnode ne syndrige f nan

man.

10 And eft innen huse his leorning-
cnihtes hine be pam ylcen acsoden.

'Various Readings.

48. swylt; bi$. 49. biS; biS. 50. un-salt ; sealtaS.
HabbeS ; habbaS ; be-twux.

Cap. x. v. 1. fianom; menegeo. 2. ge-neahlajhton ; hine
axoden hwa;Se; aenegum ; for-laeton [for to laeten]. 4.
sa3"don ; for-lete. 5. heorton heardnysse. 6. fruman
gesceafte; waepned; wifman. 7. )>am ; orrl. his before
moder; ge-fieoht. 8. beS ; anum synt. 10. innan;
leorning-cnihtas ; ylcan acsodon.

Ser wyrm hiora ne biS dead 3 fyr ne biS ge-drysned eghuelc forSon mis fyre

48 ubi uennis eorum non moritur et ignis non extinguitur. 49 omnis enim igtie

sie gecostaS 4" gesaelt 3 eghuelc cuic almus ge-costad sie god is f salt Sah se salt gif unful sie

sallietur et omnis uictima sallietur. 50 *Bonum est sal quodst sal insulsum fuerit * 107 "•

-1 lu. clxxxu.

mt. xxxi.
on Son f gie gehaldas habbaS in iuh salt 3 sibb habas bi-tuih iuh
in quo illud condietis habete in uobis sal et pacem habete inter uos.

CAP. X.

3 Sena aras cuom on gem»rum iudteaes bigienda iordane 3 gesornnadon efter sona menigo * XXX [.

1 *Et inde exsurgens uenit in lines iudaeae ultra iordanen et conueniunt iterum turbae 1(l3- ui- mt-

clxxxuiiii.

to him 3 suae f te he gewuna wees eftersona laerde hia 3 togeneolecdon Sa ae-laruuas gefrug-

ad eum et sicut consueuerat iterum docebat illos. 2 et accedentes pharisaei interroga-

nun hine gif -t is gelefed were -f wif forleta cunnedon -? gecostadon hine soS he onduearde

bant euin si iicet uiro uxorem demittere temtantes eum. 3 at ille respondens

euoeS to hira huset iuh behead moses SaSe cuoedon moses forgeseF b6c

dixit eis quid uobis praecepit moses. 4 qui dixerunt moses permisit libellum repudii

f te were awritten 3 forleten Soem onduearde se haelend cuoseS to heardnisse heartes iueres

scribere et dimittere. 5 quibws respondens iesus ait ad duritiam cordis uestri

aurat iuh bebod Siosne from fruma uutedlice scaeftes woepen raon i hee 3 hittu 4* wifmon

scripsit uobis praeceptum istud. 6 ab initio autem creaturse masculum et feminam

worhte hia god fore Sis forleteS raonn faader his 3 moder 3 geneoleces to

fecit eos dews. 7 propter hoc relinquet homo patrem suum et matrem et adhajrebit ad

wife his 3 biSon tuoege in lichoma ana4"[an]um forSon untedlice ne sint tuoege ah an

uxorem suam. 8 et erunt duo in came una itaqwe iam non sunt duo sed uno

lichom -)*te forSon god gegeadrad monn ne to-sceada he 3 in hus eftersona Segnas

caro. 9 quod ergo dews iunxit homo non separet. 10 *Et in domo iterum discipuli * 104. x.

his of Ssem ilea ge-Frugnon hine
eius de eodem interrogauerunt eum.

48. Ser wyrmas hiora ne bi<S deade 3 fyr hiora ne bi<5 adrysnad 49. eghwele forSon miS fyre sie giscostad
3 eghwele cwicu almes gicostad biS 50. god is Soot salt 5aet sise salt gif un-ful biS on Son Sect ge gi-haldas
habbaS bitwih iow salt 3 sibbe habbas bitwih iow

Cap. X. 1. 3 Sona aras com in gimseru iudea bigeonda iordanen 3 gisomnadun efter sona . . . to him 3 swa
SaBtte giwuna waes efter sona lserde hise 2. 3 to gineo-licadun Sa larwas gifrugnun hine gif is alefed were

f> wif for-leta cunnadun 4' costadun hine 3. soS he 3wyrde cwa;S him hwaet iow biboden wajs from moyse

4. Sa Se cwedun moyses for-gcef hoc fte were awriten 3 for-leten 5. Srem onwyrde Se haelercrf cwseS to

heard-nisse heorta iowre awrat iow bibeod Sis 6. from fruma wutudU'ce gisca3fte wepned-menn 3 wif-menn worhte
hia3 god 7. fore Sisse for-letaS mon freder his 3 moder 3 gineolicas to wife his 8. 3 bioSon twoege in

lichoma ana forSon wutud[fee] ne sindun twoege ah ana lichoma 9. Seette forSon god efne-gigedraS Sonne

monno ne to-sceadeS he 10. 3 in hus efter sona Segnas his gifrugnun hine of Saan ilea

Dys sceal on
frige daeg on
b*re syxtan
wucan ofer
pentecosten.
Oft'erebant
iesum paruulos
ut tangeret eos.
A.

Dis sceal on
wodnes da?g on
paere seofeSan
wucan ofer
pentecosten.
Cum egressus
esset iesus in
uia percurrens
quidam genu
fiexo ante eum
rogabat eum.
A.

1 1 Da cwaeS he swa hwylc mann swa his
wif forlaet 3 ofer mmS unriht-haemed he
wyrcS. f urh hi ;

12 And gif -p wif hire were forlaet 3
of erne nim <S. heo unriht-haemS ;

13 And hi brohton him hyra lytlingas
•p he hi aethrine. fa ciddon his leorning-
cnihtas pam Se hi brohton ;

14 pa se haelend hi ge-seah unwurSlice he
hit for-bead 3 saede hi»« ; Laetaf fa lytlingas
to me cum an 1 ne for-beode ge him; SoSlice
swylcera is heofona rice ;

15 Soplice ic secge eow swa hwylc swa
godes rice ne onfehS swa lytling ne maeg
he [on] ■p ;

16 Da beclypte he hi. 3 his handa ofer
hi settende bletsode hi ;

17 And fa he on wege eode sum him
to arn 3 gebigedum cneowe toforan him
cwaeS. 3 baed hine ; La goda lareow hwaet
do ic. "p ic ece lif age ;

18 pa cwaeS se haelend. hwi segst fu me
godne. nis nan mann god buton god ana;

19 Canst fu Sa bebodu. ne unriht-haem
fu. ne slyh fu. ne stel fu. ne sege fu
lease gewitnesse. facen ne do Su. wur/Sa
p inne faeder 3 fine modor ;

20 Da Iswarode he goda lareow. eall
Sis ic geheold of minre geoguSe ;

21 Se haelend hine fa behealdende lufode
3 saede him ; An fing f e is wana gesyle eall
■f Su age 3 syle hit fearfura. f ovine hasfst
f u gold-hord on heofonu»» 3 cum 3 folga me ;

Various Readings.

11. A. man. A. hig. 12. A. wer. 13. A. hig {thrice); B.
hig {once). 14. A. hig geseb. unweorfclice. A. heofena. 15.
A. ne gajfc he on ba?t; B. ne maeg he on beet; (MS. Corp.
om. on). 16. A. hig {thrice) ; B. hig {twice). 18. A. hwig.
19. A sleh. A. gewytnysse. A. weorSa. A. moder. 20.
A. Oswarede he 5 cw. A. geogeSe. 21. B. heofenuwt.

1 1 Da cwaeS he. swa hwilc man swa his
wif forlaet 3 oder nymS unriht-hameS he
wyrcS f urh hyo.

12 iEnd gyf -p wif hire were forlaet 3
oSerne nymS. hyo unriht-haemeS.

13 ./End hyo brohten him heore litlenges
■f he his aet-rine. fa cyddan his leorning-
cnihtes fam fe hyo brohten.

14 Da se haelend hyo ge-seah un-wur¥>lice
he hit for-beod 3 saigde heom. LateS fa
litlinges to me cumen 3 ne for-beode ge
heom. soSlice swilcere is heofone rice.

15 SoSlice ic segge eow swa hwilc swa
godes rice ne on-fehS swa swa litling ne
maig he on "p.

16 Da be-clepte he hyo 3 his hande ofer
hyo settende bletsede hyo.

17 And fa he on weige eode sum hym
to arn 3 ge-begden cneowen to-foren hym
cwaeS 3 bae$ hine. La gode lareow hwaet
do ic f aet ic ece lyf age.

18 pa cwaeS se haelend hwi saigst fu me
godne ; nis nan man god buton god ane.

19 Canst fu fa be-bode. ne unriht-haem
fu. ne slyh fu. ne stel fu. ne sege fu
lease ge-witnysse. faecen ne do f u. wurfte
fine faeder 3 fine moder.

20 Da andswerede he gode. lareow eall
f is ic heold of minre geogeSe.

21 Se haelend hine fa behealdende hyfode
(sic) 3 saide hym. An fing f e is wane, syle
eal f aet f u age. 3 syle hit f earfen f anne hafst
f u p goldhord on heofene. 3 cum 3 folge me.

Various Readings.

11. oSer; unriht-hamed ; hi. 12. un-riht-hsemS. 13.
brohton; litlyngas; oet-hrine; leorning-cnihtas brohton.
14. balend; ssede; LseteS; litlingas; heone {sic). 15.
msBg. 1 6. beclypte. 1 7. ^End ; wege ; gebegdum

cneowum to-foran; ba?d ; hage. 18. secgst; mann. 19.
Csenst; slygh ; wurSa; fader. 20. goda larew. 21.
halend; beheldende lufode; stBgde; wana; eall; bearfum
bonne hffifst ; om. f> ; heofonum.

3 cuoeS to him
11 *Et dicit Mis

sua hwaelc for-letas k forleta welle wif his 3 oSer laede derneleger

quicumqwe dimiserit uxorem suawi et aliara duxerit adulterium • 105. ii

efnesende-l'geendade ofer hia-tbi hir
committit super earn.

3 gif -JS wif forletas Sone wer hire 3 to oSrum onfoas
12 et si uxor dimiserit uirum suum et alii nubserit

lu. cxcu.
mt. cxe.

hiu syngeS
moechatur.

Saem brengendum
offerentibws.

3 brohton to him lytlo cild -pte he gehrine Saem 8a Segnas nxxtedlice stioredon
13 *Et offerebant illi paruulos ut tangeret illos discipuli autem comminabantur * 106. ii.

lv. ccxui.
mt. [c]xcii.

Sa miSSy
quos cum

gesaeh Se haelend unwyrSe brohte 3 cuseS to him letas Sa lytlo
uideret iesws indigne tulit et ait Mis sinite paruulos

gecuma to me 3 ne fore-letas gie hia-tSa Suslicra is forSon ric godes
uenire ad me et ne prohibueritis eos talium est enim regnum dei.

soSlice ic saego
15 amen dico

iuh suae hua ne onfoas rlc godes swelc lyttel ne in-gaaS in Saet 3

nobis quisqwe non receperit regnum dei uelut paruulus non intrabit in Mud 16 et

gefrigade hia 3 on-sette hond ofer k on Sa ilco gebledsade hia
complexans eos et inponens manus super illos benedicebat eos.

3 miSSy faerende
17 *Et cum egresus • XXXII.

107. ii..
lu. cxxi.
waes on woeg fore arn sum oSer cnewo beged fore hine baedd hine la larua god-tgoda huaed mt. cxciii.

esset in uiam procurrens quidam genu flexo ante eum rogabat eum magister bone quid

sceal ic doa -)5te
facia/ra ut

lif ece ic onfoe

uitam aeternam percipiam.

ane

god naenigmonn god buta
bonum nemo bonus nisi unus

god
dews.

se hoslend xmtedlice cuoeS to him huat mec Su cuoSas

18 iesus autem dixit ei quid me dicis

Sa bebodo wast Su f Su ne dernelice -p Su ne of-slaae $ Su

19 praecepta nosti n^ adulteris ne1 occidas ne*

ne forstele i ne forSiofe f> Su leas gecySnise-twitnise ne coeSa f Su facen ne gedoe ar-worSig faoder Sin
fureris ne" falsum testimonium dixeris ne* fraudem feceris honora patrem tuum

3 moder
et matrem.

3 he onduearde cuoeS la larua Sas all ic geheald from gigoSe minum

20 et Me respondens ait magister haec omnia obseruaui £ iuuentute mea.

se haelend uutedlice miSSy behaldend hine lufade hine 3 cuoeS him Sn Se is forgeten geong sua huaet
21 *lems autem intuitus eum dilexit eum et dixit illi unum tibi deest uade cumqwe • ios. ii.

lu.clii.ccxuiiii.
SuhEebbe bebyg 3 sel Sorfendum 3 haefis-r'Su scealt habba ge-strion in heofne 3 cym soec-t'fylg mec m • x ' •
habes uende et &£ pauperibwa et babebis thesaurum in caelo et ueni sequere me.

11. 3 cwaeS to him swa hwelc for-letes wif his 3 oSer laede to derne-giligrum eft-sende ofer hiae 12. 3

gif f> wif for-leteS wer hire 3 to oSrum foes hio syngaS 13. 3 brohtun to him lytle -pte gihrine Sam 8a

Segnas wutudU'ce stiordun Saem brengendum 14. Sa miSSy gi-saeh Se haelend un-wyrSne brohte 3 cwaeS to him
letas Sa lytlu cuma to me 3 ne for-letas hiae Sus-licra is forSon rice godes 15. soS ic cweSo iow swa hwelc

ne foeS rice godes swelce lytelne ne gaeS in Saet 16. 3 gifragade hiae 3 on gisette honda ofer hia gibletsade

hiaB 17. 3 miS Sy faerende waes on woeg fore arn sum oSer cneo gibe[ge]d bifora hine gibaBd hine la larow

god hwaet sceal ic doa fte lif ece ic onfoe 18. Se haelend soSlice cwaeS to him hwaet mec Su cweSes goodne
ne aengu good buta ana god 19. Sa bibodu wastu Saete derne-lice Saette Su ne ofslae Saetae Su ne stele Saetae
Su leose witnessed cySnisse cweSe Saet Su facun ne doe ar-wyrSa feeder Sinne 3 moder Sine 20. 3 he 3wyrde

cwaeS him la larwa alle Sas ic giheald from gigoS-hade minum 21. Se halend wutudlice miSSy biheold hine
lufade hine 3 cwaeS to him an Se forgeten is gong swa hwaet swa Su haebbe bibyge 3 sel Sarfum 3 hsefes
gistrion goldes in heofnum 3 cym soec-tfylig me

22 And for ]>&m worde he waes ge-unret
!) ferde gnornigende for pa.m he haefde mycele
aehta ;

23 pa cwaeS se haelend to his leorning-
cnihton hine heseonde. swype earfoSlice on
godes rice gaS pa pe feoh habbaS ;

24 Da forhtodon his leorning-cnihtas be
his wordum ; Eft se haelend him Iswariende
cwaeS. eala cild swySe earfoSlice pa Se on
heora feo getruwigeaS ga$ on godes rice ;

25 Eapere ys olfende to farenne purh
naedle pyrel ponne se rica 1 se welega on
godes rice ga ;

26 Hi |?ses Se ma betwux hiw wundredon
1 cwaedcn 1 hwa maeg beon hal

27 pa beheold se haelend hi 3 cwaeS ; Mid
raannuw hit is uneapelic ac na mid gode ;
Ealle ping mid gode synt eaSelice ;

28 Pa ongan petrus cwepan ; Witodlice
we ealle ping for-leton 3 folgodon pe ;

29 Da Iswarode hi??* se haelend. nis nan
pe his hus for-laet. oSSe gebropru. oppe ge-
swustra. oSSe faeder. oppe modor. oSSe
beam, oppe aeceras for me 3 for pa?» god-
spelle

30 pe hund-feald ne onfo. nu on pisse
tide, hus 3 broSru 3 swustru. faeder 3
modor. 3 beam. 1 aeceras. mid ehtnessum
1 on toweardre worulde ece lif ;

31 Manega fyrmeste beoS ytemeste 3
ylemeste fyrmyste ;

Various Readings.

22. A cross (■{•) is prefixed to this verse in A. A. om.
And. B. gnoingende. B. mycle. 23. A. leoming-cnyhtuOT.
24. A. forhtedon. A. wurdon. A. 3swarigende. A. getru-
wiaS. 25. A. EaSre. B. J>uruh. A. J>yrl. 26. A. hig.
A. betweox. 27. A. B. hig. A. Jjyng synd eafcelice myd
gode. 28. Space left for Rubric in A. B. angan. A.
folgedon. 29. A. moder. 30. A. broSra. A. swustra.
A. inserts J before feeder. A. moder. A. ehtnyssuw. 31.
A. ytemyste (twice) ; B. ytemyste (2nd time). A. B. fyrmeste
(2nd time).

22 3 for pan worde he wees unge-rot. 1
ferde gneorgende for pan he haefde mycele
ehte.

23 Da cwarS se haelend to hys leorning-
cnihten hine be-seonde. swiSe earfedlice on
godes rice gaS pa pe feoh haebbeS.

24 Da forteden his leorning-cnihtes be his
worden. Eft se haelend heom andswerede 3
cw. Eala chyld. swiSe earfodlice pa pe on
hire feo ge-truwiad gad on godes rice.

25 eaSere is olfende to farene purh naedle
pyrl. panne se rice 1 se welege on godes
rice ga.

26 Hyo pas pe ma be-twexe heom wun-
dreden 3 cwseSen. 1 hwa maeig beon hal.

27 pa be-heold se haelend hyo 1 cwaeS.
Mid mannen hit is un-eaSelic. ac na mid
gode. Ealle ping mid gode synde eaSelice.

28 pa on-gan petrus cweSen. Witodlice
we ealle ping for-leten. 3 folgeden pe.

29 Da andswerede hym se haelend. Nis
nan pe his hus for-laet. o#Se ge-broSre.
oSSe swuster. ocSSe faeder oSSe moder.
oSSe beam. otSSe aceres for me. 3 for
pa?« godspelle.

30 pe himdfeald ne on-fo. nu on pisse tide,
hus "i broSre 7 swustre. 3 faeder 1 moder 3
beam. 3 aeceres. mid ehtnyssen 1 on to-
wearde wurlde ece lyf.

31 Manege fyrmeste byS ytemeste. 1
ytemeste fermeste.

Various Readings.

22. (jam; gnorngende; \>am; mycel. 23. halend;
leorning-cnihtan ; beo-seonde ; earfoSliee ; habbafc. 24.
forhtedon; wordum; halend; cyld; earfoglice; heore; gaS,
2a. farenne (juruh ; )jyrel. ponne; welega. 26. )>a)s; be-
twux; wundrodon; cwaSen; mseg. 27. halend; man-
nun«; synd ea8alice. 28. cweSan; for-leton; folgodon.
29. halend; ge-swustra; modor; aceras. 30. broSra;
swustra; fader; seceras; ehtnyssum ; toworde worulde.
31. Manega; fyrmyste [fir fermeste].

se8e mi88y geunrodsad waes on word eade seofende waes forfcon haefde-rhasbbend aehto * 109. ii.

22 *Qui contristatus in uerbo abiit maerens erat enim habens possesiones lu- cxx-

r mt. cxu.

menig 3 ymb-locade se hselenrf cuoe8 8egnum his sui8e un-ea8a4" hefig 8a8e gestriono

multas. 23 et circum-spiciens iesws ait discipulis suis quam difficile qui pecunias

habbaS in ric godes inn-gaas-rimi-geongaS 8a 8egnas uutedlice forstyldton on wordum his soS

habent in regnum dei introibunt. 24 discipuli autem obstupescebant in uerbis eius at

sre hee\end eftersona ond[u]earde cuoe8 to him leafa suno la suiSe hefig is 8a8e gelefeS in strionum
iesus rursus respondens ait illis filioli 6 quam difficile est confidentes in pecuniis

in ric goddes f hia ingae ea*or is camelf 8erh 8yril4"ego nedles ofer-fara ionne fsemicladear.

in regnum dei introire. 25 facilius est camelum per foramen acus transire quam

se wtelig + Se wlonca i/pgeonga in goddes ric 8a8e suiSor gewundradon cuoe8ende to him

diuitew intrare in regnum dei. 26 qui magis admirabantur dicentes ad semet

seolfum 3 hua msege hal wt/osa 3 sceaude hia se hseilend cuoe8 mi? monnum un-mrehtig

ipsos et quis potest saluus fieri. 27 et iutuens illos iesua ait apud homines inpossibile

is ah ne is mi8 god alle for8on maehto-l'e8elico sint mi8 god ongann petrus him

est sed non apud dewm omnia enim possibilia sunt apud ieum. 28 coepit petrus ei

ge-cuoeSa heono we forleorton alle 3 fylgdon-tsohton Sec onduearde se hcelend cuoe8 • no. ii.

dicere ecce nos dimisimus omnia et secuti sumus te. 29 *Respondens iesus ait '»■ ccxxi.

mt. cxcuiii.

sofclice ic cuoe8o iuh naenig monn is se8e forleta8 hus -r broSro k suoestro t moder k

amen dico uobis nemo est qui reliquerit domum aut fratres aut sorores aut matrem aut

faeder k suno & londo fore mec 3 fore godspell se8e ne onfoaS

patrem aut filios aut agros propter me et propter euangelium 30 qui non accipiat

hunteantig-si8o hunt 8a huile -fane nu in tide k life disum huso 3 bro8ro 3 suoestro 3 modero 3
centies tantum nunc in tempore hoc domos et fratres et sorores et matres et

suno 3 londo mi8 oehtendum 3 in world 8aem to uearde llf ece monigo mxtedlice

filios et agros cum persecutoribws et in steculo futuro uitam aeternam. *31 Multi autem • ill. B.

lu. clxxiii.

mt. cxcuiiii.
biSon 8a for8mesto hlsetmesto 3 8a hlaetmesto forSmesto
erunt prinii nouissimi et nouissimi primi.

22. se8e mi88y giwundrad waes in worde eode seofende waes fortSon haefSe micle sehte 23. 3 ymb-loccade

Se hselcnrf cwaeS to 8egnum his swi8e urieaSe k heflge Sa8e gistrione habbas in rice godes in-ga8 24. 8a

8egnas wutudh'ce forstyltun on wordum his cwae8 8e haelenrf efter sona 3sworade cwaeS sunu leofa la swi8e hefig
is 8a8e gilefaB on gistrion in rice godes -p hia? ingae 25. e8or is camele Serh Syrel + egu nedles Serh-fara

8onne 8e welge-tSe wlonca in-gonge in rice godes 26. 8aSe swi8ur giwundradun cwe8ende to him solfum ^
hwa maege hal wosa 27. 3 sceowende in hiae 8e h&lend cwaeS mi8 monnum unmsehtig is ah ne is mi8 god

alle forSon meehte sindun mi8 god 28. ongan petrus him cweo8a heono we for-leortun alle 3 fyligdun + sohtun
8ec 29. ondworde 8e hse\end cwaeS so8 ic cwe8o iow naenig is se8e forletes hus k bro8er k swester -l" moder
k faeder k sunu k lond fore mec 3 fore god-spelle 30. se8e ne on-foeS hunteantigum si8a 8a hwile nu in

tide + in life Sissum huse 3 bro8er 3 swester 3 moder 3 sunu 3 lond mi8 oehtendum ire weorlde Saer toworde lif
ece 31. monige wutudlice bio8un aerist 8a foerS-mestu 3 8a laetemestu foer8mest

oj^lice hi ferdon on wege to hieru-
salewz 1 se haelend him be-
foran eode 3 hi adredon him hine ]
him fyligdon. ") eft he nam hi twelfe 1
ongan him secgan pa Sing pe him to-
wearde waeron

33 -p we nu astigaS to hierusalew "i mari-
nes sunu bi$ ge-seald sacerda ealdruwj 1 bo-
eeru?» 1 ealdrmw. 1 hi hine deaSe ge-
nyperiaS. 1 hi hine peoduw? syllaft.

34 1 hi hine bysmriaS 3 hi him on spaetaS
3 hine swingaS 1 of-sleaS hine. 1 he arist on
pam priddan daege ;

35 Him pa ge-nealaehton to. iacobus. 3
Iohannes Zebedeis suna 1 cwaedon ; La-
reow. we wyllaS p" pu us do swa hwaet
swa we biddaS ;

36 pa cwaeS he hwaet wylle gyt ■f ic inc
do.

37 pa cwaedon hi ; Syle unc j? wyt sitton
on pinon wuldre. an on pine swySran
healfe 1 oper on pine wynstran ;

38 Da cwaeS se haelend. gyt nyton hwaet
gyt biddaS; Mage gyt drincan pone calic.
pe ic drince 3 beon gefullod on pam fulluhte
pe ic beo gefullod ;

39 pa cwaedon hi wyt magon ; Da cwaeS
se haelend gyt drincaS pone calic pe ic
drince. gyt beoS gefullode pa/« fulluhte
Se ic beo gefullod ;

Various Readings.

32. A. B. hig (A. thrice; B. once). A. ondredon. A.
fylgdon; B. fylidon. 33. A. hig {twice). 34. A. hig (twice).
B. om. 1st hi. A. bysmeriaS. 37. A. B. hig. A. \>ynum.
A. fiynre [/or };ine ; twice]. 39, A. omits this verse.

32 QJoSlice hyo ferden on weige to ieru-
rO salem. 1 se haelend heom be-

foren eode. 1 hyo adreddem heom hine. 1
him felgden. 1 eft he nam hyo twelfe "i
on-gan heom seggen pa ping pe heom to-
wearde waeren.

33 ~f we nu astigeS to ierusalem. 3
mannes sune beoS ge-seald sacerde ealdren
3 boceren. 1 ealdren 1 hyo hine deaSe ge-
nyperieS. 1 hyo hine peoden sylleS.

34 "i hine bysemeriad. 1 hyo hym on
spaeteS. 1 hine swingeS. U of-sleaS hine.
!l he arist on pam pridSen daige.

35 Him pa ge-neahlahten to Iacobus 1
Ioharawes zebedeus sunu. 1 cwa^Sen. Lareow
we willed "p pu us do swa hwaet swa we
byddaS.

36 pa cwaeS he hwaet wille gyt ~p ic inc
do.

37 pa cwaeSen hyo. Syle unc f wit
sitten on pinen wuldre. an on pinen swrS-
ren healfe. 1 oder on pinen winstren.

38 Da cwaeS se haelend. gyt nyten hwaet
gyt byddaS. Mage gyt drincen panne calix
pe ic drinke. "i beon ge-fulled on pa»» ful-
luhte pe ic beo ge-fullod.

39 Da cwaeSen hyo wit magen. pa cwaeS
se haelend. gyt drincaS panne calicx. pe
ich drince. gyt beoS ge-fullod pa fulluhte
pe ic beo ge-fullod.

Various Headings.

32. heforan; adredon; fyligdon; heon seggan; eom;
waron.' 33. sacerda ealdrum 3 bocerum 3 ealdrum; ge-
nySeriaS; hi [for last hyo] ; feodum syllaS. 34. bysmriaS;
swingaS ; SridSan. 35. ge-neahlcechton ; zebedeis sunan ;
cwseSon. 37. }>a cweefcon; {jinum; J>ine swiSSran; oSer ;
)?ine wynstran. 38. halend ; drincan ]>onne calic ; drince ;
ge-fullod. 39. cwaSen ; halend ; )>onne calic ; ic ; ge
biS.

woeron forSon on woeg astigon in hierusalem 3 fore-eode -1" onfora wass geongend hia se haelend • XXXIII.
32 *Erant autem in uia ascendentes in hierosolyma et praecedebat illos iesua U2.U.

lu. ccxxii.
int. ccii.

3 hia suigdon 3 fylgdon ondreardon 3 to-geuom eftersona tuoelfo ongann Stem -l" him cuoeSa da Singo
et stupebant et sequentes timebant et adsumens iterum duodecim coepit illis dicere quae

woeron him toweardo-tgelimpa scealde forSon heono woe stigeS in hierusalem 3 sunu monnes

essent ei eueutura. 33 quia ecce ascendimus in hierosolima et filius hominis

bi8 g[e]sald aldormonno sacerda 3 WuSuutum 3 geniSriaS hine to deaSe 3 selles hine htednum

tradetur principibws sacerdotum et scribis et damnabunt eum morte et tradent eum gentibus.

3 bismerageS him 1 hia spittes hine 3 hia suingeS hine hia acuoellaS hine 3 Se Sirdda doeg
34 et inludent ei et conspuent eum et flagellabunt eum interficient eum et tertia die

eft arisaS 3 geneolecdon to him iacob 3 iohannes suno zebeSies cuoeSende la larua m ....

resurget. 35 *Et accedunt ad eum iacobws et iohannes filii zebedaei dicentes magister mt. ccii.

woe walla? -(5 te suae hueet we willniaS Su doe us
uolumus quodcumqwe petierimus facias nobis.

soS he cuoeS him huretd willniaS ge -(Ste
36 at ille dixit eis quid uultis ut

ic gedoe iuh 3 Cuoedon sel us -pte an to suiSre Sinra 3 oSer to wynstra

faciam uobis. 37 et dixerunt da" nobis ut unus ad dexteram tuam et alius ad sinistram

Sinra we sitta in wuldre Sine se hsiiend uutedlics cuoeS him ne uutogie husetd gie giwigeS hi magoge

tuam sedeamus in gloria tua. 38 iesus autem ait eis nescitis quid petatis potestis

drinca Sone calic Sone ic drinco 4" ■)> fuluiht ofSon ic se gefulwuad -p gie sie in-gefulwuade

bibere calicem quem ego bibo aut baptismum quo ego baptizor baptizari.

soS hia cuoedon him we magon se hse\end uutedlice cuoeS him -)5 calic ec Son Sone ic drinco gie drinca
39 at illi dixerunt ei possumus iesws autem ait eis calicem quidem quem ego bibo bibetis

3 f fulwiht of Stem ic beom gefulwuad se gie gefulwuad
et babtismum quo ego baptizor baptiaabimini.

32. werun fbrSon on woege astigun in hierusalem 3 fore eode -r gongende webs him Se hte\end 3 swigdun 3
fyligdun ondreordun 3 to ginom efter sona twelfe ongan Stem cweoSa Sa Sing weron him toworde 33*

forSon heono we stigas hierusalem 3 sunu monnes gisald biS aldurmonnum sacerda 3 uS-wutum 3 giniSrias
hine to deoSu 3 sellas hine hroSnwn 34. 3 bismerigas hine 3 spittas ... 3 hite swingas hine 3 hite cwellaS

hine 3 8y Sirdan dffige arises 35. 3 gineolicadun to him iaCobu* 3 iohannes sunu zebededes cweSende la

larwa wallon we fte swa swa We wilnias Su doe us 36. soS he cwteS him hwtet wiluigas ge -pte ic doe

iow 37. 3 cwedun sel us fte an to sWiSre Sinre 3 oSer to Sajr swiSra Sinre ge-sitte in wuldre Sinum

38. Se haAend soSlice cw»S him ne wutun ge hvvset ge giowigas hu magon ge Sone calic drinca Sone ic drinco
i Stet ful-wiht of Son ic fulwade ■)$ ge sie in-gifulwade 39. soS hia cwedun him we magun Sonne hsAend

wutndlice cwooS him Sone calic eCSon Sone ic drinco ge drinco 3 SaH fulwiht of Seem ic biom gifulwad Se ge
gifulwiaS

Dys ge-byraS
on sunnan daeg
£er halgan
daege. A.

40 SoSlice nis hit na min inc to syllene
•p gyt sitton on mine swySran healfe oSSe
on pa wynstran. ac p&ni pe hit ge-gearwod
ys;

41 pa ge-hulgon pa tyne hi be Iacobe "i
Iohanne ;

42 Da clypode se haelend hi 3 cw; Wite
ge -p pa, Se on peodura ealdor-scype hab-
baS •$ hyra ealdras anweald ofer hi hab-
baS;

43 SoSlice on eow hit nis swa. ac swa
hwylc swa wyle mid eow yldest beon se byS
eower pen.

44 "3 se Se wyle on eow fyrmest beon. se
by]? ealra J: eow;

45 SoSlice ne com mannes sunu. ~p him
man penode. ac ■f he penode. 1 his sawle
sealde for manegra alysednysse ;

46 T^a comon hi to gericho ") he ferde
j ham gericho 1 hisleorning-cnihtas

"i mycel menegu. timeus sunu bartimeus
sa3t blind wiS pone weg waedla.

47 pa he ge-hyrde ~p hit waes se naza-
reniscea haelend. he on-gan pa clypian 1
cweSan ; Haelend. dauides sunu gemiltsa me;

48 pa budon him manega j5 he suwode.
he clypode pa paes Se ma miltsa me dauides
sunu;

49 Da eet-stod se haelend D het hine cly-
pian ; pa saedon hi para blindan. beo ge-
heortra 1 aris. se haelend pe clypaS ;

Various Readings.
40. A. omits na. A. syllanne ; B. sylle. A. ge-earwod.
41. A. hig. 42. A. B. hig. A. ealder-scipe. A. heora.
A. hig. 44. A. yldest [/or fyrmest]. 46. A. B. hig.
A. hiericho. A. ierieho. A. msenio ; B. menigeo. 47. A.
nazarenisca. 48. A. swigode. 49. A. hig.

40 SoSlice nis hit na min inc to sylle
paet gyt sitten on mine swiSren healfe.
odSe on pa wynstren. ac pam pe hit
ge-gearewod is.

41 pa ge-bulge pa teone hyo be Iacobe
1 johanne.

42 Da cleopede se haelend hyo 1 cwaeS.
Wite ge -p pa pe on peoden ealderscype
haebbeS paet heore ealdres anweald ofer hyo
haebbeS.

43 SoSlice on eow hit nis swa. ac swa
hwilc swa wile mid eow eldest beon. se
beoS eower pen.

44 1 se on eow wile fermest beon. se
beoS ealre peow.

45 SoSlice ne com mannes sune. paet
him man penode. ac ■p he penode. 3 his
sawle sealde for manegre alysendnysse.

46 ~ F\ A comen hyo to jerico. 1 he ferde
-L' frara ierico ") his leorning-cnihtes

1 micel manege 1 timeus sunu bartimeus sunu
saet blind wiS panne weig waedle.

47 pa he ge-herde ~p hit waes se naza-
reisca haelend. he on-gan clepien. 1 cwaeS-
en. Haelend dauiSes sune ge-miltse me.

48 pa buden him manege paet he swiged-
en. he cleopede pa paes pe ma. miltse me
dauiSes sune.

49 Da aet-stod se haelend 3 het hine cle-
pian. Da saigden hyo pam blinden. beo
ge-heortra 3 aris. se haelend pe clypaS.

Various Readings.

40. sitton; swiSran; o£$e; winstran; ge-garewed. 41.
ge-bulgon; tyne. 42. elypede; beodum ealdor-scype hab-
befc; heora eldres; habbafc. 43. biS. 44. wille fyirmest :
byfc ealra. 45. mann ; manegra alysednissa. 46. comon ;
gericho ; gerico ; leorning-cnihtas ; menega ; om. second
sunu; bonne; wsedla. 47. nazarenisca; on-gan ba cly-
pian ; cweSan. Halend dauides sunu ge-miltsa. 48. ma-
nega; swugode; clypode; bes; rniltsa; dauides. 49. et-
stod; halend; hinclepyan; ssegden; blindan.

sitta uutedlice to swiSra minra J* to winstra ne is min to sellanne ah Saem
40 sedere autem ad dexterawi meain uel ad sinistram non est rneum dare sed quihus

gegearuad is 3 ge-herdon Sa teno ongunnun wurtefcia of iacob 3 iohanne se hselewiii^JFfjca.IR.-A. J

t. ccm.

paratum est. 41 *Et audientes decern coeperunt indignari de iacobo et iohanne. 42 iesui
autem uucans eos ait illis scitis quia hi qui uidentur principari gentibus dominant

Seem-thim 3 aldor-menn hiora maeht habbas hiora -l" Seera ne suBe-tSus is-rse uuteaVi'ce-rhuoeSre in

■ eis et principes eorum potestatem ha bent ipsorum. 43 non ita est autem in

iuih ah sua hua seSe weelle wosa maara + hera bieS+sie iwer hera i erabehtmonn 3 sua huae seSe

uobis sed quicumqwe uoluerit fieri maior erit uester minister. 44 et quicumqwe

waelle in iuh forSmest wosa hie-? se allra Srael-tesne fo?Son 3 sunu monnes ne cuom • 115. jjj;.

uoluerit in uobis primus esse erit omnium seruus. 45 *Nam et films hominis non uenit i°- xci. cxxxu.

mt. cciiii.

•jite ge-erabehta him ah -(He he ge-embehtade o%rum 3 -fte he salde sawel his lesnise k to lesinc fore
ut ministraretur ei sed ut ministrare< et daret animam suam redemtionem pro

monigum 3 cuoraon to hiericho 3 miS Sy foerde he -thine feerende in Sa burug 3 Segnas his * XXXIII1.

multis. 46 *Et ueniunt hierichum et proficiscente eo hiericho et discipuli eiusl16-"-

lu. ccxxiiii,
, mt. ecu.

3 miJS monig-fald here-1'3 menigo monigfald sunu timseies blind gesaet eet-rneh woeg giornade

et plurima multitudine filius timaei bartimaeus caecus sedebat iuxta uiam mendicans,

seSe miSSy geherde f te se heolenrf nazaresca wa?s ongann cliopia 3 euoeSa la sunu dauiSes hw\end
47 qui cum audisset quia \esus nazarenus est ooepit clamare et dicere fili dauid iesus

tnilsa mines 3 stiordon him menigo fte he suigde soS he micla suiSor ge-cliopade

miserere mei. 48 et comminabantur ei multi ut taceret at ille multo magis clamabat

la sunu SauiSes miltsa mines 3 stod se hselend geheht hine ceiga _ 3 ceigdon gone blindo

fili dauid miserere mei. 49 et stans iesus praecepit ilium uocari et uocant caecum

hia cuoeSende him gla?dd-m6d wees Su aris ceigas Sec
dicentes ei animaequior esto surge uocat te\

40. sittas witudlice on 8a swiS min k on 8a wynstra ne is min to sellanne iow ah Sffim Se gigeorwad is
41. 3 giherdun Sa tenu ongunnun wraSiga of iacooe 3 iohanne 42. Se haslend wutudlice ceigde hire cwaeS

to him wutas ge forSon Sas SaSe gisegene biaS •)) hite aldor-dom hmSnum gi-wsoldas Ssem-Hiiru 3 aldor-men hiora
maehte habbaS hio-rSara 43. ne swa-rSus is wutudlice in iow ah swa hwa swa welle wosa mara-thera bis

iower hera k embihtmon 44. 3 swa hwa swa welle in iow serist-r foerSmest wosa biS Se alra Srrel + esne
45. forSon 3 sunu monnes ne com fte gi-embihte him ah fte gi-embihtade oSrum 3 salde sawle his lesnisse fore
monigum 46. 3 comun to hiericho 3 niiSSy foerde hise in Sa burug 3 Segnas his 3 miS monig-falde mengu

sunu timees banirw-ws blind gissett neh4"ajt woege giornde 47. seSe miSSy giherde Saette Se bse\end naza-

renisca wses on-gan cliopiga 3 cweoSa sunu dauiSes haslend gemilsa me 43. 3 miSSy stiordun him Sio mengu

^ste swigede soS he micle swiSor cliopade sunu dauiSes milsa me 49. 3 gistod Se heelenrf giheht hine cega

3 ceigdun Sone-tSa blindu cweSende him glaedmod wes Su aris ceiga Sec

Dys ge-byra8
f'eower wucon
<er myddan
wintran. A.

50 He fa aWearp his reaf 3 forS raesde.
1 to him com ;

51 Da cwaeS se hselend. hwaet wylt fu
f ic fe do; fa cWaeft he. lareow f ic
geseo.

52 fa cwaeB se hselend to him. ga fin
geleafa fe halne gedyde. 1 he sona geseah
1 him fyligde on wege ;

CHAPTER XI.

1 ~T\a he ge-nealsehte hierusale/» "3
■IS bethania to oliuetes dune, he

sende his twegen leorning-cnihtas.

2 3 cwseS to him. faraf to pam castele f e
[ongean] inc ys and gyt far sona gemetaS
assan folan getigedne. ofer p aene nan man gyt
ne saet. untigeaS hine 1 to me gelaedaS ;

3 And gyf hwa to inc hwaet cwyS. secgaS
•p drib ten haefS his neode. 1 he hine sona
hider laet.

4 1 fa hi ut-ferdon hi gemetton fone
folan ute on twycenan beforan dura, ge-
tigedne. fa untigdon hi hine

5 1 sume f e far stodon f us ssedon him ;
Hwaet do gyt fone folan untigende.

6 fa cwsedon hi ; Swa se hselend unc
bead 3 hi leton hi fa ;

7 Da laeddon hi fone folan to fa/ra hael-
ende 3 hi hyra reaf on a-ledon 1 he on
saet;

Various Readings.

50. A. hys reaf awearp ; B. his reaf awearp. 52. A.
fylgde.

Cap. xi. I. A. olifetes. 2. A. B. castelle. A. ongean ;
B. ongen ; which the Corpus MS. omits B. getiggedne.
A. bone. 4. A. hyg. A. hig. B. twycinan. A. hig. 6.
A. B. big. A. hig. A. B. hig. 7. A. hig (twice)} B. hig
(once). A. heora.

50 he fa his reaf awarp. 3 forS raesde.
"} to him com.

51 Da cWaeS se haelend. hwsst wilt fu
faet ic f e do. fa cwarS he. lareow. -p ic
ge-seo.

52 fa cwaeS se haelend to him. Ga; fin
ge-leafe. fe halne ge-dyde. 1 he sona ge-
seah. 3 hym felgde on weige.

CHAPTER XI.

a he ge-nehlahte ierusalem 1
bethania to oliuete dune. he
sende his twegen leorning-cnihtes.

2 1 cw. to heom. FareS to fam castele
fe on-gean inc ys 1 gyt faar sone ge-meteS
assen fole ge-teidne; ofer fane nan man
geot ne saet. unteigeft hine 1 to me ge-laedeS.

3 And gyf hwa to ginc aht cweS; segge<5
•p drib ten haefd his neode. 1 hyo hine sona
hider laet.

4 1 fa hyo ut ferden hyo ge-metten fanne
fole ut on twi-cinan be-foran dure ge-teigdne.
fa unteigden hyo hine.

5 1 sume f e f aer stoden f us saigden heom.
Hwat do gyt fan folen unteygende.

6 fa cwaeSen hyo swa se hajlend unc
bead. 1 hyo leten hyo fa.

7 Da laedden hyo fanne folan to fam
haelende. 3 hyo heora reaf on aleigden. ]
he on saet.

Various Readings.

80. awearp. 51. halend. 52. halend; fyligde.

Cap. xi. 1. ge-neahlacte ; dune. 2. FaraS; bar sona
ge-metaS assan folan getygedne; bsene; geat; saet; ut-
tyge<5 (sic). 3. inc hwaet cvvyS; haeffc. 4. ferdon; ge-
metton bone folan ; hefora dora getegdne ; un-tygdon. 5.
stodon ; seegdon ; bone folan untygende. . 6. cwseden ;
halend ; hi [for second hyo]. 7. laeddon; bonne; halende;
alegdon ; set.

seSe forewoearp i miSSy gewearp w6edo his geswigde cuom to him

50 qui proiecto uestimento suo exiliens uenk ad euw

3 onduearde
51 et respondens

se heelend cuoeS him hueed wilt Su Se
iesws dixit illi quid uis tibi

■p ic gedoe se hlinde uutedlice cuoeS him laruu god f te
faciam caecus autem dixit ei rabboni ut

ic gesii -t maege sea
uideam.

se heelewd uutedlice cuoeS him gaa geleafo Sin Sec hal dyde 3 sona_

52 iesws autera ait illi uade fides tuo te saluum fecit et confestim

gesaeh 3 fylgde hine in woeg

uidit et sequebatur eum in uiam.

CAP. XI.

3 miSSy to-geneolecdon to hierusalem 3 to mor oelebeama sende tuoege of

1 *Et cum adpropinquarent lrirosolymae et bethanise ad montem olluarum mittit duos ex • xxxv.

lu. ccxxxii.

Segnum his
discipulis suis.

3 cuoeS Seem gaa? in burig f is fora ongeaegn iuh 3 sona mt- ccu'-

2 et ait illis ite in castellum quod est contra uos et statim

in-eodon-tin-geongas -p in gie onfindes -J5 fola gebunden ofer -ton Sene ne eenig get monna

introeuntes illud inuenietis pullum ligatum super quern nemo athuc hominum sedit

un-bindes Sene 3 to-lsedes
soluite ilium et adducite.

3 gif hua iuh cuoeSas hueed doaS gie cuoeSas -JSte drihtne
3 et si quis nobis dixerit quid facitis dicite quia domino

behoflic t ned-Sarf is 3 sona hine forleetes hider

necessarius est et continuo ilium dimittet hue.

3 foerdon on-fundon fola

4 *Et abeuntes inuenerunt pullum • 1 18. ii.

gebunden eer 4" befora Son dor uta eet woegena geletUOT 3 un-blnde hia hine
ligatum ante ianuam foris in biuio et soluunt eum.

3 sume of Ser
5 et quidam de illic

lu. cexxxiii.
int. ccuiii.

stondendum cuoedon him hused doaS gie un-bindas Sone fola
stantibus dicebant illis quid facitis soluentes pullum.

Sa Se cuoeden him suae gehaten
6 qui dixerunt eis sicut praece-

haefde him se hxlend 3 forleorton him
perat illis iesus et dimiserunt eis.

3 leeddon f fola to Stem hselende 3 on-setton him
7 et duxerunt pullum ad iesura et inponunt illi

gegerelo his 3 saett ofer 4* on hine -r Bene
uestimenta sua et sedit super eum.

50. se Se forworpe gi-\vedo his giswigende com to him 51. 3 ondsworade him Se h&lend cwseS hwaet wylttu
f ic Se gidoe Se blinda wutudlice cwaeS him larow good f te ic gi-sie 52. Se haelend wutudlice cweeS to him
gaa gileafa Sin Sec halne gidoes 3 sona gisach 3 fyligde him on woeg

Cap. XI. 1. 3 miSSy to-gineolicadun hierusalem 3 bethania to more oele-beomes sende twoege of Segnum his
2. 3 cwaeS Seem gaa in caestre fte on-gaegn iow iow (sic) 3 sona ingongas Seet ge onfindes Sone fola gibundenne
ofer Sone gett neenig monn giseett un-bindas Sone 3 to-gi-leedas 3. 3 gif hwelc iow bi-cweSes hweet doaS ge

cweoSas Ssette drihtne bihoefe 4" ned-Sarf is 3 sona hine forletas hider 4. 3 foerdun onfundun fola gibundenne
bifora Seen dore ute set woega giletuw 3 unbundun hine 5. 3 sume of Seer stondendum cwedun him hweet

doas ge unbindas Sone fola 6. SaSe cwedun him swa gihaten haefde hia Se heelerad 3 forleortun hine 7. 3
leeddun Sone fola to Sam hselende 3 onsettun hine gi-gerlu his 3 seet ofer him

mam in tern
plum. A.

8 Manega hyra reaf on pone weg streht-
on. sume pa boceras of pam treowuw- heow-
on 1 streowodon on pone weg.

9 3 pa $e beforan eodon 3 pa Se sefaer
folgodon cwaedon pus osanna sy gebletsod
se be com on drihtnes naman ;

10 Si gebletsod f rice pe com ures fseder
dauides osanna on heahnessuw ;

pissceaion j\ And ne eo(je j,a on hierosolima tempi

pone feorgan * '

frige-deg ofer J ealle bins: he be-sceawode : pa asfen tima

pentecosten. jo >

Cum introis?et waes he ferde to bethaniam mid his twelf

\esu9, nierosoli-

leorning-cnihtu/w ;

12 And obru?w daege pa hi ferdon frawi
bethania hine hingrode ;

13 Da he feorran geseah an fic-treow be
leaf haefde he com ") sohte hwaeper he par on
aht funde ba he hiw to com ne funde he bar
buton leaf ane; SoSlice hit waes baes fic-
treowes tima ;

14 pa cw he. heonon forS on ecnesse
ne ete aenig mann waestm of be. 1 his leorn-
ing-cnihtas bait gehyrdon ;

15 T%a comon hi eft to hierusale/w 3 ba
J he on ■p tempi eode he ongann

drifan of pam temple syllende 1 bicgende. ]
mynetera procu. 1 heah-setlu pe pa culfran
cypton he to brae.

16 1 he ne gepafode ~p amig man aenig fast
Surh ~p tempi baere

17 3 he pa laerende Sus cw to him; Nis
hit awriten -p min hus fraw? eallum peodum
biS ge-nemned gebed-hus. soSlice ge dydon
"p to sceaftena scrasfe ;

Various Readings.
8. A. heora. A. B. boceras [as in the text]. B. heowun.
A. streowedon; B. strewodon. 9. A. folgedon. A. sig.
10. A. Sig. A. heannyssum. 11. A. tempel. 12. A. B.
hig. 13. A. Saer (2nd time). 14. A. heonen. A. man.
15. Space for rubric in A. B. A. ANd pa. A. B. hig.
A. tempel. A. ongan. B. mynetra. B. ciptun. 16. A.
pur. A. tempel.

8 Manega heore reaf on pane weig streht-
en. sume pa boges of pam trewen heowan.
1 streoweden on panne weig.

9 3 pa pe be-foren eoden 1 j?a pe sefier
folgeden cwae^en pus. osanna; syo ge-bletsed
se pe com on drihtenes name.

10 sy bletsed paet rice pe com ures fseder
dauiSes osanna on hehnyssen.

11 "i he eode pa on ierosolima temple. ")
ealle ping he be-sceawede. Da afen time wses
he ferde to bethania mid his twelf leorning-
cnihten.

12 And opren daige pa hyo ferden fram
bethanie him hingrede.

13 Da he ferren ge-seah an fic-treow be
leaf hsefde. he com 3 sohte hwaeSer he baer
on aht funde. pa he him to com; ne funde
he pasr buton leaf ane. Sodlice hit waes pas
fic-treowes time.

14 Da cwseS he. heonen forS on ecnysse
ne aete anig man waestme of pe. 3 his leorn-
ing-cnihtes -p ge-hyrden.

15 T^a comen hyo eft to ierusalem 1
*-J pa he on -p tempel eode. he

gan drifen of pam tempel syllende 3 byg-
gende. 1 munetera procu. 1 heah-setle. pe
pa culfran cheptan he to-braec.

16 ] he ne ge-pafode -p anig man anig fet
purh pa tempel baere

17 "i he pa laerende pus cwseS to heom.
Nis his awriten ■p min hus fram eallen
peoden beoS ge-nemned bed hus. soSlice
ge dyden -p to seapene scerefe.

Various Readings.

8. heora ref ; pone ; strehton ; boceras (altered to bogas) :
treowvm ; strewodon ; pone. 9. beforan ; folgodon ; ge-
bletsod ; drihtnes naman. 10. Si ge-bletsod ; dauides.
11. tempi; be-sceawode; aefen tima; bethaniam; leorning-
cnihtuwi. 12. ^End ofcrum daege; ferdon; bethania hine.
13. feorran; hweSer; tima. 14. heonon; ete esnig mann
woestm ; leorning-cnihtas; gehyrdon. 15. coman ; tempi ;
temple; bicgende; mynetra procu; heah-setlu; ceptan.
16. aenig (2nd time); paet tempel. 17. lerende; eallum
peodum biS ; sofclic ; scapena senrfe.

menigo uutedlice woedo his legdon i brsedon on uoeg oSero xmtedlice Sa twiggo-r'Sa telgo gebugun-I'
8 multi autem uestimenta sua strauerunt in uia alii autem frondes caede-

rendon of Ssem trewum 3 tredon on Seem woeg 3 .Sa Se fore eodon 3 Sa Se fylgdon

bant de arboribws et sternebant in uia. 9* Et qui praeibant et qui sequebantur

cliopadun cuoeSende la hsel WMsig se gebloedsad se Se cuom in noma drihtnes sie gebloedsad -)Ste

clamabant dicentes osanna benedictus qui uenit in nomine domini. 10 benedictum quod

* 119. i.
lu. ccxxxiiii.
io. c.
mt. ccuiiii.

cuom ric fadores uses dauides la hsel usic in heanissum
uenit regnum patris nostri dauid 6sanna in excelsis.

3 inn-eode hierusalem in
11* Et introiuit hierosolima in

temple 3 miSSy ymsceawde allum miSSy gee efrn wses tid gefoerde on bethara'a mi?

templum et circumspectis omnibws cum iam uespere esset hora exiuit in bethaniam cum

• XXXVI.

120. ui.
mt. ccxiiii.

tuoelfuw 3 oSer dseg miS Sy foerdon from bethama gewyncerde

duodecim. 12 et alia die cum exirent a" bethania esuriit.

3 miS Sy gesseh
13 cumqtte uidisset

fearra f fie-beam haebbende leafo cuom gif huaet eaSa-t woenunga gemitte in Seer-ron Ssem 3 miS Sy
a longe ficum habentem folia uenit si quid forte inueniret in ea et cum

gemitte i gecuome to Seer ilea noht infand buta leafo ne forSon wses tid Sara flc-beama 3

uenisset ad earn nihil inuenit praeter folia non enim erat tempus ficorum. 14 et

onduearde cuoeS him xmXedlice ne i no leng in ecnise senig monn waestm from Se eteS
respondens dixit ei iam non amplius in aeternum quisquam fructum ex t6 manducet

3 geherdon Segnas his 3 cuomon to hierusaton 3 miSSy infoerde -f tempel ongann

et audiebant discipuli eius. 15* Et ueniunt hierosolima?w et cum introisset templum coepit

fordrifa Sa bebycendof 3 Sa byegendo in temple 3 beado Sara mynetro 3 seatlas bebyegendra

eicere uendentes et ementes in templo et mensas nummulariorum et cathedras uendentium

Sa culfras of-cerde -f ut draf 3 ne gelefde -fte senig oferferede faet Serb, f tempel

columbas euertit. 16 et non sinebat ut quisqua?ra trans-ferret u&s per templum.

3 lserde cuoeSende him ah ne auritten is fte hus min hus gebedd geceiged

17 et docebat dicens eis nonne scribtum est quia domus mea domus orationis uocabitur

allum cynnum gie witedlice ge-worhton-tdydon hia X Sa ilea cofa Seafana

omnibws gentibws uos autem fecistis earn speluncam latronum.

• 121. i.

lu. cexxxuiii.

io. xxi.

mt. ccxi.

+ i.ceapemenn.

8. Sio niengu wutudlice giwedo hiora braeddun t legdun on woeg oSre Sonne Sa twigu gibegdun k rendun Sa
telge of Saem treum 3 stredun on Sone woeg 9. 3 Sa Se fore eodun 3 Sa Se fyligdun cliopadun cweSende
la heel vsih 10. se gibletsad seSe com in noma drihtnes sie gibletsad ■)> com in rice fador uses dauiSes la

hael usih in heonissum 11. 3 ineode hierusalem in temple 3 miSSy ymb-sceowade all miSSy ge efern wses

. . gifoerde in bethania miS twelfum 12. 3 oSre daege miSSy foerdun from betha gihyncrede 13. 3 miSSy

gi-saeh feorra Son fic-beom hoebbende leof com gif ge hwset eaSa gimitte in Saem 3 miSSy comun to Seem nowiht
infand butun leofum ne forSon wses tid Sara fic-beoma 14. 3 ond-sworade cwseS him wutudh'ce no leng in

ecnisse senig mon from Se wsestem eteS 3 gi-herdun Segnas his 15. 3 comon to hierusalem 3 mySSy in-foerdun
Sone tempel ongan fordrifa Sa bibyecende 3 Sa bibycende (iic) in temple 3 beodo Sara mynetera 3 seotlas bibyc-
cendra Sa culufra ofcerde -i fordraf 16. 3 ne gi-lefde -jste senig oferfaerende-rfserende were faet Serh Sset tempel

17. 3 lserde cweSende him ah ne awriten is -JSte hus min hus gibedes gi-ceged biS allum cynnum ge wutodlice
giworhtun Sa i hiae cofa i hydels Seafana

18 Da paera sacerda ealdras 3 pa boceras
Sis ge-hyrdon. hi pohton hu hi hine for-
spildon. peh hi him adredon hine. forSawa
eall seo menigu wundrode be his lare ;

19 And pa hit aefen waes he eode of paere
ceastre ;

20 On merigen pa hi ferdon. hi ge-
sawon -p fic-treow for-scruncen of p am wyrt-
ruman ;

21 pa cwaeS petrus. lareow. loca hu for-
scranc -p fic-treow pe Su wyrigdest ;

22 Da cwaeS se haelend him and-swari-
gende. habbaS godes truwan.

23 ic secge eow to soSe. swa hwylc swa
cwyp to Sisuw munte. si pu afyrred 1 on
see aworpen. 1 on his heortan ne twyuaS
ac gelyfS swa hwaet swa he cwyS gewurSe
pis. -p gewyrS;

24 Forpam ic eow secge swa hwaet swa ge
gyrnende biddaS gelyfaS ~p ge hit onfoS.
"} hit eow be-cymS ;

25 And ponne ge standaS eow to ge-
biddenne. forgifap gif ge hwaet agen aenig-
ne habbaS. ~p eow eower synna forgyfe
eower heofonlica faeder se Se on heofonum
ys;

26 Gif ge ne forgyfaS ne eow. eower
synna ne forgyfS eower heofonlica faeder ;

27 "T^a com he eft to hierusalewa. J pa
JL/ he on pam temple eode him to

genealaehton pa heah-sacerdos D boceras 1
ealdras

Various Readings.

18. A. B. hig. A. hig (ttvice). A. hyne hym ondredon.
A. maenigeo. 20. A. B. mergen. A. B. hig. A. hig. B.
wurtruman. 21. B. wyrgdyst. 23. A. )>ys. A. sig. A.
tweonaS. A. ge-weorSe. 25. A. ge-hyddanne. A. heofen-
lica. A. heofenum. 26. A. fsBder J>e on heofenum ys.
27. A. heah-sacerdas.

18 Da pare sacerde ealdres 1 pa boceres
pis ge-hyrden. hyo pohten hu hyo hine for-
spilden. peah hyo heom on-draedden hine. for
pan eall syo manigeo wundrede be his laere.

19 3 pa hit aefen waes he eode of pare
ceastre.

20 On morgen pa hyo ferden. hyo ge-
seagen ■p fic-treow for-scruncen of pam wert-
rumen.

21 Da cw. petrus. Lareow. loca hu for-
scranc -p fic-treo pe pu wergedest.

22 pa cwaeS se haelend him andsweriende.
haebbed godes truwan

23 ic segge eow to soSe. swa hwilc swa
cwaeS to pise munte. syo pu aferred ] on
sae aworpen. 1 on his heorte ne tweoneS ac
ge-lyfS swa hwaet swa he cweS ge-wurSe
pis. hit ge-wurS.

24 for pan ic eow segge swa hwaet swa ge
gyrnende bydSed ge-lyfaS ■p ge hit on-foS
D hit eow be-cymS.

25 And parane ge standed eow to ge-
byddenne. for-gyfeS gyf ge hwaet agen
anigene haebbeS. paet eow eower senne for-
gieue. eower hefenlice faeder se pe on heofene
ys.

26 Gyf ge panne ne for-gyfeS. ne eow eower
senne ne for-gyfS ower heofenlice faeder.

27 "I^A com he eft to Ierusalem. 1 pa
jr he on pam temple eode him to

ge-neahlaeten pa heah-sacerdes. Z boceres "i
ealdres.

Various Readings.

18. sacerda ealdras; boceras; ge-hyrdun; Jiohton; for-
spildon. J;eh; adreddon; )>am; menegeo wundrode; lare.
19. afen. 20. ferdon; gesawen ; wurt-trumaw. 21. for-
scran(n'c); wyrgdyst. 22. halend; andswariende. hab-
bad. 23. cwy* ; sy; afyrred; heortan; twineS; cwyfc.
24. \>om ; byddaJS. 25. ./End ]>onne ; standeB ; ge-byddane ;
habbaS; synna forgyfe; heofonlice; heofonan. 26. )>onne;
for-gyfaS; eowra synna; eower hefonlica. 27. ge-neah-
tehton; heah-sacerdas; boceras; ealdras.

miSSy ofSon wses gehered fcaem aldormonuw sacerda 3 uSuuto sohton huu hine

IS* Quo audito principes sacerdotum et scribaa quaerebant quoiuodo eum * 132- '•

lu. ccxxxuiiii.
io. Ixxxu.

hia acuoella msehton ondreardon forSon hine fte all Sreat wses gewundrad k gewundrada ofer mt- ccxx-

perderent timebant enim eum quoniam uniuersa turba admirabatur super

lar his

doctrina eius.

3 miSSy efrn aworden were from-foerde of ceastre
19* Et cum uespera facta esset egrediebatur de ciuitate.

3 miSSy
20. et cum " 123. x.

arlice ofer foerdon gesegon f fic-beam druige aworden of wyrtrumum
mane transirent uiderunt ficum aridam factam a radicibws.

3 eft-rayndig waes peter
21 et recordatus petrus

euoeS him la laruu heono flc-beam Ssem Su vfle cuoede gedrugade
dicit ei rabbi ecce ficus cui maledixisti aruit.

3 ge-onduearde se hselend cuoeS Ssem

22* Et respondens iesua ait illis * ,24- ni-
x mt. ccxu.

habbaS gie gleafo godes
habete tidem dei.

soSlice ic cuoeS iuh -jste suaha seSe cuoeSas Sissum more genioma
23 amen dico uobis quia quicumqwe dixerit huic monti tollere

3 senda on sae 3 ne tuaes-tne getuiga in his hearte ah gif gelefe forSon sua hwset cuoeSas
et mittere in mare et non haesitauerit in corde suo sed crediderit quia quodcumqwe dixerit

sie biS him gesald forSon ic cuoeSo iuh alle sua huset gie gebiddas i biddende ge giuaS gelefes ge

fiat fiet ei. 24* Propterea dico uobis omnia quaecumque orantes petitis credite * 125- »"•

io. el.

mt. ccxui.
3 miSSy gie biSon stondende to gebiddanne forletas -r forgeafas
25* Et cum stabitis ad oranduwi dimittite " 12fi- ui-

mt. xliiii.

•)5te gie onfoe 3 becymeS iuh
quia accipietis et ueniet uobis.

gif huaet gie habbaS wis huelc huone oSer -J5te 3-taec faeder iuer seSe in heofnum is forgefasS iuh

si quid habetis aduersus aliquem ut et pater uester qui in cselis est dimittat uobis

synna iuerra Saeh se iuh-r-p gif gie nallaS forgeafa ne feeder iuer seSe in heofnum is

peccata uestra. 26 quod si uos non dimiseritis nee pater uester qui in caelis est

forgefes iuh synna iuero
dimittet uobis peccata uestra.

3 cuomon eftersona to hierHsalem 3 miSSy ge-eode in
27* Et ueniunt rursus hierosolimam et cum ambularet in • XXXVII.

12/. ii.
lu. ccxl.
temple geneolecdon to him heh-sacerdas 3 uwSuuto 3 Sa seldesto mt. cexuii.

tewiplo accedunt ad eum summi sacerdotes et scribae et seniores.

18. miSSy wses gihered Ssem aldormonnum sacerda 3 uS-wutum sohtun hu hise hine gicwellan majhtun ondreor-
dun forSon hine forSon all Sreat wses giwundrad ofer lare his 19. 3 miSSy efern giworden wses from foerde

of csestre 20. 3 miSSy arlice ofer-foerdun gisegun Sone flc-beom dryge aworden of wyrtrumum 21 3 eft

gimyndig waes petrus cwseS him la larow heono Ses flcbeom Ssem Su cwede gidrugade 22. 3 giondworde

Se hselerad cwseS Ssem habbas gileofa godes 23. soS ic cweSo iow f te swa hwa cweSes Sissum more ginioma

3 sende in sae 3 ne twias-rne twioge in heorte his ah gif gilefeS forSon swa hwaet swa he cweoSas sie said
him 24. forSon ic cweoSo iow all swa hwaet swa gebiddas -t giowigas gilefas ge Saette ge onfoe 3 bicymeS

iowih 25. 3 miSSy ge bioSun stondende to gibiddanne forletas -r forgeofas gif hwa haebbe wis hwelc hwoegu

oSer Sing fte 3 faeder iower se on heofnum is for-gefeS iow synne iowre 26 SahSe gif iowih ne wallas

forgeofa ne faeder iower se Se on heofnum is for-gefes iow synne iowre 27. 3 comun efter sona in hierosa-

\em 3 miSSy gieode in tempel gineolicadun to him heh-sacerdas 3 uS-wutu 3 Sa aeldru

28 3 pus cwaedon ; On hwylcuwa anwealde
dest pu Sas ping. 1 hwa sealde pe Sisne
anweald f pu Sis do ;

29 pa cwaeS se haelend D ic ahsige eow
anre spraece JswariaS me. 1 ic secge eow
ponne on hwylcum anwealde ic pis do ;

30 HweSer waes iohannes fulluht pe of
heofone. pe of mannu/w 3swariaS me;

31 Da pohton hi J cwaedon betweox him.
gif we secga<S of heofone. he seg'S us hwi
ne ge-lyfde ge him.

32 gif we secgaS of mannuwi. we on-
draedap pis folc. ealle hi haefdon iohannew?
•p he waere soSlice witega ;

33 pa Dswaredon hi pam haelende 3 cwae-
don we nyton ; Da cwaeft se haelend. ne ic
eow ne secge on hwylcu/ra anwealde ic pas
p ing do ;

CHAPTER XII.

1 I \a ongan he hi»ra big-spell reccan.
-L' sum mann hi»? plantode wingeard

"} be-tynde hine. 3 dealf anne seaS "J getim-
brode aenne stypel 1 gesette hine mid eorS-
tilium. 1 ferde on elpeodignysse ;

2 pa sende he to pam tiliguJW his peow
on tide -f he paes wingeardes waestm onfenge ;

3 Da swungon hi paene. 1 forleton hine
idel-hende ;

4 And eft he hi»* sende oSerne peow.
] hi pone on heafde gewundodon 1 mid
teonum geswencton ;

Various Headings.

29. A. acsige. B. andwealde. 30. B. Hwseper. 31.
A. B. hig. A. heom. A. heofenum. A. hwig. B. omits
ge. 32. A. hig. B. sefdon. 33. A. hig. B. pincg.

Cap. xii. 1. B. bigspel. A. man. A. getymbrede. B.
C. anne [for senne]. A. selfceodignysse. 2. A. tilium.
3. A. hig pone. 4. A. hig. A. gewundedon. A. ge-
swenctun.

28 3 pus cwaeSen. On hwilcen anwealde
dest pu pas ping. 3 hwa sealde pe pisne
anweald f pu pis do.

29 pa cwaeS se haelend. !l ic axie eow
anre spraece andsweriaS me. ") ic segge eow
panne on hwilcen an-wealde ic pis do.

30 HwaeSer waes iohannes fulluht pe of
heofene pe of mannen andsweried me.

31 Da pohten hyo 3 cwaeSen be-tweoxe
heom. gyf we seggeS of heofene. he segS
us hwi ne ge-lyfde ge hym.

32 gyf we seggeS of mannen. we on-
draedeS pis folc. ealle hyo hafden Iohannem
•p he waere soSlice witege.

33 Da andswereden hyo pam haelende 1
cwaeSen. we nyten. pa cwaeS se haelend ne
ic eow ne segge on hwilcen anwealde ic pas
ping do.

CHAPTER XII.

1 T^a on-gan he heom bispell seggen. Homo quuiam

\S o i i L i i plantauit ui-

J oumman nym plantede wingeard. neam 3 sepem
1 be-tynde hine. 1 dealf aenne seaS 1 tym- c"
brede aenne stepel. 3 ge-sytte hine mid eor'<S-
tilian. 3 ferde on aeSelSeodinysse.

2 Da sende he to pam tiligen his peow on
tide. ~p he pas wingeardes waestme on-fenge.

3 pa swungen hyo pane 7 for-leten hine
ydel-hende.

4 And eft he heom sende oSerne peow.
3 hyo pane on heafde ge-wundeden. 3 mid
teonen ge-swencten.

Various Readings.

28. cwaaSon ; hwylcum. 29. halend ; sprace andswariad ;
powne ; hwylcum andwealde. 30. heofone ; mannum and-
sweriaS. 31. pohton; cwsBSon be-twox; seggaS ; heo-
fone ; seg. 32. seggaS ; mannum ; hsefdon ; ware ;
witega. 33. andswerodon hi ; cwafcen ; nyton ; hwylcum.

Cap. xii. 1. big-spell reccan ; plantode ; gesette ; aidel-
fceodignysse. 2. tiligan; waestm. 3. ponne; for-leton.
4. eom ; ponne ; teonum ge-swencton.

3 cuoeSaS him on suahuelc mseht Sas Su does 3 hua Se salde ■JSios-1' ?Sis mseht -J5te
28 et dicunt illi in qua potestate haec facis et quis tibi dedit banc potestatem ut

8as Su doses se h&\rnd xmtedlice onduearde cuoeS himi'Saem ic fregna iuih sec ic anum

ista facias. 29 iesus autem respondens ait illis interrogabo uos et ego unum

worde 3 ondueardas me 3 ic cuoeSo iuh on sua huselcum mseht Sas ic doe-l'doam ful-

uerbum et respondete mihi et dico uobis in qua potestate haec faciam. 30 bap-

uiht iohannes of heofne wses oSSe from monum ondueardas me
tismum iohannis de caelo erat an ex hominibws respondete mihi.

cuoeS him-fsoS hia
31 ait illi

ge-smeadon miS him cuoeSende gif we cuoeSaS of heofne he wil cuoeSa for huon Sonne ne gelefeS gie

cogitabant secum dicentes si dixerimus de caelo dicet nobis quare ergo non credidistis

him gif we cuoeSaS from monnum ondreardon $ folc alle forSon hsefdon iohannem

ei. 32 si dixerimus ex homim'bws timebant populum omnes enim habebant iohannem

forSon soS-lice witgo wses
quia uere propheta esset.

3 ondueardon cuoeSon Seem htelende neutu woe ge-onduearde
33 et respondentes dicunt iesu nescimus respondens

se hselend cuoeS to him ne sec ic cuoeSo iuh on sua huelcer mseht Sas ic doam
iesws ait illis neqwe ego dico uobis in qua potestate haec faciam.

CAP. XII.

3 ongann Ssem -l1 him on bispellum sprecca wingeard gesette monn 3 ymb-3alde haga 3
1* Et coepit illis in parabolis loqui uineam pastinauit homo et circuaadedit saspem et • 128. ii

dalf seaS 3 getimberde torr 3 agsef-l'gefaeste 8a Ssem lond-bigencgum 3 fearr gefoerde t faarende

fodit lacum et sedificauit turrem et locauit earn agricolis et peregre profectus

wses 3 sende to lond-buendum on tid esne f te from Ssem lond-buendum onfenge of

est. 2 et misit ad agricolas in tempore seruum ut ab agricolis acciperet de

lu. ccxli.
mt. ccxuiiii.

wsestm Ssere wingearde
iructu uineae.

SaSe to-gelahton Sene geSurscon 3 forleorton geonga idelne 3

3 qui adpraehensum eum cederunt et dimiserunt uacuum. 4 et

efter sona sende to him oSerne Srael 3 Sene on heafud gewundadon 3 miS sceofmum miclum
iterum misit ad illos alium seruum et ilium in capite uulnerauerunt et contumeliis

'gehornadon
afFecerunt.

28. 3 cwedun him in hwelce msehte Sas Su does 3 hwelc Se salde Sas msehte -fte Sas Su does 29. Se

hselend soSlice ond-sworade cwseS to him ic gifregno iowih 3 ic ane worde 3 ond-wordas me 3 ic cweSo iow in
swa hwelce msehte Sas doe ic 30. fulwiht iohannes of heofne wses from monnum ond-wordas me 31. cwseS
him so* hise gismeadun miS him cweSende gif ge cweoSas of heofne he wil cweaSa forhwon Sonne ne gi-lefaS
ge him 32. gif ge cweoSas from monnum we ondreordun Saet folc all forSon hsefdun iohannes forSon soSlice

witga wses 33. 3 ond-worde 3 cwseS Se hselend ne wutun ge ond-worde Se hselenrf cwseS to him ne ec ic

cweSo iow in hwa hwelcer maehte Sas ic dom

Cap. XII. 1. 3 ongan Ssem -t him in bispellum spreaca win-geord gisette monn 3 ymb-salde seoSe 3 dalf seaS 3
gitimbrade torr 3 Sa agsef t afseste Sa Saem lond-bigengum 3 feor gifoerde i fserende wses 2. 3 sende to Ssem

lond-bigengum on tide esnes -)Ste from Ssem lond-buendum onfenge of wsestme wingeordes 3. SaSe to gineo-

licadun him giSurscun 3 forleortun idelne 4. 3 efter sona sende to him oSerne esne 3 $one on heofud giwun-
dadun 3 miS scomum miclum to-giworhtun

5 And eft he him sumne sende 3 hi faerie
of-slogon. 1 manega of re. sume hi beoton.
sume hi of-slogon ;

6 pa haefde he fa gyt aenne leofostne
sunu. fa sende he aet nehstan him faene
1 cwaeS; Witodlice minne sunu hig for-
wandiaS ;

7 Da cwaedon fa tilian him he-tweonan;
Her is se yrfe-numa. uton ofslean hiue.
p ovine biS ure seo yrfeweardnes ;

8 Hi fa ofslogon hine. 1 wurpon wi$-
utan p one win-geard ;

9 Hwaet deS faes wingeardes hlaford. he
cymS 1 forded fa tiligean. 3 sylS ofron
f one wingeard ;

10 Ne raedde ge fis gewrit. Se stan fe
fa wyrhtan awurpon fes ys geworden on
faere hyrnan heafod.

11 fis ys ham drihtne geworden "i hit
is wundorlic on uron eagum ;

12 pa smeadon hi -p hi gefengon hine
3 hi ondredon fa menigu. hi on-cneowon
f a -f he fis bigspell to him saede hi ferdon
fa 1 hine forleton ;

pyssceaion 13 T%a sendon hi to him sume of pha-

tecosten . A.

paere xxiiii.
wucanoferpen-

riseum "i herodianum •$ hi be-
fengon hine on his worde ;
• 14 Da comon hi 3 f us mid facne cwaedon ;
Lareow. we witon •$ f u eart soSfaest 3 f u
ne recst be aenegum menn. ne besceawast
fu manna ansyne. ac fu godes weg laerst
on soS-faestnysse ; AlyfS gaful to syllanne
f am casere

Various Readings.
5. A. hig (thrice). A. }>one. 6. B. anne. A. leofestne.

7. A. B. betwynan. A. yrfe-weardnys ; B. yrfweardnes.

8. A. hig. A. wyn-eard. 9. A tylian. A. o%rum. 10.
A. heafde. 11. A. urum. 12. A. B. hig (twice). A. hig.
A. msenegu ; B. menegu. A. hig. A. big-spel. A. hig.

13. A. soedon [for sendon]. A. hig (twice). A. B. fariseum.

14. A. B. C. hig. A. men. A. gafol.

5 iEnd eft he heom sumne sende 1 hy
fane of-slogen. 3 manege oSre. sume hyo
beoten. sume hyo of-slogen.

6 pa haefde he fa gyt aenne leofestne
sune. fa sende he aet fam nexten heom
fane. 1 cwaeS. Witodlice mine sune hyo
for-wandigeS.

7 Da cwaeSen fa tilien. heom be-tweon-
en. Her is se earfednume uton of-slean
hine. fanne beoS ure syo earfweardnys.

8 Hyo fa of-slogen hine. 1 wurpen wiS-
ute fanne wingeard.

9 hwaet deft fas wingeardes hlaford. he
cymS 1 for-deS fa tiligen. "i syY& ofren
fanne wingeard.

10 Ne redde ge fis ge-writ. Se stan fe
fa werhten awurpen fes is ge-wor'Sen on
fare heme heafed.

11 fis is fram drihten ge-worSen. "i hyt
is wunderlic on uren eagen.

12 pa smaegdon hyo ~p hy ge-fengen hine.
1 hyo on-draedden fa manige hyo on-cneo-
wen pa •p he fis bispell be heom saigde.
hyo ferden fa 3 hine for-leten.

13 TPVa saenden hyo to him sume of
-L' fariseum 3 herodianum. -f hyo

be-fengen hine on his worden.

14 Da comen hyo 3 f us mid facne cwse^-
en. Lareow we witen -p f u ert sodfsest 1
f u ne recst be anigen men. ne be-sceawest
fu manne ansiene. ac fu godes weig laerst.
on sodfaestnesse. AlyfS gafol syllen fan
caisere

Various Headings.

5. eom; hyo ponne; manega; beoton. 6. nextan;
)>arane; for-wandiaS. 7. cwaedon; tilian; be-tweonan; er-
fenuma ; of-slan ; powne biS ; seo yrfweardnys. 8. wi8-
uto (>onne. 9. deafc; tiligan; oirvm porane. 10. wirhtan
awurpon; ge- worden; hyrne heafod. 11. ge-worden;
wundorlic; urun eagan. 12. smeagdon; hyo [for hy]
gefengon ; hy [for hyo] ; menega ; on-cneowan ; big-spell ;
sregde; for-leton. 13. senden; befengon; worde. 14.
comon; cwseSon; eart soSfsest; senegum; be-scewest;
ansyne ; soS-fsestnysse ; syllan )>am.

3 eftersona oSerne sende sec Sene ofslogon 3 monigo oSero surae Surscun oSero sec

5 et rursum alium misit et ilium occiderunt et plures alios quosdam caedentes alios uero

ofslogon Saget forSon -l- sec enne-tan haafde sunu leofust 3 Sene sende to hia-thim

occidentes. 6 athuc ergo unum haben3 filium karissimum et ilium misit ad eos

eet ende % htetmest cuoeSende forSon i -)5te hia gefreeppegedon sunu minne
nouissimum dicens quia reuerebuntur filium meum.

Sa buendo uutedlice
7 coloni autem

cuoedon betuih Sis is erfewaerd cymes wutum we ofslae hine 3 usra biS Siu erfe-weardnise

dixerunt adinuicem hie est heres uenite occidamus eum et nostra erit hereditas

3 gelahton hine ofslogon 3 gewurpon buta Seem wingeard

8 et apprehendentes eum occiderunt et eiecerunt extra uineam.

hlaferd Seere wingearde cymeS 3 fordoeS Sa lond-buendo 3 seleS f> wingeard oSrum

Aominus uineae ueniet et perdet colonos et dabit uineam aliis.

huset ofSon doeS
9 quid ergo faciet

ne writ

10 nee scripturam

Sius leornadagie f> stan Sone for-cuomon getimbradon Sis geworden wees on heafud huommes

banc legistis lapidem quern reprobauerunt aedificantes hie i'actus est in caput anguli.

from drihtne aworden wks Sis 3 is uundorlic on usum egum 3 sohton hine

11 a domino factum est istud et est mirabile in oculis nostris. 12* Et quaerebant eum * 129. i.

lu. ccxlii.
io. lxxxuiii.
to haldanne 3 ondreardon f Sreat ongeton hine forSon forSon to him bispell Sios he gecuoeS 3 mt. cexx.

tenere et timuerunt turbam cognouerunt enim quoniam ad eos parabolam banc dixerit et

miS-8y forleorton hine geeodon
relicto eo abierunt.

3 sendon to him sume from aslaruas 3 herodes Segnum
13* Et mittuut ad eum quosdam ex pharisaeis et herodianis * XXXVlll.

■jste hine genomo t geteldon in word
ut eum caperent in uerbo.

SaSe cuomon cuoedon him laruu we uuton -pte
14 qui uenientes dicunt ei magister scimus quia

130. ii.
lu. ccxliii.
mt. cexxiii.

soS-fest his 3 ne gemes Su senig ne forSon Su gesiis on onsione monnes ah in soSfaestnise

uerax es et non curas quemquam nee enim uides in faciem hominis sed in ueritate

woeg drihtnes Su teres is gelefed to seallane geafel Saam caseri oSSe no we selleS
uiam domim doces licet dari tributum caesari an non dabimus.

5. 3 efter sona oSerne sende 3 ec Sene ofslogun 3 monige oSre sume giSurscun oSre ec of-slogun 6. Sa

gett forSon an haefde sunu leofhe 3 hine sende to him set ende t tetemest cweSende forSo hte-tge-fraapegadun
sunu minne 7. Sa byende wutudlice cwedun him bitwion Sis is erfeword cymas wutum we of-sla hine 3

usra biS Sio erfe-wordnis 8. 3 gilahtun hine 3 ofslogun 3 giwurpun butu Sone wingeord 9. hwsBt of Son

dyde-rdoeS drihten wingeordes cymeS 3 fordoes Sa lond-buende 3 seleS Sone wingeard oSrum 10. ne giwriotu
Sas liornadunge -jSte stan Sonne ofer-comen gitimbradun Sis giworden wees on heofud hwon 11. from drihtae

aworden wans Sis 3 is wundur-lic on egum usum 12. 3 sohtun hine to haldanne 3 ondreordun Sone Sreot

on-getun hine forSon to him bispel Sas he gicwceS 3 miSSy forleortun hine gieodun 13. 3 sendun to him

sume from se-larwum 3 herodes Segnum fte hine ginomun ♦ giteldun on wordum 14. SaSe comun cwedun

him larow we wutun Saette soSfaast is 3 ne gemesttu tenig of Son-tSaem ne forSon Su gisist on onsione monnes
ah in soS-festnisse woegas godes teres is gilefed to seallanne gsefel Saem casere-tno we sellas

15 hwaeSer pe we ne syllaS; pa cwaeS
he 3 heora lot-wrenc-ceaste wiste. hwi fan-
dige mm bringaS me pone pening ■p ic hine
geseo.

1 6 pa brohton hi him pa saede he him ;
Hwaes is peos anlicnys 3 pis ge-writ. hi
cwaedon. Saes caseres ;

17 Da cwaeS se haelend to him. agyfaS
pam casere pa Sing pe pass caseres synd. 1
gode pa Se godes synd. pa wundrodon hi
be pam ;

18 T%a comon him to sad[u]cei pasecgaS
X j> aerist ne sy 1 hine ahsodon 3

pus cwsedon ;

19 Lareow. moyses us wrat. gif hwaes
broSor dead biS 3 laefS his wif 3 naefS nan
beam, -p his broSor nime his wif 3 his broSor
seed wecce ;

20 Eornostlice seofon gebropru waeron.
3 se aeresta nam wif 3 wearS dead na laefedum
saede;

2 1 And fa nam se oSer hi. 3 wearS dead,
ne se sled ne laefde ; Gelice se pridda

22 3 ealle seofon hi haefdon 3 seed ne
laefdon; Ealra aeftemest pa forS-ferde -p
wif;

23 On pant seriste. hwylces para seofona
biS ■p wif. hi ealle hi hssfdon ;

24 pa 3swarode him se haelend hu ne
dweligaS ge. forpam pe ge nyton pa halgan
gewritu ne godes maegen ;

Various Headings.

15. B. hiora. A.lot-wrencas; B. lot-wrenc-ceas. A.hwig
fandiafc ge. A. penig. 16. A. hig. A B. hig. 17. B.
Sincg. B. synt (2nd time). A. B. wundredon. A. hyg.
18. A. to hym. A. syg. A. acsedon. 19. A. byS dead.
A. broSer (twice). 20. A. seofen gebroSro. 21. A. hig.
22. A. seofen; B. seofan. A. hyg. 23. A. )>aera seofena.
A. hig (twice). 24. A. dweliafc ; B, dwelegaS. B. ha-
legan.

15 hwaeSer pe we ne syllaS. pa cwaeS
he 3 heora lotwrences wyste. hwi fandige
min. bringeS me panne panig -p ich hine
ge-seo.

16 pa broh ten hyo him. pa saigde he
heom. hwaet is peos anlycnyss. 3 pis ge-
writ. Hy cwaeSen pas caiseres.

17 Da cwaeS se ha?lend to heom. AgyfeS
pam caisere pa ping pe pas caiseres synde.
3 gode pe godes synde. pa wundredon hyo
be pam.

18 T%a comen hym to saducej. pa saig-
J goS ■p aariste ne syo. 3 hyo axo-

den. 3 pus cwaeSen.

19 Lareow moyses us wrat. Gyf hwees
broker dead byoS. 3 leafS his wif 3 naefS
nan beam, ■p hys broker nyme his wif. 3
his broker saed wecce.

20 Ecrnestlice seofe broSre waeren 3 se
areste pa nam wif 3 warS dead, ne laefden
saede.

21 pa nam se oSer hyo 3 warS dead, ne
se saed ne laefde. Ge-lice se SridSe.

22 3 ealle seofeue hyo hasfden 3 saed ne
laefden. Ealre eftemesta pa forS-ferde -p
wif.

23 On pam aeriste hwilces pare seofene
biS ■p wif. hyo ealle hyo haefden.

24 pa andswerede heom se haslend hu ne
dweleged ge. for pan pe ge nyten pa halgen
ge-write ne godes maegen.

Various Headings.

15. hyora lotwrencas; )>onne penig; ic. 16. brohton;
saegde ; hwaes ; anlicnys ; hyo ; )>aes. 1 7. Agyfats ; synd ;
Royal MS. inserts \>a before 2nd )>e ; sint; jian. 18.
seggefc; hine [for hyo] axodon; cwaeSon. 19. broSror
(sic); bifc; laffc; brofcor (twice). 20. seofo broSro waeron ;
aeresta; weariS; laefdum. 21. JEnd [for J>a]; wer8; Gi-
lioe ; dridde. 22. seofan; haefdon; laefdon.- Ealra. 23.
ariste ; Jiara seofona ; haefdon. 24. halend ; dwelegeS ;
(jam; nyton; halgan.

seSe wiste geswipernise hiora cuoeS Seem huaed mec gie costages brenges me _ pening £te
15 qui sciens uersutiam eorum ait illis quid me temtatis adterte mihi deuanum ut

ic gesn
uideam.

him Sa?s c&seres
illi caesaris.

soS liia to-brohton 3 cuoeS him huses is gelicnes Sios 3 in A on-merca cuoedpfr '~

16 at illi attullerunt et ait illis cuius est imago haec et inscribtio dicijintV '

geonduearde uutedlice se hsAend cuoeS him geldas forSon Sa Se sint caese^es -"*

17 respondens autem iesus dixit illis reddite igitur quae sunt caesaris

8aem casere 3 SaSe aron godes gode 3 wundradon oier hine
caesari et. quae sunt dei deo et miiabautur super eu.

3 cuomon to him
18* Et uenerunt ad eum "XXXVlllI.

8a Se cuosefcas erest ne sie 3 frugnun hine Sus cuoSende la laruu

sadducaei qui dicunt resurrectionem non esse et interrogabant eum dicentes. 19 magister

moses us awrat f gef huaelc-r'Benig broSer dead sie -this 3 fo? letes ^5 wif -l- -(s hlaf 3 suno ne
mose3 nobis scribsit ut si cuius irater mortuus i'uerit et dimiserit uxorem et filios non

letes & ne laefes onfoe broSer his hlaf Sa?s ilce 3 eft-awsecce sed broeSre his seofo

reliquerit accipiat Irater eius uxorem ipsius et resuscitet semen fratri suo. 20 septem

forSon broSro woeron 3 se forSmest onfeng -p wif 3 dead wses un-forletne sed 3

ergo iratres erant et primus accipit uxorem et mortuus est non relicto semen. 21 et

Se aefterra onfeng Sa ilea 3 dead wees 3 ne Ses foHeort sed J* team 3 se Sirdda gelic

secundus accipit earn et mortuus est et nee iste reliquit semen et tertius similiter.

3 onfengon 8a ilea gelic Sa seofona 3 ne forleorton t ne laefdon sed -r team hiu hlaetmest alra
22 et acciperunt earn similiter septem et non reliquerunt semen nouissima omnium

dead webs f> wif
def'uncta est mulier.

in erest forSon mi8-8y hea arisaS hwses of Ssem bi8 f wif

23 iu resurrectione ergo cum resurrexerint cuius de his erit uxor

seofona forSon haefdon $ ilea wif
septem eniin habuerunt earn uxorem.

3 geonduearde se hselewd cuoeS him ne forSon
24 et respondens iesus ait illis non ideo

ge duolas ne uutogie-rne cunnoge ge-wuritto ne majht godes

erratis non scientes scribturas neqwe uirtutem dei.

IS. se8e wiste giswiopornisse hiora cwseS to him hwset mec gi-costigas brengas me pening f te ic gisie cwseS
to him 16. so8 hiaa gibrohtun him 3 cwseS to him hwaet is 8is gilicnes 8as 3 in- i on-merca cwedun him Saes
caseres 17. giondworde wutudh'ce 8e haelend cwseS to him geldas for8on SaSe sindun caseras 8a3m casere

3 8aSe arun godes godo 3 wundradun ofer hine 18. 3 comun to him . . . 8a8e cweaSas SBrist ne were 3

frugnun hine Sus cweSende 19. la larow moyses us awrat gif hwelc broSer deod sie 3 forletes Saet wif 3

suno ne letes -jste onfoe bro8er his lafe Sees ilea 3 eft aweccaS sed broSer his 20. siofune forSon broSer

werun 3 8e foerS-mesta on-fer.g Saet wif 3 dead wses unforletne sed 21. 3 Se sefterra on-feng Sa ilea 3 deod
wses ne forleort Saet sed 3 Se Sirda gilice 22. 3 onfeng Sa ilea gilice Sa siofune 3 ne forleortun -r ne

lsefdun sed hio lsete-mest alra deod wees Saet wif 23. in eriste forSon miSSy arisaS hwses of Seem bis f

wif siofune forSon heefdun S8Bt ilce wif 24. 3 gi-ond-worde Se hadlend cwseS to him ne forSon ge dwoligas

ne wutun ge giwriotu ne maehte-r maegen godes

25 Softlice bonwe hi of dea'Se arisab. ne
wifiab hi. ne ne gyftigeaS. ac hi synt
swylce godes englas on heofonu/w ;

26 Be bam deadum •$ hi arison. ne
raedde ge on moyses bee hu god to him
cwaeb. ofer bone gorst-beam ; Ic eom
abrahames god. "J isaaces god. 1 iacobes
god.

27 nis god deadra ac he hys lybbendra;
SoSlice swybe ge dweligeaft :

Dysgodspci 28 " \~\a genealaehte him an of ham

sceal on frige- ~W~ w . , .

d*g on }>tere JL^ bocerum be he gehyrde hi smea-

twelftan wucan i 1 i

oferpente- gende 3 geseah f he him wel andswarode.

costcn. Inter- ° ° '

rogauitie^m •} ahsode hine hwaat waere ealra beboda

units de scribis

quid esset pri- niaeSt ;

mum omnium , ,

mandatum. a. 29 pa 3swarode he him. y is y maeste
bebod. ealra israhel gehyr urne drihten
god. he is [an god]

30 and lufa binne drihten god. of ealre
binre heortan. 3 of ealre binre sawle.
eallum binum mode. 3 of eallum binum
maegene. f is •J fyrmeste bebod ;

31 SoSlice is oSer bissum gelic; lufa
jnnne nehstan swa he sylfne. nys oSer mare
bebod ;

32 Da cwaeb se bocere. lareow. well bu.
on sobe cwsede. f an god is. 1 nis oSer
butan him

33 1 ftaet he si gelufod of ealre heortan.
1 of eallum andgyte. 1 of ealre sawle. 1
of ealre strengSe. 1 lufigean his nehstan
swa hine sylfne. bast is mare eallum on-
saegdnyssum 1 offrungum ;

Various Readings.
25. A. hig. A. B. hig. A. giftiaS. A. hig. A. B.
heofenum. 26. A. hig. A. om. god after isaaces. 27. A.
ys. A. dweliaS. 28. A. B. om. he after be. A. hig. A.
acsode. 29. A. ysrahela. A. B. insert an god, which the
text omits. 30. A inserts 3 of after sawle. A. maegne.
31. A. bysum. A. nyhstan. 32. A. wel. A. buton. 33.
A. sig. A. lufian. A. nyhstan.

25 SoSlice banne hyo of dea'Se arise'S ne
wifieS hyo ne ne yftigeS ac hyo synde swilce
godes aengles on heofenen.

26 Be bam deaSen bast hyo arised ne
raede ge on moyseses hoc. hu god to heom
cwa^S. ofer banne gorst-beam. Ic eom
abrahames god. 1 ysaces god. 3 Iacobes
god.

27 nis god deadre. ac he is libbendra
soSlice swrSe ge dwelieS.

28 T*a ge-nehlahte him an of bam
j bokeren be ge-herde hyo smeg-

ende. 1 geseah j> he heom wel andswerede.
1 aexode hine hwaet waere ealre be bode
maest.

29 pa andswerede he hym. -f is •$ maeste
be-bod ealre israele ge-herie urne drihten
god. he is an god.

30 1 lufe binne drihten god. of aelre
binre heorten. 1 of ealre binre sawle. ")
eallen binen mode. 1 of eallen binen maig-
ne. •$ is j1 fermeste be-bod.

3 1 SoSlice is oSer bisen ge-lic. lufe binne
nexten swa be sylfne. nis oSer mare be-
bod.

32 Da cwavS se bokere. lareow wel bu
on soSe cwaeSe. baet an god is 1 nis oSer
buten him.

33 D •J he si ge-lufod of eallen heorten.
1 of eallen andgytte. 1 of ealre sawle. 3 of
ealre strencSe. 1 lufian his nextan swa hine
sylfne. •$ is mare eallen on-saegdnyssen 1
offrungen.

Various Readings.

25. bonne; arisa«; wyfiaS; giftigaS; sint; englas; heo-
bnum. 26. deadum ; arisaS ; moyses ; eom ; bonne.
7. deadra; his [/or is]; dweligaS ; 28. ge-neahlahte .
.nrerum: Ere-hvrde : eom: andswarede ; axode; war*

fonum. 26. deadura ; arisa* ; moyses ; eom ; bonne.
27. deadra; his [for is]; dweligaS; 28. ge-neahlahte .
bocerum; ge-hyrde; eom; andswarede; axode; ware.
29. andswarode ; heom ; ealra israehele ge-her. 30. bine ;
aire; heortan; saule; eallum binum; eallum binum mseg-
num; firmeste. 31. bissum; lufa; nextan. 32. bocere;
well; cwaSe. 33. ge-lufaS; ealre heortan ; eallum [before

andgytte]; lufigei
ofrungum.

miS-Sy forSon from deadum arisaS hea ne hia maensumiaS ne hia biSon ge-maensumadf ah t '•. ne ceorl

25 cum enim ;i mortuis resurrexerint neque nubent neqwe uubentur sed ^a^^n

wif hsefig
biSoii swsb englas in heofnura of -t from deadum vxAedlice -fte arisaS ne leornadacgie on ceorles on erist

sunt sicut angeli in caelis. 26 de mortuis autem quod resurgant non legistis in

boc moses ofer + on Saem tree huu cuoeS him god coeS -t saBgde ic am god abrahames 3

libro mosi super rubum quomodo dixerit illi dews inquieus ego sum dews abraham et

god isaaces 3 god iacobes ne is god deadra ah hlifiendra gie forSon suiSe

dews isaac et dews iacob. 27 non est dews mortuorum sed uiuorum uos ergo multum

gie duolages 3 geneolecde an from uuSuutum seSe geherde Sa ilco efne-gefrugnon-r'soecende 3

erratis. 28 *Et accessit unus de scribis qui audierat illos conquirentes et • XL.

131. ui.
inf. ccxxiiii.
gesaeh forSon 4" -)Ste woel {Seem geonduarde gefraign hine huaetd f were se forSmesta alraf -|- i. bodana.

uidens quoniam bene illis responderit interrogauit eum quod esset primum omnium

bod hse\end xmtedlice geonduearde him -J5te se forSmesta allra t bod is ge-her f bodana.

mandatum. 29 iesus autem respondit ei quia primum omnium mandatum est audi

israel drihten god user god an is 3 lufa Su drihtert god Sin of alra

israhel domimis deua noster deua unus est. 30 et dileges iomtnum deum tuum ex toto

heorta Sin 3 of alra sauel Sin 3 of alra Soht Sin 3 of alra maegne Sin Sis is
corde tuo et ex tota anima tua et ex tota mente tua et ex tota uirtute tua hoc est

se forSmesta bod Se aefterra uuterf/ice gelic is him lufa Sone neesta Sinne suae

primum mandatum. 31 secundum autem simile est illi dileges proximum tuum tamquam

Sec seolfne mara Sisra oSer bod ne is 3 cuoeS him se uuSwuta wel la laruu

t^ ipsum maius horum aliud mandatum non est. 32* Et ait illi scriba bene magister • 132. x.

in soSfaestnise Su cuoede forSon X -fte an is 3 ne is oSer buta him 4" hine 3 -JSte sie gelufad

in ueritate dixisti quia unus est et non est alius praeter eum. 33 et ut diligatur

of allra heorte 3 of allra ondget 3 of allra sawele 3 of alra strengo 3 lufa Son neesto
ex toto corde et ex toto intellectu et ex tota anima et ex tota fortitudine et dilegere proximum

sua hine seolfne mara is allum cuic-lacum 3 saegdnisum

tamquam s^ ipsum maius est omnibus holocaustomatibus et sacrifices.

25. miSSy forSon from deaSe arisaS ne hiae meen-sumigaS ne hie bioSun gimaensumad ah bioSon swa englas •
on heofnum 26. of deoSe wutudlice fte arisaS ne liornadun ge on bocum moyses ofer-ton Saem tree huu

cwaeS him god cwaeS 4" saegde ic am god abrahames 3 god isaces 3 god iacobes 27. ne is god Sara deodra

ah lifgendra gif ge forSon swiSe gidwoligas 28. 3 gineolicade an from uSwutum seSe giherde Sa ilco efne

gifrugnun 3 gisaeh forSon -{Ste wel Saem giond-worde gifraegn hine hwaet were Se foerSmesta alra bibodona
29. Se haolenrf wutudlice gi-ond-worde him forSon Se foerSmesta alra bibodona is giher israhelum drih/era god user
god ana is 30. 3 lufa Su drihtere god Sinne of alra heorte Sinre 3 of aire sawle Sinre 3 of alle giSohte Sinum
3 of alle maegne Sinum Sis is Saet foerS-meste bibod 31. Saet aefterra wutudlice gilice him lufa Sone nestu
Sinne swa swa Sec solfne mara Sisra oSer bibod ne is 32. 3 cwaeS him Se uSwuta wel la larow in soS-

faestnisse Su cweSe forSon an is god 3 ne is oSer butan him 33. 3 -fte sie gilufad of aire heorte 3 of aire

ongetnisse 3 of aire sawle 3 of aire strengu Sine 3 lufa Sone nestu swa swa Sec solfne mara is allum cwicum
lacum 3 ssegdnissum

100

34 Da se hselend geseah ~p he him wislice
andwyrde he ssede him ne art pu feorr {ram
godes rice, "i hine ne dorste nan maun
ahsian ;

. 35 Da cwaep se haelend on pam temple
laerende ; Hu secgaS pa boceras ■p crist sy
dauides sunu;

36 Dauid sylf cwaep to pam halgan gaste.
drihten cwaep to minum drihtne. site on
mine swy¥>ran healfe. 08 ic pine fynd
asette to fot-sceamole pinra fota;

37 Dauid sylf nemde hine drihten. 1
hwanon is he his sunu ; And mycel menegu
hine luflice gehyrde.

38 pa saede he him on his lare ; Warniaft
ham boceru/M. pa wyllaS on ge-gyrluw gan
"i beon on strastww grete.

39 1 on fyrm"stu7M lareow-setlu/w. sittan
on ge-samnunguwj 1 pa fyrmestan setl on
ge-beor-scipum

40 pa 'Se wudewena hus for-swelga<S mid
heora langsuman gebede. pa onfoSlengestne
dom ;

41 Da saet se hselend ongen pone toll-
sceamol "3 geseah hu •p folc hyra feoh. tor-
fude on pone toll-sceamul. 1 manega vvelige
torfudon fela ;

42 pa com an earm wuduwe. and wearp
twegen feor^-lingas ;

43 Da clypode he his leorning cnihtas 1
sasde hi»? ; SoSlice ic eow secge. f peos
earme wuduwe eallinga maest sealde para
pe on toll-sceamul sealdon ;

Various Readings.
34. A. eart. A. feor. A. man aosian. 35. B. Iserynde.
A. sig. 36. A. fot-sceamele. 37. A. hwanen. A. ma>
npgu. A.lufelice. 38. A. grette; B. gegrette (over an
erasure). 39. A. gesomnungum. 40. B. hyra. 41.
A ongean. B. faerie. A. toll-sceamel. A. heora. A. tor-
fode. A. toll-sceamel. A. torfedon ; B. torfudun. A. feala.
42. A. wudewe. 43. A. B. wudewe. A. eallunga. B.
ina3st|>. A. l^Bera. A. toll-sceamele.

34 pa se haelend ge-seah ~p he hym wislice
andswerede he saigde hym ne ert pu feor
fram godes rice. D hine ne dorste nan man
axian.

35 pa cwaeS se haelend on pam temple
laerende. hu seggeS pa boceres -p crist
sy daurSes sune.

36 Dauid self cwaeS to pam halgen gaste.
Drihten cwaeS to minen drihtene site on
minen swidren healfe. odSe ic pine feond
asette to fot-^camele pinre fote.

37 Dauid self nemde hine drihten. 3
hwanen is he his sunu. 3 micel menige
hine lufelice ge-herde.

38 Da saede he heom on his lare. Warn-
ieS fram boceren. pa willed on ge-gyrtleu
gan 1 beon on straete ge-grette.

39 1 on fermesten lareow-setlen sitten on
ge-samnungen. 1 pa. fyrmesten setlen on
beorscipen.

40 pa pe wudewena hus for-swelged mid
heora langsumen ge-bcdan. pa on-foS laen-
gestne dom.

41 Da saet se hselend on-gean pane tol-
scamel. 1 ge-seah hu ~p folc hire feoh torfede
on pane tol-scamel. 1 manige weliga torfe-
den fela.

42 Sa com an earm wudewe and warp
twege feorpinges.

43 Da cleopede he his leorning-cnihtes
"} saide heom. SoSlice ic eow segge paet
peos earme wudewe ealre mest brohte pare
pe on panne toll-scamel brohte.

Various Readings.

34. eom ; ssegde heom ; eart. 35. halend ; seggaS ;
boceras; syo dauides sunu. 36. sylf; halgan; minum;
minum swiSrum; oSSe; fot-scamole |>inra. 37. sylf;
hwanon: sune; menigeo; luflice gehyrde. 38. WarniaS;
bocerum ; willaS ; ge-gyrlum ; stratum. 39. fyrmestvm
lareow-setlum ; ge-samnungum ; fyrmestan setlum; bir-
scipum. 40. for-swilga? ; langsuman ge-bede; lengestne.
41. halend; {jorane tol-scamol: heora; torfode; ^onne tol-
scamol; manega welige ; feola. 42. wearp; feorS-lingaS
(sic). 43. clypede ; -cnihtas ; saade ; wudewa eallinga msest
sealde ; om. )>anne ; toll-scamol sealden.

101

se \\te\end uutedlice gisaeh -)5te snotorlice-i- wislice geondsuaerde cuoeS him nearS Su fearr from rie
34 iesus autem uidens quod sapieutur respondisset dixit illi non es longe k regno

godes 3 nesenig mon soS-lgee gedarste hine gefraigne 3 onduearde se haAend he geeoeS

dei *Et nemo iam audebat eum interrogare. 35 fEt respondens iesua dicebat • 133. „.

lu. ccxliiii.

mt ccxxui.
laerend ♦ tarde in tempel huu cuoeSas Sa wuSuuto bi crist sunu sie dauiSes se ilea forSon j. 134. ;;,

docens in templo quomodo dicunt scribai christum filium esse dauid. 36 ipse enim lu- ccxlu.

mt. cexxu.

dauid cuoeS on gaast haligne cuoeS drihten drihtne minum sitt to suiSra minum oSSset ic setto
dauid dicit in spiritu sancto dixit dominus domino meo sede & dextris meis donee ponam

fiondas Sine fot-scoemel fota Sinra se ilea forSon dauiS cuoeS hine drihten 3 huona

inimicos tuos scabellum pedum tuorttm. 37 ipse ergo dauid dicit euwi dominum et unde

is sunu his 3 menigo Sreato hine lustlice geherde 3 tahte-Hserde SEcm-Hiim on laar

est filius eius et multa turba eum lihenter audiuit. 38 *Et docebat eis in doctrina * 135. a

lu. exxxuii.

i_. v •_ ii 1 ... • .. .. .. • , - mt. cexxuiiii.

his behaldas mih from uSuutum SaSe wallas in stolum geonga 3 wileymogie-rgegroeta on spree 3

sua cauete a scribis qui uolunt in stolis ambulare et saiutari in loro. 39 et

on Saem forSmestum seatlum sitta in somnungum 3 8a forSmesto setla set farmum SaSe

in primis cathedris sedere in sinajjogis et primos discubitos in cenis. 40 *Qui * 13»>. uii..

1 to & f "• lu. ccxluili].

of-frealtas huso widwuana under sceawung longunga-}- longes gebeddes Sas onfoaS uneSlie -1 lengra
deuorant domos uiduarum sub obtentu prolixae orationis hi accipient prolixius

dom 3 sactt se hseUnd wis & ongsegn Sees dores Se is sua genemned gazophilac!«m on hierusalem

iudicium. 41 *Et sedens iesus contra gazopliilacium * XLI.

behaeald huu £ here gewarp ■£■ ma?slenu on gazophilac/wm 3 mouigo wealigo 4 wlonco gewurpon

aspiciebat quomodo turba iactaret aes in gazopliilacium et multi diuites iactabant

feola-rmeniga miS gecuome \m\edlice an widua Sorfend sende tuoge stycas f is

multa. 42 cum uenisset autem una uidua pauper misit duo minuta quod est

feorSung pennmges 3 ceigde Segnas his cuoeS Sosm-tillis soSlice ic cuoeSo iuh fte

quadrans. 43 et conuocans discipulos suos ait illis amen dico uobis quoniam

widua Sios-lSas Saerfen mara allum sen.'e SaSe sendon on gazophila««m
uidua haec pauper plus omnibus misit qui miserunt in gazopliilacium.

34. Se hselevd wutudlice gisaeh Sect he sno'urlice gi-ond-worde cwbbS to him ne arS Su fear from rice godes 3
naenig mon soSSa gidarste hine gifregna 35. 3 giond-worde Se haAend cwaeS f cweSende lserende on temple

huu ewedeu ... crist sie sunu 4" were dauiSes 36. Se ilea forSon dauid cwaeS in gaste halgum cwaeS

(\nhcen drilitne minum site to Sasr swiSr. n min oSSset ih setto fiondas Sine foot-scomul fota Sinra 37. Se

ilea forSon dauiS cwaeS him dvdUen 3 hwona is sunu his 3 monige Sreotos hine lustlice giherdun 38. 3

tahte-1 lacrde Saem 4 him in larum his bilialdas iowih from uSwutum Sa Se wallas on stolum gonga 3 wilcumiga
•l'groeta on spiece 39. 3 on Seem foerSmesium seotlum sitta in somnungum 3 Sa foerSmestu gisedla set

feormum 40. Sa Se freotas hus widwana under sceawunge longunga-tionges gibedes Sas onfoaS uneSelic 4

lengra dom 41. 3 saet Se hselenrf ongegn Sasm dore Se is swa nemned biheold huu Se here giwarp Saet

maeslen on gazo-philac.am 3 monige weolye 4 wlonca giwurpun feolu 42. miS-Sy com wutudlice an widwe

SDifende sende ma;slen twa styegee £ is feorSung peniiiges 43. ^ cegde Segnas his cwaeS to him soS-lice ic

cweSo iow forSon widwe Sios Sorfende mara allum .sende SaSe sendun in gazo-philacwm.

102

44 Ealle sendon of pam pe hi genoh
haefdon ; SoSlice peos of hyre yrmpe eall
"f heo haefde sealde ealle hyre and-lyfene ;

CHAPTER XIII.

1 nrVa he of pam temple eode pa cwaeS
jL-r an of his leoruing-cnihtuw? to

him. lareow loca hwylce stanas her synt
1 hwylce getimbrunga pisses temples;

2 pa cwaeS se haelend. lie ge-seoge ealle
pas mycelan getimbrunga. ne biS her laefed
stan ofer stan pe ne beo toworpen ;

3 T^a hi saeton on oliuetes dune ongen
j "f tempel synderlice hine petrus

] iacobus. 1 iohannes. 3 andreas. ahso-
don;

4 Sege us hwasnne pas ping ge-wurdon
1 hwylc tacen biS paenne ealle pas Sing on-
ginnaS beon ge-endud ;

5 pa ongan se haelend him 3swarigende
to cweSan ; WarniaS -f eow nan mann ne
be-swice ;

6 Soplice manega cumaS on minum na-
man. 1 cwepaS. ic eom crist 3 beswicaS
manega

7 3 pomte ge gehyraS gefeohtu. 1 ge-
feohta hlisan. ne ondraede ge eow. hit geby-
raS -p hit gebelimpe. ac ponne gyt nis ende ;

Various Readings.

44. A. B. hig.

Cap. xiii. I, A. synd. A. )>yses. 3. A. B. hig. A.
ongean. A. acsedon; B. achsodon. 4. A. ge-weorJSon.
A. (jonne. A. ge-endod. 5. A. man. 7. A. ge-feoht
[for gefeohtu]. A. be-lympe.

44 Ealle senden of pan pe hyo ge-noh
haefden. SoSlice peos of hire ermSe eall
paet hyo haefde sealde ealle hire and-lyfene.

CHAPTER XIII.

1 T^a he of pam temple eode. pa cw.
J an of his leorning-cnihten to him.

Lareow loca hwilce stanes her synt. "i
hwilce ge-tymbrenge. pisses temples.

2 pa cwaeS se haelend. ne ge-seo ge ealle
pas mycelen ge-tymbrenge. ne beoS her
laefd stan ofer stan pe ne wur$ to-worpen.

3 "IHVa hyo saeten on oliuetes dune.
JL-' ongean paet tempel. synderlice

hine petrus. ] Iacobus. "J Iohannes. 1 An-
dreas acsoden.

4 Sege us hwaenne pas ping ge-wurSen.
"} hwile taken beoS panne ealle pas ping ge-
wurSe sculen. ") hwile tacen byS panne
ealle pas ping on-ginneS. 1 beon sculen
ge-ended.

5 pa on-gan se haelend heom andsweriende
to cweften. warnieS j> eow nan man ne
be-swice.

6 SoSlice manege cumeS on minen na-
men. 1 cweSaS. ic eom crist. 3 be-swiced
manege.

7 1 panne ge ge-hereS ge-fehte 1 ge-fyhte
hlisan. ne on-draede ge eow. hit byred
paet hit ge-limpe. ac panne gyt nys aende.

Various Readings.

44. (>am; hafdon; yrmSe; hafde.

Cap. xiii. 1. -cnihtum; stanas; ge-tymbruraga. 2. ha-
lend; ge-timbrunga ; by 8; beo [/or wurJS]. 3. saeton;
acsodon. 4. ge-wurdon ; tacen biS paenne ; ge-wurdon ;
om. sculen; on-ginnaS beon ge-endud. 5. andswerigende;
cwefcan. Wamiafc. 6. manega cumaS; milium naman;
be-swycafc manega. 7. )>onne ; ge-hyraS ge-feohta; ge-
fyhta; ge-byre* ; ge-be-limpe; Jjonnej ende.

103

alle forSon of Son -J5te gemonigfaldade k gewoxe him sendon Sios uutedlice of henSu k unspoed
44 omnes enim ex eo quod abundabat illis miserunt haec uero de paenuria

hire alle 8a Se hsefde sende all gebrengnise hire
sua omnia quae habuit misit totum uietum suum.

CAP. XIII.

3 miSSy gefoerde t frerende of temple cuoeS him an of Segnum his la laruu sceawig k gesih
1 *Et cum egrederetur de templo ait illi unus ex discipulis suis magister aspice " XLII.

lu. ccxxxuii.
ccxluiii.
hulco stanas 3 hualig timber 3 ondsuorade se hxlend cuoeS hi/ra k Saem gesih Sas mt. ccxlii.

quales lapides et quales structurae. 2 et respondens iesus ait illi uide has

alle miclo gehrino-tglencas ne bi* forleten Stan ofer stane seSe ne se tostrogden-tne biS toworpen
omnes magnas aedificationes non relinquetur lapis super lapidem qui nou destruatur.

3 miS-Sy gesaett on more -Ton dune oele-beama ongeaegn temple geaseadon?frugnon hine suundorlice
3* Et cum sederet in montem oliuarum contra templum interrogabant eum separatim • 138. ii.

lu. ccxluiiii.
mt. ccxliii.

petra* 3 iacobus 3 iohannes 3 andraw saege us huoenne Sas biSon 3 huelc becon

petrus et iacobws et iohannes et andreas. 4 die nobis quando ista fient et quod signum

bi« huoenne k Sonne Sas alle on-ginnaS to endanne -l- £te hia se geendado 3 onduearde se hselewd

erit quando haec omnia incipient consummari. 5 et respondens iesua

ongann cuoeSa him geseas gie -fte ne eenig iuih gesuica monigo forSon cymees on noma minuw

cuepit dicere iliis uidete ne quis uos seducat. 6 multi enim uenient iu nomine meo

hia cuoeSas -pte ic am 3 menigo hia gesuicas miS-Sy gie gehera uutedlice gefehto 3

dicentes quia ego sum et multos seducent. 7 cum audieritis autem bella et

woeno t mersungo Sara gefehto ne ondredas gie is reht-thit sceal forSon wosa ah ne Saget ende biS
opiniones bellorum ne timueritis oportet enim fieri sed nondum finis.

44. alle forSon of him fte gimonigfaldade him sendun Sas wutudh'ce of henSum £ unspoedum hire alle SaSe
hio hoefde sende alle gibrengnisse hire

Cap. XIII. 1. 3 miS-Sy fserende wses of temple cweeS him an of Segnum his la larow sceawa i gisih hulice
stanas 3 hulic timber 2. 3 onworde Se haele/jrf cwseS him gi-sih Sas alle micle girino k glencas ne biS

for-leten stan ofer stane seSe ne sie tostrogden 3. 3 miSSy gissett on more oele-beoma ongsegn temple 3 gi-

frugnun hine synder-lice . . 3 . . 3 . . 3 . . 4. ssege us hwenne Sas bioSun 3 Sset becun biS hwenne Sas alle onginnaS
to endanne k sie endade 5. 3 onworde Se haelenrf ongan cweoSa him giseas ge Saette naenig iow giswice

6. monige forSon cumaS on noma minum cweSende fte ic am 3 monige hise giswicas 7. miS-Sy wutudh'ce

giheras gifeht 3 wona k mersunga Sara gifehta ne ondredas ge is relit k hit sceal forSon wosa ah ne Sa get
is ende

104

8 SoSlice peod arist agen peode. 3 rice
ongen rice 3 beoS eorpan styrunga geond
stowa 3 hungor. J?is synd sara angin ;

9 Wanna^S eow sylfe. hi syllaS eow
on gepeahte 3 swingaS on gesamnungu/w.
1 ge standaS beforan demuw 3 cyning-
u* for milium naman him on ge-wit-
nesse

10 3 on ealle peoda ; aErest ge-byraS beon
•f godspel gebodud.

11* 1 ponne hi syllende eow laepaS ne
fore-smeage ge hwaet ge specan. ac specaS
•p eow on paere tide ge-seald biS ; Ne synd
ge na specende ac se halga gast ;

12 SoSlice se broSor pone bropor to
deaSe sylS. 3 se faeder his sunu. 3 pa
beam arisaS agen hyra magas. 3 mid deaSe
hi ge-waeceaS.

13 3 ge beoS ealluw on hatunge for mi-
nwn naman; SoSlice se biS hal se pe oS
ende purh-wunaS ;

14 ~|~\onne ge ge-seoS paere toworped-
J— w nysse asceonunge standan par

heo ne sceal. purine ongyte se pe rast. fleon
ponwt' on muntas pa Se synt on iudea

15 3 se Se is ofer pecene ne stige he on
his bus ne he in ne ga -p he aht on his huse
nime.

16 ] se Se biS on aecere ne cyrre he on-
gean -p he his reaf nime ;

17 Wa cenne[n]du/« on pa?w daguw.

Various Readings.

8. B. arist);. A. ongean (twice). A. eond. A. hunger.
9. A. ge-wytnysse. 10. A. ge-byre8. A. gebodod. 11.

A. big. A. lsedaS. A. speeon. B. halega. 12. A. on-
gean heora. A. hig ge-wsecaS. 14. A. to-worpen nysse;

B. to-worpednesse. A. ascununge. A. Jjser. A. synd. 15.
A. ge-nyme on hys huse. 16. A. ongen. 17. A. B.
cennendum (where the text has cennedum).

8 SoSlice peod arist on-gean peode. 3
rice on-gen rice. 3 byoS eorSen steriunge
geond stowe 3 hunger, pis synde sare angin.

9 WarnieS eow sylfe. hyo sylleS eow
on ge-peohte 3 swinged on ge-samnungen.
3 ge standeS be-foren demen 3 kyningen for
minen naman heom on ge-witnysse 3 on
ealle peode.

10 JErest ge-byreS beon pset godspell ge-
boded.

1 1 3 panne hyo syllende eow laedeS ne
for-smeage ge hwast ge spraecen. ac spreceS
paet eow on pare tide ge-seald byS. Ne
sende ge na sprecende ac se halge gast.

12 SoSlice se broSer panne broSer to
deaSe sylS. 3 se faeder his sune. 3 pa
beam ariseS agen heore maiges. 3 mid
deaSe hyo ge-weccaeS.

13 3 ge beoS eallen on hatigunge for
minen namen. SoSlice se beoS hal se pe
oS ende purh-wunieS.

14 "l^anne ge ge-seoS pare to-wardnysse
j asceonunge standen pasr hyo ne

seel panne on-gyte se pe rast. fleon panne
on muntes pa pe synde on iudee.

15 3 se pe is ofer pecene ne stige he
on his hus. ne he in ne ga -p he aht on his
huse nyme.

16 3 se Se byS on acere ne cherre he on-
gean ■p he his reaf nime.

17 Wa kennenden on pam dagen

Various Readings.

8. agen ; on-gean ; beoS eorfcan styriunga ; stowa ; hun-
gor; synd sara. 9. WarniaS ; syllafc ; ge-(ieahte; swin-
gaS; ge-samnungum ; be-foran demuOT; cyningum; mi-
num. 10. ge-bodud. 11. \>on; tedaS ; fore-smeage;
sprecan; specaS ; synde; specende; halga. 12. broSor
|>onne broSor ; sunu ; arisaS ; hyora magas ; ge-waeeeaS.
13. eallum; hatuwge; minvwi namum ; {>urh-wuna*. 14.
Donne; to-wardenysse ; heo; seal )>onne; {?on»e; muntas;
synt; iudea. 15. haht. 16. cerre. 17. cennendum ;
dagum.

105

arisaS uutedlicei Sonne cynn wis cynn 3 ric ofer ric 3 biSon eorS-hroernis

8 exsurget autem gens contra gentem et regnum super regnum et erunt terrae motus

Serh stoua 3 hungro 6r-tfru?na wsercco Sas-tSas ilco taceno geseas-tbehalcfa* Sonne iuih seolfa

per loca et fames initium doloruw haec. 9 *Uidete autem uosmetipsos • 139. i.

mt. lxxxuii.

geseallas forSon iuih to ge-moetingum 3 on somnungum gie biSon gesumnged 3 befora undercyniHgwi-thehgeroefaw
tradent enim uos conciliis et in sinagogis uapulabitis et ante praesides

3 cyningum gie biSon stondende 4" gie stondes fore roec on cySnise him 3 on allum

et reges stabitis propter me in testimonium illis. 10 *et in omnes • 140. ui.

mt. ccxlui.

cynnum-rhsednuw serist gerises to bodanne-tto fore-SBegcane-t-JSte he sie boden godspell 3

gentes primum oportet praedicari euangelium. 11 *Et " M- "'•„

ccli.
miSSy hia gelsedas iuih sellende naelle gie fore-Sence huset gie spreca ah-HiwoeSre -J5 gesald iuh mt. lxxxuiii.
cum duxerint uos tradentes nolite praecogitare quid loquamini sed quod datum uobis

bi$ on Ssem tid f gie sprecca ne forSon biSon iuh spreccendo ah gaas halig

fuerit in ilia bora id loquimiiii non enim estis uos loquentes sed BOtritua mnctus.

selleS Sonne broker Sone broSer in deaSe 3 faeder Sone sunu 3 efne-arisaS Sa suno on Seem aldrum
12 tradet autem frater fratrem in mortem et pater filium et consurgent filii in parentes

3 miS-Mo deaSe fordoaS -r gecuoellas hia 3 gie biSon laS allum fore noma min seSe

et morte adficient eos. 13 et eritis odio omnibws propter nomen meum qui

uutedlice ge-Solias on ende Ses hal biS miSSy Sonne gie geseaS Sone wroht

autem sustenuerit in finem hie saluus erit. 14 *Cum autem uideritis abominationem * 142. ui.

mt. ccxluii.

from-slittnise stondende Ser ne rises seSe redes oncnauaS Sonne SaSe in iudea sint flea* on

desolationis stantem ubi non debet qui legit intellegat *Tunc qui in iudaea sunt fugiant in • 143. a.

lu. ccuiiii.
1 • ecliii.

muntum 3 seSe ofer hrof ne of-stiges adune in hus ne ingaes fte geniomme mt- ccxluiii.

montes. 15 et qui super tec[t]um non desceudat in domum nee introeat ut tollat

huselc-huoego of hus his 3 seSe on lond biS ne eft gecerres on baecg to niommanne woede

quid de domo sua. 16 et qui in agro erit non reuertatur retro tollere uestimentum

his wae uutedlice S*m berendum 3 foedendum in Saim daguwi

suum. 17 *Uae autem pregnantibus et nutrientibws in illis diebus. • 144. ii.

lu. ccliiii.
mt. ccxluiiii.

8. arisaS forSon cynn ofer cynne 3 rice ofer rice 3 bioSon eorSu hroemisse Serh stowe 3 hungur 4* . . .
fruma werc-sare Sas 9. giseas Sonne -r'bihaldas iowih solfa hise sellaS forSon iowih to gimoetinge 3 in somnunge
ge bioSun giswenced 3 bifora under-cyniga {sic) 3 cynigum ge bioSun stondende fore mec on cySnisse him
10. 3 on allum cynnum serist girises to bodanne god-spell 11. 3 miS Sy gilasdes iowih to sellanne nallas ge

bodiga-tSenca hwaet ge sprece ah Saotte said biS iow on Saer tide Saette gisprece ne forSon iow bioSon sprecende
ah gas halga 12. seleS wutudli'ce broSer Sone broSer in deoS 3 faeder Sone suno 3 efne arisas Sa suno on

Soem Eeldrum 3 to deaSe fordoas hia? 13. 3 ge bioSon laSe allum fora noma minum SeSe wutudhce giSoelgas

on ende Ses hal biS. 14. miSSy Sonne ge giseaS Sone wroht from raonnum fromslitnisse stondende Ser

ne riseS se Se redes oncnawes Sa Se Sonne in iudeam sindun fleas on muntas 15. 3 SaSe ofer hrof ne

astigaS in hus ne ingoas fte nime hwelc hwoegnu of huse his 16. 3 seSe on londe biS ne eft gicerres to

niomanne gi-wedo his 1 7. wae wutudlice Ssem berendum 3 foedendum in Soem dagum

106

18 biddaS -f Sis on wintra ne ge-wurSe;

19 Soplice on pam dagu»w beoS swylce
gedrefednessa. swylce ne ge-wurdon. of
frywzmSe paere gesceafte pe god gesceop. 0$
nu. ne na ne gewurpaS.

20 And gif drihten pas dagas ne ge-
scyrte. nan flaesc ne wurde hal. ac for
pam gecorenuws pe he ge-ceas he ge-scyrte
pa dagas ;

21 And gif eow hwylc segS witodlice
her is crist. witodlice paer he is. ne gelyfe

ge;

22 SoSlice lease cristas. 1 lease witegan
arisaS. 1 wyrcaS fore-beacnu. to beswi-
canne eac gif hit beon mseg pa ge-corenan ;

23 WarniaS eow. nu ealle ping, pe ic
eow fore-saede.

24 ac on pam dagum aefter paere geswen-
cednysse. brS sunne apeostrod. 3 se mona
his beorhtnesse ne sylS

25 3 heofones steorran beoS feallende. 1
beoS astyrode pa megenu pe on heofonu7W
synt ;

26 Donne geseoS hi mannes sunu cum-
endne on ge-nipum mid myceluwa ma?gene
1 wuldre;

27 ponne sent he his englas 1 hi gaderiaS
his gecorenan of feower windmw of eorpan
heanesse op heofones heahnesse ;

28 LeorniaS an bigspell be pam fic-
treowe. ponne his twi biS mearu. "} leaf
beoS acennede. ge witon -p sumor is ge-
hende.

Various Headings.

18. A. ge-weorSe. 19. A. ge-drefednyssa. A. wurdon.
A. B. fryniSe. A. ge-weor)>e<S ; B. ge-wurdafc. 20. A. ge-
wurde. 21. A. ^ar. 22. A. wyrceaS. A. eac geac gif
(an obvious error). 24. B. geswencednesse. A. B.

uSystrod. A. om. se. A. beorhtnysse. 25. A. heofenes.
A astyrede. A. msenegu ; B. menegu. A. B. heofenum.
A. synd. 26. A. hig. A. ge-nypum myd ge-nypum myd
mycehiOT (an obvious error). 27. A. hig. A. heahnysse
[for heanesse]. A. heofenes heahnysse. 28. A. byg-
spel. A, twig. B. witun. A. sumer.

18 byddeS ■f pis on wintre ne ge-wurSe.

19 SoSlice on pam dagen beoS swilce
ge-drefednysse. swilce ge ne (sic) wurSon.
of fremSe. pare ge sceafte pe god ge-scop.
odSe nu. ne nane ne ge-wurdeS.

20 iEnd gyf drihten pas dages ne ge-
scyrte. nan flaesc ne wurSe hal ac for
pam ge-corenen pe he ge-cheas he scyrte pa
dages.

21 Mndi gyf eow hwilc saigS witodlice
her is crist. witodlice paer he is. ne ge-
lyfe ge.

22 SoSlice lease cristes 1 lease witegen
ariseS ") wirceS for-beacne to be-swicene.
l£ac gyf hit beon maig pa ge-corene.

23 Warnied eow. nu ealle ping pe ic
eow fore-sasde.

24 ac on pam dagen a;fter pare ge-swasn-
cednysse beoS sunne apeostred. 1 se mone
his brihtnysse ne sylS.

25 1 heofenes steorren beoS fallende. 1
beoS astyrede pa manege pe on heofena
synde.

26 Danne ge-syeS hyo mawnes suna cu-
mende on ge-nipum mid mycelen maigne 1
wuldre.

27 panne sent he his sengles. j" hyo gad-
erieS his ge-corene of feower winden of
eorden heahnysse oS heofenes heahnysse.

28 LeornhvS an byspell be pam fic-
treowe. panne his twi beoS mare. 1 leaf
beoS akenned. ge witen pact sumer is ge-
hende.

Various Readings.

18. biddafc ; after wintre MS. Reg. adds ne ge wintre, bit
mistake. 19. dagum; wurdon; ge-sceop oS • ge-wurSa8.

20. 3; dagas; ge-corenum; ge-ceas; scyr (sic); dagas.

21. seg<5. 22. witegan arisaS 3 wyrcaS fore-beacne; be-
swicenne ; mseg ; ge-corenan. 23. WarniaS. 24. dagura ;
ge-s\vencednysse bioS ; a)*ystred ; mona ; breohtnysse. 25.
steorran; menega ; heofenum sint. 26. Dorane ge-seofc
hy ; sune; mycclum moegene. 27. |>onne; englas;
gaderiaS ; ge-corenan ; windum ; eorJSan. 28. bispel ;
Jionne ; byS ; leof ; acennede ; witan ; sumor.

107

gebiddas forSon -fte wintro ne sie biSon forSon dagas 8a costungo

18 *Orate uero ut hieme non fiant. 19 *Erunt enim dies illi tribulationis * H5. ui.

mt. ccl.

Suslico ♦ suaelce suelco ne woeron from fruma Saes sceaeftes Sone gesceop god wis nu sec ne lu. cclu.
tales quales non fuerunt ab initio creaturae quam condidit dews usque nunc neque mt- ""•

biSon 3 buta ge-scyrte Se drihten Sa dagas ne were hal eghwelc lichoma-tsenig monn ah

fient. 20 *Et nisi breuiasset dominus dies non fuisset salua omnis caro. sed * 147- ">•

mt. cclii.

fore Saom geeorenum 8a geceas-tSa gecure ge-scyrdte 8a dagas
propter electos quos elegit breuiauit dies.

heono 8is is crist heono 8er ne gelefes gie -JS

ecce hie est christm ecce illic ne credideritis.

3 8onne gif hua iuh cuoe8as
21 *Et tunc si quis uobis dixerit " 148:.V.-

' lu. CC1111.

mt. ecliii.
arisaS forSon wiSer-tleaso cristo 3
22 *Exsurgent enim pseudo-cArisii et ■ 149. ui.

mt. ecliiii.

lease witgo 3 sella? beceno 3 fertino hi to gesuicanne gif msege wosa gee 8a gecoreno

pseudo-prophete et dabunt signa et portenta ad seducendos si potest fieri etiam electos.

iuih forSon gesea8 heono fore ic cuoe8 iuh alle ah in Seem dagum aefter gecostung

23 uos ergo uidete ecce praedixi uobis omnia. 24 *Sed in illis diebus post tribulationem * 15°- »'■

r lu. ecluii.

mt. ecluiii.
Saerac ilea sunna biS ge-8iostrod 3 8e mona ne sele8 scinisse-Hecht his 3 8a steorras

illam s61 contenebrabitur et luna non dabit splendorem suum. 25 et stellae

heofnes bi8on of-fallende 3 maegna-t'maehto 8a8e sint in beofnum gestyred bi8on
caeli erunt decidentes et uirtutes quae sunt in caelis mouebuntur.

geseas sunu monnes cymmende on wolcnum miS majgne miclo 3 wuldre
uidebunt filium hominis uenientem in nubimus cum uirtute multa et gloria.

3 Sonne 1 8a
26 *Et tunc

3 8a
27 et tunc

* 151. ii.
lu. ecluiii.
mt. ccluiiii.

sendes englas his 3 gesomnia8 8a gecoreno his of feower windura from hrof-r'hewR eardes wis
mittet angelos suos et congregabit electos suos a quattuor uentis i. summo terrae usque

to brearde4'to heannise heofnes
ad summum caeli.

from fiebeame sec -r Sonne leornas gie bispell miS-Sy uutedlice
28 & ficu autem discite parabolam cum iam

telge f twigge his -1" Sees nesc biS 3 acenda biSon wutas gie -fte on neh-rin neawung sie

ramus eius terner fuerit et nata fuerint folia cognoscitis quia in proximo sit

sumer.
aestas.

18. gibiddas forSon £te wintro ne sie Sas... iowre 4\.. 19. bioSon forSon dagas 8a costunges Suslico swelce
ne werun from fruma Sasse giscoefte Sone giscop god wis nu ne ec bioSon 20. 3 buta giscyrte drihten

dagas Sas ne were hal eghwelc lichoma ah for Seem gicornum 8a giceos giscyrte 8a dagas 21. 3 Sonne gif
hwa iow cweSes heono Sis is crist heono Ser ne gelefas ge Seet 22. arisaS forSon wiSer-worde criste 3 wiSer-
worde witgu 3 sellaS becun 3 fortina to giswicanne gif biS msehtig soSlice 8a gicornu 23. iowih forSon

giseaS heono fore ic cweSo iow alle 24. ah in Ssem dagum aefter costunge dagona Sara ilera sunne biS

giSiostrad 3 mona ne seleS leht his 25. 3 steorru heofnes bioSun of-fallende 3 maegen^msehte SaSe sindun

on heofnum gistyred bioSun 26. 3 Sonne giseaS suno monnes cymende of wolcnum miS msegne micle 3

wuldre 27. 3 Sonne sendes englas his 3 gisomnas Sa gicornu his from feower windum from hrofe eorSo

wis to briorde -r to heonisse heofnes 28. from ficbeom Sonne liornige bispell mi8Sy wutudlice telgu his hnisca

bioSon 3 acende bioSon leof wutas ge fte neh-l'on neoweste se sumor

108

Des passio ge-
byrag on tiwes
(lasg on pare
palm-wucan.

29 1 wite ge ponne ge bas Sing geseoS
•p he is dura gehende ;

30 SoSlice ic eow secge ■f J?eos cneores
ne gewit eerpam ealle J?as Sing gewurSon.

31 heofon D eorSe gewitaS. witodlice
mine word ne ge-witaS ;

32 Be pam daege 1 j?aere tide nan mann
nat. ne englas on heofone ne mannes sunu
buton faeder ana ;

33 WarniaS J waciaS 3 gebiddaj? eow.
ge nyton hwaenne seo tid ys ;

34 Swa se man aelj?eodilice ferde forlet
his hus 1 sealde his J?eowu»ra £>aene anwald
gehwylces weorces. 3 beode pam dure-wearde
•f he wacige ;

35 Eornostlice wacigeaS ge nyton hwaen-
ne pass huses hlaford cymS ; fe on aefen pe
on midre nihte. pe on hancrede. pe on
mergen.

36 pe laes he eow slapende gemete J>on»e
he faeringa cymS ;

37 SoSlice -p ic eow secge eallum ic hit
secge waciaS.

CHAPTER XIV.

1 Qlofdice J?a stsfter twaw? daguwi waeron
rO eastron 1 )>a sohton pa heah-sac-

erdas 1 pa boceras hu hi hine mid facne
namon 1 of-slogon;

2 Da cwaedon hi naes na on freols-daege
pe lass J?aes folces gehlyd wurde ;

Various Readings.

30. A. cneorys. A. ge-weor$an. 31. A. heofen. B.
witaS [for 2nd ge-wita«]. 32. A. man. A. heofenum.

34. A. B. insert be after man. A. anweald; after which A.
inserts J. A. duru-wearde; B. dure-warde. A. wacie.

35. A. waciaS. A. rnyddre. A. be omergen. 36. A. slae-
pende.

Cap. xiv. 1. A. hig. 2. A. B. lug. A. weorSe.

29 1 wite ge Jeanne ge bas bing ge-seoS
baet he ys dure ge-hende.

30 SoSlice ic eow segge -p beos cneores
ne ge-wit aer ban ealle bas bing ge-wurSen.

31 heofene 1 eorSe ge-witoS. witodlice
mine word ne ge-witeS.

32 Be pam daige 1 bare tide nan man nat.
ne engles on heofene ne mannes sunu buton
faeder ane.

33 Warnied 1 wacieS 1 ge-byddaS eow ge
nyten hwaenne sye tid is.

34 Swa se man pe aelbeodilice ferde. for-
let his hus. "} sealde his beoweu bane an-
weald ge-hwilces weorces. "i beode fam
dureworde •$ he wacie.

35 Eomestlice wacieS. ge nyten hwaen-
ne bas huses hlaford cymd. pe on aefen pe
on midre nihte. pe on hancrede. be on
morgen.

36 pe laes pe he eow slaepende ge-finde
banne he faerenge cymS.

37 SoSlice -p ic eow segge. eallen ic hit
segge wakieS.

CHAPTER XIV.

1 Q^oSlice ba aefter twam dagen waeren
rO eastren. 1 ba sohten ba heah-sacer-

des 1 f>a boceres hu hyo hine mid facne
namen 3 of-slogen.

2 pa cwseSen hy naes na on freols-daige
by laes bas folces ge-hlyd wurSe.

Various Readings.

29. ponne; dura. 30. paw; ge-wurfcon. 31. heofon;
ge-witaS ; witeS. 32. dage ; englas ; heofone. 33.

"WarniaS 3 waciafc ; nyte ; seo. 34. selpeodelice ; hit [for
his]; Jjeowvm psene anwald; worces; dure-warde. 35.
waciaS ; nyton hwanne ; cymS. 36. slapende ge-mete
[jonne; faringa. 37. eallum; wacyaS.

Cap. xiv. 1. dagum waeron eastron ; heah-sacerdas ;
boceras ; namon. 2. cwaeden hyo ; frels-dage f>e ; }>8es,

109

sua sec gie miSSy gie geseas Sas wosa wutaS fte un-fearr -r on neh sie on durum . soSlice

29 sic et uos cum uideritis hsec fieri scitote quod in proximo sit in ostfs. 30 amen

ic cuoeSo iuh -)5te ne gelioreS cneoreso Sios oSSoet alle Sas hia geworSe -r hia see

dico uobis quoniam non transibit generatio haec donee omnia ista fiant.

heofon 3 eorSo ofer-hlioras wordo watedlice mino ne oferhlioraS t Ne biSon gehliored
31 caelum et terra transibunt uerba autem mea non transibunt.

Sonne Seem -r tid-rhuil ne senig wat
autem illo uel hora nemo scit

ne Sa englas in heofne
neqwe angeli in caelo

ne So sunu
neque Alius

from dsege
32* De die * XLlii.

152. ui.
int. eclx.

buta Se feeder

nisi pater.

geseaS gie wseccas 3 gebiddas ne wuto gie forSon hwoenne Sio tid sie
33 *Uidete uigilate et orate nescitis enim quando tempus sit.

sua? Se monn seSe
34 tSicut homo qui '

fearr t longwoege gefoerde 4" ellSiodade forleort hus his 3

peregre profectus reliquit domum suam et

153. ui.
mt. eclxiii.
•f-154. ii.

salde Srsellum his mseht-ronweaeld lu: cc^xu"i;

dedit

seruis suis potestatem

1 mt. eclxniiii.

eghwoelces woerces 3 Seem doruorde
cuius-que operis et ianitori

behead -pte gewsehte
praecipiat ut uigilet.

huoenne se hlaferd huse cymes on efrntid i on middumnaeht
quando dominus domus ueniat sero an media nocte

gewaccas forSon nuutogie forSon
35 * Uigilate ergo nescitis enim * 155-.ii-

° ° lu. clui.

mt. eclxiiii.

•r on uhte tid -ton honcroed Jr on aering

fin galli cautu an mane.

3 miS-Sy gecymmes feerlice gemitteS iuih slepende
36 et cum uenerit repente inueniat uos dormientes.

■p soSlice iuh ic cuoeSo allum
37 quod autem uobis dico omnibws

ic cuoeSo waeccas
dico uigilate.

CAP. XIV.

wees viutedlice eastro setter twsem dogrum 3 sohton Sa heh-sacerdas 3 Sa uSuuto

1 *Erat autem pascha et azyma post biduum tEt quaerebant summi sacerdotes et scribae

huu hine miS facne gehealdon -t mrchton hia gehalda 3 of-slogon t hia meehton of-slaa
quomodo eum dolo tenerent et occiderent.

* 156.

lu. eclx.

io. xx. xluiii.

c v mt- eclxxiiii.
forSon . 157 ui

2 dicebant enim mt. cclxiu.

cuoedon

ne on dsege haligum-tbserlice ne £ woenunge^eaSe maege styrenise geworSe Seem folce
non in die festo ne forte tumuitus fieret populi.

29. swa 3 iowih miSSy ge giseas Sas wosa wutaS ge fte un-feor 4" neh se in durum 30. soS ic cweSo

iow forSon Ne gi-lioreS cneoreswo Sios oSSset alle Sas gi-worSe 31. heofun 3 eorSo of-liores word wuludlice

min ne gi-lioreS 32. from dsege Sonne Wutudlf'ce S[am] 3 tid 3 hwyl ne senig watt ne englas on heofne ne Se

sunu buta Se feeder 33. giseas ge-wseccas 3 gibiddas ne wutun ge forSon hwoenne Sio tid sie 34. swa monn
seSe feor gifoerde for-leort hus his 3 salde Srselum his msehte eghwelces werches 3 Seem dor-worde bibeodes Ssb
(sip) -J5 he wseece 35. waeccas forSon ne wutun ge forSon hwenne drih/nes huses cumaS on efern-tid -r on midder
nseht-ron uhtu-tid -r on honored i on merne 36. 3 miSSy cymeS . . . gimittes iowih slepende 37. -JSte soSlice

iow ic cweSo allum ic cweoSo weeccas .

Cap. XIV. 1. wbbs wutudlice eostru ... softer tweem dagum sohtun Sa heh-sacerdas 3 uS-wutu hu hise hine
. . . giheoldun 3 ofslogun-tof-sla msehtun 2. cwedun forSon ne on dsege halgum ne f ge^woene -js meegs

styrnisse giworSa in Seem folce

110

3 And ba se haelend waes on bethania on
simones huse anes hreoflan 3 bar saet; pa
com an wif 3 haefde hyre sealf-box deorwyrpes
nardes. 3 tobrocenum sealf-boxe. ofer his
heafod aget ;

4 Sume hit unwurSlice forbaeron. 3 be-
twux him sylfum cwaedon ; For hwi waes bisse
sealfe forspillednes geworden.

5 beos sealf mihte beon geseald to prim
hund penegura. 3 beon bearfuw/ geseald. 3
yrsydon agen hi ;

6 Da cwaeS se haelend. laetaS hi hwi
synt ge hire grame. god weorc heo on me
worhte;

7 SoSlice symble ge habbaS bearfan mid
eow. 3 powne ge wyllaS ge magon him teala
don. me ge symble nabbaS ;

8 peos sealde ■p heo haefde. heo com to
smyrianne minne lic-haman on byrgene ;

9 SoSlice ic eow secge swa hwar swa
bis godspell gebodad brS. on eallu/n mid-
dan-earde biS gebodod -p heo bis on his
gemynde dyde ;

10 Da iudas scarioth -p is wibersaca. an
of pam twelfum. ferde to pam heah-sacerd-
wn ~p he hine belaewde ;

11 pa hi bis gehyrdon hi fahnodon 3
beheton him feoh to syllanne. 3 he smea-
de hu he hine digellice sealde ;

12 And pam forman daege azimoruw.
ba hi eastron offrodon. his leorning-cnih-
tas him saedon. hwyder wylt bu -p we faron
3 gegearwian be. ■p 8u eastron ete ;

Various Readings.
3. A. ageat. 4. A. unweorSlice. B. forbserun. A.

betweox. A. for hwig. A. for-spyllednys. 5. A. 3 big
yrsodon; B. Z yrsydun. A. on-gean. A. B. hig. 6. A.
big. hwig synd ge byre yrre. 7. A. symle. B. taela.
A. B. symle. 8. A. byrigenne. 9. A. B. godspel

gebodod. A. bodod; B. gebodud. A. dyde on bis ge-
mynde. 10. A. hine heom; B. hine him. 11. A. B.
hig (twice). A. fagenedon. A. dygollice. 12. A. On

[for And]. A. adzimorura. A. hig. B. wyltu [for wylt
J>u]. B. farun. A. gegearwion.

3 and ba se haelend waes on bethania on
symones huse anes hreofelen 3 baer saet. pa
co?» an wif 3 haefde hire sealfe-box deorewur-
Be nardes. 3 to-brokene sealf-boxe ofer his
heafed aget.

4 Sume hit unwurdlice for-baeren. 3 be-
tweoxe heom sylfen cwaeSen. for hwi waes
bises sealfe for-spillednyss ge- worsen.

5 beos sealfe mihte beon ge-seald to brem
hund panegen. 3 beon bearfen ge-seald 3
yrseden agen hy.

6 pa cw. se haelend. Lasted hyo hwi
synde ge hire grame. god were hyo on
me worhte.

7 SoSlice symble ge haebbed pearfen mid
eow. 3 banne ge willed ge magen heom
tiele don. me ge symble neebbeS.

8 .beos sealde -p hyo haefde. hyo com to
smeriene minne lichame on berigenne.

9 So^lice ich eow segge swa hwaer swa
bis godspell ge-boded byo on eallen midden-
earde byS ge-boded -p hyo bis on his ge-
minde dyde.

10 Da iudas scarioth ■p is wiSersace an
of pam twelfen ferde to pam heah-sacerden
~p he hine heom be-leawde.

11 Da hyo bis ge-herden hyo fageneden 3
be-heton him feoh to syllene. 3 he smaig-
de hu he hine digelice sealde.

12 And bam formen daige azimoruwz. ba
hyo eastren ofFredon. his leorning-cnihtes
him saiden hwider wilt bu ■p we faren. 3
ge-gaerewian be ■p bu eastren aete.

Various Readings.
3. hreofolan ; hafde ; to-brocenum ; heafod ageat. 4.
unwurSlice for-baren ; be-twux him sylfum cwsedon; Jiisses;
for-spillednes ge-worden. 5. sealf; )>reom; penegum;
f>earfum; yrsydon; hyo. 6. lateS; synt; weorc heo. 7.
habba<5 (jeavfan ; )>onne; willaS; magon; symle nabbaS.
8. heo hafde; heo; smyrianne mine lichaman; byrigenne.
$. hwar; godspel; byS ; eallum middan-earde biS ge bodud.
10. wi$er-saca; twelfum'; heah-sacerdujw; be-leewde. 11.
ge-hyrdon hig fahnedon ; sillanne; smeade; digellice. 12.
forman; eastron offrodon; sajdon; faran; ge-garewian;
eastron ete.

Ill

3 miS-Sy waes fflt bethanie in huse symones hreafes 3 gehlionade cuom sum wif haefde
3 *Et cum esset bethaniae in domo simonis leprosi et recumberet uenit mulier habens'^LIIil.

lu. lxxiiii.
strenne fBet full Sees smirinises Saes stences diorwyrSes 3 miS-Sy gebrocen webs \>tet stan fait to-doBlde-tagaett >«• xcuiii.

alabastrum ungenti nardi spicati praetiosi et fracto alab[a]stro effudit mt- cc xxul'

ofer heafud his woeron uutedlice sume hia bulgon t unwyrSe saegdon-rbituih him seolfuwi 3

super caput eius. 4 erant autem quidam indigne ferentes intra semet ipsos et

cuoedon to huon losuist Sios smirinisse aworden wees 4" is maehte forSon smirinis Sios

dicentes ut quid perditio ista ungenti facta est. 5 poterat enim unguentum istud

begeatta forSor mara Sriim hundraSum scillingum 3 sealla Sorfendum 3 bifgedon k on hea se bsclereti

ueniri plus quam trecentis denariis et dari pauperibws et fremebant in earn. 6 iesws

cuoeS for-letas hia huaed hir hefigo gie sint god woerc wyrcenda waes on mec symble

autem dixit sinite earn quid illi molesti estis bonum opus operata e3t in me. 7 semper

forSon Sorfendo gie habbaS miS iuih 3 miS-Sy gie wellae gie raagon him woel doe meh uuterfftce ne
enim pauperes habetis uobis-cum et cum uolueritis potestis illis bene facere me autem non

syrale gie habbaS -pte haefde Sios dyde fore-cuom to smiriane lic-homa min on bebyrgennise

semper habetis. 8 *Quod habuit haec fecit praeuenit ungere corpus meum in sepulturam. "J*^™1^ _

mt. eclxxuii.
soSlice ic saego iuh sua-huer geboden sie k biS godspell Sis in alluw middangearrfe

9 amen dico uobis ubicumqwe praedicatum fuerit euangelium istud in uniuersuwi mundo

3 f dyde Sios asaegd biS on gemynd hire 3-taec iuSas scarioft's an frowz Saem tuoelfum

et quod fecit haec narrabitur in memoriaw eius. 10 *Et iudas scariotis unus de duodecim * 160; '!:.

» lu. cclxm.

mt. eclxxuiii.
foerde to Saem heh-sacerdum f te beleede hine Saem. SaSe geherdon gel'eando woeron 3

abiit ad summos sacerdotes ut proderet eum illis. 11 qui audientes gauisi sunt et

fore-gehehton him feh f te hia sealla walldon 3 sohte huu hine teaslicor gesealla maehte 3

promiserunt ei pecuniam se daturos et querebat quomodo ilium oportune traderet. 12 et

se forma daege Saere daerstana Sonne t huoeune eostro asaegcas t ageafaS cuoedon & cuoeSaS him Sa Segnas
primo die azymorum quando pasclia immolant dicunt ei discipuli

hwidder waelleSu f we gae 3 gegearwiga we Se -)5te Su gebrucca eastro
quo uls eamus et paremus tibi ut mauduces pascha.

3. 3 miSSy waes in bethania in huse . . . groefa 3 gihlionade com wif haebbende stan-faet ful Saere smirnisse
Saes stenches Siorwyrdes 3 miSSy gibroecen waes Saet steenna feet todaelde-tageott ofer heofud his 4. weron

wutudu'ce sume hia bulgun -tunwyrSne seegdun bitwih him solfum 3 cwedun to whon losewiste Sios smirnisse
aworden waes 5. maehte forSon smirnisse Sios wosa mara Sonne Srim hundredum peninga 3 sella Sorfendum

3 bigedon on hiae 6. Se \\ve\end soSlice cwaeS forletas hire hwaet hir hefge ge sint god were wyrcende waes

on mec 7. symle forSon Sarfo ge habbas iowih mis 3 miSSy ge welle ge magun Saem wel doa mec wutudh'ce
ne symle habbas 8. Saette habbe Sios dyde fore com to smiranne lichoma minne to bibyrgnisse 9. soSlice
ic saego iow swa hwer giboden sie k biS god-spell Sis in allum middengeorde 3 fte Sios dyde asaegd biS on
gimynd hire 10. 3 iudas scarioth an of twelfum feorde to Seem heh-sacerdom -pte bilede hine Saem

11. SaSe herdura gifeonde werun 3 fore gihehtun him feh Saette hieB waldun sella 3 sohtun hu hiae hine hu he
hine {sic) gesella maehte 12. 3 se forma daege Saera eostruna Sonne k hwoenne eostru asaegas cwedun him

Sa Segnas hwaet wyltu Saet we gse 3 georwige Se f Su gibrucce eostru

112

13 Da sende he twegen of his leorning-
cnihtum 3 saede him ; Ga$ on ba ceastre
1 inc agen yrnft. sum man berende sume
wseter-flaxan ; FolgiaS him ;

14 1 swa hwyder swa he inn-gaeS secgaS
baes huses hlaforde; Vre lareow secgS.
hwar is min gyst-hus. 1 min gereord. hwar
ete ic eastron. mid minu/« leorning-cnih-
tum ;

15 And he inc geswutelaS mycele healle
gedaefte. 1 ge-ge-earwiaS us para ;

16 pa ferdon his leorning cnihtas ] comon
on ba ceastre. 1 fundon hit eall swa he
saede. 1 ge-gearwodon ba eastron ;

17 SoSlice ba aefen com. him twelfum
mid him

18 sittenduw 1 etenduw saede se haelend;
SoSlice ic eow secge ~p eower an be mid me
yt gesylS me ;

19 Da ongunnon hi beon dreorige 3 be-
twux him cweSan. cwyst bu eom ic hit ;

20 pa saede he him. an of eow twelfum
me sylS. se Se his hand on disce mid me
dypS;

21 And witodlice mannes sunu gaeS swa
be him awriten is. wa pam menu Jmrh
bone be mannes sunu geseald biS. betere
him waere -p se mann acenned naere ;

22 Him ba etenduw? afeng se haelend
hlaf 3 hine bletsiende braec. 1 sealde him 3
bus cwaeS. nimaS. Sis ys min lichama.

Various Readings.

13. A. B. fjas [for J>a]. A. ongean. 14. A. in-gaeS.
A. segS. 15. A. ge ge-gearwiafc. 16. A. fundon eall
swa he hyt heom saede. 18. A. ytt. 19. A. hig. A.
dreorie. A.be-tweox. 21. A. C. men. A. man. 22.
A. onfeng. A. bletsigende.

13 pa sende he twegen of his leorning-
cnihten ] saeden heom. GaS on bas cestre
3 ginc agen yrnS sim man berende sume
waeter-flaxan. FolgieS him.

14 3 swa hwider swa he ingaS segged
bas huses hlaferde. Ure lareow saegS hwaer
is min gyst-hus "i min ge-reord. hwaer
aete ic eastren mid minen leorning-cnih-
ten.

15 And he inc ge-swutele<5 micele halle
ge-befte. 1 ge-gerewiaS us bare.

16 ba ferden his leorning-cnihtes 1 comen
on bare cestre 3 funden hit eall swa he saig-
de. 3 ge-garewedon ba eastren.

17 SoSlice ba aefen com heo»? twelf mid
him.

18 sittende. 1 etende saede se haelend.
SoSlice ic eow segge. ~p eower an be mid
me aet ge-syld me.

19 ba ongunnen hio beo dreorige. 1 be-
twuxe heom cwaeSen. cwedst bu eom ic hit.

20 Da saede he heom. an of eow twelfen
me sylS. Se be his hand on disce mid me
dypd.

21 iEnd witodlice mannes sune gaS swa
be hym awriten is. Wa ba/ra men burh
bane be manues sune beoS ge seald. betere
hym waere -p se man akenned naere.

22 Heom ba aetende afeng se haelend
hlaf. 1 hine bletsiende braec. 1 sealde heom
1 pus cwaeS. nymed bis is min lichame.

Various Readings.

13. leorning-cnihtas ; saede; ceastre; inc; Folgiafc. 14.
secgefc (jaes; hlaforde; segS; ete; eastron; minum leorning-
cnihtum. 15. gedaefte; ge-gearwiaS; f>ara. 16. ferdon;
leorning-cnihtas ; comon ; >a ceastre ; fundon ; saegde ; ge-
garewodon; eastron. 17. efen; twelfum. 18. sittendum
3 etendum; ett ge-sylfc. 19. on-gunnon ; beon ; be-twux;
cwyfcst; eon [for eom]. 20. eom; twelfumj dypS. 21.
And; Jx>ne; acenned. 22. etende; halend; nymad ;

lichama.

113

3 sende tuoege from Segnum his 3 cuoeS him -Ho Stem gaaS in ccastre 3 togeaegn-iornaS iuh
13 et mittit duos ex discipulis suis et dicit eia ite in ciuitate et occurrit uobis

monn ombor full waetres beres fylgeS him

homo laguenaw aquae baiulans sequimini eum.

3 swa-huidder inn-geongee cuoeSas drihtne
14 et quocumqwe introierit dicite domino

hus forSon Se laruu cuoeS Ser is riordung rnin Ser eastro miS Segnum milium ic waslle brucca t eatta
domus quia magister dicit ubi est refectio mea ubi pascha cum discipulis meis manducem.

3 Se ilea iuh aad-eawas rcord-hus swiSe-lrnicel song + bedd 3 Ser gearuas us 3

15 et^ipse uobis . demonstrabit cenaculum grande stratum et illic parate nobis. 16 et

eadon Segnas his 3 cuomon in ceastre 3 gemoetton suae cuseS to him 3 ge-gearwadon
abierunt discipuli eius et uenerunt in ciuitate et inuenerunt sicut dixerat illis et parauerunt

eastro efrn uutedlice warS cuom mi* tuoelfnm

pascha 17 *Uespere autem facto uenit cum duodecim.

3 Sicgendum miS him

18 et discumbentibws cum eis * Ml. Hii.

io. lxxii. exxi.
int. eclxxuiiii.

3 etendum cuoeS se hailend soSlice iuh -pte an of iuh mee seleS seSe attics

et manducantibus ait iesws amen dico uobis quia unus ex nobis me tradet qui manducat

mec m[iS]
mecum.

cuoeS him an of Seem tuoelfum seSe onhran mec miS on disc
ait illis unus ex duodecim qui intingit mecum in catino.

soS Sa-thia ongunnon unrotsia 3 cuoeSa him swyndria hueSer ic see f seSe

19 *At illi coeperunt contristari et dicere ei singillatim numquid ego. 20 tQui * 162. i.

lu. eclxuiiii.
io. exxii.
mt eclxxx.
3 sunu sec soS monnes j. J63. ii.

21 et iilius quidem hominis lu- cclxuiu.

mt. eclxxxi.

geongaS sua awritten is of him k from hine wee Sonne menn Saem Serh Sone sunu monnes gesald bis
uadit sicut scribtum est de eo uae autem homini illi per quern nlius bominis traditur

betra-rgod is him gif ne were geboren monn Se
*Bonum est ei si non esset natus homo ille.

ettendum

him onfeng se hmXend

22 tEt manducantibws illis accepit iesus,

hlaf 3 bloedsade gebraec 3 sealde him 3 coed onfoas Sis is lichoma min
panem et benedicens fregit et dedit eis et ait sumite hoc est corpus meum.

• 164. ui.
mt. eclxxxii.
f 165. i.
lu. eclxui.
io.lu.lxiii.lxu.
mt. eclxxxiiii.

13. 3 sende twoege of Segnum his 3 cwaeS him gaas in caestre 3 on-gaegn iomeS iow mon ombor fulne wsetres
beres fylgaS him 14. 3 swa hwider in-gonge cweoSas drihtne h\is forSon Se larow cwaeS hwer is riorde

min hwer eostru miS Segnum minum his (sic) ic wyllo brucca 15. 3 Se ilea iow set-eoweS riord-hus swiSe micel
...3 Ser georwigas us 16. 3 eodun Segnas his 3 comun in caestre 3 gimoettun swa cwaeS him 3 georwaduu

eostru 17. efern wutudlj'ce warS com miS twelfum 18. 3 miS-Siccendum him 3 etendum cwaeS Se hseltf/id

soS ic cweSo iow forSon an of iow mec seleS seSe eteS mec miS 19. soS Sa -r hia ongunnun unrotsiga 3

cweoSa to him syndrige ah hit sie ic 20. seSe cwbbS him an of Saam twelfum seSe on-hran mec miS

on disce 21. 3 sunu ec soSl/ce monnes gees swa awriten is of him wae Sonne menn Saem Serh Sone sunu

monnes gi-sald biS god k betre is him gif ne were acenned mon Se 22. 3 etendum him onfeng Se hse\end

hlaf 3 bletsade cwaaS braec 3 salde him 3 cwoaS onfoas Sis is lic-homa min

114

23 3 onfeng calice. 3 gode pancas dyde
1 sealde him. 1 ealle him ofdruncon ;

24 pa saede he him. Sis ys min blod
paere niwan cySnesse •$ biS for manegu/ra
agoten ;

25 SoSlice ic eow secge •$ ic heonon forS
ne drince of pyses wingeardes cynne. oS
pone daeg ponne ic hine niwne drince on
godes rice ;

26 And gecwedenum lofe hi ferdon on
ele-bergena munt ;

27 Da cwaeS se haelend. ealle ge beoS
geuntreowsode on pisse nihte. forpaw? pe
hit awriten is. ic slea paene hyrde "i beon
pa seep to-dra?fede ;

28 Ac aefter para pe ic arise, ic cume
beforan eow on galileam ;

29 pa saede petrus him. peah Se ealle
swicion ne swicige ic pe na ;

30 Da cwebS se haelend ; Soplice ic pe
secge. •$ Su on pisse nihte aer hana tuwa
crawe. priwa wiS-saecst min.

31 } he paes Se mare sprsec. 1 peah me
ge-byrige mid pe to sweltene. ne aet-sace ic
pin. 3 swa hi cwaedon ealle ;

32 pa comon hi to anuw* tune pees nama
waes gezemani. 1 he cwaeS to his leorning-
cnihton ; SittaS her oS •$ ic me gebidde ;

33 And he nam pa mid him petruw J
iacobuw? 7 iohanne/w. pa ongan he forhtian
1 sargian

Various Readings.

24. A. om. he. C. om. niwan. A. cySnysse. 25. A.
heonen. 26. A. B. C. hig. 27. A. J>one. B. C. beoS.

B. C. sceap. 30. A. inserts se before hana. 31. A. B.

C. sweltanne. A. hig. 32. A. hig. A. giedzemani. A.
leorning-cnyhtum; B. C. leorning-cnihtum.

23 !I onfeng calice 3 gode pances dyde. 3
sealde heom. 3 ealle heon ofdruncen.

24 Da saide he heom pis is min blod
pare nywe cySnissan. f beoS for manigen
agoten.

25 SoSlice ic eow segge -p ic henen
forS ne drince of pises win-geardes kynne.
oSSe panne daig panne ic hine neowe drince
on godes rice.

26 iEnd ge-cweSenen lofe hyo ferdon on
ele-bergene munt.

27 pa cw se haelend ealle ge beoS ge-
untreowsede on pisse nihte. for pam pe
hit awriten is. ic slea panne heorde. 3
beoS pa seep to-draefde.

28 Ac aefter pan pe ic arise ic cume
be-foren eow. on galilea.

29 pa saide petrus him. peah pe ealle
swician. ne swicige ic pe na.

30 Da cwaeS se haelend. SoSlice ic pe
segge. -p pu on pisen nihte aer coc twewe
craewe preowe wiS-saecst min.

31 1 he paes pe mare spaec. 1 pah me
ge-berige mid pe to sweltene. ne aet-sace
ic pin. 1 swa hyo cwaeSen ealle.

32 Da comen hyo to anen tune pas nama
waes getsemani. 7 he cwaeS to his leorning-
cnihten. SitteS her oS ~p ic me ge-bidde.

33 "J he nam \>a. mid him petruw ") iaco-
buw. 1 iohannem pa on-gan he forhtigen 1
sarigen.

Various Readings.

23. >ancas ; of-druncan. 24. sasgde ; eom ; niwan ;
bi« ; manegum. 25. henon ; cynne ; ofc \>onne ; fjomu- ;
nywe. 2fi. ge-cweSenuwj ; bergena. 27. ge-untreow-
sode ; j>onno ; sceap to-droefede. 28. |>am ; be-foran ;

galileam. 29. ssegde. 30. (jissura ; hana twuwa crawe
31. sprtec; |ieah ; gebyrige; sweltane. 32.

[jriwa.

comon ; anum
• 33. forhtian 5 sarigian

price ; peau ; geuynge; sweuane. oz.

; gezemani; leorning-cnihton. SittaS.

115

3 miS-Sy onfeng Saem calic Soncungo dyde salde him 3 gedruncon of Saem alle 3

23 *Et accepto calice gratias agens dedit eis et biberunt ex illo omnes. 24 et • 166. ii.

lu. cclxui[i].

cuoeS him Sis ic bl6d min niwes cySnises seSe fore monigum agotten biS i todaeled biS

ait illis hie ' est sanguis meus noui testamenti qui pro multis effunditur

soSlice ic cuoeSo iuh f-te soSlice ne driuco ic of cynn wingeardes wis •? oSS on daege Sone f Seem
25 amen dico uobis quod iam non bibam de genimine uitis usqwe in diem ilium

miSSy _ ■£ ic drinco niwe in ric godes 3 miS sua cuoednum wordum Sona foerdon on mor

cum illud bibam nouum in regno dei. 26 *Et hymno dicto exierunt in montem " XLV.

J 167. ui.

mt. eclxxxui.
oelebeama 3 cuoeS him se haelewa alle gie biSon geondspyrnad-l'todrifeno in naeht Sas forSon

oliuarum. 27 *Et ait eis iesus omnes scandalizabimini in nocte ista tQuia * 168. iiii.

io. clii.

mt. eclxxxuii.
awritten is -r wses ic Serhslae •}" hrino tone hiorde 3 tostrogden biSon 8a scipo ah aefter-Son Se + 169. ui.

scribtum est percutiam pastorem et dispargentur oues. 28 sed postea quam mt- cclxxxuiii'

ic ariso ♦ arisen beom befora ic cymo iuh on galilea i . geleornise petrw# Sonne cuoeS him

surrexero praecedam uos in galilseam. 29 *Petrus autem ait ei * 170. i. y

lu. eclxxu.
io. exxui.
3 gif -t *£eh alle geondspyrnad see-tbiSon ah + hwoeSre ncefre ic-tne ic 3 cuoeS him se hai\end nit.cclxxxuiiii.

etsi omnes scandalizati fuerint sed non ego. 30 et ait illi iesws

soSlice ic cuoeSo Se fte Su todaeg on nseht Siser aer Son tuiga se hona stefne gesella Sria mec
amen dico tibi quia tu hodie in nocte hac priusquam bis gallus uocem dederit ter me

Su bist onsaecc soS he forSor t mara gespraec i sprecend waes 3 gif4*3 Saeh ic scile i becyme mec

6a negaturus. 31 *At ille amplius loqwebatur etsi oportuerit me*l7l.ui.

mt. cexc.

aedgeadre f ic efne-gesuelta Se ne Sec onsaecco ic gelic soSlice aec-t 3 alle hia gecuoedon 3

simul commori tibi non te negabo similiter autem et omnes dicebant 32 *Et * *72- »•

lu. eclxxuiiii.
io. clui.
cuomonl' on -p lond Se is genemned predium Seem is noma -p is on ebrisc 3 cuoeS Saegnum his sittas mt. cexci.

ueniunt in praedium cui nomen gesemani et ait discipulis suis *Sedete * '73 «t

mt. cexcii.

her oSSaet-l'Sa huil ic gebidde 3 to-genom petrwn 3 iacob 3 iohannem mi* 3 ongann

hie donee orem. 33 et adsumit petrum et iacobum et iohannen secum et coepit

forhtiga 3 16ngiga
pauere et taedere.

23. 3 on-feng Saem calice Soncunde dyde salde him 3 gidruncun of Saem alle 24. 3 cwaeS him Sis is

blod min niowe cySnisse seSe fore monigum agoten biS 25. soS ic cweSo iow -JSte soSlice ne drinco ic of

cynne wingeordes oS to daege Saem miS-Sy Saet ic drinco niowe in rice godes 26. 3 miS swa cwednum

Sona foeordun on mor oele-beomes 27. 3 cwaeS him Se haelend alle ge bioSun onspyrned on naeht Sisser

forSon awriten is ic Serh-slae * hrino Sone hiorde 3 to-stencud biS Saet ede 28. ah aefter Son Se ic arisu

bifora ic cymo iowih in galileam 29. ... wutudh'ce cwaeS ... 3 gif[-t]Seh alle onspyrnisse sie ah ne ic aefre

30. 3 cwsbS him Se h&lend soS ic cweSo Se Saette Su to daBge in naeht Sisser aerSon Sonne hona stefne giselle
Srige me Su bist onssecen 31. 3 soS he forSor mara gisprecun (sic) 3 gif-t'Seh ic scile bicuma mec aetgedre
fte ic swelte miS Se ne Se onsaeco ic gilice soSlice 3 alle cwedun 32. 3 comon on Saet lonSe is nemned

predium Saem noma is on ebrisc 3 cwaeS to Segnum his sittas her oSSa Sa hwile ic gibidde me 33. 3 to-ginom
petrus 3 . . . 3 . . . miS 3 ongan forhtiga 3 longiga •

34 1 saede him ; Unrot is min sawl o'S
deaS. gebidaS her 3 waciaS ;

35 Da he lyt-hwon forS-stop he astrehte
hine ofer pa eorSan. D he baed. gif hit
beon mihte -p he on paere tide ham him
gewite ;

36 And pa cwaeB he. abba. ~p is faeder
on ure gepeode. ealle ping pe synt mihtig-
lice. afyrr pysne calic fraw me ac na -p
ic wylle ac -p pu ;

37 pa com he 1 funde hi slaepende. 3
cwaeS to petre; Simon, slaepst pu. ne
mihtest Su ane tide wacian.

38 waciaS 1 gebiddaS -p ge on costnunge
ne gan. witodlice se gast is gearu. ac "p
flassc is untruw? ;

39 And eft he ge-baed pa ylcan sprEece.

40 3 pa he hine eft agen bewende. he
funde hi slzepende. hyra eagan waeron ge-
hefegode 3 hi nyston hwaet hi him 3sware-
don;

41 Da com he priddan siSe 3 saede him.
slapaS nu "i restaS genoh hit ys. tima ys
cutnen nu is mannes sunu geseald on syn-
fulra handa ;

42 Arisap. uton gan. nu is gehende se
Se me sylft ;

43 Him pa Sa gyt sprecenduw? com ludas
scarioth. -p ys wipersaca. an of pam twelf-
um. 1 mid him mycel menegeo mid swurd-
um 1 mid sahluw?. fra»? heah-sacerdu/w.
bocerum 1 ealdruw? ;

Various Headings.

34. A. sawel ; B. saul. C. gebiddaX. 36. A. B. C.

mihtelice. A. afyr. 37. A. hig. A. tyd. 39. B. C.
space. 40. A. on-gean. A. B. C. hig. A heora. A. hig
(twice). 42. B. utun. 43. A. msonigeo. A. sweordum.
A. B. C. insert 7 be/ore bocerum.

34 3 saede heom. Vnrot is min sawle
odSe deaS ge-biddeS her 1 wakieS.

35 Da he lithwon forS-stop. he astrehte
hine ofer pa eorSan 3 ge-bsed. gyf hit
beon mihte. p he on pare tide fram him
ge-wite.

36 3 pa cw. he, abba, ■p is fader on
ure ge-peode alle ping pe sende mihtilice
afyrre pisne calic fram me. ac na j> ic
wille ac ■p pu.

37 Da com he 3 funde hyo slaepende. 3
cwaeS to petre. Simon slaepst pu. ne miht-
est pu ane tide wacien.

38 wacieS 3 ge-biddaS p ge on costnunge
ne gan. witodlice se gast is geare. ac p
flaesc is untrum.

39 And eft he ge-baed pa ylcen spasce.

40 3 pa he hine eft agen be-wende. he
funde hyo slaspende. heore eagen waeren
ge-hefegede. 3 hyo nyston hwaet hyo him
andswereden.

41 pa com he Sriddan siSe. 3 saede
heom slaepeS nu 3 rested ge-noh hit is.
time is cumen nu is mannes sune ge-seald
on synfulre hande.

42 arised uten gan. nu is ge-hende se
pe me syld.

43 him pa pe gyt spraecende com iudas
scarioth ■p is wiSer-saca. an of pam twelf-
en. 3 mid him mycel manige. mid sweord-
en 3 mid sahlen. fram heah-sacerden 3
bokeren 3 ealdren.

Various Readings.

34. sawul ; waciaS. 35. eoriSen. 36. synde. 37.
wacian. 38. waciaS ; f>et [for f] ; gearu. 39. ylcan
spaece. 40. hyra eagan wseron geheofogode ; andsware-
don. 41. restaS ; tima; synfullra handa. 42. ArisaJS
uton; sylS. 43. sprecendem (.sic); twelfuwi; menigeo;
sweordum; sahlum; heah-sacerdum ; bocerum; ealdrum.

117

3 cuoe8 him-r'Saem un-r6dt is sawel min oSS-rwiS to deaSe ge-Soligas-l' her 3 waeocas
34 *Et ait illis tristi8 est anima mea usque ad mortem sustinete hie et uigilate. • 174. iiii.

io. cuii.

ml. cexciii.

3 miS8y waes faerende i foerde huon fore-feoll on-rofer eorSu 3 gebaedd -r waes biddend £te gif wosa
35 *Et cum processiset paululum proeidit super terram et orabat ut si fieri * 175. i.

lu. eclxxxi.

io. clxi.
maehte ofer -J- bileorade from him -r hine Sio tid J cuoeS la heh faeder alle Se maehtiglii

posset transiret ab eo hora. 36 et dixit abba pater omnia tibi

sint-tsindon alle in Sinum maeht oferferig-rbi-leore calic Siosne from mec ah ne -p-te ic willo
possibilia sunt transfer calicem hunc a me *Sed non quod ego uolo

"* lu. eclxxxi i.
io. luii. xlii.

•p-te Su waellao 3 cuom 3 gemittae hea sleppende 3 cuoeS to petre la simon Su slepes ne mt ccxcu-

quod tu 37 et uenit et inuenit eos dormientes et ait petro simon dormis non

maehtes $11 an huil gewaeccaB
potuisti una hora uigilare.

wacccas 3 gebiddas -p-te ne ingae in costunge se gaast

38 *Uigilate et orate ut non intretis in temtationem tSpiW<ws • 177. H.

lu. eclxxx.

eclxxxiiii.
uutedlice is gearuu Sio lichoma Sonne untrymig 3 efter-sona from geongende gebaedd Saet ilea w6rd mt-j ysf'

quidem promtus caro uero infirma. 39 *Et iterum abiens orauit eundem sermonem t Jj.

mt. cexcuii.
* 179. ui.
Sus euoeSende 3 eft-gecerde niwunga k sona gemitte hia slepende woeron forSon ego hiora k Saera mt. cexcuii i.

dicens. 40 et reuersus denuo inuenit eos dormientes erant enim oculi illoruw

pislico 4" hefigo 3 ne wiston huaed scealdon onduearda-ronsuaerega him
ingrauati et iguorabant quid responderent ei.

3 cuom Sirdda siSe 3
41 *Et uenit tertio et • 180. iiii.

io. ciii.

mt. ccxcuiiii

cuoeS Saem-Hiim slepaS gee 3 raestas wel maege k wel licas cuom Sio tid heono biS gesald sunu monnes
ait illis dormite iam et requiescite sufficit uenit hora ecce traditur filius hominis

in h6nd synnfullra
in manus peccatorum

arisaS gae we-t'wutun geonga heono seSe mec selleS neh is
42 surgite eamus ecce qui me tradit prope est.

43 *Ef 181. i.

lu. eclxxxu.
io. cluiii.

8a get + 8a geon him -t" hine sprecende cuom iudas se scariothisca an from Seem tuoelfum 3 mi8 Seem k hine „*"""/

athuc eo loquente uenit iudas scariot unus ex duodecim et cum illo

8reat menigo mi8 suordum 3 stencum-rtrewum from helium sacerdum 3 from wu8wutum 3 from

turba multa cum gladiis et lignis a" summis sacerdotibws et & scribis et a

aeldum
senioribws.

34. 3 cwaeS him un-rot is sawel min 08 to k wis deaS giSoeligas her 3 waeccas 35. 3 mi8-8y faerende

waes hwon fore-feoll ofer eor8o 3 gibaed k biddende waes f te gif wosa maehte giliore from him 8io tid 36. 3

cwae8 la heh faeder alle maehtiglice 8e sindun oferfaerh k giliore calic Siosne from me ah ne f te ic welle ah |>aete
8u welle 37. 3 com 3 infand hae slepende 3 cwaeS to petre la simon 8v slepes ne maehttes 8u ane tide

giwaecca 38. waeccas 3 gi-biddas -pte ne in-gae in costunge Se gast wutud&'ce georo is Se lic-homa Sone un-trymig
39. 3 efter sona from eode 3 gi-baBd Saot ilee word cweSende 40. 3 eft gicerde niowunga in-uand hiae slepende
werun forSon egu hiora pislico -r heflgo 3 ne wistun hwaet scealdun 3worda him 41. 3 com Sirdan siSe 3

cwaeS him slepas ge 3 restas wel magun cyomeS Sio tid heonu gisald biS sunu monnes in honda synn-fullum
42. arisas gaa we heono seSe mec seleS neh is 43. 3 Sa geona him sprecende com iudas Se scariothisca an

of Saem twelfum 3 miS him Sreotas monige miS swordum 3 stencgum sendend (sic) from heh-sacerdum 3 from
uSwutum 3 from aeldrum

118

44 SoSlice his laewa him tacen sealde
~i J7us cwaeS ; Swa hwylcne swa ic cysse he
hit is. nimaS 1 lsedaS hine waerlice.

45 1 sona swa he com he ge-nealaehte him
to "J cw. lareow. ] cyste hine.

46 1 hi hyra handa on hine wurpon.
1 namon hine ;

47 SoSlice an of pam pe Sar embe-uton
stodon his swurde abraed 1 sloh paes sacerdes
peow. 1 his eare of acearf ;

48 J>a cwaeS se haelend hi»i !!swariende;
Swa swa to anum sceaSan ge ferdon mid
swurdon 1 treowuwi me gefon.

49 ponwe ic daeghwamlice mid eow waes
on temple laerende "i ge me ne namon. ac
•p" pa gewritu syn gefyllede ;

50 Da forleton his leorning-cnihtas ealle
hine 3 flugon ;

51 Sum iungling him fyligde mid anre
scytan bewaefed nacod 1 hi namon hine;

52 Da aworpenre paere scytan nacod he
him fram fleah ;

53 And hi laeddon paene heelend to pam
heah-sacerde. 1 comon ealle sacerdas. 3 bo-
ceras "i ealdras togaedere ;

54 Petrus him fyligde feorran op Saes
heah-sacerdes cafertun 3 he saet mid paw
Senum 1 wyrmde hine aet pam fyre ;

55 J>a heah-sacerdas sohton "i eall gepeaht.
tale agen pone haelend. -p hi hine to deaSe
sealdon "i hi ne fundon ;

Various Readings.

46. A. hig heora. 47. A ymbe-utan ; B. C. embe-utan.
C. stodan. A. sweorde. 48. A. 3swarigende. A. sweor-
dum. 51. A. fylgde. A hig. 53. A. hig. A. {>one
54. A. fylgde. 55. B. C. sohtun. A. on-gean. A. hyg ;
B.C. hig. A. deSe. A. B. C. hig.

44 SoSlice his laewa heom taken sealde 3
pus cwaeS. Swa hwilcne swa ic kysse. se
hit ys nymeS "i laedeS hine waerlice.

45 1 sone swa he com he ge-nehlacte hine
to 1 cwaeS. Lareow ; "i cyste hine.

46 1 hyo heore hande on hine wurpen
1 namen hine.

47 SoSlice an of pam pe paer embe-uten
stoden his sweord abraed. 1 slog pas sacerd-
es peow. 1 his eare of acarf.

48 Da cwaeS se haelend heom and-swer-
iende. Swa swa to anen scaeSan ge ferden
mid sweorden 1 treowen me ge-fon.

49 Jeanne ic daig-hwamlice mid eow waes
on temple laerende 3 ge me namen. ac ~p pa
ge-write syen ge-fellde.

50 Da for-leten his leorning cnihtes ealle
hine 1 flugen.

51 Sum gungling him fylgde mid ane
scytan be-waefed nacod. 1 hy name hine.

52 -p weerpendre pare scete nacod he
heom fram fleah.

53 ^ hy laedden J?anne haelend to pam
heah-sacerde send comen ealle pa sacerdes.
aend bokeres. "i ealdres. to-gaedere.

54 Petrus heom felgede ferren 0*8 pas
heah-sacerdes caefertun. and he set mid
pam penum 3 wermden hine aet pam fyre.

55 Da heah-sacerdas sohten 1 eall ge-
peaht. tale agen panne haelend. -p hyo
hine to deaSe sealden ") hyo ne fundon.

Various Readings.

44. tacen; cysse; he; nymafc. 45. sona; ge-neah-
tehte. 46. hyore ; wurpon ; namon. 47. -uton stodon ;
acearf. 48. anum sceaSan ; ferdon ; sweordon ; treowum.
49. Jjonne; da?g-hwamlice ; syn gefyllede. 50. for-leoton;
flugon. 51. iungling; fyligde; be-wafed; hyo namon;
52. aworpenre ; scytan. 53. hyo ; }ionne ; comon ; MS.
R. omits )>a before sacerdes ; boceras ; to-gadere. 54. fy-
ligde feorran; sacerdas cafertun; sset; wyrmde. 55.
sohton; |>onne; sealdon.

119

webs saldend t gesalde Sonne se sellend his becon & taco him cuoeSende Sone suahuoelc i 3 miSSy cyssennde
44 *Dederat autem traditor eiu8 signum eis dicens quem-cumque osculatus *

ic beom \ ic see his is haldas hine -t Sone 3 wserlice geleedaS

fuero ipse est tenete earn et caute ducite.

geneolecde to him cuoeS la laruu 3 eyssende wses hine

cedens ad eum ait rabbi et osculatus est eum.

3 miS-Sy gecuome recone to-

45 et cum uenisset statim ac-

so? Sa ilco honda gewurpon on hine

46 at illi manus iniecerunt in eum

hi. cclxxxui.
mt. ccci.

7 gehealdon Sene-Hiine ah Sonne -tSa summ monn of Ssera ymbstondendum oflsede 4" ataeh -JS suord

et tenuerunt eum. 47 *Unus autem quidam de circum-stantibus educens gladium * 183. i.

la. cclxxxuii.
io. clx.
slog esne t SrsBl heh-sacerdas 3 gesnaS i tocearf him 4" Ssem Sa earelipprica 3 onsuserede mt. cccii.

percussit seruum summi sacerdotis et amputauit illi auricula. 48 *Et respondens * 1*4.1

r * lv. cclxxxmni.

io. clxx.
se hselend cuoeS Ssem 41 him allsuse to Seafe gie foerdon miS suordum 3 stenguwi to gefoanne 4" to la3C- mt. ccciiii.
iesws ait illis tamquam ad latronewi existis cum gladiis et lignis comprehen-

canne mec Eeghuelc dsege ic wses miS iuh in tempel lserend 3 ne meh gehealdon ah -pte

dere me. 49 cotidie eram apud uos in templo docens et non me teuuistis sed ut

f hia woero gefylled writto
adimpleantur scribturse.

Sa Segnas his forleorton 4" forletendo alle geflugon

50 *Tunc discipuli eius relinquentes eum omnes fugerunt ■ 185. ui.

ging esne Sonne Xuutedlice sum gefylgede him gegearuad -J- ymbgyrded miS ofer^on

51 *Adulescens autem quidam seqwebatur eum amictus sindone super • 186. x.

nacod 3 gehealdon hine
nudo et tenuerunt eum.

soS he miSSy forwarp 4" nacod fore-flseh from Ssem

52 at ille reiecta sindone nudu8 profugit ab eis.

1 to-leeddon Sone hselenrf

53 *Et adduxerunt iesum

to
ad

Ssem
summum

heh-sacerd
sacerdotewi

3 efne-gecuomon alle
et conueniunt omnes

Sa sacerdas 3
sacerdotes et ■ 187. i.

lu. ccxc.
io. clxii.
wiS on worSe clxiiii.

usque in atrium mV<,c„cc—
* * 188. mi.

io. clxiiii.
Sses heh-sacerdas 3 gessett t sittende waes miS Ssem embiht-monnum 3 wsermde hine to Ssem fyre mt. cccuii

summi sacerdotis et sedebat cum ministris et cale-faciebat S6" ad ignem.

Sa wuSuuto 3
scribse et

Sa seldesto
seniores.

petrus Sonne fearre
54 *Petrus autem & longe

fylgende wses hine
secutus est eum

Sa heh Sonne sacerdas 3 all f> somnung sohton wis Sone hailcnd cySnisse fte hine

55 *Summi uero sacerdotes et omue concilium quaerebant aduersum iesum testimonium ut eum « 189. ii.

lu. cccu.
to deaSe msehte gesealla ne fundon mt" cccunl-

morti traderent nee inueniebant.

44. gisalde Sonne Se sellend his tacun him cweSende swa hwelcne swa ic eyssende ic biom he it is
haldas hine 3 gihlsedaS 45. 3 miS-Sy comun sona gineolicadun to him cwseS hal larwa 3 eyssende wses

hine 46. soS Sa ilea honda giwurpun on hine 3 giheoldun hine 47. an Sonne sum mon of Ssem ymb-

stondendum giteh Sset sword Serh-slog esne 4" Srsel heh-ssecerdas 3 tosnaS him Sone SBarliprica 48. 3

ond-sworade Se hselenrf cwseS Ssem all swa hweet [to] Seofe gifeordun miS swordum 3 stengum to foenne *
gilseccan mec 49. eghwelce dsege Sis (sic) wses miS iowih in temple lserende 3 ne mec gihealdun ah -pte

were gifylled giwriotu Sse 50. Sa Segnas his alle for-leortun t forletende hine tlugun 51. ging esne

wutudlice sum gifylgende him gigeorwad i ymb-gyrded . . . ofer nacudne giheoldun hine 52. cwseS him miSSy
forwarp . . . nacud from-tleh him 53. 3 to-gi-lseddun Sone haelenrf to hehsacerdum 3 efne-gicomun alle Sa

sacerdas 3 uSwutu 3 Sa seldru 54. petrus Sonne feorra fylgende wses him oS to on worSe Sses heh-sacertles

3 sset miS Segnum 3 wermde hine to Ssem fyre 55. Sa heh Sonne sacerdas 3 all Sio somnung sohtun wis

Sone hselend cySnisse -fte hine to deaSe gitalduu ne onfundun

120

56 Mauega saedon lease gecySnysse agen
hine. 3 pa cySnessa naeron paeslice ;

57 Da arison sume 3 saedon lease cySnesse
agen hine 3 pus saedon ;

58 SoSes we ge-hyrdon hine secgan. ic
to-wurpe f»is hand-worhte tewpel 3 aefter pri»«
dagu/w ic oSer unhand-worht ge-timbrie;

59 3 hyra cypnys naes paes-lic ;

60 pa aras sum heah-sacerd on hyra
midlene 3 ahsode paene haelend. ne and-
swarast pu nan Sing, agen ~p pas pe on-
wurpaS ;

61 he suwode 3 naht ne 3swarode; Eft
hine axode se heah-sacerd. eart pu crist
paes gebletsodan godes sunu;

62 Da saede se haelend. ic eom. 3 ge
geseoS mannes sunu on swySran healfe
sittan his maegenes. 3 cumende mid heofones
genipuw;

63 pa cw se heah-sacerd. his reaf slit-
eude. hwi ge-wilnige we gyt cySera.

64 ge gehyrdon his bysmer. hwaet pincS
eow ; Da hyrwdon hi ealle hine 3 cwaedon -p
he waere deaSes scyldig ;

65 And sume aguunon him on spaetan
3 ofer-wreon his ansyne. 3 mid fystuw hine
beoton. 3 him to cwaedon ; Araed. and pa
Senas hine mid handuw/ beoton ;

66 And pa petrus waes on cafertune pa
cow? to him an pinen paes heah-sacerdes.

67 3 pa heo geseah petrmra wyrmende pa
cwaeS heo ; pu waere mid Sam nazareniscan
haelende ;

Various Readings.

56. A. gecyfcnesse ongean. A. cyfcnyssa. 57. A. cy$S-

nysse ongean. A. B. C. cwaedon. 58. A. to-weorpe.

A. ge-tymbrige. 59. A. heora. A. B. C. cySnes. 60.

A. heora. A. acsode f>one. A. ongean. A. on-weorpa*.

61. A. swygode ; B. C. swugode. A. Jswarede. A. acsode.

62. A. B. heofenes. 63. A. hwig. B. C. gewilnege. 64.

A. bismor. A. B. hig. 65. A. ongunnon; B. agunnun.

B. fystun.

56 Manege saeden lease cySnyssen agen
hine. 3 pa cySnisse naeren pas-lice.

57 Da arise sume 3 saigden lease cydnysse
agen hine 3 pus cwaeSen.

58 Sodes we ge-hyrden hine seggen ic to-
weorpe pis hand-worhte temple. 3 sefter prem
dagen ic oSer un-hand-worht ge-timbrige.

59 3 heore cydnysse naes pas-gelic.

60 Da aras sum heah-sacerd on heora
midlene 3 acxode panne haelend. Ne and-
swerest pu nan ping agen •p' pas pe on-
weorped.

61 he swegede 3 naht ne andswerede.
Eft hine axode se heah-sacerd. Ert pu
crist. pas ge-bletsedes godes sune.

62 pa saede se haelend ic eom. 3 ge ge-
seoS mannes sune on swiSren healfe sitten.
his maignes. 3 cumende mid heofenes ge-
nipen.

63 Da cwaeS se heah-sacerd his reaf slyt-
ende. hwi wilnige we gyt cySera.

64 ge ge-herden his bismer. hwaet
pincS eow. Da hyrden hyo ealle hine 3
cwaeSen. ~p he waere deaSes scyldig.

65 /End sume agunnen hym on spaeten.
3 ofer-wreon his ansiene. 3 mid festen hine
beaten, 3 him to cwaeSen. Ared. 3 pa
penas hine mid handen beoten.

66 3 pa petrus waes on caefertune pa
com to him an pinen pas heah-sacerdes.

67 3 pa hye ge-seah petrum wermende pa
cwaeS hy. pu waere mid pam nazareiscen
haslende.

Various Readings.

56. Manega saedon; cySnysse; nseron )>aes-lice. 57.
arison; saegdon ; cyfcnysse; cwaefcon. 58. SoSes; seggan;
to-wyrpe; tempel; Jirym dagvm. 59. hyorecyfcnys; )>aes-
lic. 60. acsode \>onne; on-weorpa8. 61. swugode;
Eart; \>ces; sunu. 62. halend; swySran halfe sittan;
roaegnes; heofones genipum. 63. ge-wilnige. 64. ge-
hyrden; bismor; hyrdon hig; cwaefcon. 65. agunnan;
spaeton ; ansyne ; fystum ; beotum (sic) ; cwaedon ; bandum
beoton. 66. -sacerdas. 67. heo se seah (sic); heo;
nazareniscan.

121

monigo forSon geeySnise leas hia gecuoedon wis hine 3 woenlica gecySniso ne

56 multi enim testimonium falsum dicebant aduersus eum et conuenientia testimonia non

woeron 3 siumii tnonn aras leas geeySnise saegdon wis him cuoeSendo

erant. 57 *Et quidam surgentes falsum testimonium ferebant aduersus eum dicentes. * 190. ui.

* ° mt. cccuiiii.

forSon ue geherdon hine cwoedne k cuoeSende ic undoe-tic toslito tempel Sis mi* honde aworht
58 quoniam rios audiuimus eum dicentem ego dissoluam templum hoc manu factum

3 Serh Sreo dogor oSer ne miS honde aworht ic getimhro willo 3 ne woes woenlic

et per triduum aliud now manu factum aedificabo. 59 et non erat conueaiens

geeySnise hiora + Sara 3 aras Soe hash sacerd in middum geascade Sone hixftend

testimonium illorum. 60 et exsurgens summus sacerdos in medium interrogauit ieswm

cuoSende ne ondueardestSu noht k aeniht to Saem 8a Se geteled aron from Sassum monnum he

dicens non respondis quicquam ad ea quae tibi obiciuntur ab his. 61 ille

xiutedlicek Sonne gesuigde 3 noht ge-onsuarede efter-sona se heh sacerd gefraegnende wees hine 3 cuoeS
autem tacebat et nihil respondit rursum summus sacerdos interrogabat eum et dicit

him Su arS crist sunn Sa3s gebloedsendes se hee\end cuoeS him ic am 3 gie geseaS+scilon

ei tu 6s ckristus filius benedicti. 62 *lesus autem dixit illi ego sum et uide- * 191- 1

lu. ccxcuii.
gesea.i.on dome* daege sunu monnes to suiSrom sittende Saes msehtes 3 cymmende miS wolcnum mt.cccx!
bitis filium hominis a dextris sedentem uirtutist et uenientem cum nubibws S«s fa'dores

-(■ i . patris.
heofnes se heh Sa-t Sonne sacerd toslat t torende woedo-Hirseglo-rclaSas his cuoeS ymb bused

cseli. 63 *Summus autem sacerdos scindens uestimenta sua ait tQuid • 192. ul.

mt. cccxi.
get-Heng-TSageone we willnias gewitnesa geherdon gee Saet ebolsung hured iuh Syncge-Hs gesene fti 'ccxciiiiii

athuc desideramus testis. 64 audistis blasphemiam quid uobis uidetur mt. cccxii. '

SaSe alle geniSradon-tgehendon hine fte were scyldig + synnig deaSes 3 ongunnun summe

qui oinnes comlemnauerunt eum esse reum mortis. 65 *Et coeperunt quidam • 194. i.

lu. cexciiii.
efne-gespitta k gehorogae hine 3 gehydse + wriga onsione his 3 mis fystum k dyntum hine geslaa k geSearsca J£'t c]c™\ii.
conspuere eum et uelare faciem eius et colaphis eum caedere

3 cuoeSa him gewitga . i . hua Sec oferslog 3 Sa embeht-menn miS fystum hine slogon 3 miS Sy

et dicere ei prophetisa et ministri alapis eum casdebant. 66 *Et cum • 195. i.

lu. cexci.
waes petrn* in worS from geanSe k sunduria cuom an from Saem Siowum Sees heh sacerde* 3 '°' j u1"'

esset petrus in atrio deorsum uenit una ex ancillis summi sacerdotis. 67 et mt. cccxiiii.

miS-Sy gesege Sone petrum weermigende hine beheald hine cuoeS 3 Su miS heelende Saem nazarenesco were
cum uidiset petrum cale-facientem s6 aspiciens ilium ait et tu cum iesu. nazareno eras.

56. monige forSon cySnisse leose hiae gicwedun to sacanne wis him 3 weonlice gicydnisse ne werun 57. 3
sum mon arisende leose gicySnisse saegdun wis him cweSende 58. forSon we giherdun hine cweaSa ic

toslito k undoe Sone tempel Sis miS [honda] giworht 3 aefter Sriin dagum oSerne...miS honda giwyrcan ic gitim-
braw (sic) 59. 3 ne waes woenlic gicySnisse hiora 60. 3 aras Se heh-sacerd in middum giascade Sone

haelenrf cweSende ne ondwordes tu noht + aeniht to Sa3tn SaSe gitelid arun from him 61. he wutudb'ee

swigade 3 noht gi3worde sona Se heh-sacerd gifraegn hine 3 cwaeS him Su arS crist sunu godes Saes gibletsade
62. Se hselenrf wutudh'ce cwaeS him ic am 3 ge giseaS sunu monnes to Seer swiSra sittende Saes maohtga 3
cymende miS wolcnum heofnes 63. Se heh Sonne sacerd to-rende giwedu his cwaeS ymb hwaet gett wilnigas

giwitnesse 64. giherdun ge Sa eofulsunge hwaet iow is gisene SaSe alle giniSradun k gihendun hine -)S he

were synnig deaSes 65 3 ongunnun sume efnegispita-thyra on hine 3 hydde onsione his 3 miS fystum hine

sla-tSarsca 3 cweoSa 3 saege hwaet Saet sloge 3 Sa embehtmen miS fystum hine slogun 66. 3 miSSy wbbs

... on worSe from syndrige com an from Saem Siowum Sees heh-sacerdes 67. 3 miS gisege Sone petre wermende
hine biheald hine cwseS 3 Su miS haelende Sone nazarenisco were

122

68 Da aet soc he 3 cwaeS. ic nat. ne ne
can hwcet ]?u segst ; And he eode pa of \>am
cafertnne ") se hana creow ;

69 Eft j?a hine gecneow oSer pinen. heo
ongan cweSan. to \>&m pe Sar abutan stodon;
SoSlice pes ys of pam ;

70 3 he eft aetsoc ; 1 eft pa ymbe lytel f>a
Se sst-stodon. cwsedon to petre. Sojdice Jm
eart of 8a/w. galileisc bu eart ;

71 pa ongan he aet-sacan 1 swerian. so^es
ne can ic paene man Jre ge secgaS.

72 1 ba eft sona creow se hana ; Da ge-
munde petrus baes h«lendes worde be he him
seede. aer se hana crawe tua. briwa Su me
82t-sa3cst. ba ongan he wepan ;

CHAPTER XV.

1 T^a sona on mergen worhton ba heah-
j sacerdas hyra gemot mid ealdruw.

3 bocerum ") eallura werodu?w. H lasddon ba^ne
haelend gebundenne. 3 sealdon hine pilato ;

2 Da axode pilatus hine. eart bu iudea
cynincg; pa 3swarode he him. bu hit
segst ;

3 Da wregdon hine pa heah-sacerdas on
maneguw? bingum;

4 Eft pilatus hine axode. ne Tswarast
bu nan bing. loca hu mycelu/w hi be
wregeaS ;

5 Da ne Jswarode se haelend him na mare,
swa ~f pilatus wundrode ;

Various Readings.

69. B. inserts 3 be/ore heo. A. onhutan. 70. B. C.
embe. 71. A. cann. A. )>one. 72. A. word. B. crewe ;
C. creowe. A. B. C. tuwa.

Cap. xv. 1. A. morgen. A. heora. A. B. C. werede.

A. (jone. A. pilate. 2. A. acsode. A. cynyng ; B. cyninc.

B. }swarude. 4. A. acsode. B. C. 3swaras. A. B. hig.
A. B. C. wregaS. 5. B. wundrude.

68 Da aetsoc he !! cwaeS. Ic nat ne ic
kan hwaat bu saigst. 1 he eode jra of bam
caefertune 1 se coc creow.

69 Eft ba hine cneow oSer binen. !! hyo
on-gan cweSen to bam be baer abuten stod-
en. SoSlice bes is of bam.

70 1 he eft aet-soc. iEnd eft pa embe
litel ba be eft stoden cwaeSen to petre. SoS-
lice bu ert of bam galileisc bu ert.

71 Da aet-gan he of-sacan. 1 swerien.
soSes ne can ic panne man be ge seggeS.

72 1 pa eft sone creow se coc. Da ge-
munde petrus bas haslendes word be he him
saide. aer se coc creowe twige. brewe bu
me aet-saecst. ba on-gan he wepeu.

CHAPTER XV.

1 Da sone on morgen worhten pa heah-
sacerdes heore ge-mot. mid ealdren 1 boc-
eren. 1 eallen werede 7 laedden bane halend
ge-bunden 1 sealden hine pilaten.

2 Da axode pilatus hine eart bu iudea
kining. Da andswerede he hym. Du hit
saegst.

3 pa wreiden hine pa heah-sacerdes. on
manegen bingen.

4 Eft pilatus hine axode ne andswere&t
bu nan bing. loca hu mycelen hyo be
wreigeS.

5 Da ne andswerede se haelend him nam
mare swa baat pilatus wundrede.

Various Readings.

68. et-soc; necan; segst; hana [for coc]. 69. abuton
stodon. 70. stodon cwsefcon ; eart (twice). 71. swerian;
\>onne; seggafc. 72. ef (s/c) sona ; hana; wordo; ssede;
hane; twuwa J>rivva; ret-sacst; wepan.

Cap. xv 1. sona; -sacerdas hyra; ealdrum ; boeerum;
eallum ; ge-burcdenne ; sealdon ; pilato. 2. cyning ; and-
swarede ; eora [for hyra, which is over an erasure in Hat-
ton MS.]; segst. 3. wregdon; -sacerdas; manegum )>in-
gun. 4. andswarest ; hwu mycelura; wreigaS. 5.

andswarede ; halend ; na ; wundrode.

123

soS he onsoc cuoeSende ne wat ic 3 ne cann ic hused cwoeSes Su 3 eode buta befora
68 at ille negauit dicens neqwe scio neqwe noui quid dicas *Et exiit foras ante * 196. 1.

lu. ccxcii.

io. clxxu.

f wor$ 3 bona gesang eftersona Sonne miS-Sy gesege hine Sio Siwa ongann cuoseSa mt. cccxu.

atrium et gallus cantauit. 69 rursus autem cum uidisset ilium ancilla coepit dicere

Ssera ymb-stondendum fte Ses of Saem ilcom is so* he eftersona ons6c 3 fefter lytle huile-tymb lytle

circnmstantibws quia liic ex illis est. 70 at ille iterum negauit et post pussillum

eftersona SaSe to-stodon hia gecuoedon to petre soSlice of Ssom Su bist-FSu arS forSon src galileus-rgalilesc arS
rursus qui adstabant dicebant petro uere ex illis e"s nam et galilaeus e*s.

*e-rhe Sonne ongann gefremSiga 3 gesuoeria fte ic nat-tne conn ic monno Siosne gone gie

71 ille autem coepit anathematizare et iurare quia nescio hominem istum quem di-

cuoeSas 3 sona efter se hona gesang 3 eft-gemyndig wa3s petrw* wordes fte cuoeSend waes

citis. 72 et statim iterum gallus cantauit *Et recordatus est petrus uerbi quod dixerat * 19?- »•

1 lu. ccxciii.

mt. cccxui.

him se heelend aer Son se hona gesinga twiga Sria mec Su hist onsaec 3 ongann woepa
ei i&sws prius-quam gallus cantet bis ter me negabis et coepit flere.

CAP. XV.

3 sona on meme-ron morgen Ssehtung worhton heh-sacen/as miS aeldum 3

1 *Et confestim mane consilium facientes summi saceirdotes cum senioribits et * 198. ii.

ccxcu.
mt. cccxuii.
wuS-uutum 3 miS all somnung " gebundon Sone hoelend geteddon 3 saldon Saem aldonnen 3

scribis et uniuarso concilio *Uincientes iesum duxerunt et tradiderunt pilato. 2 +Et * ly9. i.

x lu. cce.

io. clxxui.
gefrsegnade-tgeascade bine pylatas Su arS cynig iudeana soS he onduearde cuoeS to him Su cuoeSes f mt. cccxuiii.
interrogauit eum pilatus tu 4s rex iudeaorum at ille respondens ait illi tu dicis. J,2*®'^

io. clxxuiii.
3 gehendon hine Sa heh-sacerdas on monigum.i.SinguOT-rwoerduw se geroefa Sonne eftersona mt- cccxx-

3 *Et accusabant eum summi sacerdotes in multis 4 pilatus autem rursum * 201. iiii.

io. clxxx.
cxcii.
gefraegn hine cuoeS ne ondueardest Su seniht gesseb in sua miclum-rhu miclum Seh ahenas mt. cccxxi.

interrogauit eum dicens non respondis quicquawi uide in quantis te accusant.

se heelend Sonne forSor i leng seniht -tnoht geondsuaret/e suae fte f he woere awundrad se groefa
5 iesua autem amplius nihil respondit ita ut miraretur pilatus.

68. soS he onsoc cweSende ne wat ic ne con hwaBt Su sseges 3 eode buta Sonne 3 bifora Sone worS 3 hona
gisang 69. efter-sona Sonne miS-Sy gisseh hine Si Siowe on-gan cweoSa to Ssem ymb-stondendum fte Ses

of Ssem ileum is 70. 3 he eftersona onsoc 3 softer lytle hwyle eftersona SaSe stodun hia cwedun to petre

soSlice Su af Stem arS forSon ec 3 galilesc Su ar5 71. he Sonne ongan fremSiga 3 sweriga f ic nat ne

con monno Sone Sone gicweoSas 72. 3 sona eftersona Se hona gisang 3 myndig wees petru* wordes Seette

cweden woes him Se heelercd serSon Se hona gisunge twiga Srige Su me onsseces 3 ongan woepa

Cap. XV. 1. 3 sona on merne giSeehtunge worhtun Sa heh-ssecerdas miS 683m asldrum 3 uS-wutum 3 miS
alle gisomnunge gibundun Sone hselenrf gilseddun 3 saldun Ssem aldor-menn 2. 3 gifrsegn hine pylate* Su

arS cynig iudea soS be ond-worde him cwseS Su cweSes 3. 3 gibendun hine Sa heh-sacerdas in monigum

Singum 4. Se groefa Sonne efter-sona gifrsegn hine cweSende ne ondwordes tu ceniht gisEeh in swa miclum

Sec ahenas 5. Se hselenti Sonne forSor \ leng no wiht giondsworade swa fte ne (sic) were awundrad Se groefa

124

6 On symmel-daege waes his gewuna ~p he
him for-geafe aenne gebundenne. swa hwylc-
ne swa hi baedon ;

7 pa baedon hi barraban. se waes gebun-
den mid pam raeplingufw. se purh swic-craeft.
man-slyht geworhte.

8 1 ba he ferde. pa ongan seo menegeo
hine biddan swa heo symle dyde ;

9 Da cwaeS pilatus; Wylle ge j5 ic eow
forgyfe iudea cyning.

10 he wiste -p Surh andan hine sealdon
pa heahsacerdas;

1 1 pa astyredon pa bisceopas pa menegu
■p he hi;» barraban forgefe ;

12 Eft pilatus hi»* andswarode. hwaet do
ic be iudea cininge ;

13 Hi eft hrymdon 1 cwaedon. hoh hine;

14 Da saede pilatus. hwaet yfeles dyde
he; Hi pass be ma clypedon ahoh hine ;

15 Pilatus wolde ba Sam folce gecwem-
an. "i for-gef him barraban 1 sealde him
pone haelend beswungenne ~p he a-hangen
waere ;

16 pa laeddon ba cempan hine on baas
domernes cafertun ; 1 hi to-somne eall werod
clypedon ;

17 3 scryddon hine mid purpuran. 1 him
on setton pyrnenne helm awundenne.

18 1 ongunnon hine bus gretan. hal wes
pu iudea cyning ;

19 1 beoton hine on -p heafod mid hreode.
1 spaetton him on. 1 heora cneow bigdon. 1
bine ge-eaSmeddon ;

Various Readings.
6. A. symbel-drege. A. forgeaf ; B. C. forgefe. B. C.
anne. A. hig. 7. A. hig. 8. A. msenigeo ; B. menigu
9. B. eyninc. 11. B. C. astyrydon. A. maenigeo. A.
for-geafe. 13. A. hig. A. hoS. 14. A. dyde he yfeles.
hig. C. clypodon. A. ahoS. 15. A. for-geaf. B.C. Jxene.
16. A. hig. B. wered. A. clypodon. 19. B. C. spseton.
A, on hyne. B. C. hyra. A. ge-eadmeddon.

6 On sym-mel-daig waes his ge-wune.
•p he heom for-gefe aenne bundenne swa
hwilcne swa hyo baeden.

7 Da baeden hyo barraban. se waes ge-
bunden mid bam replingen. se purh swice-
craeft man-slyht worhten.

8 3 ba he ferde pa on-gan syo manigeo
hine biddan swa hy symle dyden.

9 Da cwaeS pilatus. Wille ge ■p ic eow
for-gefe iudea kyniwg.

10 he wiste p purh ande hine sealden
pa heah-sacerdas.

11 Da astireden pa biscoppes pa manige
•p he heom barraban for-gefe.

12 Eft pilatus him andswerede. hwaet
do ic be iudea kyninge.

13 hyo eft graetten "} cwseSen. hoh hine.

14 pa saigde pilatus. hwaet yfeles dyde
he. hyo pas pe ma cleopeden ahoh hine.

15 Pilatus wolde pa pam folce ge-cwem-
en. 1 for-gef heom barraban. ] sealde
heom panne haelend be-swungen •p he ahang-
en waere.

16 pa laedden pa cempen hine on pas do-
mernes caefertun 3 hyo to-gaedere ealle wered
cleopeden.

17^ scridden hine mid purpren 1 hi»? on
setten pernene helm awundene.

18 1 on-gunnen hine pus greten. hal
beo pu iudea kyniwg.

19 1 beoton hine on ■p heafeS mid reode
"} spetten him on "i hire cneow beigden 1
hine aedmetten.

Various Readings.

6. -dsBge; gewuna; for-geafe; swilcne. 7. replin«-um
swic-; worhte. 8. seo menigeo. 9. geo; for-oyfe
cyning. 10. anda; sealdon. 11. astiredon; biscopas
menegov ; for-geafe. 12. heom andswarede ; cininge
13. hrymden 3 cwadon. 14. saegde; clypedon. 15. ge
cweman; for-gaf; halend; ware. 16. laeddon; cempan
f>as; to-somne; eall; clypeden. 17. scruddon; purpu-
ran; setton \>y men ne; awundenne. 18. on-gunnon; gre-
ton; wes; iuda cyning. 19. heafod; spetton; hyoracneo
bigdon; ge-eaSmeddon.

125

Serh Sone dasge Sonne syrnbel for-geafa gewuna waes him enne-tan of Seem gebundenuw Sone sua?
6 *Per diem autem festum dimittere solebat illis unum ex uinctis quem-cum- * 202. ii.

huselcne hia gegiuudon
que petissent.

wses
7* Erat

Sonne
autem

seSe gecuoeSen wees i genemned barabias seSe

qui

dicebatur

barabbas qui

miS setnerum wses gebunden seSe
tiosis erat uinctus qui

on
in

setnong
seditione

geworhte monncualmniss 4" morSor-sl«ga
fecerat homicidium.

lu. cccuiiii.
mt. cccxxii.
mis sceacerunj t

cum sedi-

* 203. iiii.
io. clxxxiii.
3 miS-Sy mt. cccxxiii.

8 et cum

astage # folc ongann gebidda sua symle gedyde him
ascendisset turba coepit rogare sicut semper faciebat illis.

Sonne geondsuarede him
9 pilatus autem respondit eii

3 cuoeS wallaS gie4"eif gie wselle ic forgefo + forleto iuh cynig iudeana
et dixit uultis dimittam uobis regem iudaeorum.

wiste forSon -pte f
10 sciebat enim quod

Serh sefist gesaldon-rsealla waldon hine heh-sacerrfos

per inuidiam tradidissent. eum summi sacerdotes

ge-eggedon Sone Sreat -fte suiSor Sone morsceaSe forleorte him
uerunt turbam ut magis barabban dimitteret eis.

cuoeS him hused forSon wallige -p ic doe cynige iudeana
ait illis quid ergo uultis faciam regi iudaeorum.

Sa biscobas Sonne gewsehton [4"]
11 *Pontitices autem concita- "204. i.

lu. cccx,
io. clxxxiiii.
uuterf/j'ce efter-sona geonduarde mt. cccxxu.

12 *Pilatus autem iterum respondens * 205. i.

lu. cccxi.
cccxiii.
soS hia eftersona geceigdon ahoh io. clxxxuiii.

13 at illi iterum clamauerunt crucifi^e cxciii[ij.

0 mt. cccxxui.

hine
eum.

sec cuseS him hused forSon yfles dyde soS hia suiSor geceigdon ahoh
14 pilatus uero dicebat eis quid enim malefecit at illi magis clamabant crucifige

Sonne walde Ssem folce wel-doa
15 *Pilatus autem uolens populo satisfacere

Sone hcelend miS suwippum to geSearscanne -fte were gehoen
iesum flagellis caesum ut crucifigeretur.

wworS Sses dom-ern 3 efue-ceigdon all
atrium praetorii et conuocant totam coliortem.

3 on-setton him cursendo -r slsegendo Syrnenne beg
et inponuut ei plectentes spineam coronam.

forgeaf him Sone morsceaSo 3 salde
dimittit illis barabban et tradidit • 206. i.

lu. cccxiiii.
io. cxcui.
Sa cempo Sonne lseddon hine on mt. cccxxuiii.

16 *Milites autem duxerunt eum in • 207. iiii.

io. clxxxu.
clxxxui[i].
3 gegearwadon hine miS felle reade hrsegle mt. cccxxuiiii.

17 et induunt eum purpura

3 ongunnon gegroetse hine hal cynig
18 et coeperunt salutare eum haue rex

iudeana 3 slogon 4" heafod his miS gerd t miS hreade 3 speafton on him 3 seton

iudaeorum. 19 et percutiebant caput eius harundine et conspuebant eum et ponentes

cnewa geworSadon him
genua adorabant eum.

6. Serh Sone dseg Sonne symbles forgeorwiga giwuna wees him enne-5'an of Ssem gibundennum swa hwelcne
swa hia ge-giowadun 7. wses Sonne seSe gicweden waes . . . seSe miS sceacrum wses gibunden seSe on setnuncge
giworhte mon-cwselmnisse 8. 3 miSSy gistag Sset folc on-gan bidda swa symle gidyde him 9. Se groefa

Sonne ond-sworade him 3 cwsoS wallas ge ic forgefo 4" forleto iow cynig iudea 10. wiste forSon Sset Sserh

sefeste gisaldun hine Ssem (»jc) heh-sacerdun 11. Sa biscopas Sonne giwehtun-tgicedun Sone Sreot -fte swiSor
baraboum forleorte him 12. ... wutudh'ce seftersona giondworde cwseS him hwset forSon wallas ge f> ic doe

cynige iudea 13. soS hise sefter-sona cliopadun ahoh hine 14. \>y\atus Sonne cwseS him hwset forSon to

ylie dyde he soS hise swiSor giceigdun ahoh hine 15. ... Soonne walde Ssem folche well doa for-gsef him

Sone morsceaSa 3 salde him Sone hselenrf miS swiopum giSorscenne -pte were ahongen 16. Sa cempu

lseddun hine on worS Ssbs domernes 3 efne-gicegdun alle ... 17. 3 gigeorwadun hine miS felle reode 3

onsettun him slasnde-tcursende Syrnenne beg 18. 3 on-gunnun gigroeta hine hal cynig iudea 19. 3 slogun

on heofud his miS hreade 4' gerdum 3 speoftun on hine 3 settun on cneom 3 giworSadun hine

126

20 And sySSan hi hine bysmrydon. un-
scryddon hine pam purpuran. 1 scryddon
hine mid his reafura 1 laeddon hine -p hi hine
ahengon.

21 1 genyddon snmne weg-ferendne simo-
riem cireneum cumende of paw? tune alexan-
dres faeder 1 rufi. -p he his rode baere.

22 !) hi laeddon hine on ¥>a stowe gol-
go'Sa ■p is on ure gepeode gereht heafod-
pannena stow.

23 1 sealdon hi»« gebiterod win 3 he hit
ne on-feng ;

24 And pa hi hine ahengon hi daeldon
his reaf. 1 hlotu wurpon. hwaet gehwa
name ;

25 pa waes undern-tid. 1 hi ahengon hine.

26 J ofer-gewrit his gyltes waes awriten
iudea cyning.

27 1 hi ahengon mid him twegen scea^an
anne on his swySran healfe. 1 operne on
his wynstran.

28 pa waes -p ge-writ gefylled. -p cwy<5 ;
1 he waes mid unriht-wisum geteald ;

29 And pa Se forS-stopon hine gremed-
on 1 hyra heafod cwehton. 1 Sus cwaedon ;
Wala se to-wyrpS ■p tempel. 1 on prim
dagon eft getimbraS.

30 gehael Se sylfne of paere rode stigende;

31 Eall-swa pa heah-sacerdas bysmriende
betwux pam boceruwj cwaedon. oSre he hale
gedyde. hine sylfne he ne ma?g halne ge-
don ;

Various Readings.

20. A. hig. A. bysmeredon. A. big. 21. A. weg-
ferende. 22. A. B. C. big. 23. B. C. onfengc. 24. A.
hig. A. B. C. hig. 25. A. B. C. hig. 27. A. B. C. hig.
A. ceiine. 29. B. C. forjj-stopun. A. heora. A. dagum.
A. ge-tirabreS. 30. A. inserts ny<5er before stigende.
31. A. be-tweox.

20 iE,nd sy^Sen hyo hine bismeredon.
un-scriddan hine pam purpran. 1 scriddan
hine mid his reafen. 1 laedden hine paet hyo
hine ahengen.

21 1 ge-nedden sumne weig-ferende sy-
monem cyreneum cumende of pam tune ali-
sandres fader } ruffi. -p he his rode baere.

22 1 hyo laedden hine on pam stowe gol-
gotha. ■p is on ure peode ge-relit heafed-
panna stowa.

23 1 sealden him ge-bytered win 1 he hit
ne on-feng.

24 And pa hyo hine ahengen hyo daeld-
en his reaf 1 hlote wurpen. hwaet ge-hwa
name.

25 Da waes under-tid. 1 hyo ahengen hine.

26 1 ofer-ge-writ his geltes waes awriten
iudea kyng.

27 1 hyo ahengen mid him twegen seamen
aenne on his swi^eren healfe. 1 ocSerne on
his winstren.

28 pa waes ~p ge-writ gefylled ~p cwaeS.
"} he waes mid unriht-wisan ge-teald.

29 And pa pe forS-stopen hine gremedon
1 hyra heafod cwehten. 3 pus cwae<5en.
Wala se to-werpS -p tempel. 1 on Srim
dagen eft ge-tymbred.

30 ge-hzel pe sylfne of pare rode stigende.

31 Eal swa pa heah-sacerdas bysmeriende
be-twexe pam bokeren cwarSen. odre he
haele ge-dyde. hine sylfne he ne maig halne
don.

Various Readings.

20. And sySSan hi ; un-scryddon ; purpuran ; scryddon ;
reafum ; laeddon. 21. weig-fereradene ; alexandres. 22.
hi laeddon ; )>a; heafod- pannena stow. 23. sealdon; ge-
biterod. 24. ahengon ; deeldon ; lota wurpon. 26. gylt-
es; cyng. 27. swiSran; wynstran. 29. -stopun; heora;
cwehton; cwasSon ; to-wyrp<5 ; dagum; getimbred. 31.
betwux ; bocerum cwaedon. oSre ; hale ; maeg ; ge-don.

127

3 aefter JSon bismeredon him gehreafadon hine Saes fellereades 3 gegearwadon hine miS gewoedum
20 *Et postquam inluserunt ei exuerunt ilium purpura et induerunt eum uestimentis

• 208. ui.
mt. cccxxx.

his 3 Sona gelaeddon hine $te hia ge-hengon4"m8ehtora ahoa hine
suis *Et educunt ilium ut crucifigerent eum.

3 geneddon bi-geongende 4"

21 et angariauerunt praeter-

bi-feerende sumne siraon cyrenesce cumraende of lond faeder 3 -)5te ge-nome

euntem quem-piam simonera cyreneum uenientem de uilla patrem alexandri et run ut tolleret

lu. cccxu.
io. cxcuii.
mt. cccxxxi.

hia his 3 fcerh-lsedon hine on stowe f is getrahted heafud-ponnes

crucem eius. 22 *Et perducunt ilium in golgotha locum quod est interpretatu?« caluariae

stowe 3 sellas him drinca aecced-win 3 ne onfeng 3 ahengon

locus. 23 *Et dabant ei bibere murratum uinum et non accepit. 24 +Et crucifigentes

hine to-daeldon woedo his sendon hlott on Ssem buses oht-Hiuodliuoge genome waes

eum diuiserunt uestimenta eius mittentes sortem super eis quis quid tolleret. 25 *Erat

•wutedlice tid Sirdda 3 ahengon hine .3 waes titul 4" tacon 4 merca intinges his on awritten

autem hora tertia et crucifixerunt eum. 26 *Et erat titulus causae eius inscribtus

cynig iudea
rex iudaeorum.

3 mi« hine ahoas 4" ahengon tuoge morsceaSo an to swiSrum 3 oSerne to
27 *Et cum eo crucifi&unt duo latrones unum d, dextris et alium a

wynstrum his 3 gefylled wees fcio gewrit Sio cuoeSes 3 miS unrelit-uisum4'wohfullu?«

sinistris eius. 28 *Et adimpleta est scribtura quae dicit et cum iniquis

* 210. i.

Iu. ccc[x]uiii.
io. cxcuii.
mt. ccexxxii.

* 211. iiii.
io. cciii.

mt. ccexxxiii.
f 212. i.
lu. cccxi.
io. cci.
mt.
cccxxxiii[i].

* 213. x.

* 214. i.

lu. cccxxiii[i].
io- excuiii.
mt. ccexxxu.

* 215. i.

lu. cccxui[i].
io. excuiii.

* 216. uiii.
lu. eclxxuii.

getaled was 3 $a bi-faerendum geebolsadon 4* ebolsande hine coerrende heafda hiora 3 cuoefcende

reputatus est. 29 *Et praetei-euntes blasphemabant eum mouentes capita sua et dicentes * 217. ui.

mt. cccxxxuii.

wse seSe toshttes JSaet tempel 3 on Sriim dagum getimbras
ua, qui destruit templuw et in tribws diebws sedificat.

hal doa Seh seolfne

30 saluum fac temet ipsum

adunestigende of rode
descendens " de mice.

gelic 3 heh-sacercta telende4bi3merigende him bituih miS

31 *Similiter et summi sacerdotes ludentes ad alterutrum cum*218"-..

lu. ccexxn.
mt. ccexxxuiii.

wu<5uu/mot cuoedon oSero hale dyde hine seolfne ne mange hal doa

seribis dicebant alios saluos fecit sdipsum non potest saluum facere.

20. 3 aefter Son bismeradun him giweordun hine Sees felle reades 3 giworgadun hine miS giwedum his 3
«a gilaeddun hine -}ste hia ahengun hine 21. 3 gineddon bigongende 4" bifaerende sumne simon cyrinescne

cymende of londe fador ... 3 ... -fte ginome rode his 22. 3 Serh'-laeddun hine . . . stowe f is gitrahtad

heofud-ponna stow 23. 3 saldun him drinca eced 3 winn 3 ne on-feng ' 24. 3 ahengon hine todoeldun giwedo

his sendun hlett ofer him hwaes oht genome 25. waes wutudVee tid Sirda 1 a-hengun hine. 26. waes

wutudlice tacun intinga his on awriten cynig iudea 27. 3 mi$ hine ahengun twoege sceoSo enne to fcscr swi<5ra

3 ofceme to Saer wynstra 28. 3 gi-fylled waes Saet giwritt se$e cwefces 3 mi<5 unrehtwisum giteled waes

29. 3 bifaerendum gieofulsaduri hine cerrende heofud hiora 3 cweSende was se<5e toslites Saot tempel 3 on Srim
dagum gitimbres 30. halne doa Sec solfne adune stigende of rode. 31. gi-lice 3 hehsacerdas telende 3

bismerende hiin bitwih miS uStrutum cwedun oSre halne dyde hine solfne ne maege halne dca

128

32 Crist israhela cyning astige nu of rode
•p we ge-seon D ge-lyfon ; And pa Be him mid
hangodon waeron him mid gebundene;

33 And paere syxtan tide wurdo[n] pystru
gewordene geond ealle eor'San. 08 non-tide

34 "} to non-tide se haelend clypode myc-
elre stemne. heloi. heloi. lema sabbattani.
~p is on ure ge^eode nun god min god. hwi
for-lete pu me ;

35 1 sume pe ^ar abuton stodon 1 J?is
gehyrdon hi cwaedon. nu pes clypaS heliaw.

36 pa am hyra an 1 fylde ane spingan
mid ecede. 1 on hreod sette 1 him drincan
sealde. 1 cwseS ; LaetaS -p we ge-seon hwaeS-
er helias cume hine nyper to settanne ;

37 Se haelend pa asende his stefne 1 forS-
ferde.

38 1 paes temples wah-rift waes tosliten
on twa of ufewerduw oS neopewerd ;

39 pa se hundred-man pe Sar stod agen
geseah -p se haelend swa clypiende forS-ferde.
he cw. so^lice pes man waes godes sunu ;

40 And pa wif waeron feorran be-heald-
ende. 1 betwux paw waes seo magdale-
nisce maria. 1 maria iacobes modor. "i sa-
lomeae ;

41 1 pa he waes on galilea hi fylidon him.
1 him penedon 3 manega oftre pe him mid
ferdon on hierusalew? ;

42 And pa aefen waes geworden -p waes
parasceue. j5 is aer saeter-daege

Various Readings.

32. A. hangedon. 33. A. On [for And]. A.B.C. wurdon;
the Corpus MS. has wurdo. A. )>ystro. A. eond. 34. A.
B. stefne. A. zabdani. $ ys ge-Jieod. A. hwig. 35. A.
on-butan ; C. abutan. A.B.C.hig. 36. A.heora. A.asette.
A. elias. 38. A. ufeweardum. A. neoSeweardu/n. 39. A.
on-gean stod. A. clypigende. 40, A. be-tweox hyra. A.
iacobes moder (jobs gingran. 3 iosepes moder. ") salomese.
41. A. hig. A. filigdon; B. C. fyligdon. B. ierusalem.

32 Crist israele kyng astig nu of rode -p
we ge-seon !! ge-lefen. And pa pe mid him
ahangeden waeren him mid ge-bundene.

33 And pare syxte tide wurSe peostre ge-
worSene geond ealle eorSan. odSe non-tide.

34 And to non-tide se haelend clepede
mycele stefne heloy heloy lama sabathani.
■p is on ure ge-peode. min god min god.
hwi for-laedst pu me.

35 "} sume pe paer abuton stoden 3 pis ge-
hyrdon hyo cwaeSen. nu pes clyped heliaw?.

36 pa arn hyre an. 3 fylde ane spunge
mid eisile. 3 on reod sette 3 him drincen
sealde. 1 cwae$. laeteS ■p we ge-seon hwaeS-
er helias cume hine niSer to settewne.

37 Se haelend pa asende his stefne "J forS-
ferde.

38 iEnd pas temples wah irift waes to-
sliten on twa of ufewearden odSe niSeweard.

39 E>a pas hundredes man pe paer stod
agen ge-seah ■$ se haelend swa clepiende
forS-ferde. he cwaeS. SoSlice pes man waes
godes sune.

40 And pa wif waeren feorren be-heald-
ende. 3 betwux pam waes sie magdalenisce
Marie. 1 Marie iacobes moSer "i salomee.

41 1 pa he waes on galilee hy felgden hym.
3 him penoden 1 manege oSre pe him mide
ferden on ierusaletn.

42 iEnd pa aefen waes ge-worden -p waes
parasceue. ~p is aer saeterdaige

Various Readings.

32. cyning astige; ge-lefon; ahangodon wseron. 33.
gewordene ; oSSe. 34. clypede ; om. is ; for-lsetst. 35.
stodon ; cwaefcon ; clepeS. 36. hyora ; fulde ; eccede;

driracan; leetaS ; hweSer; settonne. 37. halend. 38. 3;
wahrift; to-sliton; ufewerdum oSSe. 39. halend; clepi-
gende ; sunu. 40. waron feorran ; seo madalenisca maria;
maria; moder. 41. galileam hyo fylgdon; (jenodon;
manega. 42. And; afen.

129

crist cynig israJie\a adune-stigeS nti of rode -)5te we gesee 3 -pte we gelefe 3 SaS[e] mi* hine
32 christuB rex israhel descendat nunc de cruce ut uideamus et credamus *Et qui cum eo * 219. ii.

lu. cccxxu.
... • mt.cccxxxuiiii.

ahoen weron 3 nearm cuoedon him 3 miSSy awarS tid 810 seista Siostro awordne weron Serh all

crucifixerant conuiciabantur ei. 33 *Et facta hora sexta tenebrae facte sunt per totam * 220. ii.

lu. cccxxuii.
mt. cccxl.
eorSo wis on tid non 3 tid non of-cliopade se hselend stefne miS micle cuoeSende

terram usque in horam nonam. 34 *Et hora nona exclamauit iesws uoce magna dicens ■ 221. ui.

mt. cccxli.

■p is getrahted god min god min -pte-rto huon forleortes Su

heloi heloi lama sabacthani quod est interpraetatum dews meus deus meus ut quid dereliquisti

raeh 3 sume of Ssem ymstondendum geherdon cuoedon heono helias ceiges geharn

me. 35 et quidam de circumstantibws audientes dicebant ecce heliam uocat. 36 *Currens * 222. ii.

lu. cccxxiii.
mt. cccxlii.
Sonne an 3 gefylde copp miS secced ymb-sette 3 to rode f drinca salde him cuoeS

autem unus et implens spongiam aceto circum-ponensque calamo potum dabat ei dicens

bidas f we gesege gif cymeS helias to unsettanne -r to adoanne of hine se hselend Sonne miSSy gesende

sinite uideamus si ueniat helias ad deponendum eum. 37 *lesus autem emissa * 223. i.

lu. cccxxuiiii.

stefne micla of gast agsef-^asuelte 3 waghrsegl temples to-reded wses in tuu from ufaweard wis to mt. cccxliii.

uoce magna expirauit. 38 *Et uelum templi scissum est in duo a sursum usque • 2:4. ii.

hi. cccxxuiii.
nioSuord gesseh Sonne Se aldormora seSe fore ongaegn astod -pte sua clioppende gesuelte

deorsum. 39 *Uidens autem centurio qui ex aduerso stabat quia sic clamans expirasset • 225. ii.

lu. cccxxx.
111* cccxl Ul
cuoeS soSlice monn Ses sunu godes wses woeron xmiedlice sec Sa wifo fearra behealdon

ait uere homo hie filius dei erat. 40 *Erant autem et mulieres de longe aspicientes * 226. ui.

mt. cccxluii.

bituih Stem tec maria magdaJenfsce 3 Sees iacobes leasse 3 moder 3

inter quas et maria magdalenae et maria iacobi minoris et ioseph mater et salomae.

3 miS-Sy wses in gali/ea fylgdon him 3 ge-embehtadon him 3 oSero menigo SaSe

41 et cum esset in galilaea seqwebantur eum et ministrabant ei et aliae multae quae

sed-geadre miS hine astigon hierusalem 3 miSSy gee efrn wses aworden forSon

simul cum eo ascenderant hierosolima. 42 *Et cum iam sero esset factum quia • 227. i.

lu. ccexxxii.

io. ccui.
wses-l'-fte wsere f is fore sunnandeeg mt. cccxluiii.

erat parasceue quod est ante sabbatum.

32. crist cynig israhela adune stigeS nu of rode fte we gisie 3 gi-lefe 3 Sa Se miS hine ahoen werun
harm-cwedun him 33. 3 giwarS tid Sio sesta Siostru awordne werun Serh alle eorSu oS on tide nones 34. 3

on tide nones gi-cliopade Se hmlend stefne micelre cweSende Sset is gitrahtad god min god min f te k to

hwon mec Su forl[e]te 35. 3 sume of Ssem ymb-stondendum giherdun cwedun heono helias ceges 36. ginrn

wutudh'ce an 3 gifylde copp miS secede ymbsette 3 to rode Sa drinca salde him cweSende biddas f te we gisie gif
cymes helias to unsetanne \ to undoane hine 37. Se hselenrf wutudlice sende stefne micle of gaste agaef

38. 3 wag-hrsel temples to-rended wses in tuu from ufa-wordum wis to nioSawordum 39. gi-sseh Sonne Sa

aldormen seSe foron ongsegn stodun Ssette swa cliopade giswelte cwseS soSlic mon Ses sunu godes wses

40. werun wutudh'ce sec 3 Sa wif fearra biheoldun bitwih Ssem wses 3 ... 3 ... Sees lsessa 3 . . . moder 3 . . .

41. 3 miSSy wses in galilse fyligdun him 3 Segnadun him 3 oSro monige SaSe someS miS hine astigun hieru-
salem 42. 3 miSSy gi efern wses giworden forSon wses . . . -pte is fore sunna-dseg

130

Dys god-spel
ge-byra£ on
easter-dasg.
Maria magda-
lene.

43 pa com iosep se aeftela gerefa of aba-
rimathia. se sylfa godes rices geanbidode.
3 he dyrstiglice into pilate eode. 3 baed paes
hselendes lie-ham an ;

44 Da wundrpde pilatus gif he pa gyt
forS-ferde ; pa clypode he psene hundred-
man 3 hine ahsode hwae'Ser he dead waere ;

45 Da he wiste -p. pa agef he pone lic-
haman iosepe ;

46 pa bohte iosep ane scytan. 3 hine
par-on befeold. 3 on byrgene lede. seo waes
of stane aheawen. 3 wylte anne stau to
Saere byrgenrie dura ;

47 "T~\a com maria magdalene 3 iosepes

led waere ;

maria. 3 be-heoldon hwar he ge-

CHAPTER XVI.

1 3 Sa saeternes daeg waes agan. seo mag-
dalenisce maria 3 iacobes maria 3 salomeae
bohton wyrt-gemang -p hi comon 3 hine
smyredon ;

2 And swySe aer anum reste-daege comon
to paere byrgene up-asprungenre sunnan.

3 3 cwaedon him betwynan ; Hwa awylt
us ftysne stan of paere byrgene dura ;

4 pa hi hi besawon. hi gesawon paene
stan aweg awyltne. soSlice he waes swy'Se
my eel ;

5 And pa hi eodon on pa byrgene hi
gesawon anne geongne on pa swy^ran healfe
sittende hwitura gegyrlan ofer-wrohne; 3 hi
pa forhtodon ;

Various Readings.

43. A. B. C. arimathia. A. B. C. dyrstelice. 44. A; bone.
A. acsode. 45. C. baene. 46. A. bser-on. A. byrgenne. A.
wylede eenne. A. byrgene. 47. A. aled.

Cap. xvL 1. A. hig. 2. B. reste-daga. A. byrigenne. 3
A. awyleS. A. byrgenne. 4. A. hig hig. A. B. C. hig. A.
bone. A. awyledne; C. awylt. 5. A. hig. A. byrgenne.
A. hig. A. senne. A. myd hwytum ge-gyrlanofer-wrogenne.
7 hig forhtedon.

43 pa com iosep se ae<5ele refe of arimathia
se sylfe godes rice ge-an-bidode. 3 he dyrsti-
lice in to pilate eode 3 baed pas haelendes
lichame.

44 pa wuudrede pilatus gyf he pa gyt
forS-ferde. Da clypede he panne hundredes
man. 3 hine axode hwaeSer he dead waere.

45 Da he wiste "p. pa agyf he pane lic-
hame iosepe.

46 Da bohte iosep ane scytan 3 hine paer-
on be-feold 3 on byrigenne leigde syo waes
of stane aheawan. 3 wyltel aenne stan to
pare berienne dure.

47 T^A com Marie magdalene 3 Iosepes
J Marie. 3 be-heolden hwaer he ge-

leigd waere.

CHAPTER XVI.

1. 3 pa saternes daig waes agan sye mag-
dalenisce Marie 3 Iacobes Marie 3 salomee
bohten wert-ge-mang p hyo comen 3 hine
smereden.

2 iEnd swiSe aer anen reste-daige comen
to pare byregenne. up asprungenne sunna.

3 3 cwaeSen heom be-tweonen. hwa awylt
us pysne stan of pare byregene dure.

4 pa hyo hy be-seagen. hyo ge-seagen
pane stan aweig aweldne. soSlice he wees
swifte mycel.

5 iEnd pa hyo eoden on pa byregenne hyo
ge-seagen aenne geongne on pam swiSren
healfe sittende hwiten gerlen ofer-wrogene.
3 hyo pa forhteden.

Various Readings.

43. ioseph ; reafa ; sylfa ; dyrstilice ; halendes lichaman.
44. wundrode; Sone hundred-man; hweSer. 45. bone
lichama Iosepe. 46. Ioseph ; bar-on ; legde seo ; ahewan ;
[wyltel also in MS. R.] anne; byrigenne.. 47. maria
{twice) ; beheoldon ; ge-legd ware.

Cap. XVI. 1. seo; maria (twice); comon; smyredon.

2. And; on anum reste-dagon comon; byrigenne; sunnan.

3. cwseSon; betwenan ; byrigenne. 4. be-sawen ; ge-sawen
borcne. 5. hy; byrigenne'; ge-sawon; ba swiSSran halfe;
hwitum georlu»J ofer-wrohne; hy ; forhtodon.

131

cuom from arimal/tta wel-boren of seSe aec he waes bidend ric godes 3

43 uenit ioseph ab arimathia nobilis decurio qui et ipse erat expectans regnum dei et

bal-lice inn-eode to ' 3 giuede lichoma h&lendes Sonne gewundrade gif

audacter introiit ad pilatum et petit corpus iesu. 44 pilatus autem mirabatur si

giee k huoeSer geliorade faest 3 miSSy gefotad webs Se centano J gefraegn _ hine gif aoAlice dead were

iam obisset et accersito centurione interrogauit eum si iam mortuus esset.

3 miS ongaet from Seem aldormere salde f lichoma iosep Sonne bohte

45 et cum cognouisset & centurione donauit corpus ioseph. 46 *Ioseph autem mercatus * 228 i.

lu. cccxxxiii.

10. ccum.

lift J ofdyde hine bewand in lift 3 sette hine in byrgen ^ waes geheawen mt. cccxluiiii

sindonem et deponens euwi inuoluit sindone et posuit eum in monumento quod erat excisum

of carre k stane 3 towselte Saet stan to duru Sees byrgennes Sonne Sio magSalenesca

de petra et aduoluit lapidem ad ostium monumenti. 47 *Maria autem magdalenae * 229. ui.

r * , mt. cc|c]l.

3 behealdon huer woere gesettet

et maria ioseph aspiciebant ubi poneretur.

CAP. XVI.

3 miS-Sy geeode -J5 sunnedaeg Sio magdalene 3 3 bohton

1 *Et cum transisset sabbatum maria magdalene et maria iacobi et salomae emerunt • 230. uiU.

lu. cc[c]xxxu

aeSela wyrta ^5te miSSy gecuomo t cymmende gesmiredon hine 3 suiSe arlice an Sara sunneSagana

aromata ut uenientes ungerent eum. 2 *Et ualde mane una sabbatorum * XLVI.

231. i.

lu. cccxxxui.
cuomon to byrgenne was arisen gee sunna 3 cuoedon him bituih hua eft k awaeltes us io. ccuiiii. ecxi.

ueniunt ad monumentum orto iam sole. 3 et dicebant adinuicem quis reuoluit nobis mt- ccclii-

Sone stan from duro Saes byrgennes 3 eft-locadon gesegon efet-awaelted Sone stan waes forSon

lapidem ab ostio monumenti. 4 et respicientes uident reuolutum lapidem erat quippe

rniccl suiSe 3 inn-eodon in byrgen gesegon ging esne sittende on swiSrum

magnus ualde. 5 et introeuntes in monumento uiderunt iuuenem sedentem in dextris

ufa ymbgearuad stol huit 3 fore-stylton
coopertum stola Candida et ob-stupuerunt.

43. com . . from . . . wel-boren . . . forSon 3 he waes biddende rice godes 3 ballice in-eode to pylato 3 baed lichoma
Sees hselendes 44. ... Sonne giwundrade gif he . . giliorde 3 miS gi-fotad waes Se centurion gifnegn hine gif
soS deod were k se 45. 3 miSSy ongaet from Ssem aldre sselde Sonne lichoma . . 46. . . wutudftce brohtc
lin 3 of-dyde hine biwand in line 3 sette hine in byrgenne Saet waes giheowen of stane 3 awselte Sone stan to
Saer dura Seer byrgenne 47. ... Sione Sio maegSalenesca 3 . . . iosephes biheoldun hwer were giseted

Cap. XVI. 1. 3 miSSy gieode sunna-daeg . . Sio magSalenesca 3 . . . . 3 . . . bohtun eeSele wyrte fte come
k cymende gismiredun hine 2. 3 swiSe arlice an Sara dagona comun to Saer byrgenne waes arisend sunne

3. 3 cwedun him bitwih hwa awaelte us Sone stan from dura byrgenne 4. 3 eft loccadun gisegun eft awaelted
Sone stan waes forSon micel swiSe 5. 3 ineodun in byrgenne gisegun gingne esne sittende in swiSrum

ufu . . . stole hwitum 3 for-styltun.

132

By god-spel
ge-byraS on
wodnes d;pg
on bare ogere
e ster wucan.
Surgens autewt
wsus mane
prima sabbati.

Dis sceal on
bunres da?g
innan pare
gang- wucan.
Kecumbenti-
bus undeci?»
discipulis.

6 Da cwaeS he to him no forhtige ge na.
ge secaS paene nazareniscan haelend ahan-
genne ; He aras nis he her ; her is seo stow
paer hi hine ledon.

7 ac faraS 7 secgaS his leorning-cnihtum.
1 petre -p he gaeS toforan eow on galileaTM.
par ge hine geseoS swa he eow saede ;

8 And hi ut eodon. 1 flugon fram paere
byrgene. 1 waeron afaerede for paere gesyh^e
pe hi gesawon. "i hig nanon men naht ne
saedon. soSlice hi him adredon;

9 T^a he aras on feme morgen on reste-
j daege. aeryst he aet-ywde paere mag-

daleniscan marian. of Saere he ut adraf seofon
deofol-seocnyssa.

10 1 heo pa ut eode 1 hit pam cydde pe
mid him wseron heofendura 1 wependum

11 pa hi gehyrdon •p he leofode 1 hi hine
gesawon. pa ne ge-lyfdon hi hi?».

12 Mfter pam him twarn he waes aet-ywed
on o'Srwn hiwe. him on pone tun farendum

13 1 hi pa foron "} -p o'Srwn cyddon. 7 hi
him ne gelyfdon ;

1 4 Da aet nehstan he aetywde him twelfuw
par hi aet-gaedere saeton. 1 taelde hyra unge-
leafFulnesse. 1 hyra heortan heardnesse.
forSam pe hi ne ge-lyfdon pam *&e hine gesa-
won of deape arisan.

15 1 he saede him. FaraS into ealne
middan-eard ] bodiaS god-spell, ealre ge-
sceafte.

Various Readings.

6. A. bone. A. hig. 8. A. hig. A. byrgenne. B. C. sihSe. A.
hig. A. nanum. A. B. C. hig. A. ondredon. 9. A mergen.
A. serest. B. C. deofol-seocnessa. 10. A. heofigendum.
11. A. hig {thrice.) 13. A. hig {twice). 14. A. heom [for
him]. A. C. hig. A. heora ungeleaffulnysse. A. heora. A.
C. heardnysse. A. C. hig. A. hig ne [for hine, by mistake].
15. A. eallne. C. middan-geard. C. godspel.

[N,B. From v. 14 to end in a different hand in B., being
evidently transcribed from the Corpus MS.]

6 pa cw he to heom ne fortige ge na.
ge seceS pane nazarenisca haelend ahangene.
he aras. nis he her. her is syo stowe paer
hy hine leigden.

7 ac fare?) 1 seggeS his leorning-cnihten.
1 petre. ■p he gaed to-foren eow on galilee.
paer ge hine ge-seoS swa he eow saede.

8. 1 hyo ut eoden ") flugen fram pare
byrigene. 1 waeren aferde. for pare sihSe
pe hyo ge-seagew. 1 hyo nane men naht ne
saigden. so^lice hyo heom an-dredden.

9 "InA he aras on aerne morgen on reste-
j daige; aerest he atewde pare mag-

dalenisca marie of pare pe he ut adraf seof en
deofel-seocnysse.

10 1 hy pa ut eode 1 hit J?am cydde pe
mid him waeren heofende 1 weopende.

11 )>a hyo ge-hyrden -p he leofede 3 hyo
hine ge-seagen. pa ne lyfden hyo him.

12 iEfter pam heom twam he waes atewed
on oSren heowe. heom on pane tun farende.

13 1 hyo pa foran. 1 ■p odren cydden. 1
hye heora ne ge-lyfden.

14 Da aet pan ytemesten hyo aend-lefene
aet mete saeten. heora atewede se haelend 1
here unbelefen 1 heora heorten ge-tremede.
for-pan -p hye hine ge-seagen arise hi hit ne
ge-lyfden.

15 1 he saide heom. GaS swa wid swa
midden-eard bodiende "p godspel ealle ge-
scefte.

Various Readings.

6. forhtige; secaS baene; halend ahawgenne; se stow;
hyo; legdon. 7. faraS; -cnihtum; gseS ; galileam. 8.
End hi ; byrigenne ; wseron ; ge-sawen ; sagden ; eom a-
dreddon. 9. -daege; rotewede; madelenisce marian; seofan
deofolseoenyse. 10. heo ; wseron heofendum 3 wependvm.
11. gehyrdon; leofode; ge-sagen ; lyfdon hy. 12. ofcrum ;
bone; farenduw. 13. odrum ; hy ; hym {altered to he); ge-
lifdon. 14. [N.B. From ban ytemesten in v. 14 to the end
is omitted in MS. R. as at first written; but supplied by
the scribe of the Hatton MS. with the same spelling, except
as noted.] ateowede; helend.

133

seSe cuoeS Saem ne wsellas gefrohtiga Sone h-xlend gie soeces nazarenasca ahoen -1' ahongene aras
6 *Qui dicit illis nolite expauescere iesum quaeritis nazarenuwj crucifixum surrexit * 232. ii.

lu.cccxxxui[i].
mt. cccliii.

ne is hir heono stoue Ser gesetton hine sittas cuoaeSaS Segnum his 3 petro -pte

non est hie ecce locus ubi posuerunt eu/ra. 7 sedite dicite discipulis eius et petro quia

togeaegnes faeres iuh on geleornise Ser hine gie geseas sua cuoeS iuh
praecedit uos in galilaeam ibi eum uidebitis sicut dixit uobis.

60S 8a ilco Bona foerdo
8 *At illae exeuntes

* 233. ii.

lu. cccxxxuiii

mt. cccliiii.

flugon of Saem byrgen forcuom forSon hia ondo-t 3 fyrhto-t 3 ne ccnigura menn gecuoedon
fugerunt de monumento inuaserat enim eas tremor et pauor et nemini quicquam dixerunt

ondreardon forSon
timebant enim.

aras uvAedlice arlice 4" on morgen Sio forrma daege . i . sunnadoeg aedeawde aerest
9 Surgens autem mane prima sabbati apparuit primo

Saer magSalenesca of Saer gewarp seofa diowles
mariae magdalene de qua eiecerat septem demonia.

hio eade gesaegde Stem SaSe
10 ilia uadens nuntiauit his qui

miS hine woeron maenendum 3 wopendum
cum eo f'uerant lugentibws et flentibus.

3 Sa miSSy geherdon -(5 te gelifde 3 gesene waere
11 et illi audientes quia uiueret et uisus esset

from hia ne gelefdon

ab ea non credideruut.

aefter Sas Sonne tuaem from him geongendum aedeawd wees
12 *post haec autem duobws ex eis ambulantibws ostensus est [* 234. uiii.]

on oSero gelicnise faerende on lond
in alia effigiae euntibus in uillam.

3 Sa foerdon saegdon Saem oSrum ne Seem

13 et illi euutes nuntiauerunt ceteris nee illis

gelefdon
crediderunt.

set nesta-Haetmest hlinigendum-rraestendum Saem tuoelfum set-eaude 3 for-cuom 4" for-draf

"nouissime

recumbentibMS illis undecim apparuit et exprobrauit [• 235.x.]

ungeleaffulnise hiora 3 stiSnise heartes hiora forSon Saem SaSe gesegon hine arisse f aras ne
incredulitatem eorum et duritiam cordis illorum quia his qui uiderant eum resurrexisse non

gelefdon i naldon gelefa
crediderant.

3 cuoeS him gaas on middangeard aline bodigas -p godspell

15 et dixit eis euntes in mundum uniuersum predicate euangelium

alle-l'eghuelcufn sceafte
omni creaturse.

6. seSe cwaeS Saem ne wallas ge forhtiga Sone hwlend gisoecas nazarenisca Se ahoen waes he aras
ne is hit heonu stowe Ser gi-settun hine 7. sittas 3 cweSes Segnum his 3 . . Saette togsegnes faeres iow in

. . . Ser ge hine giseaS swa cwaeS iow 8. soS Sa ileu Sona ttugun k foerdun from byrgenne for-comun

forSon . . ondo 3 fyrhto 3 egsa 3 ne aengum menn gicwedun ondreordun forSon 9. aras wutudlice So haelenrf
arlice Sy forma daege £ is sunnadaeg aeteowde aerist . . . Saer magSalenisca of Saer giwarp siofu diowlo 10.

hio eode giseejrde Saem Se mis hine werun maenende 3 woepende 11 3 Sa miS-Sy giherdun Saet he lifde 3

gisene were from hia ne gi-lefdun 12. aefter Sissum Sonne twaem from him gongendum aet-eowed wees in

oSre gelicnisse faerende on londe 13. 3 Sa foerdun saegdun Saem oSrum ne Saera gilefdun 14. set nesta

■t tetemest hlionigendum Saem twelfum aet-eowde 3 forcom -t fordraf ungileoffulnisse hiora 3 stiSnisse heorta
forSon Saem SaSe gisegun hine arisa t aras ne gi-lefdun 15. 3 cwaeS him gas on middengeord alne bodigaS

god-spel elce gescaefte

134

16 Se pe gelyfS 3 gefullod biS se bip
hal ; Soplice se Se ne gelyfS. se biS geny-
Serod ;

17 pas tacnii fyliaS pam Se ge-lyfaS. on
minon naman hi deofol-seocnessa ut-drifaS ;
hi sprecaj? niwum tungum.

18 naeddran hi afyrraS 3 him ne deraS
peah hi hwaet dead-basrlices drincan ; Ofer
seoce hi hyra lunula settaS 3 hi beoS hale ;

19 And witudlice drihten haslend sySSan
he to hiw spraec. he waes on heofonu/w
afangen. 3 he sitt on godes swiSran healfe ;

20 Soplice hi Sa farende aeghwar bode-
don. drihtne mid-wyrcenduw 3 trymmendre
spraece aefter-fyligendum tacnum.

Various Readings.

16. A. byS ge-fullod. C. geny[>erud. 17. A. mynuw. A.
C. hig. A. deofol-seocnyssa. A. C. hig. B. sprseca);. 18.
C. needran. A. hig {four times); C. hig {twice). B. daerafc.
A. drincon. A. heora. 19. A. wytodlice. A. C. heofenuw.
A. syt ; C. sit. 20. A. hig. A. bodedun. A. getrymmendre;
C. trymmende. B. sefter-fyligendend (sic). [See note to v.
lion p. 132.]

16 f se pe ge-lyfd 3 is ge-funted he is
hal. 3 ge se pe ne ge-lyfd he is for-
demd.

17 pa tacnen pe haebbed pa pe ge-lyfeS
pis folgeS. On mine name deofle gad ut.
tungen spreced neowe.

18 3 naddren be-nemed. 3 gyf he dead-
lice drenc drinced ne mag he heom derigen.
3 gyf hye uppen seocen here hande asetteS
pe bet heo>« seel wurSe.

19. 3 ure hlaford haelend crist seSSen he
wiS heom ge-sprecen haefde; he astah in to
heofene 3 sitt on godes swiSre.

20 Hyo pa fulfelde bodeden swa wid swa
al. pas hlafordes weorces 3 his bispelles ful-
fellende mid felgenden tacnen. AMen.

Various Headings.

16. See note on p. 132; om. 1st he; his [for is; twice],
18. derien. 20. fulfeld.

135

seSe gelefes 3 gefuluad biS i sie hal bis seSe vmtedlice ne gelefeS gehened biS J*
16 qui crediderit et babtizatus fuerit saluus erit qui uero non crediderit condem-

geniSrad biS gemerca Sonne Sa SaSe gelefdon ♦ gelefaS Sa gefylgeS hia on noma minuwi diowlas

nabitur. 17 signa autem eos qui crediderint haec sequentur in nomine meo demonia

worpas miS sprecum hia sprecas niuum nedr6 hia niomas 3 gif deadlic huset gedrincas

eicient Unguis loquentur nouis. 18 serpentes tollent et si mortiferum quid biberint

ne hia i him sceSSaS ofer untrymigum honda onsettaS 3 wel hia habbaS-Hiim biS soel 3 se drihten

non eos nocebit super aegrotos manus inponent et bene habebunt. 19 et dominua

sec 4 soSlice tetter Son sprecend wees him genumen waes t onfenge wses in heofnum 3 gessedt to swiSrum godes
quidem postquam locutus est eis adsumtus est in caelum et sedit & dextris dei.

Sa ilco Sonne fa?rende i foerdon bodadon eghuser drihtne miS-wyrcende 3 -p word trymende

20 illi autem profecti praedicauerunt ubiqwe domino cooperante et sermonem confirmante

miS fylgendum becenum t tacenum.
sequentibws signis

aseegd is boc marcus.

Explicit liber Marcus.

16. seSe gilefaS 3 gifulwad biS hal biS seSe wutudh'ce ne gi-lefeS gihened biS 17: gimerco Sonne Sa

seSe gilefaS Sas gifylgeS hi® on noma minum diowlas worpas mis sprecum hise spreocaS niowe 18. nedre

hia3 niomas 3 gif deodlic hwoet hwaet gidrincas ne hia? sceSSas ofer un-trymigum honda on-settaS 3 wel hia
habbent (sic) 19. 3 drihten soSlice sefte[r] Son sprecende waes him ginumen wses on heofnum siteS to

Sser swiSra godes 20. Sa ilco Sonne fserende bodadun eg-hwer drihtene miS-wyrcende 3 word trymende mis

fylgendum becnum

FlNIT EUANGELIUM M.ARCI.

APPENDIX.

The following is a list of all the readings of the Latin text in the Rushworth MS. which differ from that in

the Lindisfarne MS. as printed in this volume.

Cap. I. 1. filii. 4. iohaimis; babtizans; bab-
tismum; remisionem. 5. iudeae; hierusolimitae ;
babtizabantur ; iordanis. 6. iohannis; pylis ca-
melli; locustas; a?debat. 8. babtizaui; babtiza-
bit ; R. inserts in after 2nd uos. 9. galileae ;
babtizatus. 11. coiiplacui. 12. expulit (u over
an erasure). 13. temptabatur; bestis; ei [for
illij. 14. iohannis; galileam. 15. adpropin-
quauit. 16. galileae; mittens (altered to mitten-
tens). 18. secute. 19. pussillum; zebedei;
iohannem; conponentes retia sua. 20. eos; ze-
bedeo; mercinaris. 21. ingredietur; capharnau-
um ; in sinagogam. 22. doctrinam. 23. sina-
goga. 25. obmutuesce; exii; after homine R.
inserts spiritus inmunde, with the gloss gast un-
clsene. 26. discerpiens. 27. After noua R.
inserts est, glossed is. 28. uniuersam; galileae.
29. sinagoga; symonis; iacob. 30. symonis.
31. leuauit; ad-prsechensa [for et praebensa];
minisbat. 32. adferebant; daemonia, 34. uaris
langoribus; dsemonia; ea loqui. 35. R. inserts
et after surgens. 36. symon; eo. 38. After
illis R. inserts iesus, glossed se haelend ; ad hoc [for
et hoc]. 39. sinagogis; galilea. 40. flexu. 41.
misertus. 43. comminatus est ei statim et. 44.
moyses. 45. At [for Et]; caepit; defamare.

Cap. II. 1. capharnauum ; domu. 4. cum
[for 1st eum]; offere; submisierunt; grabattum.
5. filii. 7. blasfemat. 8. intra. 9. dimit-
tuntur; peccata tua; grabbatum. 11. surge et
tolle grabattum. 12. et sublato grabatto; mi-
rarentur. 13. rursus (altered to rursum) ad mare.
15. puplicani. 16. puplicanis. 17. medico. 18.
iohannis [for iohannes] ; cur [for quare]. 19.
nuptiarum. 20. in illis diebws. 21. nemo enim
ad-sumentum ; adsuit. 22. effundetur ; after debet

R adds et utraqwe seruantur (unglossed). 23.
ambularet iesus. 25. esurit. 26. in domum;
abithar; licebat; nisi solis sacerdotibus.

Cap. III. 1. introiuit; in synagogam. 2.
accussarent eum. 6. om. statim. 7. galilea et
de iudea. 8. et ab hierusolimis; idumea. 9.
ut in; conpraemerent. 11. inmundos; procede-
bant. 12. comminabatur ; eum [for ilium].
14. om. euangelium. 16. inpossuit; petrum.
17. zebedei; inpossuit; nomina boar-nergis; thon-
itrai. 18. philippum ; bartholomeum et ma-
theum; thaddaeum; symonem cannaneum. 19.
scharioth qui tradidit. 20. possint. 22. hiru-
solimls discenderant ; belzebub ; daemoniorum
eiecit. 23. parabulis; eis [for illis]; eiecere.
24. poterit [for potest] ; illud. 26. disperditus ;
potest [for poterit]. 27. uassa; ingresus; alli-
gauerit fortem. 28. quoniam. 30. diciebant.
31. uocantes ad eum. 32. om. tui.

Cap. IV. 1. docere et mare. 2. eos [for
illos]; parabulis. 4. decidit [for cecidit]. 5. ci-
cidit; om. multam. 6. et ex eo. 7. spinas. 10.
hii ; parabulas. 11. nosse . mysterium ; om. dei;
parabulis. 13. parabulam ; parabulas. 15. hii ;
audierint. 16. hii; supra. 18. hii. 19. e-
rumpnae; diuiarum; eficiuntur. 20. hii; supra;
seminati sunt hii sunt qui. 21. supra candala-
brum. 24. remitietur; uos [for 2nd uobis].
26. Quem-admodum ; iacte£ [for iaceat]. 28.
spicam [for spinam]. 30. parabulae conparabi-
mus. 31. sfc est ut [for sicut]; terram mini-
mum [for terra minus]. 32. om. fuerit. 33.
parabulis; poterent. 34. parabula. 35. in ilia.
36. om. eum; erat1. 37. naue mitta (sic) ; inple-
retur. 39. obmutesce; tranquilitas.

Cap. V. 4. cumpedibus; catinas et conpedes

1 Glossed bite werun, which is clearly copied from the Lindisfarne MS.

138

conminuisetf. 5. om. et after erat. 7. dixit;
filii. 8. exii spiritus. 9. dicebat. 12. di-
praecabantur. 13. mari [for 2nd mare]. 14.
egresi. 15. uenerunt ; sanae. 16. et [for
ei]. 18. ascenderei in nauem; quia. 19. ad-
nuntia. 20. decapuli. 22. archi-synagogis ;
procedit. 23. om. eum. 24. om. eum ; con-
praemebant. 25. profuio. 26. perpessa a con-
plurimis; quiquam proficerat; om. magis. 28.
saluauero. 31. illius [for sui]; conprimentem.
32. facerat. 33. procedit. 35. uenerunt ab
archi-synagogo. 36. archi-synagogo. 38. archi-
synagogi et uidit; eiulantes. 39. ingresus.
40. ingrediuntur. 41. thabitha Curnii. 42.
magno [for maximo]. 43. praecipit.

Cap. VI. 1. egresus; eius [for sui]. 2. om. huic;
om. et after omnia; ei [for illi]. 3. fabri filius
et; iudeae; nonne sorores hie; eo [for illo]. 4.
om. eis; domu. 5. inpossitis. 6. eorum [for
illorum]. 7. eis [for illis]; spirituum. 8.
praecipit. 9. scandalis; tomcls. 11. recipe-
rint uos neque. 12. Et exeuntes illi; peniten-
tiam. 13. unguebant; egros. 14. herodis; quod
iohannis; operantur1 [for inopinantur] ; om. in.

15. om. dicebant quia helias est; profeta; profetis.

16. qua [for Quo]; herodis; om. ego; decolaui
Iohannis. 17. herodis ; iphannem ; uincxit;
carcerem ; herodiadem ; pilippi ; earn [for eum].
18. iohannis. 19. herodis; insediebatur ilium.

20. herodis autem; iohannem; et quod sanctum.

21. herodis; galileae. 22. herodii; petite. 23.
illi multa. 24. illam [for ilia]; babtistae. 25.
quae-cumqwe; confestinatione. 26. contristatus
est. 27. miso confestim ; praecipit; decolauit.
28. adtulit; dedit [for dicit]. 29. tullerunt ;
possuerunt. 30. enuntiauerunt. 31. uenite uos;
pussillum; multi et nee. 33. pestri [for ped-
estres]; om. et; cucurrerunt; peruenerunt. 34.
qui [for quia] ; caepit docerei eos (sic). 35. iam
horae multae fierent; ei desertus. 37. illis iesus
date illis uos; emeamus denaris. CC. 38. quod;
dicunt ei .u. 39. fenum. 40. om. 1st et; eas
[for in partes]. 41. om. duobus piscibus ; in ten-
dens [for intuens]. 42. et omnes. 43. cofi-
nos. 45. cogit; dimiserit. 46. dimisisetf; abit.
47. iam erat ; midio. 48. iesus ambulans. 49.

fantasma. 50. qui [for enim] ; es [for eis]. 51.
stupebant et mirabantur. 52. intellexerunt; ob-
cicatum. 53. genesareth adplicauenmt. 55. grab-
batis; om. s6. 56. uel et uillos aut ciuitates.

Cap. VII. 1. et cum uenerunt; pharissei;
hirusolimis. 2. cummunibus. 3. pharissei ;
om. enim ; iudei ; lauent. 4. babtizentur ;
babtismata calicem et urcaeorum et aeramen-
torum. 5. interrogabant ; farissei ; scribae
dicentes. 6. quia bene profetauit esseias ;
hippochritis ; labls meis honorat. 7. et prae-
cepta. 8. eum [for enim]; mandatum dei te-
nentes; urcaeorum. 9. inritum; seruitis. 10.
moises; uel [for aut]. 11. patri suo; matri suo;
om. quod est donum; est ex; proderit. 12. ultra
non dimittas earn. 13. rescendentes; tradistis. 15.
hominem ; quoinquinare ; commonicant. 17. om.
eum ; parabulam. 18. eis [for illis] ; nondum
[for non]; om. eum; commonicare. 19. intromit.
20. dicebant. 21. nequitiae dolus inpudicitia
comes after auaritiae in v. 22; adultera. 22.
blasfemia. 24. finem tiri; late [for latere]. 25.
huius [for cuius] ; procedit. 26. sirophinis agere
(sic). 27. R. inserts iu before filios. 28. catuli
in sub mensa de micis conwiederunt puerorum.
29. at illi; exiet demonium. 30. om. suam;
super; demonium. 31. tiri; sidoniara; galileae;
medio finis decapolis. 32. depraecabantur ; in-
ponerei. 33. tegit [for tetigit]; eius follows
auriculas. 34. et ingemuit; epheta; adperire.
35. om. 1st et; rectse. 37. facit [twice].

Cap. VIII. 1. om. 2nd illis. 2. turbam.
3. deficiaut. 6. super; adpossuerunt; om. turbae.
7. habebant discipulos; iussit. 8. sustullerunt ;
.uii. [for septum] ; sportas plenas. 9. .uii. [(sic)
for quattuor]. 11. farisaei et cseperunt; de
[for dae] ; temptantes. 13. dimittiens. 14.
discipuli eius sumere. 15. pharissaeorum ; hero-
dis. 17. cognoscetis nee; adhuc. 18. om. et.
19. sustullistis. 20. tullistis. 22. eum [for
ilium]. 23. inpossitis. 24. arbore. 25. om.
iterum; inpossuit manum. 26. eum [for ilium].
27. castella cessariae philippi; dicentes [for di-
cens]. 28. iohannem. 29. simon petrus. 32.
adpraehendens. 33. dicipulos; satanas. 34. om.
et tollat crucem suam. 36. om. enim ; totum

1 Glossed un-woene Bint, which is copied from tlie Lindisfarne MS.

139

mundum. 37. commotationem. 38. confussus;
confunde< [for confidetur].

Cap. IX. 2. adsumpsit. 3. ipsius [for eius].
4. moisi. 9. discendentibus ; praecipit. 10.
aput. 11. oportet. 12. scriptum; condemp-
natur. 13. om. et after quia; scriptum. 15.
est et expauerunt et adcurrentes saluabant.
17. atuli; inmundum [for mutum]. 18. allidit;
stridit. 19. aput. 20. atullerunt; elissus in
terra. 25. spirita; om. illi; exii. 26. et
multum descerpens ; exiuit. 27. eum [for il-
ium]. 28. om. in; eis [for eius] ; ilium [for 2nd
eum]. 29. potest. 32. om. uerbum et time-
bant. 33. capharnauum ; interrogabat. 34. dis-
putauerunt. 35. residiens; om. esse. 36. om. ut;
conplexus. 37. reciperit ; missit. 38. iohannis.
41. quia non perde£ mercidem. 42. hiis pussil-
lis; illi [for ei]. 43. ingredi [for introire] ; iure
[for ire]; gehennam. 44. morietur. 45. in-
troire. 46. morietur. 47. occulus ; caecum
[for luscum] ; introire ; gehennam. 48. morie-
tur; ignis eorum. 49. ignis. 50. inter [for
2nd in] ; salem.

Cap. X. 1. et exinde; iudeae; consuerat; eos
[for illos]. 2. pharissaei ; dimittere ; temptantes.
3. praecipit. 4. permissit. 5. hoc [for istud].
7. adherebit uxori sua?. 8. una [for uno]. 9.
coniuncxit. 10. de eodem follows eum. 12. nup-
serit. 14. prohibuertis (sic). 15. reciperit. 16.
conplexans. 17. egressus. 19. adulteres; ma-
trem tuam. 20. ait illi ; omnia haec. 21. quae-
cumque ; unde, altered to uende. 22. merens ;
multas possessiones. 23. dificile. 24. om. illis;
om. o; dificile; confitentes; pecunis. 25. camellum.
26. mirabantur. 27- aput (thrice). 30. persecuti
omnibus [for persecutoribus et]. 32. hieruso-
lima. 33. om. in; hierusolima; dampnabunt. 34.
om. 1st eum ; flagillabunt eum et. 35. iohannis ;
zebedei. 37. unus [for alius]. 38. putatis [for
petatis] ; calicem bibere ; baptismo. 39. baptiza-
bemini. 40. dare uobis. 42. hii. 45. dare; red-
tionem (sic). 46. in hiericho [for hierichum] ; eo
de hericho et discipulis ; multitudne (sic) ; timei
bartimeus. 47. iesu [for 2nd iesus]. 48. cum-
minabantur ; filii ; miserere. 49. om. 1st et ;
praecipit; animae equior. 51. illi iesus dixit.
52. dixit [for ait] ; tua [for tuo] ; uia.

Cap. XI. 1. hierusolimae et bithaniae. 2.

quod contra uos est ; adhuc nemo; solute. 6. illis
[for 1st eis] ; praeciperat ; dimisierunt. 7. inpos-
suerunt. 8. ramos de [for de]. 9. praecede-
baDt; ossanna. 10. ossanna. 11. hirusolyma;
uespera. 12. de [for &]. 14. ex te fructum.
15. hierusolymam. 17. scriptum; speloncam.
18. doctrinam. 20. transierent. 21. recordatus
est. 23. om. quia ; essitauerit ; om. fiet. 26. de-
miseritis ; dimittat. 27. hierusolimam ; in tem-
plum accesserwnt. 28. haec [for ista]. 29. re-
spondite ; dicam. 30. respondite. 31. at [for
ait] ; om. nobis. 32. timemus. 33. dixerunt.

Cap. XII. 1. parabulis ; uiniam plantauit ;
agriculis. 2. agriculas; agriculis; uiniae. 3. di-
misierunt. 4. contumelis adfecerunt. 6. adhuc ;
carissimum ad ilium ; uerebuntur. 8. adprae-
hendentes ; eicierunt. 11. factus; occulis. 12.
cognuerunt; parabulam. 14. quoniam [for quia];
hominum ; dei [for dowiini] ; cessari. 15. temp-
tatis. 16. ei et ait ; inscriptio ; caessaris. 17.
caessaris csessari. 19. scripsit; om. ut; diserit
[for dimiserit]; ut accipiat. 20. accepit; semine.
21. om. 3rd!et; ipse [for iste]. 22. accipierunt ;
reliquierunt. 23. surrexerint ; hiis. 24. scriptu-
ras. 25. nubunt. 26. resurgunt ; abracham. 31.
om. 1st est ; diliges. 32. unus est dews. 33. sa-
crificis. 34. sapienter ; audiebat ; om. eum. 35.
om. scribae. 36. scabillum. 38. dicebat. 40.
domus; prolexae ; hii accipiunt prolexius. 41. aes
in gazium philacium. 42. aera duo minuta. 44.
omnis; habundabat; penuria; uinctum.

Cap. XIII. 1. egredietur. 2. uides; lapes.
3. sederent in monte ; iohannis. 4. hunt. 7.
autem audieritis; nondum est finis. 8. super
[for contra] ; loqua et famis. 9. in concills.
11. fuerit uobis ; loquemini ; uos estis. 14. uide-
retis abhominationem ; iudea ; ad montes [for in
montes]. 15. supra [for super] ; discendat ; ali-
quid [for quid]. 17. praegnantibws. 18. non
fiat fuga uestra uel sabbato. 19. tribulationes.
20. breuiassetf ; breuiabit. 21. om. est ; nee [for
ne]. 22. — prophetae; fieri potest. 24. dierum
illorum [for illam]. 26. nubibws. 27. quatuor.

28. fico ; parabulam ; tener [for terner] ; astas.

29. ostiis. 30. transiet; fient. 32. et [for uel].
34. ianuatori. 36. ne [for et] ; om. repente.

Cap. XIV. 1. om. 1st et ; azemorum ; dolo
at end of verse. 2. in populo [for populi]. 3.

140

symonis; unguenti; capud. 4. unguenti. 5. de-
naris. 8. unguere. 9. mundum. 10. scariothes.
11. promisierunt ; eum [for ilium]. 12. azemo-
ram ; immolabant. 13. ciuitatem ; occurred ; la-
gynam ; sequemini. 15. caenaculum. 16. ciui-
tatem ; praeparauerunt. 18. om. cum. 20. in-
tinguit. 21. scriptum ; tradetur ; om. 2nd est.
22. accipit. 24. effundetur. 25. generatione
[for genimine]. 26. ymno. 27. illis [for eis] ;
scriptum ; dispergentur. 28. resurrexero ; gali-
leam. 29. om. ei. 32. gethsamani. 33. ad-
sumpsit ; taedicere. 35. processissei ; procedit.
36. possibilia tibi ; tu uis. 38. temptationem ;
promptus est 40. denouo ; eorum [for illorum],
41. reciescite ; suffecit. 42. trade*. 43. adhuc ;
scarioth; cum eo [for cum illo]. 44. om. caute.
47. per unum [for senium] ; auriculam. 48.
gladis ; conpraehendere. 49. aput ; impleantur
scripturae. 50. omnes relinquentes. 51. Ado-
liscens ; ilium [for eum] ; om. et. 54. usqwe
intro in atrium. 55. aduersus. 58. aliut. 60.
surgens ; interrogauit in medium ; respondes ; hiis.
61. rursus; dei benedicti. 63. ues[ti]menta ;
adhuc; testes. 64. condempnauerunt. 65. pro-
phetiza. 66. seorsum. 67. uidissetf. 68. exiuit.
69. ancella. 70. galileus.

Cap. XV. 1. pontic- pylato. 2. pylatus ; iu-
daeorum ; ei ait [for ait illi]. 4. pylatus; re-

spondes; accussant. 5. pylatus. 6. unum uinc-
tum quae-cum-que. 7. barrabbas. 9. pylatus.
12. Pylatus; ut faciam. 14. pylatus; mali fecit.
15. Pylatus uero; dimisit; barrabban ; flagillis
caessum. 16. om. autem; intro in. 17. purpu-
ram ; spiniam. 19. capud ; et adorabant. 20.
eum [for 1st ilium]. 21. angarizauerunt praeter-
euntes quen-dam symonem cyrineum. 23. ac-
cipit. 24. sortes. 26. Erat autem; inscriptus.
27. duos. 28. inpleta ; scriptura ; deputatus. 29.
distruebat. 30. discende. 31. inludentes. 32.
discendat; uidiamus. 33. factae. 34. sabbac-
thani ; me diriliquisti. 36. spongeam ; uenit. 37.
emisa. 38. scisum. 39. centorio. 40. aspiciens ;
magdalene. 41. galilea; ascenderunt hierusolima.

43. quia [for qua] ; audaciter introiuit ; pylatum.

44. pylatus ; arcessito centorione interrogabat. 45.
cognuissetf. 46. mercatus est; possuit; hostium.

CAP. XVI. 1. magdalenae ; unguerent. 4.
uiderunt reuol[ut]um. 5. obstipuerunt. 6. pos-
suerunt. 7. et dicite ; praecidit ; galileam. 8.
inuasserat. 9. iesws mane; magdalenae; eicerat ;
daemonia. 12. hiis [for eis]. 13. caeteris. 14.
XII [for undecim] ; illorum [for eorum] ; om.
illorum; hiis [for his]; crediderunt. 16. con-
dempnabitur. 17. daemonia. 18. liberint [for
biberint] ; egros. 19. adsumptus. 20. seque[n]t-
ibus.

CRITICAL NOTES.

N.B. In the notes to the Chapters of the Gospel, the letter L. means the Lindisfarne MS.; H. the Hatton MS.;

and R. the Rushworth MS.

Page 1. In the title, MS. L. has capitulae,
as printed ; an error for capitula. The gloss to
the title ought not to have been printed in capital
letters.

The names of the four men employed upon
the L. MS. are recorded (as Wanley says) at the
end of the Gospel of St Matthew, but still after
the title to St Mark (as here printed) which
occurs at the end of St Matthew's Gospel, leaf 88,
back. The sense of the phrase is — " Thou living
God, remember thou Eadfrift and ^E^ilwald and
BillfriB and Aldred, sinners ; these four, with
God's help, were employed upon this book." The
word lifgiende is misprinted lufigende by Wanley.
The word peccatorum is indistinct, the end of it
being denoted by a contraction ; but I read it so,
and not peccatoris. The word ymbwoeson is mis-
printed ymbweoson by Wanley and Waring, owing
to the former o being above the line. See the
Surtees' Society's edition of St John's Gospel,
p. xliv, footnote. Cf. woerc in L 2, page 2 ; &c.

Argumentum. This is printed in Bouterwek's
Screadunga, p. 1, and an excellent facsimile of
the first few words (from Marcus to discipulus) is
prefixed to his tract. The MS. text is very cor-
rupt, but is left as it stands. A few corrections
are here noted.

L. 1. MS. dei ; read dei electus.

L. 3. MS. quod ; read quid.

L. 4. MS. prophetiae ; read propheticae.

L. 5. MS. lectionis; read electionis. MS.
praedistinatum ; for praedestinatum. Bouterwek
misprints it praedistinctum.

L. 6. MS. enuntiantis ; read annuntiantis.
MS. sed ; read sed et.

L. 7. MS. initio ; read in initio. MS. osten-
dens ; another reading is ostenderet. MS. qui ;
read quiuis.

L. 8. MS. omits caro before deberet.

L. 9. MS. perfectio ; read perfecti.

L. 10. MS. et baptismo ; read et a baptismo.

L. 11. MS. uicerat ; read uiderat. MS. to-
tum inprimis ; read totius exprimens.

L. 12. MS. ieiunium numeri; read numerum
ieiunii.

L. 13. (Gloss to singula) MS. siundrio ; not
suindrio, as in Bouterwek.

L. 14. MS. facti ; read factse. MS. operi ;
read operis.

L. 16. MS. posuit ; read potuit. The gloss to
the preceding word is written foreworden, but
altered to forewurdon.

Page 2, 1. 2. MS. opus scire ; read opus fuit
scire et.

L. 3. MS. agnosceret; read agnoscere. MS.
carnem; read came domini.

L. 4. MS. intellegeret; read intelligere. MS.
in nos primum requiri; read et nos primum re-
quiri oportet.

L. 12. MS. factuqwe; read tactuque.

Page 3, 1. 1. MS. mittet; read mittit.
L. 3. MS. fecerit ; read fecerint.
L. 18. (Gloss to milia) MS. "Susenda, cor-
rected to Busend.

Page 4, 1. 1. (Gloss to quem) MS. huecl ; for
huelc.

L. 13. MS. recepturus ; read recepturos.

L. 15. MS. Bartimaus ; read Bartimaeus.

L. 16. MS. inlihteft waes; read inlihted wjes.

L. 18. MS. ficulnea; for ficulneam. MS.
giuende, corr. to giuendo.

L. 20. parobolam ; a misprint for parabolam.

Page 5, 1. 2. MS. temtantibus. Bouterwek
has tentantibus.

142

L. 3. MS. fregnendes, corr. to fregnende.

L. 4. MS. centensimi ; read centesimi, which
Bouterwek prints.

L. 9. MS. seruus ; read seruos.

L. 13. The gloss to clementer is indistinct,
but I certainly read it trumlice ; Bout, prints
frumlice.

L. 14. MS. adqwe ad ; read atque a.

L. 1 from bottom. MS. albas; read albis.

Chap. I. The readings of MS. B. (col. 1) are
of no authority from ch. I. v. 1 to ch. iv. v. 37; see
pref. p. vii. 3. L. stiga, corrected to stigo, as
printed. In other cases, I print only the corrected
form, mentioning the uncorrected form in these
Critical Notes. 10. L. untynde, altered to un-
tyndo; cf note to v. 3. 13. L. wifterworde, alt. to
wiBerwearde. 14. The rubric in col. 1 is from
MS. A.

Chap. II. 4. L. et eum (so) ; hence the wrong
gloss hine ; for eum read cum. L. (gloss to in)
in, altered to on. 5. L. synna, altered to synno.
8. L. hearta, alt. to hearto. 9. L. Hwaet (so,
with a capital letter). 10. L. eorfto; Bout.
misprints eorXu. 12. L. we gesegon ; Bout.
wrongly omits we. 13. H. Rubric in Royal MS.
the same. L. mare; read mane. The gloss fol-
lows the mistake of the text. 14. L. The gloss
to me may perhaps be read mec. 15. L. Section
22 is misnumbered " xxi " in the MS. 17. L.
Altered from soBfaesta ah synfulla. 18. H. Same
rubric in Royal MS. 18. L. iohannes first time,
as printed. 19. L. brydguma ; altered from bryd-
wuma. 23. H. Same rubric in Royal. 24. L.
doaB gie ; Bout, misprints doaS hia. 25. L.
huaetd, not huset, as printed. The d seems due
to the initial sound of the next word; but cf. iv.
40 and v. 9. R. hycrende (so) ; perhaps for
hyncerde. L. hinie ; Bout, has hine. 26. L.
eattanna, as printed.

Chap. III. 1. L. eft sona; Bout, misprints
eftersona. 2. L. geteldon; Bout, getelden.
3. L. cue ; Bout. cuaeSS. L. drygi ; Bout. dry.
5. R. ungleownissise ; an obvious slip. 6. L.
wrongly has — Villi, xxui. ii. lu. xciii. xxu. mt.
cxuii. in the margin. 7. L. wrongly has mt. xxxiii

in the margin. 9. L. deseruiret, with n above,
as though deseruirent ; hence the gloss. 34. R.
ymb heop ; may perhaps be read ymb heof.

Chap. IV. 12. Corpus MS. nanege seon; A.
na ne ge seon. R. on-cwnawaS ; an obvious error
for on-cnawaft, as printed. 13. R. bispell i gi-
cunniga magvn gicunniga ; where i is obviously
misplaced. 19. L. aerumnas ; read aerumnae.
21. L. (margin) lu. cxxxui; read cxxxiii, as printed.
28. L. spinam; hence the gloss; but read spicam.
31. L. seSum ; perhaps for sedum. 33. L. Sul-
lucum (so). 37. L. yrte; probably for yste.
39. R. Sestiorend (one word).

Chap. V. 1. L. Saesaes (so). 3. L. bye, al-
tered to by. 10. L. marginal note partly cut off ;
cf. that in R. 13. L. altered from undei'-drencde
waeron on. 18. L. auaeled; alt. from auaelled.
25. L. utiorninsc ; the first i is a capital, thus :
utlorninsc. 33. L. forhtade; alt. from frohtade.
38. L. Gloss to second et omitted ; as printed. 41.
L. daere; read Saere. 42. L. ftaermaaste (one word).

Chap. VI. 3. L. wrihte ; with y above, be-
tween w and r. L. ge-onspurned, alt. to ge-
ondspyrned. 7. L. tuelfe, alt. to tuelfo. 8. L.
(gloss to tantum) ane, alt. to an. 13. L. diwowlas,
alt. to diowlas. 20. L. gedede, alt. to gedyde.
21. Corp. MS. has gebrydtide, as printed. 24. L.
fulwiht, followed by a curling stroke. 25. L.
fulwih, with a curl. 28. L. dicit, an obvious error
for dedit. 29. L. geheredon, alt. to geherdon.
31. R. has pussillum, glossed by him. L. The
insertion of \ after eft-cuomon is not a misprint ;
cf. gloss to candelabrum ; iv. 21. 36. L. ettesS,
alt. to ettes. 37. L. hlafa, alt. to hlafo. 40. L.
hundra^, with a curl over the a. 41. L. hlafum
} tusem fiscum, alt. to hlafo J tue fiscas. 47. L.
efrn. Perhaps it should not be altered to efern, as
the same spelling occurs again, xi. 11 ; but cf. R.
48. R. fearSa; no point under the a, as in Bouter-
wek. 53. R. foerdun; indistinct; may be foyr-
dun. The gloss a to plica, is unintelligible, and due
to the Latin applicuerunt. 54. L. waeren, alt. to
waeron.

Chap. VII. 1. L. toi ; read to. L. o^ero, alt. to

143

ofter. 2. L. hlafa, alt. to hlafo. 3. R. etun ; Bout,
eton. 4. L. R. omit gloss to nisi. 6. Bout, omits
from heorte to worSas in verse 7, in his print of
R. 7. L. laruas, alt. to laruo. 17. L. Sreade,
alt. to Create. 18. R. has ec 1 as gloss to 2nd et.
19. R. in un nut gongum (so) ; which I have
altered. 21. L. innuaeard, alt. to innueeard ;
heorte, alt. to heorta ; esuicnise, alt. to esuicnis.

22. L. efolsongas, alt. to efolsong. 30. R. gimitte;
Bout, gimast. 33. L. earlipricum, alt. to earlip-
rico. 35. L. untynde, alt. to untyndo; gesprec-
cend, alt. to spi-eccend. 36. L. gcoede, with small
u between c and o.

Chap. VIII. 2. L. ge $ abidas ; this means —
gebidas \ abidas. 5. L. seofoDa, alt. to seofo.
7. L. geheht, alt. to heht. L. cewalas, alt. to
cewlas. 9. L. Susende, alt. to Susendo. 10.
Corp. MS. omits the initial letter. 11. L. seoec-
ende, alt. to soecende ; L. dae caelo (so) ; L.
costende, alt. to costendo. 14. L. forgetone, alt.
to forgetne. 16. L. hlafas, alt. to hlafo. 19. L.
tuoelfe, alt. to tuoelfo. 20. L. seofa, alt. to seofo.

23. H. laedden, corrected to lsedde. 26. R. ge-
gonges ; no point under the first e, as in Bouter-
wek. 29. L. pet, followed by a curl; but in v. 32,
petr with a curl. 35. L. losias, alt. to losas.
36. L. middang, followed by a curl; cf. R. 38. L.
confusus ; read confessus. L. Seme legere, alt. to
Seme leger.

Chap. IX. 2. H. and Royal have summe for
sumne. 3. L. gewordne, alt. to awordne. 9,

10. L. ends v. 9 with arisa, but v. 10 with arise.

11. L. risnelic (so); for risenlic. 15. L. gestylde,
alt. to gestylte. 17. L. attulit; for attuli. 22.11.
Aagyf ~f (so). 28. R. introisset, glossed by ineode
1 31. R. ofslog, alt. to ofslas. 33. L. woere,
alt. to woeron. 34. L. (margin) lv. ccii. ccxuii;
read ccxuii (not ccxuiii, as misprinted). 39.
L. denotes monn by the rune .p^. here, and in xi.
14. 45 and 47. L. introirae. 49. R. giscostad;
an error for gicostad.

Chap. X. 8. L. ana, with i um above latter a.
9. L. to sceadaS, alt. to to sceada. 10. L. ge
frugnuon, alt. to ge frugnon. 17. L. gebeged,
alt. to beged ; R. gibed, an error for gibeged.
19. L. beboda, alt. to bebodo; lease, alt. to leas.

22. L. hasbbende, alt. to hsebbend. 24. L. (gloss
to in before strionum) on, alt. to in. 27. L. gode,
alt. to god (first time). 30. L. disum; for Sisum.
32. L. da Singo ; for £a Singo. 35. R. zebe-
dedes ; for zebedes. 38. L. hi (without a dot) ;
evidently an error for hu. 41. H. gebulge, for
gebulgen. 45. H. alysendnysse ; for alysednysse.
49. R. ceiga ; for ceigas.

Chap. XI. 1. L. more, alt. to mor. 9. L.
cliopadaun, alt. to cliopadun. 11. Cf. note to
vi. 47. 14. Cf. note to ix. 39. 17. L. gebed-
des, alt. to gebedd ; cf. pref. p. xviii, note. 23. H.
ic seggeS, alt. to ic segge. L. gelefed, alt. to gelefe.
28. L. doest, alt. to does.

Chap. XII. 4. L. gehornadon, where the h is
written h; see note in Wanley's Catalogue, p. 156.
14. L. gesiist, alt. to gesiis. 15. L. geswiopernise,
alt. to geswipernise. 19. L. hlaf, where h is writ-
ten as above; cf. note to v. 4. L. awsecceS, alt. to
awaecce. 22. L. acciperunt; for acceperunt.
23. L. chwses, alt. to hwses. 24. L. cunnige,
alt. to cunnoge. 28. L. bobod, alt. to bod. 30.
L. maegne Sinra, alt. to maegne Sin. 32. L.
(margin) cxxxi. x ; read 132. x, as printed. 33.
L. neesta, alt. to neesto. 41. The rubric in MS. A.
has been inadvertently omitted. It is merely —
Sedens iesus contra gazo-philacium. It marks the
beginning of a section, corresponding to section
xli of MS. L.

Chap. XIII. 3. L. beamea, alt. to beama.
7. L. gefehta, alt. to gefehto (first time). 8. L.
cynne, alt. to cynn. L. rice, alt. to ric. 9. For
139. i. in margin of L., the MS. wrongly has
cxxxix. ui. 11. L. places hora, with its gloss,
after loquimini, but there are fine lines, as marks
of transposition, to shew that its proper place is
after ilia. 14. L. woroht, alt. to wroht. 19. L.
costunges, alt. to costungo. 22. L. cristes, alt.
to cristo. L. fertinu, alt. to fertino. L. hia, alt. to
hi. 25. L. feollende, alt. to fallende. 26. nubi-
mus ; sic in L. 28. terner ; sic in L ; for tener.
31. ge-witoS (H) is clearly miswritten for ge-
witeS. L. hliores, alt. to hlioras. L. hlioreS,
alt. to hlioraS. 34. L. his, alt. to hus. 35. L.
bebeades, alt. to bebead. The h in hlaferd (L) is
written as in note above to xii. 4.

144

Chap. XIV. 1. Margin of L.; the MS. has
" io. xxuiii," an error for " io. xx." 2. R. pofolce,
alt. to folce ; the scribe began to write populi.
3. L. on, alt. to in ; in the gloss to in. L. gebre-
cen, alt. to gebrocen. 4. L. ungenti ; but in v. 5,
unguentum. 5. L. bifgedon (they trembled)
translates tremebant, not fremebant. 11. L. ge-
feande, alt. to gefeando. 22. R. wrongly has
etendum onfeng him onfeng. 23. Royal MS. has
heon for heom. L. gedruncun, alt. to gedruncon.
26. L. oelebeame, alt. to oelebeama. 47. L.
ofslog, alt. to slog. 66. L. sunduria, for sundria.
72. L. weopa, alt. to woepa.

Chap. XV. 1. L. alle, alt. to all. 10. L.
aifista, alt. to sefist. 11. L. biscopas, alt. to bis-
eobas. 17. There is a long curl over ce in hrcegle

in L. The word cursendo is written like our-
sendo; but see the Rushworth gloss. 21. There
is a curl over er in faeder in L. 30. L. hrode,
alt. to rode. 32. L. gelefeft, alt. to gelefe.
36. L. unsettenne, alt. to unsettanne. 41. R.
galelse, alt. to galilae. 43. L. biddend, alt. to
bidend ; R. biddende.

Chap. XVI. 5. L. ufa h ymbgearuad; but
the h has a stroke through it, as if to strike it out.
It may be for hoc or hoc est, and may mean that
ufa is as good a translation as ymb of the prefix
co in coopertum. 9. L. Surgens, with a capital.
This seems to suggest that a new subsection was
intended to begin here, but subsections 234, 235
are left unmarked.

ADDENDA ET CORRIGENDA.

Page 4, last line; for parobolam read parabolam. ~

Page 5, last three lines ; see the remarks in the preface, p. xxiii.

Page 15, verse 45; in the gloss to "esse," for wses -J5 were, read wses 4" were. j

Page 21, verse 25; for huset read husetd.

„ „ 26, in the lower text ; for nym{>e read nymSe.

Page 26. The large capitals should be the same as in col. 2, p. 34.

Page 27, line 2 ; for sanctum read sanctum.

Page 60, col. 1, footnotes to verse 6 ; add " C. hig (last time)." Cf. pref. p. x.

Page 62, col. 1, footnotes to verse 20; for B. seofan read B. C. seofan. In footnotes to verse 21, for A. B. omit
ge read A. B. C. omit ge. In footnote to verse 22, add C. anne. Cf. pref. p. x.

Page 72, col. 1, footnotes to verse 33 ; for B. smeada read B. C. smeada. Cf. pref. p. x.

Page 76, col. 1, footnotes to ch. x., verse 2 ; add C. fandiende. In the footnotes to verse 5, for A. heardnysse,
read A. C. heardnysse. In the footnotes to verse 6, for B. wsepned, &c. read B. C. waepned, &c. Cf. pref. p. x.

Page 78, col. 1, footnote to verse 18 ; add C. hi [for hwi].
„ „ 2, footnotes, 1. 2. Insert ; after leorning-cnihtas.

Page 80, col. 1, footnotes to verse 27 ; for A. B. hig read A. B. C. hig. To footnote to verse 29, add C. us
[for hus]. To footnote to verse 30, add C. ecce.

Page 86, col. 1, footnotes to verse 6; for A. B. hig read A. B. C. hig, twice over.

Page 87, verse 3 ; in the gloss to " dimittet," for forlcetes read forletes.
„ lower text, cap. xi. v. 2 ; for monn read mon.

Page 89, lower text ; verse 9 should be continued down to the word " drihtnes."

Page 96, col. 1, verse 18. Insert . after sy.

Page 100, col. 1. The rubric to v. 41 has been accidentally omitted ; MS. A has — Sedeng iesus contra gazo-
philaciuw. In the footnotes, v. 34, for A. eart read A. B. eart.

Page 131, lower text; in v. 43, read hse\endes, and in v. 46, wutudh'ce.

CAMBRIDGE : PRINTED BY C i. CLAY, M.A. AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

University Press, Cambridge,
July, 1 88 1.

CATALOGUE OF

WORKS

PUBLISHED FOR THE SYNDICS

OF THE

Camforitrije Winitmxity $rm.

Uon&on:
CAMBRIDGE WAREHOUSE, 17 PATERNOSTER ROW.

Carobrilge: DEIGHTON, bell, AND CO.
Ettpjifl: F. A. BROCKHAUS.

28/7/81

PUBLICATIONS OF

Cfte Cambridge WLnibtt&ity $re**«

THE HOLY SCRIPTURES, ftc.

THE CAMBRIDGE PARAGRAPH BIBLE

of the Authorized English Version, with the Text Revised by a Colla-
tion of its Early and other Principal Editions, the Use of the Italic
Type made uniform, the Marginal References remodelled, and a Criti-
cal Introduction prefixed, by the Rev. F. H. Scrivener, M.A.,LL.D.,
Editor of the Greek Testament, Codex Augiensis, &c, and one of
the Revisers of the Authorized Version. Crown 4to. cloth, gilt. 21s.

From the Times.
''Students of the Bible should be particu-
larly grateful to (the Cambridge University
Press) for having produced, with the able as-

sistance of Dr Scrivener, a complete critical
edition of the Authorized Version of the Eng-
lish Bible, an edition such as, to use the words
of the Editor, 'would have been executed
long ago had this version been nothing more
than the greatest and best known of English
classics.' Falling at a time when the formal
revision of this version has been undertaken
by a distinguished company of scholars and
divines, the publication of this edition must
be considered most opportune."

From the Athen&ttm.
"Apart from its religious importance, the
English Bible has the glory, which but few
sister versions indeed can claim, of being the
chief classic of the language, of having, in
conjunction with Shakspeare, and in an im-
measurable degree more than he, fixed the
language beyond any possibility of important
change. Thus the recent contributions to the
literature of the subject, by such workers as
Mr Francis Fry and Canon Westcott, appeal to
a wide range of sympathies ; and to these may
now be added Dr Scrivener, well known for
his labours in the cause of the Greek Testa-
ment criticism, who has brought out, for the
Syndics of the Cambridge University Press,
an edition of the English Bible, according to
the text of 161 1, revised by a comparison with
later issues on principles stated by him in his
Introduction. Here he enters at length into
the history of the chief editions of the version,

THE CAMBRIDGE PARAGRAPH BIBLE.
Student's Edition, on good writing paper, with one column of
print and wide margin to each page for MS. notes. This edition will
be found of great use to those who are engaged in the task of
Biblical criticism. Two Vols. Crown 4to. cloth, gilt. 31J. 6d.

and of such features as the marginal notes,
the use of italic type, and the changes of or-
thography, as well as into the most interesting
question as to the original texts from which
our translation is produced."

From the Methodist Recorder.
"This noble quarto of over 1300 pages is
in every respect worthy of editor and pub-
lishers alike. The name of the Cambridge
University Press is guarantee enough for its
perfection in outward form, the name of the
editor is equal guarantee for the worth and
accuracy of its contents. Without question,
it is the best Paragraph Bible ever published,
and its reduced price of a guinea brings it
within reach of a large number of students. .
But the volume is much more than a Para-
graph Bible. It is an attempt, and a success-
ful attempt, to give a critical edition of the
Authorised English Version, not (let it be
marked) a revision, but an exact reproduc-
tion of the original Authorised Version, as
published in 1611, minus patent mistakes.
This is doubly necessary at a time when the
version is about to undergo revision. . . To
all who at this season seek a suitable volume
for presentation to ministers or teachers we
earnestly commend this work."

From the London Quarterly Review.

"The work is worthy in every respect of
the editor's fame, and of the Cambridge
University Press. The noble English Ver-
sion, to which our country and religion owe
so much, was probably never presented be-
fore in so perfect a form."

London: Cambridge Ware/wuse, 17 Paternoster Row.

CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS BOOKS. 3

THE LECTIONARY BIBLE, WITH APOCRYPHA,

divided into Sections adapted to the Calendar and Tables of Lessons
of 1 87 1. Crown 8vo. cloth, y. 6d.

BREVIARIUM
AD USUM INSIGNIS ECCLESIAE SARUM.

Fasciculus II. In quo continentur Psalterium, cum ordinario Officii
totius hebdomadae juxta Horas Canonicas, et proprio Completorii,
Latinia, Commune Sanctorum, Ordinarium Missae cum
Canone et xiii Missis, &c. &c. juxta Editionem maximam pro
Claudio Chevallon et Francisco Regnault a.d. mdxxxi. in
Alma Parisiorum Academia impressam : labore ac studio Francisci
Procter, A.M., et Christophori Wordsworth, A.M. Demy
8vo. cloth. 12s.

Fasciculus I. In the Press.

"Not only experts in liturgiology, but all labours of Mr G. H. Forbes, to everyone

persons interested in the history of the interested in the subject-matter with which it

Anglican Book of Common Prayer, will be is connected." — Notes and Queries.

grateful to the Syndicate of the Cambridge " We have here the first instalment of the

University Press for forwarding the publica- celebrated Sarum Breviary, of which no en-

tion of the volume which bears the above tire edition has hitherto been printed since

title, and which has recently appeared under the year 1557. . . Of the valuable explanatory

their auspices. . . When the present work is notes, as well as the learned introduction to

complete in three volumes, of which we have this volume, we can only speak in terms of the

here the first instalment, it will be accessible, very highest commendation." — Ttu Ex-

as the Sarum Missal is now, thanks to the aminer.

GREEK AND ENGLISH TESTAMENT,

in parallel Columns on the same page. Edited by J. Scholefield,
M.A. late Regius Professor of Greek in the University. Small
Octavo. New Edition, with the Marginal References as arranged
and revised by Dr Scrivener. Cloth, red edges. 7s. 6d.

GREEK AND ENGLISH TESTAMENT,
The Student's Edition of the above, on large writing paper. 4to.
cloth. 1 2 s.

GREEK TESTAMENT,
ex editione Stephani tertia, 1550. Small 8vo. 3J. 6d.

THE BOOK OF ECCLESIASTES,
Large Paper Edition. By the Rev. E. H. Plumptre, D.D. Professor
of LJiblical Exegesis, King's College, London. Demy 8vo. js. 6d.

THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO ST MATTHEW

in Anglo-Saxon and Northumbrian Versions, synoptically arranged:
with Collations of the best Manuscripts. By J. M. Kemble, M.A.
and Archdeacon Hardwick. Demy 4to. iqt.

THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO ST MARK

in Anglo-Saxon and Northumbrian Versions synoptically arranged:
with Collations exhibiting all the Readings of all the MSS. Edited
by the Rev. Professor Skeat, M.A. late Fellow of Christ's College,
and author of a Mceso-Gothic Dictionary. Demy 4to. 10s.

London: Cambridge Warehouse, 17 Paternoster Row.

PUBLICATIONS OF

THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO ST LUKE,
uniform with the preceding, edited by the Rev. Professor Skeat.
Demy 4to. xos.

THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO ST JOHN,

uniform with the preceding, by the same Editor. Demy4to. iar.

" The Gospel according to St John, in have had the good fortune to be edited by
Anglo-Saxon and Northumbrian Versions: Professor Skeat, whose competency and zeal
Edited for the Syndics of the University have left nothing undone to prove himself
Press, by the Rev. Walter W. Skeat, M.A., equal to his reputation, and to produce a
Elrington and Bosworth Professor of Anglo- work of the highest value to the student
Saxon in the University of Cambridge, of Anglo-Saxon. The design was indeed
completes an undertaking designed and worthy of its author. It is difficult to ex-
commenced by that distinguished scholar, aggcrate the value of such a set of parallel
J. M. Kemble, some forty years ago. He texts. ... Of the particular volume now
was not himself permitted to execute his before us, we can only say it is worthy of its
scheme; he died before it was completed two predecessors. We repeat that the ser-
for St Matthew. The edition of that Gospel vice rendered to the study of Anglo-Saxon
was finished by Mr., subsequently Arch- by tins Synoptic collection cannot easily be
deacon, Hardwick. The remaining Gospels overstated." — Contemporary Review.

THE POINTED PRAYER BOOK,
being the Book of Common Prayer with the Psalter or Psalms of
David, pointed as they are to be sung or said in Churches. Royal
24mo. Cloth, is. 6d.

The same in square 32mo. cloth. 6d.

"The 'Pointed Prayer Book' deserves and still more for the terseness and clear-
mention for the new and ingenious system ness of the directions given for using it." —
on which the pointing has been marked. Times.

THE CAMBRIDGE PSALTER,
for the use of Choirs and Organists. Specially adapted for Congre-
gations in which the " Cambridge Pointed Prayer Book" is used.
Demy 8vo. cloth extra, y. 6d. Cloth limp, cut flush. 2s. 6d.

THE PARAGRAPH PSALTER,

arranged for the use of Choirs by Brooke Foss Westcott, D.D.,
Canon of Peterborough, and Regius Professor of Divinity in the
University of Cambridge. Fcap. 4to. $s.

" Ths Paragraph Psalter exhibits all expect to find, and there is not a clergyman

the care, thought, and learning that those or organist in England who should be with-

acquainted with the works of the Regius out this Psalter as a work of reference."—

Professor of Divinity at Cambridge would Morning Post.

THE MISSING FRAGMENT OF THE LATIN
TRANSLATION of the FOURTH BOOK OF EZRA,

discovered, and edited with an Introduction and Notes, and a
facsimile of the MS., by Robert L. Bensly, M.A., Sub-Librarian
of the University Library, and Reader in Hebrew, Gonville and Caius
College, Cambridge. Demy 4to. Cloth, ioj.

" Edited with true scholarly complete- added a new chapter to the Bible, and, start-

ncss." — Westminster Review. ling as the statement may at first sight ap-

" Wer sich je mit dem 4 Buche Esra pear, it is no exaggeration of the actual fact,

eingehender beschaftigt hat, wird durch die if by the Bible we understand that of the

obige, in jeder Beziehung musterhafte Pub- larger size which contains the Apocrypha,

lication in freudiges Erstaunen versetzt wcr- and if the Second Book of Esdras can be

den." — Theologische Literaturzeitung. fairly called a part of the Apocrypha." —

"It has been said of this book that it has Saturday Review.

London; Cambridge Warehouse, 17 Paternoster Row.

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS,

THEOLOGY-(ANCIENT).

THE PALESTINIAN MISCHNA,
By W. H. Lowe, M.A. Lecturer in Hebrew at Christ's College,
Cambridge. [In the Press.

SAYINGS OF THE JEWISH FATHERS,

comprising Pirqe Aboth and Pereq R. Meir in Hebrew and English,
with Critical and Illustrative Notes. By Charles Taylor, D.D.
Master of St John's College, Cambridge, and Honorary Fellow of
King's College, London. Demy 8vo. cloth, ior.

" It is peculiarly incumbent on those who
look to Jerome or Origen for their theology or
exegesis to learn something of their Jewish
predecessors. The New Testament abounds
with sayings which remarkably coincide with,
or closely resemble, those of the Jewish
Fathers; and these latter probably would
furnish more satisfactory and frequent illus-
trations of its text than the Old Testament."
— Saturday Review.

"The * Masseketh Aboth' stands at the
head of Hebrew non-canonical writings. It
is of ancient date, claiming to contain the
dicta of teachers who flourished from B.C. 200
to the same year of our era. The precise
time of its compilation in its present form is,
of course, in doubt. Mr Taylor's explana-
tory and illustrative commentary is very full
and satisfactory." — Spectator.

"If we mistake not, this is the first pre-
cise translation into the English language

accompanied by scholarly notes, of any por-
tion of the Talmud. In other words, it is
the first instance of that most valuable and
neglected portion of Jewish literature being
treated in the same way as a Greek classic
in an ordinary critical edition. . . The Tal-
mudic books, which have been so strangely
neglected, we foresee will be the most im-
portant aids of the future for the proper un-
derstanding of the Bible. . . The Sayings of
the Jewish Fathers may claim to be scholar-
ly, and, moreover, of a scholarship unusually
thorough and finished." — Dublin Univer-
sity Magazine.

"A careful and thorough edition which
does credit to English scholarship, of a short
treatise from the Mishna, containing a series
of sentences or maxims ascribed mostly to
Jewish teachers immediately preceding, or
immediately following the Christian era. . . "
— Contemporary Review.

THEODORE OF MOPSUESTIA'S COMMENTARY
ON THE MINOR EPISTLES OF S. PAUL.

The Latin Version with the Greek Fragments, edited from the MSS.
with Notes and an Introduction, by H. 13. Swete, D.D., Rector of
Ashdon, Essex, and late Fellow of Gonville and Caius College,
Cambridge. In Two Volumes. Vol. I., containing the Introduction,
with Facsimiles of the MSS., and the Commentary upon Galatians —
Colossians. Demy 8vo. lis.

"One result of this disappearance of the
works of Diodorus, which his Arian oppo-
nents did their utmost to destroy, is to render
more conspicuous the figure of Theodore.
From the point of view of scientific exegesis
there is no figure in all antiquity more in-
teresting,"— The Expositor.

" In dem oben verzeichneten Buche liegt
11ns die erste Hal ft e einer vollstiindigen,
ebenso sorgfaltig gearbeiteten wie schon
ausgestatteten Ausgabe des Commentary mit
ausfuhrlichcn Prolegomena und reichhaltigen
kritischen und erlauternden Anmerkungen
vor. " — L iterarisches Cen tralblatt.

" It is the result of thorough, careful, and
patient investigation of all the points bearing
on the subject, and the results are presented
with admirable good sense and modesty. Mr
Swete has prepared himself for his task by a
serious study of the literature and history
which are connected with it; and he has pro-

duced a volume of high value to the student,
not merely of the theology of the fourth and
fifth centuries, but of the effect of this theo-
logy on the later developments of doctrine
and methods of interpretation, in the ages
immediately following, and in the middle
ages." — Guardian.

"Auf Grund dieser Quellen ist der Text
bei Swete mit musterhafter Akribie herge-
stellt. Abcr auch sonst hat der Herausgeber
mit unermudlichem Fleisse und eingehend-
ster Sachkenntniss sein Werk mit alien den-
jenigen Zugaben ausgerustet, welche bei einer
solchen Text-Ausgabe nur irgend erwartet
wcrden konnen. . . . Von den drei Haupt-
handschriften . . . sind vortreffiiche photo
graphische Facsimile's beigegeben, wie uber-
haupt das ganze Werk von der University
Press zu Cambridge mit bekannter Eleganz
ausgestattet ist." — Theologische Literature
zeitung.

Volume II. In the Press.

London: Cambridge Warehouse, 17 Paternoster Row,

*— 3

PUBLICATIONS OF

SANCTI IREN^I EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS
libros quinque adversus Haereses, versione Latina cum Codicibus
Claromontano ac Arundeliano denuo collata, praemissa de placitis
Gnosticorum prolusione, fragmenta necnon Graece, Syriace, Armeniace,
commentatione perpetua et indicibus variis edidit W. Wigan Harvey,
S.T.B. Collegii Regalis olim Socius. 2 Vols. Demy 8vo. lis.

M. MINUCII FELICIS OCTAVIUS.
The text newly revised from the original MS., with an English Com-
mentary, Analysis, Introduction, and Copious Indices. Edited by
H. A. Holden, LL.D. Head Master of Ipswich School, late Fellow
of Trinity College, Cambridge. Crown 8vo. Js. 6d.

THEOPHILI EPISCOPI ANTIOCHENSIS
LIBRI TRES AD AUTOLYCUM

edidit, Prolegomenis Versione Notulis Indicibus instruxit Gulielmus
Gilson Humphry, S.T.B. Collegii Sancliss. Trin. apud Cantabri-
gienses quondam Socius. Post 8vo. 5-r.

THEOPHYLACTI IN EVANGELIUM
S. MATTH^II COMMENTARIUS,
edited by W. G. Humphry, B.D. Prebendary of St Paul's, late
Fellow of Trinity College. Demy Svo. js. 6d.

TERTULLIANUS DE CORONA MILITIS, DE

SPECTACULIS, DE IDOLOLATRIA,

with Analysis and English Notes, by George Currey, D.D. Preacher

at the Charter House, late Fellow and Tutor of St John's College.

Crown Svo. 5s.

THEOLOGY-(ENGLISH).

WORKS OF ISAAC BARROW,

compared with the Original MSS., enlarged with Materials hitherto
unpublished. A new Edition, by A. Napier, M.A. of Trinity College,
Vicar of Holkham, Norfolk. 9 Vols. Demy 8vo. £3. $s.

TREATISE OF THE POPE'S SUPREMACY,
and a Discourse concerning the Unity of the Church, by ISAAC
Barrow. Demy Svo. 7s. 6d.

PEARSON'S EXPOSITION OF THE CREED,
edited by Temple Chevallier, B.D. late Fellow and Tutor of
St Catharine's College, Cambridge. New Edition. [In the Press.

AN ANALYSIS OF THE EXPOSITION OF
THE CREED

written by the Right Rev. JOHN Pearson, D.D. late Lord Bishop
of Chester, by W. H. Mill, D.D. late Regius Professor of Hebrew
in the University of Cambridge. Demy Svo. cloth. 5*.

London: Cambridge Warehouse, 17 Paternoster Row.

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 7

WHEATLY ON THE COMMON PRAYER,
edited by G. E. Corrie, D.D. Master of Jesus College, Examining
Chaplain to the late Lord Bishop of Ely. Demy 8vo. js. 6d.

CESAR MORGAN'S INVESTIGATION OF THE
TRINITY OF PLATO,

and of Philo Judieus, and of the effects which an attachment to their
writings had upon the principles and reasonings of the Fathers of the
Christian Church. Revised by H. A. Hold en, LL.D. Head Master
of Ipswich School, late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. Crown
Svo. 4J.

TWO FORMS OF PRAYER OF THE TIME OF

QUEEN ELIZABETH. Now First Reprinted. Demy 8vo. 6d.

"From 'Collections and Notes' 1867— of Occasional Forms of Prayer, but it had

1876, by W. Carew Hazlitt (p. 340), we learn been lost sight of for 200 years.' By the

that — (A very remarkable volume, in the kindness of the present possessor of this

original vellum cover, and containing 25 valuable volume, containing in all 25 distinct

Forms of Prayer of the reign of Elizabeth, publications, I am enabled to reprint in the

each with the autograph of Humphrey Dyson, following pages the two Forms of Prayer

has lately fallen into the hands of my friend supposed to have been lost." — Extract from

Mr H. Pyne. It is mentioned specially in t/ie Preface.
the Preface to the Parker Society's volume

SELECT DISCOURSES,

by John Smith, late Fellow of Queens' College, Cambridge. Edited by
H. G. Williams, B.D. late Professor of Arabic. Royal 8vo. ys. 6d.

"The ' Select Discourses' of John Smith, with the richest lights of meditative genius...

collected and published from his papers after He was one of those rare thinkers in whom

his death, are, in my opinion, much the most largeness of view, and depth, and wealth of

considerable work left to us by this Cambridge poetic and speculative insight, only served to

School [the Cambridge Platonistsj. They evoke more fully the religious spirit, and

have a right to a place in English literary while he drew the mould of his thought from

history." — Mr Matthew Arnold, in the Plotmus, he vivified the substance of it from

Contemporary Review. St Paul." — Principal Tulloch, Rational

"Of all the products of the Cambridge Theology in England in the \-]th Century.
School, the 'Select Discourses' are perhaps "We may instance Mr Henry Griffin

the highest, as they arc the most accessible Williams's revised edition of Mr John Smith's

and the most widely appreciated. ..and indeed 'Select Discourses,' which have won Mr

no spiritually thoughtful mind can read them Matthew Arnold's admiration, as an example

unmoved. They carry us so directly into an of worthy work for an University Press to

atmosphere of divine philosophy, luminous undertake." — Times.

THE HOMILIES,

with Various Readings, and the Quotations from the Fathers given
at length in the Original Languages. Edited by G. E. CORRIE, D.D.
Master of Jesus College. Demy 8vo. ys. 6d.

DE OBLIGATIONE CONSCIENTLE PR.ELEC-

TIONES decern Oxonii in Schola Theologica habitae a Roberto
Sanderson, SS. Theologiae ibidem Professore Regio. With English
Notes, including an abridged Translation, by W. WHEWELL, D.D.
late Master of Trinity College. Demy 8vo. "}s. 6d.

London: Cambridge Warehouse, 17 Paternoster Row.

PUBLICATIONS OF

ARCHBISHOP USHER'S ANSWER TO A JESUIT,
with other Tracts on Popery. Edited by J. Scholefield, M.A. late
Regius Professor of Greek in the University. Demy 8vo. ys. 6d.

WILSON'S ILLUSTRATION OF THE METHOD

of explaining the New Testament, by the early opinions of Jews and
Christians concerning Christ. Edited by T. TURTON, D.D. late Lord
Bishop of Ely. Demy 8vo. $s.

LECTURES ON DIVINITY

delivered in the University of Cambridge, by John Hey, D.D.
Third Edition, revised by T. TURTON, D.D. late Lord Bishop of Ely.
2 vols. Demy 8vo. 15J.

ARABIC AND SANSKRIT.

POEMS OF BEHA ED DIN ZOHEIR OF EGYPT.

With a Metrical Translation, Notes and Introduction, by E. H.
Palmer, M.A., Barrister-at-Law of the Middle Temple, Lord
Almoner's Professor of Arabic and Fellow of St John's College
in the University of Cambridge. 3 vols. Crown 4to.

Vol. I. The Arabtc Text. ioj*. 6d; Cloth extra. 15J.

Vol. II. English Translation. 10s. 6d.; Cloth extra. 15J.

' Professor Palmer's activity in advancing metre, for imitation, either designed or un-

Arabic scholarship has formerly shown itself
in the production of his excellent Arabic
Grammar, and his Descriptive Catalogue of
Arabic MSS. in the Library of Trinity Col-
lege, Cambridge. He has now produced an
admirable text, which illustrates in a remark-
able manner the flexibility and graces of the
language he loves so well, and of which he

seems to be perfect master The Syndicate

of Cambridge University must not pass with-
out the recognition of their liberality in
bringing out, in a worthy form, so important
an Arabic text. It is not the first time that
Oriental scholarship has thus been wisely
subsidised by Cambridge." — Indian Mail.

" It is impossible to quote this edition with-
out an expression of admiration for the per-
fection to which Arabic typography has been
brought in England in this magnificent Ori-
ental work, the production of which redounds
to the imperishable credit of the University
of Cambridge. It may be pronounced one of
the most beautiful Oriental books that have
ever been printed in Europe : and the learning
of the Editor worthily rivals the technical
get-up of the creations of the soul of one of
the most tasteful poets of Isl&m, the study
of which will contribute not a little to save
honour of 'the poetry of the Arabs." —
Mythology among the Hebrews (Engl.
Transl.), p. 194.
"For ease and facility, for variety of

conscious, of the style of several of our own

poets, these versions deserve high praise

We have no hesitation in saying that in both
Prof. Palmer has made an addition to Ori-
ental literature for which scholars should be
grateful ; and that, while his knowledge of
Arabic is a sufficient guarantee for his mas-
tery of the original, his English compositions
are distinguished by versatility, command of
language, rhythmical cadence, and, as we
have remarked, by not unskilful imitations of
the styles of several of our own favourite
poets, living and dead." — Saturday Revietu.
"This sumptuous edition of the poems of
Beh£-ed-din Zoheir is a very welcome addi-
tion to the small series of Eastern poets
accessible to readers who are not Oriental-
ists. ... In all there is that exquisite finish of
which Arabic poetry is susceptible in so rare
a degree. The form is almost always beau-
tiful, be the thought what it may. But this,
of course, can only be fully appreciated by
Orientalists. And this brings us to the trans-
lation. It is excellently well done. Mr
Palmer has tried to imitate the fall of the
original in his selection of the English metre
for the various pieces, and thus contrives to
convey a faint idea of the graceful flow of

the Arabic Altogether the inside of the

book is worthy of the beautiful arabesque
binding that rejoices the eye of the lover of
Arab art." — Academy.

London: Cambridge Warehouse^ 17 Paternoster Row.

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

NALOPAKHYANAM, OR, THE TALE OF NALA ;
containing the Sanskrit Text in Roman Characters, followed by a
Vocabulary in which each word is placed under its root, with references
to derived words in Cognate Languages, and a sketch of Sanskrit
Grammar. By the Rev. Thomas Jarrett, M.A. Trinity College,
Regius Professor of Hebrew, late Professor of Arabic, and formerly
Fellow of St Catharine's College, Cambridge. Demy 8vo. \os.

NOTES ON THE TALE OF NALA,

for the use of Classical Students, by J. Peile, M.A. Fellow and Tutor
of Christ's College. Demy 8vo. \zs.

GREEK AND LATIN CLASSICS, &c. (See also pp. 20-23.)

A SELECTION OF GREEK INSCRIPTIONS,

With Introductions and Annotations by E. S. Roberts, M.A.
Fellow and Tutor of Caius College. {Preparing.

THE AGAMEMNON OF AESCHYLUS.

With a Translation in English Rhythm, and Notes Critical and Ex-
planatory. By Benjamin Hai.i, Kennedy, D.D., Regius Professor
of Greek. Crown 8vo. cloth. 6s.

" One of the best editions of the master- tion of a great undertaking." — Stit. Rev.
piece of Greek tragedy." — Athcturum. " Let me say that I think it a most adinira-

11 By numberless other like happy and blc piece of the highest criticism I like

weighty helps to a coherent and consistent your Preface extremely; it is just to the

text and interpretation, Dr Kennedy has point." — l'rofessor Paley.
approved himself a guide to Aeschylus of " Professor Kennedy lias conferred a boon

certainly peerless calibre." — Contemp. Rev. on all teachers of the Greek classics, bycaus-

"Itis needless to multiply proofs of the ing the substance of his lectures at Cam-
value of this volume alike to the poetical bridge on the Agamemnon of jEschylus to
translator, the critical scholar, and the ethical be published. ..Thisedition of the Agamemnon
student. We must be contented to thank is one which no classical master should be
Professor Kennedy for his admirable exectl- without." — Examiner.

THE THE/ETETUS OF PLATO by the same Author.

[In the Press,

ARISTOTLE.— II UPI AIKAIOSTNH2.

THE FIFTH BOOK OF THE NICOMACHEAN ETHICS OF
ARISTOTLE. Edited by Henry Jackson, M.A., Fellow of Trinity
College, Cambridge. Demy 8vo. cloth. 6s.

"It is not too much to say that some of Scholars will hope that this is not the only
the points he discusses have never had so portion of the Aristotelian writings which he
much light thrown upon them before. . . . is likely to edit." — Atheturuui.

PLATO'S PH^DO,

literally translated, by the late E. M. Cope, Fellow of Trinity College,
Cambridge. Demy 8vo. $s.

London: Cambridge Warehouse, 17 Paternoster Row.

1—5

io PUBLICATIONS OF

PRIVATE ORATIONS OF DEMOSTHENES,

with Introductions and English Notes, by F. A. Paley, M.A. Editor
of Aeschylus, etc. and J. E. Sandys, M.A. Fellow and Tutor of St
John's College, and Public Orator in the University of Cambridge.

Part I. Contra Phormionem, Lacritum, Pantaenetum, Boeotum de
Nomine, Boeotum de Dote, Dionysodorum. Crown 8vo. cloth. 6s.

"Mr Paley's scholarship is sound and literature which bears upon his author, and

accurate, his experience of editing wide, and the elucidation of matters of daily life, in the

if he is content to devote his learning and delineation of which Demosthenes is so rich,

abilities to the production of such manuals obtains full justice at his hands We

as these, they will be received with gratitude hope this edition may lead the way to a moie

throughout the higher schools of the country. general study of these speeches in schools

Mr Sandys is deeply read in the German than has hitherto been possible." — Academy.

Part II. Pro Phormione, Contra Stcphanum I. II. ; Nicostratum,
Cononem, Calliclcm. ys. 6d.

"To give even a brief sketch of these in the needful help which enables us to

speeches [Pro Phorvtionc and Contra Ste- form a sound estimate of the rights of the

fkamtm] would be incompatible with our case It is long since we have come

limits, though we can hardly conceive a task upon a work evincing more pains, scholar-
more useful to the classical or professional ship, and varied research and illustration than
scholar than to make one for himself.. .. . Mr Sundys's contribution to the 'Private
It is a great boon to those who set them- Orations of Demosthenes'."— Sat. Rev.

selves to unravel the thread of arguments " the edition reflects credit on

pro and con to have the aid of Mr Snndys's Cambridge scholarship, and ought to be ex-
excellent running commentary .... and no tensively used." — Athenteum.
one can say that he is ever deficient

PINDAR.

OLYMPIAN AND PYTHIAN ODES. With Notes Explanatory
and Critical, Introductions and Introductory Essays. Edited by
C. A. M. Fennell, M.A., late Fellow of Jesus College. Crown 8vo.
cloth. 9-f.

"Mr Fennell deserves the thanks of all velopment of Cambridge scholarship, and we

classical students for his careful and scholarly are glad to see that it is to be continued."—

edition of the Olympian and Pythian odes. Saturday Rez-ieiv.

He brings to his task the necessary enthu- "There are many reasons why Mr C. A.

siasm for his author, great industry, a sound M. Fennell's edition of 'Pindar's Olympian

judgment, and, in particular, copious and and Pythian Odes;' should not go unnoticed,

minute learning in comparative philology. even though our space forbids doing it full

To his qualifications in this last respect every justice; as a helpful complement and often

page bears witness." — Atheiurttm. corrective of preceding editions, botli in its

"Considered simply as a contribution to insight into comparative philology, its critical
the study and criticism of Pindar, Mr Fen- acumen, and its general sobriety of editing,
nell's edition is a work of great merit. But In etymology especially the volume marks a
it has a wider interest, as exemplifying the generation later than Donaldson's, though
change which has come over the methods holding in respect his brilliant authority. . .
and aims of Cambridge scholarship within Most helpful, too, is the introductory essay
the last ten or twelve years. . . . The short on Pindar's style and dialect, while the
introductions and arguments to the Odes, chronological sequence of the Odes (pp.
which for so discursive an author as Pindar xxxi. — xxxii.), and the 'Metrical Schemes,'
are all but a necessity, are both careful and which immediately precede the text and coin-
acute. . . Altogether, this edition is a welcome inentary, leave nothing to be desiderated." —
and wholesome sign of the vitality and de- Content fiorary Review.

THE NEMEAN AND ISTHMIAN ODES. [In the Press.

M. TULLI CICERONIS DE FINIBUS BONORUM
ET MALORUM LIBRI QUINQUE. The text revised and ex-
plained by James S. Reid, M.L., Fellow and Assistant Tutor of Gon-
ville and Caius College. [In the Press.

London : Cambridge Warehouse, 1 7 Paternoster Row.

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

THE BACCHAE OF EURIPIDES.

with Introduction, Critical Notes, and Archaeological Illustrations,
by J. E. Sandys, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of St John's College, Cam-
bridge, and Public Orator. Crown 8vo cloth. 10s. 6d.

" Of the present edition of the Bacchic by
Mr Sandys we may safely say that never
before has a Greek play, in England at
least, had fuller justice done to its criti-
cism, interpretation, and archaeological il-
lustration, whether for the young student or
the more advanced scholar. The Cambridge*
Public Orator may be said to have taken the
lead in issuing a complete edition of a Greek
play, which is destined perhaps to gain re-
doubled favour now that the study of ancient
monuments has been applied to its illustra-
tion."— Saturday Review.

" Mr Sandys has done well by his poet and
by his University. He has given a most
welcome gift to scholars both at home and
abroad. The illustrations are aptly chosen
and delicately executed, and the apparatus
criticus, in the way both of notes and indices
is very complete." — Notes arid Queries.

"The volume is interspersed with well-
executed woodcuts, and its general attractive-
ness of form reflects great credit on the
University Press. In the notes Mr Sandys
has more than sustained his well-earned
reputation as a careful and learned editor,
and shows considerable advance in freedom
and lightness of style Under such cir-
cumstances it is superfluous to say that for
the purposes of teachers and advanced stu-
dents this handsome edition far surpasses all
its predecessors. The volume will add to the
already wide popularity of a unique drama,
and must be reckoned among the most im-

ARISTOTLE.

THE RHETORIC. With a Commentary by the late E. M. COPK,
Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge, revised and edited by J. E.
Sandys, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of St John's College, Cambridge,
and Public Orator. With a biographical Memoir by H. A.J. Munro,
M.A. Three Volumes, Demy 8vo. £i. i is. 6d.

portant classical publications of the year." —
Atheutcum.

"This edition of a Greek play deserves
more than the passing notice accorded to
ordinary school editions of the classics. It
has not, like so many such books, been
hastily produced to meet the momentary
need of some particular examination ; but it
has employed for some years the labour and
thought of a highly finished scholar, whose
aim seems to have been that his book should
go forth totns teres atque rotuudus, armed
at all points with all that may throw light
upon its subject. The result is a work which
will not only assist the schoolboy or under-
graduate in his tasks, but will adorn the
library of the scholar." . . "The description
of the woodcuts abounds in interesting and
suggestive information upon various points
of ancient art, and is a further instance
of the very thorough as well as schoiar-
like manner in which Mr Sandys deals
with his subject at every point. The com-
mentary (pp. 87-240) bears the same stamp
of thoroughness and high finish as the rest of
the work. While questions of technical
grammar receive due attention: textual cri-
ticism, philology, history, antiquities, and
art are in turn laid under contribution for the
elucidation of the poet's meaning. We must
leave our readers to use and appreciate for
themselves Mr Sandys' assistance."— The
Guardian.

"This work is in many ways creditable to
the University of Cambridge. The solid and
extensive erudition of Mr Cope himself bears
none the less speaking evidence to the value
of the tradition which he continued, if it is
not equally accompanied by those qualities of
speculative originality and independent judg-
ment which belong more to the individual
writer than to his school. And while it must
ever be regretted that a work so laborious
should not have received the last touches of
its author, the warmest admiration is due to
Mr Sandys, for the manly, unselfish, and un-
flinching spirit in which he has performed Ins
most difficultand delicate task. If an English
student wishes to have a full conception of
what is contained in the Rhetoric of Aris-

totle, to Mr Cope's edition he must go."—
Academy.

"Mr Sandys has performed his arduous
duties with marked ability and admirable
tact When the original Com-
mentary stops abruptly three chapters be-
fore the end of the third book, Mr Sandys
carefully supplies the deficiency, following
Mr Cope's general plan and the slightest
available indications of his intended treat-
ment. In Appendices he has reprinted from
classical journals several articles of Mr
Cope's ; and, what is better, he has given the
best of the late Mr Shilleto's 'Adversaria.'
In every part of his work— revising, supple-
menting, and completing— he has done ex-
ceedingly well."— Examiner.

ARISTOTLE'S PSYCHOLOGY,

with a Translation, Critical and Explanatory Notes, by Edwin
Wallace, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of Worcester College, Oxford.

___^ [/* the Press.

London : Cambridge Warehouse, 1 7 Paternoster Row.

12 PUBLICATIONS OF

P. VERGILI MARONIS OPERA
cum Prolegomenis et Commentario Critico pro Syndicis Preli
Academici edidit Benjamin Hall Kennedy, S.T. P., Graecae
Linguae Professor Regius. Extra Fcap. 8vo. cloth, ^s.

M. TULLII CICERONIS DE NATURA DEORUM

Libri Tres, with Introduction and Commentary by JOSEPH B. Mayor,
M.A., Professor of Moral Philosophy at King's College, London,
formerly Fellow and Tutor of St John's College, Cambridge, together
with a new collation of several of the English MSS. by J. H.Swainson,
M. A., formerly Fellow of TrinityColl., Cambridge. Vol. I. Demy8vo.
i or. 60?.

"Such editions as that of which Prof. commentary, which is, as it should be, sup-
Mayor has given us the first instalment will plemented and not replaced by references
doubtless do much to remedy this undeserved to the usual authorities." — Academy.
neglect. It is one on which great pains and " The critical part of Professor Mayor's
much learning have evidently been expended, work appears to be exceedingly well done. In
and is in every way admirably suited to meet forming the text he has strictly observed the

the needs of the student The notes of methods of modern scholarship, which holds

the editor are all that could be expected itself bound not only to supply a reading

from his well-known learning and scholar- plausible in itself, but to show how the corrupt

ship It is needless, therefore, to say reading that has to be emended came to take

that all points of syntax or of Ciceronian its place. A few conjectures of the editor's

usage which present themselves have been own are introduced Professor Mayor

treated with full mastery The thanks seems to intend his edition to serve the pur-

of many students will doubtless be given to pose of a general introduction to the history

Prof. Mayor for the amount of historical and of Greek philosophy, and his commentary is

biographical information afforded in the very copious and lucid." — Saturday Review.

M. T. CICERONIS DE OFFICIIS LIBRI TRES,

with Marginal Analysis, an English Commentary, and copious Indices,
by H. A. Holden, LL.D. Head Master of Ipswich School, late Fellow
of Trinity College, Cambridge, Classical Examiner to the University
of London. Third Edition. Revised and considerably enlarged.
Crown 8vo. 9^.

"Dr Holden truly states that ' Text, "Dr Holden has issued an edition of what

Analysis, and Commentary in this third edi- is perhaps the easiest and most popular of

tion have been again subjected to a thorough Cicero's philosophical works, the de Offictis%

revision.' It is now certainly the best edition which, especially in the form which it has now

extant. . . . The Introduction (after Heine) assumed after two most thorough revisions,

and notes leave nothing to be desired in point leaves little or nothing to be desired in the

of fulness, accuracy, and neatness ; the typo- fullness and accuracy of its treatment alike

graphical execution will satisfy the most fas- of the matter and the language." — Academy.
tidious eye." — Notes and Queries.

MATHEMATICS, PHYSICAL SCIENCE, &c.

MATHEMATICAL AND PHYSICAL PAPERS.
By Sir W. Thomson, LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S., Professor of Natural
Philosophy, in the University of Glasgow. Collected from different
Scientific Periodicals from May 1841, to the present time. [/* the Press.

THE ELECTRICAL RESEARCHES OF THE
HONOURABLE HENRY CAVENDISH, F.R.S.

Written between 1771 and 1781, Edited from the original manuscripts
in the possession of the Duke of Devonshire, K. G., by J. Clerk
Maxwell, F.R.S. Demy 8vo. cloth. iZs.

"This work, which derives a melancholy . . . Every department of editorial duty-
interest from the lamented death of theeditor appears to have been most conscientiously
following so closely upon its publication, is a performed ; and it must have been no small
valuable addition to the history of electrical satisfaction to Prof. Maxwell to see this
research. ... The papers themselves are most goodly volume completed before his life's
carefully reproduced, with fac-similes of the work was done." — Atkentcum.
author's sketches of experimental apparatus.

London: Cambridge Warehouse, 17 Paternoster Row.

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 13

A TREATISE ON NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.

By Sir W. Thomson, LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S., Professor of Natural
Philosophy in the University of Glasgow, and P. G. Tait, M.A.,
Professor of Natural Philosophy in the University of Edinburgh.
Vol. I. Part I. Demy 8vo. i6j.

"In this, the second edition, we notice a could form within the time at our disposal
large amount of new matter, the importance would be utterly inadequate." — Nature.
of which is such that any opinion which we

Part II. In the Press.

MATHEMATICAL AND PHYSICAL PAPERS,
By George Gabriel Stokes, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., Fellow
of Pembroke College, and Lucasian Professor of Mathematics in the
University of Cambridge. Reprinted from the Original Journals and
Transactions, with Additional Notes by the Author. Vol. I. Demy
8vo. cloth. 15*.

Vol. II. In the Press.

ELEMENTS OF NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.
By Professors Sir W. Thomson and P. G. Tait. Parti. Demy8vo.
cloth. Second Edition, gs.

"This work is designed especially for the trigonometry. Tiros in Natural Philosophy

use of schools and junior classes in the Uni- cannot be better directed than by beinfc told

versities, the mathematical methods being to give their diligent attention to an intel-

limited almost without exception to those of ligcnt digestion of the contents of this excel-

the most elementary geometry, algebra, and lent vade mecuw." — Iron.

A TREATISE ON THE THEORY OF DETER-
MINANTS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS IN ANALYSIS
AND GEOMETRY, by Robert Forsyth Scott, M.A., of
St John's College, Cambridge. Demy 8vo. 12s.

"This able and comprehensive treatise ture of the subject than Mr Scott to express

will be welcomed by the student as bringing an opinion as to the amount of his own re-

within his reach the results of many impor- search contained in this work, but all will

tant researches on this subject which have appreciate the skill with which the results

hitherto been for the most part inaccessible of his industrious reading have been arranged

to him It would be presumptuous on into this interesting treatise." — Athena-uin.

the part of any one less learned in the litera-

HYDRODYNAMICS,

A Treatise on the Mathematical Theory of the Motion of Fluids, by
Horace Lamb, M.A., formerly Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge;
Professor of Mathematics in the University of Adelaide. DemySvo. \2s.

THE ANALYTICAL THEORY OF HEAT,
By Joseph Fourier. Translated, with Notes, by A. Freeman, M.A.
Fellow of St John's College, Cambridge. Demy 8vo. 16s.

"It is time that Fourier's masterpiece, value and importance of the Tht-orie de la
The Analytical Theory of //eat, trans- Chaleur. It has been called 'an exquisite
lated by Mr Alex. Freeman, should be in- mathematical poem,' not once but many times,
troduced to those English students of Mathe- independently, by mathematicians of different
matics who do not follow with freedom a schools. Many of the very greatest of mo-
treatise in any language but their own. It dern mathematicians regard it, justly, as the
is a model of mathematical reasoning applied key which first opened to them the treasure-
to physical phenomena, and is remarkable for house of mathematical physics. It is still t/ie
the ingenuity of the analytical process em- text-book of Heat Conduction, and there
ployed by the author."— r Contemporary seems little present prospect of its being
Review, October, 1878. superseded, though it is already more than

*' There cannot be two opinions as to the half a century old." — Nature.

London : Cambridge Warehouse, 1 7 Paternoster Row.

1—7

i4 PUBLICATIONS OF

An ELEMENTARY TREATISE ON QUATERNIONS,
By P. G. Tait, M.A., Professor of Natural Philosophy in the Univer-
sity of Edinburgh. Second Edition. Demy 8vo. l$s.

COUNTERPOINT.

A Practical Course of Study, by Professor G. A. Macfarren, M.A.,
Mus. Doc. Third Edition, revised. Demy 4to. cloth, "js. 6d.

A TREATISE ON THE PHYSIOLOGY OF PLANTS,
by S. H. Vines, M.A., Fellow of Christ's College. [In the Press.

A CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN FOSSILS
(including Tasmania and the Island of Timor), Stratigraphically and
Zoologically arranged, by Robert Etheridge, Jun., F.G.S., Acting
Palaeontologist, H.M. Geol. Survey of Scotland, (formerly Assistant-
Geologist, Geol. Survey of Victoria). Demy 8vo. cloth, ioj. 6d.

'The work is arranged with great clear- papers consulted by the author, and an index
ness, and contains a full list of the books and to the genera."- — Saturday Review.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF COMPARATIVE ANA-
TOMY, VERTEBRATE AND INVERTEBRATE,
for the Use of Students in the Museum of Zoology and Comparative
Anatomy. Second Edition. Demy 8vo. cloth, is. 6d.

A SYNOPSIS OF THE CLASSIFICATION OF
THE BRITISH PALAEOZOIC ROCKS,
by the Rev. Adam Sedgwick, M.A., F.R.S., and Frederick
McCoy, F.G.S. One vol., Royal 4to. Plates, £t. I*

A CATALOGUE OF THE COLLECTION OF

CAMBRIAN AND SILURIAN FOSSILS

contained in the Geological Museum of the University of Cambridge,

by J. W. Salter, F.G.S. With a Portrait of Professor Sedgwick.

Royal 4to. cloth. ys. 6d.

CATALOGUE OF OSTEOLOGICAL SPECIMENS
contained in the Anatomical Museum of the University of Cam-
bridge. Demy 8vo. 2s. 6d.

THE MATHEMATICAL WORKS OF

ISAAC BARROW, D.D.
Edited by W. Whewell, D.D. Demy 8vo. 7s. 6d.

ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS
made at the Observatory of Cambridge by the Rev. James Challis,
M.A., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., Plumian Professor of Astronomy and Experi-
mental Philosophy in the University of Cambridge, and Fellow of
Trinity College. For various Years, from 1846 to i860.

ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS
from 1861 to 1865. Vol. XXI. Royal 410. cloth. 15^.

London: Cambridge Warehouse, 17 Paternoster Row.

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 15

LAW.

AN ANALYSIS OF CRIMINAL LIABILITY.

By E. C. Clark, LL.D., Regius Professor of Civil Law in the
University of Cambridge, also of Lincoln's Inn, Barrister at Law.
Crown 8vo. cloth, ys. 6d.

A SELECTION OF THE STATE TRIALS.

By J. W. Wilus-Bund, M.A., LL.B., Barrister-at-Law, Professor of
Constitutional Law and History, University College, London. Vol. I.
Trials for Treason (1327 — 1660). Crown 8vo. cloth, 18s.

" A great and good service has been done treason, as it may be gathered from trials be-
to all students of history, and especially to fore the ordinary courts. The author has
those of them who look to it in a legal aspect, very wisely distinguished these cases from
by Prof. J. W. Willis- Bund in the publica- those of impeachment for treason before Por-
tion of a Selection of Cases from the State liament, which he proposes to treat in a future
Trials. . . . Professor Willis- Bund has been volume under the general head 'Proceedings
very careful to give such selections from the in Parliament"' — The Academy.
State Trials as will best illustrate those "This is a work of such obvious utility
points in what maybe called the growth of that the only wonder is that no one should
the Law of Treason which he wishes to have undertaken it before. ... In many
bring clearly under the notice of the student, respects therefore, although the trials are
and the result is, that there is not a page in more or less abridged, this is for the ordinary

the book which has not its own lesson student's purpose not only a more handy,

In all respects, so far as we have been able but a more useful work than Howell's."—

to test it, this book is admirably done."— Saturday Review.

Scotsman. "Within the boards of this useful and

"Mr Willis-Bund lias edited 'A Selection handy book the student will find everything

of Cases from the State Trials' which is he can desire in the way of lists of cases

likely to form a very valuable addition to given at length or referred to, and the

the standard literature. . . There can statutes bearing on the text arranged chro-

be no doubt, therefore, -of the interest that nologically. The work of selecting from

can be found in the State trials. But they Howell's bulky series of volumes has been,

are large and unwieldy, and it is impossible done with much judgment, merely curious

for the general reader to come across them. cases being excluded, and all included so

Mr Willis-Bund has therefore done good treated as to illustrate some important point

service in making a selection that is in the of constitutional law." — Glasgow Herald.
first volume reduced to a commodious form." " Mr Bund's object is not the romance,

— The Examiner. but the constitutional and legal bearings of

"Every one engaged, either in teaching that great series of causes ce'lc'bres which is

or in historical inquiry, must have felt the unfortunately not within easy reach of

want of such a book, taken from the unwieldy readers not happy enough to possess valua-

volumes of the State Trials. "—Contemporary ble libraries. . . . Of the importance of this

Revieiv. subject, orof the want of a book of this

"This work is a very useful contribution kind, referring not vaguely but precisely to

to that important branch of the constitutional the grounds of constitutional doctrines, both

history of England which is concerned with of past and present times, no reader of his-

the growth and development of the law of tory can feci any doubt." — Daily News.

Vol. II. In the Press.

THE FRAGMENTS OF THE PERPETUAL

EDICT OF SALVIUS JULIANUS,

collected, arranged, and annotated by Bryan Walker, M.A. LL.D.,

Law Lecturer of St John's College, and late Fellow of Corpus Christi

College, Cambridge. Crown 8vo., Cloth, Price 6s.

"This is one of the latest, we believe mentaries and the Institutes . . . Hitherto

quite the latest, of the contributions made to the Edict has been almost inaccessible to

legal scholarship by that revived study of the ordinary English student, and such a

the Roman Law at Cambridge which is now student will be interested as well as perhaps

so marked a feature in the industrial life surprised to find how abundantly the extant

of the University. ... In the present book fragments illustrate and clear up points which

we have the fruits of the same kind of have attracted his attention in the Commen-

thorough and well-ordered study which was taries, or the Institutes, or the Digest."—

brought to bear upon the notes to the Com- Law Times.

London; Cambridge Warehouse^ 17 Paternoster Row.

16 PUBLICATIONS OF

THE COMMENTARIES OF GAIUS AND RULES
OF ULPIAN. (New Edition, revised and enlarged.)

With a Translation and Notes, by J. T. Abdy, LL.D., Judge of County-
Courts, late Regius Professor of Laws in the University of Cambridge,
and Bryan Walker, M.A., LL.D., Law Lecturer of St John's
College, Cambridge, formerly Law Student of Trinity Hall and
Chancellor's Medallist for Legal Studies. Crown 8vo. \6s.

" As scholars and as editors Messrs Abdy explanation. Thus the Roman jurist is

and Walker have done their work well. allowed to speak for himself, and the reader

..... For one thing the editors deserve feels that he is really studying Roman law

special commendation. They have presented in the original, and not a fanciful representa-

Gaius to the reader with few notes and those tion of it." — Athenaum.
merely by way of reference or necessary

THE INSTITUTES OF JUSTINIAN,

translated with Notes by J. T. Abdy, LL.D., Judge of County Courts,
late Regius Professor of Laws in the University of Cambridge, and
formerly Fellow of Trinity Hall ; and Bryan Walker, M.A., LL.D.,
Law Lecturer of St John's College, Cambridge ; late Fellow and
Lecturer of Corpus Christi College ; and formerly Law Student of
Trinity Hall. Crown 8vo. i6j.

"We welcome here a valuable contribution attention is distracted from the subject-matter

to the study of jurisprudence. The text of by the difficulty of struggling through the

the Institutes is occasionally perplexing, even language in which it is contained, it will be

to practised scholars, whose knowledge of almost indispensable." — Spectator.

classical models does not always avail them "The notes are learned and carefully com-

in dealing with the technicalities of legal piled, and this edition will be found useful

phraseology. Nor can the ordinary diction- to students." — Law Times.

aries be expected to furnish all the help that "Dr Abdy and Dr Walker have produced

is wanted. This translation will then be of a book which is both elegant and useful."— '

great use. To the ordinary student, whose Athenaum.

SELECTED TITLES FROM THE DIGEST,

annotated by B. Walker, M.A., LL.D. Part I. Mandati vel
Contra. Digest XVII. I. Crown 8vo. Cloth. $s.

"This small volume is published as an ex- say that Mr Walker deserves credit for the
periment. The author proposes to publish an way in which he has performed the task un-
annotated edition and translation of several dertaken. The translation, as might be ex-
books of the Digest if this one is received pected, is scholarly." Law Times.
with favour. We are pleased to be able to

Part II. De Adquirendo rerum dominio and De Adquirenda vel amit-
tenda possessione. Digest XLI. 1 and n. Crown 8 vo. Cloth. 6s.
Part III. De Condictionibus. Digest XII. I and 4 — 7 and Digest xin.
1—3. Crown 8vo. Cloth. 6s.

GROTIUS DE JURE BELLI ET PACIS,

with the Notes of Barbeyrac and others ; accompanied by an abridged
Translation of the Text, by W. Whewell, D.D. late Master of Trinity
College. 3 Vols. Demy 8vo. 12s. The translation separate, 6s.

London : Cambridge Warehouse, 1 7 Paternoster How.

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

HISTORY.

LIFE AND TIMES OF STEIN, OR GERMANY
AND PRUSSIA IN THE NAPOLEONIC AGE,

by J. R. Seelev, M.A., Regius Professor of Modern History in
the University of Cambridge, with Portraits and Maps. 3 Vols.
Demy 8vo. 48J.

" If we could conceive anything similar
to a protective system in the intellectual de-
partment, we might perhaps look forward to
a time when our historians would raise the
cry of protection for native industry. Of
the unquestionably greatest German men of
modern history—I speak of Frederick the
Great, Goethe and Stein — the first two found
long since in Carlyle and Lewes biographers
who have undoubtedly driven their German
competitors out of the field. And now in the
year just past Professor Seeley of Cambridge
has presented us with a biography of Stein
which, though it modestly declines competi-
tion with German works and disowns the
presumption of teaching us Germans our own
history, yet casts into the shade by its bril-
liant superiority all that we have ourselves
hitherto written about Stein.... In five long
chapters Seeley expounds the legislative and
administrative reforms, the emancipation of
the person and the soil, the beginnings of
free administration and free trade, in, short
the foundation of modern Prussia, with more
exhaustive thoroughness, with more pene-
trating insight, than any one had done be-
fore."— Deutsche Rundschau.

" Dr Busch's volume has made people
think and talk even more than usual of Prince
Bismarck, and Professor Seeley's very learned
work on Stein will turn attention to an earlier
and an almost equally eminent German states-
man It is soothing to the national

self-respect to find a few Englishmen, such
as the late Mr Lewes and Professor Seeley,

doing for German as well as English readers
what many German scholars have done for
us. " — Times.

" In a notice of this kind scant justice can
be done to a work like the one before us; no
short risumi can give even the most meagre
notion of the contents of these volumes, which
contain no page that is superfluous, and
none that is uninteresting - To under-
stand the Germany of to-day one must study
the Germany of many yesterdays, and now
that study has been made easy by this work,
to which no one can hesitate to assign a very
high place among those recent histories which
have aimed at original research." — Athe*
tutum,

"The hook before us fills an important
gap in English — nay, European— historical
literature, and bridges over the history of
Prussia from the time of Frederick the Great
to the days of Kaiser Wilhelm. It thus gives
the reader standing ground whence he may
regard contemporary events in Germany in
their proper historic light We con-
gratulate Cambridge and her Professor of
History on the appearance of such a note-
worthy production. And we may add that it
is something upon which we may congratulate
England that on the especial field of the Ger-
mans, history, on the history of their own
country, by the use of their own literary
weapons, an Englishman has produced a his-
tory of Germany in the Napoleonic age far
superior to any that exists in German."—
Examiner.

THE UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE FROM
THE EARLIEST TIMES TO THE ROYAL
INJUNCTIONS OF 1535,
by James Bass Mullinger, M.A. Demy 8vo. cloth (734 pp.), 12J.

"We trust Mr Mullinger will yet continue
his history and bring it down to our own
day. " — A cademy.

"He has brought together a mass of in-
structive details respecting the rise and pro-
gress, not only of his own University, but of
all the principal Universities of the Middle

Ages We hope some day that he may

continue his labours, and give us a history of

the University during the troublous times of
the Reformation and the Civil War."— Athe-
fueum.

"Mr Mullinger' s work is one of great
learning and research, which can hardly fail
to become a standard book of reference on
the subject. . , . We can most strongly recom-
mend this book to our readers." — Spectator.

Vol. II. In the Press.

London : Cambridge Warehouse, 1 7 Paternoster Row.

PUBLICATIONS OF

HISTORY OF THE COLLEGE OF ST JOHN
THE EVANGELIST,

by Thomas Baker, B.D., Ejected Fellow. Edited by John E. B.
Mayor, M.A., Fellow of St John's. Two Vols. Demy 8vo. 24-f.

and academical , who have hitherto had to be
content with 'Dyer.'" — Academy.

" It may be thought that the history of a

"To antiquaries the book will be a source
of almost inexhaustible amusement, by his-
torians it will be found a work of considerable
service on questions respecting our social
progress in past times ; and the care and
thoroughness with which Mr Mayor has dis-
charged his editorial functions are creditable
to his learning and industry." — Athenteum.

"The work displays very wide reading,
and it will be of great use to members of the
college and of the university, and, perhaps,
of still greater use to students of English
history, ecclesiastical, political, social, literary

college cannot beparticularlyattractive. The
two volumes before us, however, have some-
thing more than a mere special interest for
those who have been in any way connected
with St John's College, Cambridge; they
contain much which will beread with pleasure
by a farwider circle... The index with which
Mr Mayor has furnished this useful work
leaves nothing to be desired." — Spectator.

HISTORY OF NEPAL,

translated by Munshi Shew Shunker Singh and Pandit Shri
Gunanand; edited with an Introductory Sketch of the Country and
People by Dr D. Wright, late Residency Surgeon at Kathmandu,
and with facsimiles of native drawings, and portraits of Sir Jung
Bahadur, the King of Nepal, &c. Super-royal 8vo. Price 2U.

" The Cambridge University Press have
done well in publishing this work. Such
translations are valuable not only to the his-
torian but also to the ethnologist; Dr

Wright's Introduction is based on personal
inquiry and observation, is written intelli-
gently and candidly, and adds much to the
value of the volume. The coloured litho-

graphic plates are interesting." — Nature.

"The history has appeared at a very op-
portune moment. ..The volume. ..is beautifully
printed, and supplied with portraits of Sir
Jung Bahadoor and others, and with excel-
lent coloured sketches illustrating Nepaulese
architecture and religion." — Examiner.

SCHOLAE ACADEMICAE:
Some Account of the Studies at the English Universities in the
Eighteenth Century. By Christopher Wordsworth, M.A.,
Fellow of Peterhouse ; Author of " Social Life at the English
Universities in the Eighteenth Century." Demy 8vo. cloth. 15J.

"The general object of Mr Wordsworth's
book is sufficiently apparent from its title.
He has collected a great quantity of minute
and curious information about the working
of Cambridge institutions in the last century,
with an occasional comparison of the corre-
sponding state of things at Oxford. It is of
course impossible that a book of this kind
should be altogether entertaining as litera-
ture. To a great extent it is purely a book
of reference, and as such it will be of per-
manent value for the historical knowledge of
English education and learning." — Saturday
Review.

"In the work before us, which is strictly what
it professes to be, an account of university stu-
dies, we obtain authentic information upon the
course and changes of philosophical thought
in this country, upon the general estimation
of letters, upon the relations of doctrine and
science, upon the range and thoroughness ot
education, and we may add, upon the cat-
like tenacity of life of ancient forms.... The
particulars Mr Wordsworth gives us in his
excellent arrangement are most varied, in-

teresting, and instructive. Among the mat-
ters touched upon are Libraries, Lectures,
the Tripos, the Trivium, the Senate House,
the Schools, text-books, subjects of study,
foreign opinions, interior life. We learn
even of the various University periodicals
that have had their day. And last, but not
least, we are given in an appendix a highly
interesting series of private letters from a
Cambridge student to John Strype, giving
a vivid idea of life as an undergraduate and
afterwards, as the writer became a graduate
and a fellow." — University Magazine.

"Only those who have engaged in like la-
bours will be able fully to appreciate the
sustained industry and conscientious accuracy
discernible in every page. . . . Of the whole
volume it may be said that it is a genuine
service rendered to the study of University
history, and that the habits of thought of any
writer educated at either seat of learning in
the last century will, in many cases, be far
better understood after a consideration of the
materials here collected." — Acaaemy.

London : Cambridge Warehouse, 1 7 Paternoster Row,

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

THE ARCHITECTURAL HISTORY OF THE

UNIVERSITY AND COLLEGES OF CAMBRIDGE,

By the late Professor WILLIS, M.A. With numerous Maps, Plans,

and Illustrations. Continued to the present time, and edited

by John Willis Clark, M.A., formerly Fellow

of Trinity College, Cambridge. [In the Press.

MISCELLANEOUS.

LECTURES ON TEACHING,

Delivered in the University of Cambridge in the Lent Term, 1880.
By J. G. Fitch, M.A., Her Majesty's Inspector of Schools.
Second Edition, Revised. Crown 8vo. cloth. 6s.

"All who are interested in the manage-
ment of schools, and all who have made the
profession of a teacher the work of their lives,
will do well to study with care these results
of a large experience and of wide observa-
tion. It is not, we are told, a manual of
method ; rather, we should say, it is that
and much more. As a manual of method
it is far superior to anything we have seen.
Its suggestions of practical means and me-
thods are very valuable; but it has an ele-
ment which a mere text-book of rules for
imparting knowledge does not contain. Its
tone is lofty; its spirit religious; its ideal of
the teacher's aim and life pure and good . . .
The volume is one of great practical value.
It should be in the hands of every teacher,
and of every one preparing for the office of a
teacher. There are many besides these who
will find much in it to interest and instruct
them, more especially parents who have chil-
dren whom they can afford to keep at school
till their eighteenth or nineteenth year."—
The Nonconformist and Independent.

"In the sixteen chapters of which this
handsome volume is made up, teachers will
find a world of good advice from one who
has brought unusual fitness and unflagging
enthusiasm to the task of helping and en-
couraging them. The book contains the
results of great experience, and the work
itself is an admirable specimen of the art
of teaching. To a thoughtful teacher the
book will be invaluable . . . Mr Fitch
has written a book which all, and not merely
professional teachers interested in the train-
ing of the young, would do well to read . . .
The writer has a noble conception of the
dignity and responsibility of the teacher and
of his profession." — Sheffield and R othcrham
Independent.

"This book is the work of a man who is
thoroughly acquainted with the subject of
which he treats, and who brings together for

its elucidation the results of wide reading,
careful study, and practical experience. We
can cordially recommend it to all who are
engaged in the work of teaching, or who
wish to understand the principles on which
it should be conducted." — The Cambridge
Independent Press.

" As principal of a training college and as
a Government inspectorof schools, Mr Fitch
has got at his fingers' ends the working of
primary education, while as assistant com-
missioner to the late Endowed Schools Com-
mission he has seen something of the ma-
chinery of our higher schools. . . . Mr
Fitch's book covers so wide a field and
touches on so many burning questions that
we must be content to recommend it as the
best existing vade mecum for the teacher.
. . . He is always sensible, always judicious,
never wanting in tact. . . . Mr Fitch is a
scholar ; he pretends to no knowledge that
he does not possess; he brings to his work
the ripe experience of a well-stored mind,
and he possesses in a remarkable degree the
art of exposition." — Pall Mall Gazette.

" In his acquaintance with all descrip-
tions of schools, their successes and their
shortcomings, Mr Fitch has great advantages
both in knowledge and experience; and if his
work receives the attention it deserves, it
will tend materially to improve and equalize
the methods of teaching in our schools, to
whatever class they may belong."— St
jfames's Gazette.

" No more convincing proof of the advance
in the mind of scholars of the teacher's place
and office could be offered than this noble
volume, filled as it is with a reverent and ap-
preciative recognition of the dignity and im-
portance of his work who has to mould and
develope the mind of youth. The art and
method of teaching find here a treatment
which is at once practical and suggestive." -■
The fo?va Churchman.

STATUTA ACADEMIC CANTABRIGIENSIS.

Demy 8vo. 2 s. sewed.

ORDINATIONES ACADEMLE CANTABRIGIENSIS.
Demy 8vo. cloth. 3^. 6d.

London: Cambridge Warehouse, 17 Paternoster Roiv.

PUBLICATIONS OF

TRUSTS, STATUTES AND DIRECTIONS affecting
(i) The Professorships of the University. (2) The Scholarships and
Prizes. (3) Other Gifts and Endowments. Demy 8vo. $A

COMPENDIUM OF UNIVERSITY REGULATIONS,

for the use of persons in Statu Pupillari. Demy 8vo.. 6d.

CATALOGUE OF THE HEBREW MANUSCRIPTS

preserved in the University Library, Cambridge. By Dr S. M.
Schiller-Szinessy. Volume I. containing Section I. The Holy
Scriptures ; Section II. Commentaries on the Bible. Demy 8vo. gs.

A CATALOGUE OF THE MANUSCRIPTS
preserved in the Library of the University of Cambridge. Demy
8vo. s Vols. \os. each.

INDEX TO THE CATALOGUE. Demy 8vo. ioj.

A CATALOGUE OF ADVERSARIA and printed
books containing MS. notes, preserved in the Library of the University
of Cambridge. 3^. 6d.

THE ILLUMINATED MANUSCRIPTS IN THE
LIBRARY OF THE FITZWILLIAM MUSEUM,
Catalogued with Descriptions, and an Introduction, by William
George Searle, M.A., late Fellow of Queens' College, and Vicar of
Hockington, Cambridgeshire. Demy 8vo. 7s. 6d.

A CHRONOLOGICAL LIST OF THE GRACES,

Documents, and other Papers in the University Registry which con-
cern the University Library. Demy 8vo. 2s. 6d.

CATALOGUS BIBLIOTHEC^E BURCKHARD-

TIAN^E. Demy 4to. 5^.

London: Cambridge Warehouse, 17 Paternoster How.

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 21

Wi)t Camuri&ge Stole for £>rt)oote.

General Editor : J. J. S. Perowne, D.D., Dean of
Peterborough

The want of an Annotated Edition of the Biule, in handy portions,
suitable for School use, has long been felt.

In order to provide Text-books for School and Examination pur-
poses, the Cambridge University Press has arranged to publish the
several books of the Bible in separate portions at a moderate price,
with introductions and explanatory notes.

The Very Reverend J. J. S. Perowne, D.D., Dean of Peter-
borough, has undertaken the general editorial supervision of the work,
and will be assisted by a staff of eminent coadjutors. Some of the
books have already been undertaken by the following gentlemen :

Rev. A. CARR, M.A., Assistant Master at Wellington College.

Rev. T. K. Cheyne, M.A., Fellow of Balliol College, Oxford.

Rev. S. Cox, Nottingham.

Rev. A. B. Davidson, D.D., Professor of Hebrew, Edinburgh.

Rev. F. W. Farrar, D.D., Canon of Westminster.

Rev. A. E. Humphreys, M.A., Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge.

Rev. A. F. Kirkpatrick, M.A., Fellow of Trinity College.

Rev. J. J. Lias, M.A., late Professor at St David's College, Lampeter.

Rev. J. R. Lumby, D.D., Norrisian Professor of Divinity.

Rev. G. F. Maclear, D.D., Warden of St Augustine 's Coll., Canterbury.

Rev. II. C. G. Moule, M.A., Fellow of Trinity College, Principal of
Ridley Hall, Cambridge.

Rev. W. F. Moulton, D.D., Head Master of the Leys School, Cambridge.

Rev. E. II. Perowne, D.D., Master of Corpus Christi College, Cam-
bridge, Examining Chaplain to the Bishop of St Asaph.

The Ven. T. T. Perowne, M.A., Archdeacon of Noi-wich.

Rev. A. Pi.ummer, M.A., Master of University College, Durham.

Rev. E. II. Plumptre, D.D., Professor of Biblical Exegesis, King's
College, London.

Rev. W. Sanday, M.A., Principal of Bishop Hatfield Hall, Durham.

Rev. W. SlMCOX, M.A., Rector of Weyhill, Hants.

Rev. Robertson Smith, M. A., Professor of Hebrew, Abei-deen.

Rev. A. W. Streane, M.A., Fellcrw of Corpus Christi Coll.,Cambridge.

The Ven. H. W. Watkins, M.A., Archdeacon of Northumberland.

Rev. G. H. Whitaker, M. A., Fellcni) of St John's College, Cambridge.

Rev. C. Wordsworth, M.A., Rector of Glaston, Rutland.

London: Cambridge Warehouse, 17 Paternoster How.

PUBLICATIONS OF

THE CAMBRIDGE BIBLE FOR SCHOOLS.— Continued.

Now Ready. Cloth, Extra Fcap. 8vo.

THE BOOK OF JOSHUA. Edited by Rev. G. F.
Maclear, D.D. With 2 Maps. is. 6d.

THE FIRST BOOK OF SAMUEL. By the Rev.
A. F. Kirkpatrick, M.A. 3*. 6d.

THE BOOK OF ECCLESIASTES. By the Rev.
Professor Plumptre, D.D. $s.

THE BOOK OF JEREMIAH. By the Rev. A. W.

STREANE, M.A. 4-r. (id.

THE BOOK OF JONAH. By Archdn. Perowne. is. 6d.

THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO ST MATTHEW.
Edited by the Rev. A. Carr, M.A. With 2 Maps. if. 6d.

THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO ST MARK. Edited
by the Rev. G. F. Maclear, D.D. With 2 Maps. 2s. 6d.

THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO ST LUKE. By
the Rev. F. W. Farrar, D.D. With 4 Maps. 4*. 6d.

THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO ST JOHN. By
the Rev. A. Plummer, M.A. With Four Maps. 4s. 6d.

THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. By the Rev.

Professor Lumby, D.D. Part I. Chaps. I— XIV. With 2 Maps.
2s. 6d.

Part II. Preparing.

THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS. By the Rev.
H. C. G. Moule, M.A. y. 6d.

THE FIRST EPISTLE TO THE CORINTHIANS.

By the Rev. J. J. Lias, M.A. With a Map and Plan. 2s.

THE SECOND EPISTLE TO THE CORINTHIANS.
By the Rev. J. J. Lias, M.A. 2s.

THE GENERAL EPISTLE OF ST JAMES. By the
Rev. Professor Plumptre, D.D. is. 6d.

THE EPISTLES OF ST PETER AND ST JUDE.
By the Rev. Professor Plumptre, D.D. is. 6d.

London : Cambridge Warehouse, 1 7 Paternoster Row.

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 23

THE CAMBRIDGE BIBLE FOR SCE00LS--Co»tmUCJ.

Preparing.

THE BOOK OF JUDGES. By the Rev. J. J. Lias, M.A.
THE SECOND BOOK OF SAMUEL. By the Rev.

A. F. KlRKPATRICK, M.A.

THE BOOKS OF HAGGAI AND ZECHARIAH. By
Archdeacon Perowne.

THE BOOK OF MICAH. By the Rev. T. K. Cheyne,
M.A.

THE CAMBRIDGE GREEK TESTAMENT,

FOR SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES,

with a Revised Text, based on the most recent critical authorities, and
English Notes, prepared under the direction of the General Editor,

The Very Reverend J. J. S. PEROWNE, D.D.,

DEAN OF PETERBOROUGH.

Now Ready.

THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO ST MATTHEW. By the
Rev. A. Carr, M.A. With Maps. 4*. 6tl.

THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO ST JOHN. By the Rev.
A. PLUMMER, M.A. [In the Press.

The books will be published separately, as in the "Cambridge Bible
for Schools."

London : Cambridge Warehouse, 1 7 Paternoster Rmv.

24 PUBLICATIONS OF

THE PITT PRESS SERIES.

I. GREEK.

THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON, Book VII. With

a Map and English Notes by Alfred Pretor, M.A., Fellow; of
St Catharine's College, Cambridge ; Editor of Persius and Cicero ad Atticum
Book I. Price 2s. 6d.

** In Mr Pretor's edition of the Anabasis the text of Kuhner has been followed in the main,
while the exhaustive and admirable notes of the great German editor have been largely utilised.
These notes deal with the minutest as well as the most important difficulties in construction, and
all questions of history, antiquity, and geography are briefly but very effectually elucidated." — The
Examiner.

"We welcome this addition to the other books of the Anabasis so ably edited by Mr Pretor.
Although originally intended for the use of candidates at the university local examinations, yet
this edition will be found adapted not only to meet the wants of the junior student, but even
advanced scholars will find much in this work that will repay its perusal." — The Schoolmaster.

BOOKS I. III. IV. & V. By the same Editor. 2s. each.
BOOKS II. and VI. By the same Editor. Price 2s. 6d. each.

"Mr Pretor's 'Anabasis of Xenophon, Book IV.' displays a union of accurate Cambridge
scholarship, with experience of what is required by learners gained in examining middle-class
schools. The text is large and clearly printed, and the notes explain all difficulties. . . . Mr
Pretor's notes seem to be all that could be wished as regards grammar, geography, and other
matters." — The Academy.

"Another Greek text, designed it would seem for students preparing for the local examinations,
is 'Xcnophon's Anabasis,' Book If., with English Notes, by Alfred Pretor, M.A. The editor has
exercised his usual discrimination in utilising the text and notes of Kuhner, with the occasional
assistance of the best hints of Schneider, Vollbrecht and Macmichael on critical matters, and of
Mr R. W. Taylor on points of history and geography. . . When Mr Pretor commits himself to
Commentator's work, he is eminently helpful. . . Had we to introduce a young Greek scholar
to Xenophon, we should esteem ourselves fortunate in having Pretor's text-book as our chart and
guide." — Contemporary Review.

AGESILAUS OF XENOPHON. The Text revised

with Critical and Explanatory Notes, Introduction, Analysis, and Indices.
By II. Hailstone, M.A., late Scholar of Peterhou<e, Cambridge, Editor of
Xenophon's Hellenics, etc. is. 6tf.

ARISTOPHANES— RANAE. With English Notes and

Introduction by W. C Green, M.A., Assistant Master at Rugby School.
3-f. dd.

ARISTOPHANES— AVES. By the same Editor. New

Edition. 3 j. 6d.
"The notes to both plays are excellent. Much has been done in these two volumes to render
the study of Aristophanes a real treat to a boy instead of a drudgery, by helping him to under-
stand the fun and to express it in his mother tongue." — The E.xami?ier.

ARISTOPHANES— PLUTUS. By the same Editor.

In the Press.

EURIPIDES. HERCULES FURENS. With Intro-
ductions, Notes and Analysis. By J. T. Hutchinson, M.A., Christ's College,
and A. Gray, M.A., Fellow of Jesus College, is.

"Messrs Hutchinson and Gray have produced a careful and useful edition. "—Saturday
Review.

London: Cambridge Warehouse, 17 Paternoster Row.

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 25

THE HERACLEID^ OF EURIPIDES, with Introduc-

tion and Critical Notes by E. A. Beck, M.A., Fellow of Trinity Hall. y. 6if.

LUCIANI SOMNIUM CHARON PISCATOR ET DE

LUCTU, with English Notes by W. E. Heitland, M.A., Fellow of
St John's College, Cambridge. New Edition, with Appendix. 3J. 6d.

II. LATIN.

M. T. CICERONIS DE AMICITIA. Edited by J. S.

Reid, M.L., Fellow and Assistant Tutor of Gonville and Caius College,

Cambridge. Price y.
" Mr Reid has decidedly attained his aim, namely, 'a thorough examination of the Latinity

of the dialogue.' The revision of the text is most valuable, and comprehends sundry

acute corrections. . . . This volume, like Mr Reid's other editions, is a solid gain to the scholar-
ship of the country." — Athenceum.

"A more distinct gain to scholarship is Mr Reid's able and thorough edition of the De
Amicitia of Cicero, a work of which, whether we regard the exhaustive introduction or the
instructive and most suggestive commentary, it would be difficult to speak too highly. . . . When
we come to the commentary, we are only amazed by its fulness in proportion to its bulk.
Nothing is overlooked which can tend to enlarge the learner's general knowledge of Ciceronian
Latin or to elucidate the text."— Saturday Review.

M. T. CICERONIS CATO MAJOR DE SENECTUTE.

Edited by J. S. Reid, M.L. Price 3J. 6d.

" The notes are excellent and scholarlike, adapted for the upper forms of public schools, and
likely to be useful even to more advanced students." — Guardian.

M. T. CICERONIS ORATIO PRO ARCHIA POETA.

Edited by J. S. Reid, M.L. Price is, 6d.

" It is an admirable specimen of careful editing. An Introduction tells us everything we could
wish to know about Aichias, about Cicero's connexion with him, about the merits of the trial, and
the genuineness of the speech. The text is well and carefully printed. The notes are clear and
scholar- like. . . . No boy can master this little volume without feeling that he has advanced a long
step in scholarship." — The Academy.

M. T. CICERONIS PRO L. CORNELIO BALBO ORA-

TIO. Edited by J. S. Reid, M.L. Fellow of Caius College, Cambridge.
Price is. 6d.

" We are bound to recognize the pains devoted in the annotation of these two orations to the
minute and thorough study of their Latinity, both in the ordinary notes and in the textual
appendices." — Saturday Review.

M. T. CICERONIS PRO P. CORNELIO SULLA

ORATIO. Edited by J. S. Reid, M.L. [hi the Press.

M. T. CICERONIS PRO CN. PLANCIO ORATIO.

Edited by II. A. Holden, LL.D., Head Master of Ipswich School.
Price 4*. 6tf.

"As a book for students this edition can have few rivals. It is enriched by an excellent intro-
duction and a chronological table of the principal events of the life of Cicero; while in its ap-
pendix, and in the notes on the text which are added, there is much of the greatest value. The
volume is neatly got up, and is in ev«ry way commendable." — The Scotsman.

" Dr Holden' s own edition is all that could be expected from his elegant and practised
scholarship. ... Dr Holden has evidently made up his mind as to the character of the
commentary most likely to be generally useful ; and he has carried out his views with admirable
thoroughness." — A cadcmy.

QUINTUS CURTIUS. A Portion of the History.

(Alexander in India.) By W. E. Heitland, M. A., Fellow and Lecturer

of St John's College, Cambridge, and T. E. Raven, B.A., Assistant Master

in Sherborne School. Price 3J. 6d.

"Equally commendable as a genuine addition to the existing stock of school-books is

Alexander in India, a compilation from the eighth and ninth books of Q_. Curtius, edited for

the Pitt Press by Messrs Heitland and Raven. . . . The work of Curtius has merits of its

own, which, in former generations, made it a favourite with English scholars, and which stil

make it a popular text-book in Continental schools The reputation of Mr Heitland is a

sufficient guarantee for the scholarship of the notes, which are ample without being excessive,
and the book is well furnished with all that is needful in the nature of maps, indexes, and ap-
pendices." —Academy.

London ; Cambridge Warehouse, 1 7 Paternoster Row.

26 PUBLICATIONS OF

P. OVIDII NASONIS FASTORUM Liber VI. With

a Plan of Rome and Notes by A. Sidgwick, M.A. Tutor of Corpus Christi
College, Oxford. Price is. 6d.

" Mr Sidgwick's editing of the Sixth Book of Ovid's Fasti furnishes a careful and serviceable
volume for average students. It eschews 'construes' which supersede the use of the dictionary,
but gives full explanation of grammatical r sages and historical and mythical allusions, besides
illustrating peculiarities of style, true and false derivations, and the more remarkable variations of
the text." — Saturday Review.

" It is eminently good and useful. . . . The Introduction is singularly clear on the astronomy of
Ovid, which is properly shown to be ignorant and confused; there is an excellent little map of
Rome, giving just the places mentioned in the text and no more ; the notes are evidently written
by a practical schoolmaster." — The Academy.

GAI IULI CAESARIS DE BELLO GALLICO COM-
MENT. I. II. With English Notes and Map by A. G. Peskett, M.A.,
Fellow of Magdalene College, Cambridge, Editor of Caesar De Bello Oallico,
VII. Price is. 6,1

GAI IULI CAESARIS DE BELLO GALLICO COM-

MENTARIUS SEPTIMUS. With two Plans and English Notes by A. G.
Peskett, M.A. Fellow of Magdalene College, Cambridge. Price is.

" In an unusually succinct introduction he gives all the preliminary and collateral information
that is likely to be useful to a young student ; and, wherever we have examined his notes, we
have found them eminently practical and satisfying. . . The book may well be recommended for
careful study in school or college." — Saturday Review.

"The notes are scholarly, short, and a real help to the most elementary beginners in Latin
prose." — The Examiner.

BOOKS IV. AND V. by the same Editor. Price 2s.
BOOKS III. AND VI. by the same Editor. [Prepaying.

BEDA'S ECCLESIASTICAL HISTORY, BOOKS

. III., IV., the Text from the very ancient MS. in the Cambridge University
Library, collated with six other MSS. Edited, with a life from the German of
Ebert, and with Notes, &c. by J. E. B. Mayor, M.A., Professor of Latin,
and J. R. Lumby, D.D., Norrisian Professor of Divinity. Revised edition.
Price 7 j. 6d,
"To young students of English History the illustrative notes will be of great service, while
the study of the texts will be a good introduction to Mediaeval Latin." — The Nonconformist.

"In Bede's works Englishmen can go back to origtnes of their history, unequalled for
form and matter by any modern European nation. Prof. Mayor has done good service in ren-
dering a part of Bede's greatest work accessible to those who can read Latin with ease. He
has adorned this edition of the third and fourth books of the " Ecclesiastical History" with that
amazing erudition for which he is unrivalled among Englishmen and rarely equalled by Germans.
And however interesting and valuable the text may be, we can certainly apply to his notes
the expression, La sauce vaut viieux que le foisson. They are literally crammed with interest-
ing information about early English life. For though ecclesiastical in name, Bede's history treats
of a'.l parts of the national life, since the Church had points of contact with all." — Examiner.

P. VERGILI MARONIS AENEIDOS Liber VIII. Edited

with Notes by A. Sidgwick, M.A. Tutor of Corpus Christi College,
Oxford, is. 6d.

London: Cambridge Warehouse, 17 Paternoster Row.

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 27

BOOKS V., VI., VII., X., XL, XII. by the same Editor.

IS, 6d. each.

" Mr Arthur Sidgwick's ' Vergil, Aeneid, Book XII.' is worthy of his reputation, and is dis-
tinguished by the same acuteness and accuracy of knowledge, appreciation of a boy's difficulties
and ingenuity and resource in meeting them, which we have on other occasions had reason to
praise in these pages." — The Academy.

"As masterly in its clearly divided preface and appendices as in the sound and independent
character of its annotations. . . . There is a great deal more in the notes than mere compilation
and suggestion. ... No difficulty is left unnoticed or unhandled." — Saturday Review.

"This edition is admirably adapted for the use of junior students, who will find in it the result
of much reading in a condensed form, and clearly expressed." — Cambridge Independent Press.

BOOKS VII. VIII. in one volume Price is.
BOOKS X., XL, XII. in one volume. Price $s.6d.

M. T. CICERONIS ORATIO PRO L. MURENA, with

English Introduction and Notes. By W. E. Heitland. M.A., Fellow
and Classical Lecturer of St John's College, Cambridge. Second Edition,
carefully revised. Price 3s,

"Those students are to be deemed fortunate who have to read Cicero's lively and brilliant
oration for L. Murena with Mr Heitland's handy edition, which may be pronounced 'four-square'
in point of equipment, and which has, not without good reason, attained the honours of a
second edition." — Saturday Review.

M. T. CICERONIS IN O. CAECILIUM DIVINATIO

ET IN C. VERREM ACTIO PRIMA. With Introduction and Notes
by W. E. Heitxand, M.A., and Herbert Cowie, M. A., Fellows of
St John's College, Cambridge. Price y.

M. T. CICERONIS IN GAIUM VERREM ACTIO

PRIMA. With Introduction and Notes. By II. Cowie, M.A., Fellow
of St John's College, Cambridge. Price is. 6d.

M. T. CICERONIS ORATIO PRO T. A. MILONE,

with a Translation of Asconius' Introduction, Marginal Analysis and
English Notes. Edited by the Rev. John Smyth Purton, B.D., late
President and Tutor of St Catharine's College. Price is. 6d.
•'The editorial work is excellently done." — The Academy.

M. ANNAEI LUCANI PHARSALIAE LIBER

PRIMUS, edited with English Introduction and Notes by W. E. Heiti.AND,
M.A. and C. E. Haskins, M.A., Fellows and Lecturers of St John's Col-
lege, Cambridge. Price is. 6d.

"A careful and scholarlike production." — Times.

*' In nice parallels of Lucan from Latin poets and from Shakspeare, Mr Haskins and Mr
Heitland deserve praise." — Saturday Review.

London: Cambridge Warehouse, 17 Paternoster Row.

28 PUBLIC A TIONS OF

III. FRENCH.

LAZARE HOCHE— PAR EMILE DE BONNECHOSE.

With Three Maps, Introduction and Commentary, by C. Colbeck, M.A.,
late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge; Assistant Master at Harrow-
School. Price 2S.

HISTOIRE DU SIECLE DE LOUIS XIV PAR

VOLTAIRE. Parti. Chaps. I.— XIII. Edited with Notes Philological and
Historical, Biographical and Geographical Indices, etc. by Gust AVE Masson,
B.A. Univ. Gallic, Officier d'Academie, Assistant Master of Harrow School,
and G. W. Prothero, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of King's College, Cam-
bridge, is. 6d.

"Messrs Masson and Prothero have, to judge from the first part of their work, performed
with much discretion and care the task of editing Voltaire's Steele de Louis XIV for the 'Pitt
Press Series.' Besides the usual kind of notes, the editors have in this case, influenced by Vol-
taire's 'summary way of treating much of the history,' given a good deal of historical informa-
tion, in which they have, we think, done well. At the beginning of the book will be found
excellent and succinct accounts of the constitution of the French army and Parliament at the
period treated of." — Saturday Keviezu.

HISTOIRE DU SIECLE DE LOUIS XIV PAR

VOLTAIRE. Part II. Chaps. XIV.— XXIV. With Three Maps of the Period,
Notes Philological and Historical, Biographical and Geographical Indices,
by G. Masson, B.A. Univ. Gallic, Assistant Master of Harrow School, and
G. W. Prothero, M.A.,' Fellow and Tutor of King's College, Cambridge.
Price is. 6d.

Part III. By the same Editors. [In the Press.

LE VERRE D'EAU. A Comedy, by Scribe. With a

Biographical Memoir, and Grammatical, Literary and Historical Notes. By
C. Colbeck, M.A., late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge; Assistant
Master at Harrow School. Price is,
" It may be national prejudice, but we consider this edition far superior to any of the series
which hitherto have been edited exclusively by foreigners. Mr Colbeck seems better to under-
stand the wants and difficulties of an English boy. The etymological notes especially are admi-
rable. . . . The historical notes and introduction are a piece of thorough honest work." — yournai
of Educa tion .

M. DARU, par M. C. A. Sainte-Beuve, (Causeries du

Lundi, Vol. IX.). With Biographical Sketch of the Author, and Notes
Philological and Historical. By Gustave Masson. is.

LA SUITE DU MENTEUR. A Comedy in Five Acts,

by P. Corneille. Edited with Fontenelle's Memoir of the Author, Voltaire's
Critical Remarks, and Notes Philological and Historical. By Gustave
Masson. Price -is.

LA JEUNE SIBERIENNE. LE LEPREUX DE LA

CITE D'AOSTE. Tales by Count Xavier de Maistre. With Bio-
graphical Notice, Critical Appreciations, and Notes. By Gustave Masson.
Price 2s.

London: Cambridge Warehouse, 17 Paternoster Row.

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 29

LE DIRECTOIRE. (Considerations sur la Revolution

Francaise. Troisieme et quatrieme parties.) Par Madame la Baronne de
Stael-Holstein. With a Critical Notice of the Author, a Chronological
Table, and Notes Historical and Philological. By G. Masson. Price is,

" Prussia under Frederick the Great, and France under the Directory, bring us face to face
respectively with periods of history which it is right should be known thoroughly, and which
are well treated in the Pitt Press volumes. The latter in particular, an extract from the
world-known work of Madame de Stael on the French Revolution, is beyond all praise for
the excellence botli of its style and of its matter." — Times.

DIX ANNEES D'EXIL. Livre II. Chapitres i— 8.

Par Madame la Baronne De Stael-Holstein. With a Biographical
Sketch of the Author, a Selection of Poetical Fragments by Madame de
Stael's Contemporaries, and Notes Historical and Philological. By GUSTAVE
Masson. Price is.

" The choice made by M. Masson of the second book of the Memoirs of Madame de Stael
appears specially felicitous. . . . This is likely to be one of the most favoured of M. Masson's
editions, and deservedly so." — Academy.

FRFDEGONDE ET BRUNEHAUT. A Tragedy in Five

Acts, by N. Lemercier. Edited with Notes, Genealogical and Chrono-
logical Tables, a Critical Introduction and a Biographical Notice. By
Gustave Masson. Price is.

LE VIEUX CELIBATAIRE. A Comedy, by Collin

D'Harlevii.le. With a Biographical Memoir, and Grammatical, Literary
and Historical Notes. By the same Editor. Price is.

" M. Masson is doing good work in introducing learners to some of the less-known French

play-writers. The arguments are admirably clear, and the notes are not too abundant."

Academy.

LA METROMANIE, A Comedy, by PlRON, with a Bio-

graphical Memoir, and Grammatical, Literary and Historical Notes. By the
same Editor. Price is.

LASCARIS, oy LES GRECS DU XVE. SIECLE,

Nouvelle Historique, par A. F. Viixemain, with a Biographical Sketch of
the Author, a Selection of Poems on Greece, and Notes Historical and
Philological. By the same Editor. Price is.

London : Cambridge Warehouse, 1 7 Paternoster Row.

3°

PUBLICATIONS OF

IV. GERMAN.

ZOPF UND SCHWERT. Lustspiel in fiinf Aufziigen von

Karl Gutzkow. With a Biographical and Historical Introduction, English
Notes, and an Index. By H. J. Wolstenholme, B.A. (Lond.), Lecturer
in German at Bedford College, London, and Newnham College, Cambridge.
Price y. 6ii.

"We are glad to be able to notice a careful edition of K. Gutzkow's amusing comedy
'Zopfand Schwcrt' by Mr J. H. Wolstenholme. . . . These notes are abundant and contain
references to standard grammatical works." — Academy.

HOOD : being the First Three Books of his Autobiography. Arranged
and Annotated by Wilhelm Wagner, Ph. D., late Professor at the
Johanneum, Hamburg. Price is.

HAUFF. DAS WIRTHSHAUS IM SPESSART. Edited

by A. Schlottmann, Ph.D., Assistant Master at Uppingham School.
Price $s. 6d.

" It is admirably edited, and we note with pleasure that Dr Schlottmann in his explanation
always brings out the kinship of the English and German languages by reference to earlier or
modern English and German forms as the case may be. The notes are valuable, and tell the
student exactly what he will want to know, a merit by; no means common." — Examiner.

"As the work abounds in the idiomatic expressions and phrases that are characteristic of
modern German, there are few books that can be read with greater advantage by the English
student who desires to acquire a thorough knowledge of conversational German. The notes,
without being cumbersome, leave no real difficulty unexplained." — School Guardian.

DER OBERHOF. A Tale of Westphalian Life, by Karl

Immermann. With a Life of Immermann and English Notes, by Wilhelm
Wagner, Ph.D., late Professor at the Johanneum, Hamburg. Price y.

A BOOK OF GERMAN DACTYLIC POETRY. Ar-
ranged and Annotated by the same Editor. Price y.

2>cr ctftc ffrcujutg (THE FIRST CRUSADE), by Fried-

RICH VON Raumer. Condensed from the Author's 'History of the Hohen-
staufen', with a life of Raumer, two Plans and English Notes. By
the same Editor. Price is.
"Certainly no more interesting book could be made the subject of examinations. The story

of the First Crusade has an undying interest. The notes are, on the whole, good."— Educational

Times.

A BOOK OF BALLADS ON GERMAN HISTORY.

Arranged and Annotated by the same Editor. Price is.
"It carries the reader rapidly through some of the most important incidents connected with
the German race and name, from the invasion of Italy by the Visigoths under their King Alaric,
down to the Franco-German War and the installation of the present Emperor. The notes supply
very well the connecting links between the successive periods, and exhibit in its various phases of
growth and progress, or the reverse, the vast unwieldy mass which constitutes modern Germany."
— Times.

DER STAAT FRIEDRICHS DES GROSSEN. By G.

Ereytag. With Notes. By the same Editor. Price is.

" Freytag's historical sketches and essays are too well known in England to need any com-
mendation, and the present essay is one of his best. Herr Wagner has made good use of Carlyle's
great work in illustration of his author."— Journal of Education.

London: Cambridge Warehouse, 17 Paternoster Roiv.

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 31

GOETHE'S HERMANN AND DOROTHEA. With

an Introduction and Notes. By the same Editor. Price 3-f.
"The notes are among the best that we know, with the reservation that they are often too
abun d an t. " — A cademy.

3>a3 3a£)r 1813 (The Year 1813), by F. Kohlrausch.

With English Notes. By the same Editor. Price is.

V. ENGLISH.

LOCKE ON EDUCATION. With Introduction and Notes
by the Rev. R. H. Quick, M. A. Price 3s. 6d.

" Mr Quick has made the study of educational matters and the lives of educational reformers
a speciality. He has given us an edition of Locke which leaves little to be desired. In addition
to an introduction, biographical and critical, and numerous notes, there are two appendices
containing Locke's scheme of working schools, and Locke's other writings on education. The
passages in Locke bearing upon the physical training of children are annotated in harmony with
modern science by Dr J. F. Payne. The book forms one of the Pitt Press Series, and its general
get up is worthy of the University Press." — The Schoolmaster,

- "The work before us leaves nothing to be desired. It is of convenient form and reasonable
price, accurately printed, and accompanied by notes which are admirable. There is no teacher
too young to find this book interesting; there is no teacher too old to find it profitable." — The
School Bulletin, New York.

THE TWO NOBLE KINSMEN, edited with Intro-
duction and Notes by the Rev. Professor Skeat, M.A., formerly Fellow
of Christ's College, Cambridge. Price 3^. 6V.

"This edition of a play that is well worth study, for more reasons than one, by so careful a
scholar as Mr Skeat, deserves a hearty welcome." — Atkentsum.

"Mr Skeat is a conscientious editor, and has left no difficulty unexplained."— Times.

BACON'S HISTORY OF THE REIGN OF KING

HENRY VII. With Notes by the Rev. J. Rawson Lumby, D.D., Nor-
risian Professor of Divinity ; late Fellow of St Catharine's College. Price is.

SIR THOMAS MORE'S UTOPIA. With Notes by the
Rev. J. Rawson Lumby, D.D., Norrisian Professor of Divinity; late Fellow
of St Catharine's College, Cambridge. Price 3J. 6d.

" To enthusiasts in history matters, who are not content with mere facts, but like to pursue
their investigations behind the scenes, as it were, Professor Rawson Lumby has in the work now
before us produced a most acceptable contribution to the now constantly increasing store of
illustrative reading." — The Cambridge Review.

"To Dr Lumby we must give praise unqualified and unstinted. He has done his work

admirably Every student of history, every politician, every social reformer, every one

interested in literary curiosities, every lover of English should buy and carefully read Dr
Lumby's edition of the 'Utopia.' We are afraid to say more lest we should be thought ex-
travagant, and our recommendation accordingly lose part of its force." — The Teacher.

** It was originally written in Latin and does not find a place on ordinary bookshelves. A very
great boon has therefore been conferred on the general English reader by the managers of the
Pitt Press Series, in the issue of a convenient little volume of More's Utopia not in the original
Latin, but in the quaint English Translation thereof made by Raphe Robyttson, which adds a
linguistic interest to the intrinsic merit of the work. . . . All this has been edited in a most com-
plete and scholarly fashion by Dr J. R. Lumby, the Norrisian Professor of Divinity, whose name
alone is a sufficient warrant for its accuracy. It is a real addition to the modern stock of classical
English literature." — Guardian.

SIR THOMAS MORE'S LIFE OF RICHARD III.

With Notes, &c., by Professor Lumby. [Nearly ready.

A SKETCH OF ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY FROM
THALES TO CICERO, by Joseph B. Mayor, M.A., Professor of
Moral Philosophy at King's College, London. Price is. 6d.

[Ot/ier Volumes are in preparation^
London : Cambridge Warehouse, 1 7 Paternoster Row.

LOCAL EXAMINATIONS.

Examination Papers, for various years, with the Regulations for the
Examination Demy 8vo. 2s. each, or by Post, 2s. 2d.
The Regulations for the Examination in 1881 are now ready.

Class Lists, for various years, 6d. each, by Post yd. After 1877, Boys

is., Girls 6d.
Annual Reports of the Syndicate, with Supplementary Tables showing

the success and failure of the Candidates. 2s. each, by Post 2S. 2d.

HIGHER LOCAL EXAMINATIONS.

Examination Papers for 1881, to which are added the Regulations for

1882. Demy 8vo. 2s. each, by Post 2s. 2d.
Reports of the Syndicate. Demy 8vo. is., by Post is. id.

TEACHERS' TRAINING SYNDICATE.

Examination Papers for 1880 and 1881, to which are added the Regu-
lations for the Examination. Demy 8vo. 6d, by Post yd.

CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY REPORTER.

Published by Authority.
Containing all the Official Notices of the University, Reports of
Discussions in the Schools, and Proceedings of the Cambridge Philo-
sophical, Antiquarian, and Philological Societies. 3*/. weekly.

CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION PAPERS.

These Papers are published in occasional numbers every Term, and in

volumes for the Academical year.

Vol. VIII. Parts 87 to 104. Papers for the Year 1878—9, 12s. cloth.

Vol. IX. „ 105 to 119. „ „ 1879— 80, 12s. cloth.

Vol. X. „ 120 to 138. „ „ 1880—81, 15s. cloth.

Oxford and Cambridge Schools Examinations.

1. PAPERS SET IN THE EXAMINATION FOR CER-
tificates, July, 1879. Price is. 6d.

2. LIST OF CANDIDATES WHO OBTAINED CERTI-

ficates at the Examinations held in December, 1879, and in June and July,
1880; and Supplementary Tables. P)ice6d.

3. REGULATIONS OF THE OXFORD AND CAMBRIDGE

Schools Examination Board for the year 1882. Price 6d.

4. REPORT OF THE OXFORD AND CAMBRIDGE
Schools Examination Board for the year ending Oct. 31, 1880. Price is.

lon&on :

CAMBRIDGE WAREHOUSE, 17 PATERNOSTER ROW.

CAMBRIDGE: PRINTED BY C. J. CLAY, M.A., AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

ToiUSk! SSSK1*1!?*1 DEPARTMENT

202 Main Library 642-3403

LOAN PERIOD 1
HOME USE

ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS

1 -month loans may be renewed by callina 642-340^
6-month loans may be recharged by bringing book^ to Circulation Desk
Renewals and recharges may be made 4 days prior to du° Hnt"

DUE AS STAMPED BELOW

JfeVklE

tNTERLlBRARY LOAf mm AUG ' 3 l990

■f"l 15 1077

~mW®&

— —

— r

uiuLM'Cikt itP J-c

i!AR_Q3j999

ttC.«B.J«-i&'»

-
~fiAT J 7 1969

— a

FORM NO. DD 6, 40m, 6'76

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY
BERKELEY, CA 94720

, . v8*v{i: *•

U.C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES

CQ0S2?72bl

t . !

,;:-^t-'

\ i-'

HHHHHHHHHiH

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "The Gospel according to Saint Mark, in Anglo-Saxon and Northumbrian versions, synoptically arranged, with collations exhibiting all the readings of all the mss"

See other formats